// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.23;
import {Ownable} from "solady/src/auth/Ownable.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {IERC20Router} from "../src/types/interfaces/IERC20Router.sol";
contract ApprovalProxy is Ownable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    error ArrayLengthsMismatch();
    error ERC20TransferFromFailed();
    error NativeTransferFailed();
    event RouterUpdated(address newRouter);
    address public router;
    receive() external payable {}
    constructor(address _owner, address _router) {
        _initializeOwner(_owner);
        router = _router;
    }
    /// @notice Withdraw function in case funds get stuck in contract
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
        _send(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /// @notice Set the router address
    /// @param _router The address of the router contract
    function setRouter(address _router) external onlyOwner {
        router = _router;
        emit RouterUpdated(_router);
    }
    /// @notice Transfer tokens to ERC20Router and perform multicall in a single tx
    /// @dev This contract must be approved to transfer msg.sender's tokens to the ERC20Router
    /// @param tokens An array of token addresses to transfer
    /// @param amounts An array of token amounts to transfer
    /// @param targets An array of target addresses to pass to the multicall
    /// @param datas An array of calldata to pass to the multicall
    /// @param values An array of msg values to pass to the multicall
    /// @param refundTo The address to refund any leftover ETH to
    function transferAndMulticall(
        address[] calldata tokens,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata datas,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory) {
        // Revert if array lengths do not match
        if ((tokens.length != amounts.length)) {
            revert ArrayLengthsMismatch();
        }
        // Revert if array lengths do not match (split from above for readability)
        if (targets.length != datas.length || datas.length != values.length) {
            revert ArrayLengthsMismatch();
        }
        // Transfer the tokens to the router
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokens.length; i++) {
            IERC20(tokens[i]).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, router, amounts[i]);
        }
        // Call delegatecallMulticall on the router. The router will perform a
        // delegatecall to the Multicaller.
        // @dev msg.sender for the calls to targets will be the router
        bytes memory data = IERC20Router(router).delegatecallMulticall{value: msg.value}(
            targets,
            datas,
            values,
            refundTo
        );
        return data;
    }
    function _send(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        bool success;
        assembly {
            // Save gas by avoiding copying the return data to memory.
            // Provide at most 100k gas to the internal call, which is
            // more than enough to cover common use-cases of logic for
            // receiving native tokens (eg. SCW payable fallbacks).
            success := call(100000, to, value, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        if (!success) {
            revert NativeTransferFailed();
        }
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Simple single owner authorization mixin.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/auth/Ownable.sol)
///
/// @dev Note:
/// This implementation does NOT auto-initialize the owner to `msg.sender`.
/// You MUST call the `_initializeOwner` in the constructor / initializer.
///
/// While the ownable portion follows
/// [EIP-173](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-173) for compatibility,
/// the nomenclature for the 2-step ownership handover may be unique to this codebase.
abstract contract Ownable {
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                       CUSTOM ERRORS                        */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev The caller is not authorized to call the function.
    error Unauthorized();
    /// @dev The `newOwner` cannot be the zero address.
    error NewOwnerIsZeroAddress();
    /// @dev The `pendingOwner` does not have a valid handover request.
    error NoHandoverRequest();
    /// @dev Cannot double-initialize.
    error AlreadyInitialized();
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                           EVENTS                           */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev The ownership is transferred from `oldOwner` to `newOwner`.
    /// This event is intentionally kept the same as OpenZeppelin's Ownable to be
    /// compatible with indexers and [EIP-173](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-173),
    /// despite it not being as lightweight as a single argument event.
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev An ownership handover to `pendingOwner` has been requested.
    event OwnershipHandoverRequested(address indexed pendingOwner);
    /// @dev The ownership handover to `pendingOwner` has been canceled.
    event OwnershipHandoverCanceled(address indexed pendingOwner);
    /// @dev `keccak256(bytes("OwnershipTransferred(address,address)"))`.
    uint256 private constant _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0x8be0079c531659141344cd1fd0a4f28419497f9722a3daafe3b4186f6b6457e0;
    /// @dev `keccak256(bytes("OwnershipHandoverRequested(address)"))`.
    uint256 private constant _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_REQUESTED_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xdbf36a107da19e49527a7176a1babf963b4b0ff8cde35ee35d6cd8f1f9ac7e1d;
    /// @dev `keccak256(bytes("OwnershipHandoverCanceled(address)"))`.
    uint256 private constant _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_CANCELED_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xfa7b8eab7da67f412cc9575ed43464468f9bfbae89d1675917346ca6d8fe3c92;
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                          STORAGE                           */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev The owner slot is given by:
    /// `bytes32(~uint256(uint32(bytes4(keccak256("_OWNER_SLOT_NOT")))))`.
    /// It is intentionally chosen to be a high value
    /// to avoid collision with lower slots.
    /// The choice of manual storage layout is to enable compatibility
    /// with both regular and upgradeable contracts.
    bytes32 internal constant _OWNER_SLOT =
        0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff74873927;
    /// The ownership handover slot of `newOwner` is given by:
    /// ```
    ///     mstore(0x00, or(shl(96, user), _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED))
    ///     let handoverSlot := keccak256(0x00, 0x20)
    /// ```
    /// It stores the expiry timestamp of the two-step ownership handover.
    uint256 private constant _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED = 0x389a75e1;
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                     INTERNAL FUNCTIONS                     */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Override to return true to make `_initializeOwner` prevent double-initialization.
    function _guardInitializeOwner() internal pure virtual returns (bool guard) {}
    /// @dev Initializes the owner directly without authorization guard.
    /// This function must be called upon initialization,
    /// regardless of whether the contract is upgradeable or not.
    /// This is to enable generalization to both regular and upgradeable contracts,
    /// and to save gas in case the initial owner is not the caller.
    /// For performance reasons, this function will not check if there
    /// is an existing owner.
    function _initializeOwner(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        if (_guardInitializeOwner()) {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let ownerSlot := _OWNER_SLOT
                if sload(ownerSlot) {
                    mstore(0x00, 0x0dc149f0) // `AlreadyInitialized()`.
                    revert(0x1c, 0x04)
                }
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(ownerSlot, or(newOwner, shl(255, iszero(newOwner))))
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, newOwner)
            }
        } else {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(_OWNER_SLOT, newOwner)
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, newOwner)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Sets the owner directly without authorization guard.
    function _setOwner(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        if (_guardInitializeOwner()) {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let ownerSlot := _OWNER_SLOT
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, sload(ownerSlot), newOwner)
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(ownerSlot, or(newOwner, shl(255, iszero(newOwner))))
            }
        } else {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let ownerSlot := _OWNER_SLOT
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, sload(ownerSlot), newOwner)
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(ownerSlot, newOwner)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // If the caller is not the stored owner, revert.
            if iszero(eq(caller(), sload(_OWNER_SLOT))) {
                mstore(0x00, 0x82b42900) // `Unauthorized()`.
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns how long a two-step ownership handover is valid for in seconds.
    /// Override to return a different value if needed.
    /// Made internal to conserve bytecode. Wrap it in a public function if needed.
    function _ownershipHandoverValidFor() internal view virtual returns (uint64) {
        return 48 * 3600;
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                  PUBLIC UPDATE FUNCTIONS                   */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Allows the owner to transfer the ownership to `newOwner`.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            if iszero(shl(96, newOwner)) {
                mstore(0x00, 0x7448fbae) // `NewOwnerIsZeroAddress()`.
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
        }
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Allows the owner to renounce their ownership.
    function renounceOwnership() public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        _setOwner(address(0));
    }
    /// @dev Request a two-step ownership handover to the caller.
    /// The request will automatically expire in 48 hours (172800 seconds) by default.
    function requestOwnershipHandover() public payable virtual {
        unchecked {
            uint256 expires = block.timestamp + _ownershipHandoverValidFor();
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                // Compute and set the handover slot to `expires`.
                mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
                mstore(0x00, caller())
                sstore(keccak256(0x0c, 0x20), expires)
                // Emit the {OwnershipHandoverRequested} event.
                log2(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_REQUESTED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, caller())
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Cancels the two-step ownership handover to the caller, if any.
    function cancelOwnershipHandover() public payable virtual {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Compute and set the handover slot to 0.
            mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
            mstore(0x00, caller())
            sstore(keccak256(0x0c, 0x20), 0)
            // Emit the {OwnershipHandoverCanceled} event.
            log2(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_CANCELED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, caller())
        }
    }
    /// @dev Allows the owner to complete the two-step ownership handover to `pendingOwner`.
    /// Reverts if there is no existing ownership handover requested by `pendingOwner`.
    function completeOwnershipHandover(address pendingOwner) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Compute and set the handover slot to 0.
            mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
            mstore(0x00, pendingOwner)
            let handoverSlot := keccak256(0x0c, 0x20)
            // If the handover does not exist, or has expired.
            if gt(timestamp(), sload(handoverSlot)) {
                mstore(0x00, 0x6f5e8818) // `NoHandoverRequest()`.
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
            // Set the handover slot to 0.
            sstore(handoverSlot, 0)
        }
        _setOwner(pendingOwner);
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                   PUBLIC READ FUNCTIONS                    */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address result) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := sload(_OWNER_SLOT)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the expiry timestamp for the two-step ownership handover to `pendingOwner`.
    function ownershipHandoverExpiresAt(address pendingOwner)
        public
        view
        virtual
        returns (uint256 result)
    {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Compute the handover slot.
            mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
            mstore(0x00, pendingOwner)
            // Load the handover slot.
            result := sload(keccak256(0x0c, 0x20))
        }
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                         MODIFIERS                          */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Marks a function as only callable by the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() virtual {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets a `value` amount of tokens as the allowance of `spender` over the
     * caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `value` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {IERC20} from "../IERC20.sol";
import {IERC20Permit} from "../extensions/IERC20Permit.sol";
import {Address} from "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    /**
     * @dev An operation with an ERC20 token failed.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedOperation(address token);
    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failed `decreaseAllowance` request.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 currentAllowance, uint256 requestedDecrease);
    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from the calling contract to `to`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transfer, (to, value)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from `from` to `to`, spending the approval given by `from` to the
     * calling contract. If `token` returns no value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transferFrom, (from, to, value)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Increase the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
        forceApprove(token, spender, oldAllowance + value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Decrease the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `requestedDecrease`. If `token` returns no
     * value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 requestedDecrease) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 currentAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            if (currentAllowance < requestedDecrease) {
                revert SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, requestedDecrease);
            }
            forceApprove(token, spender, currentAllowance - requestedDecrease);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` to `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful. Meant to be used with tokens that require the approval
     * to be set to zero before setting it to a non-zero value, such as USDT.
     */
    function forceApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        bytes memory approvalCall = abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, value));
        if (!_callOptionalReturnBool(token, approvalCall)) {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, 0)));
            _callOptionalReturn(token, approvalCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data);
        if (returndata.length != 0 && !abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) {
            revert SafeERC20FailedOperation(address(token));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     *
     * This is a variant of {_callOptionalReturn} that silents catches all reverts and returns a bool instead.
     */
    function _callOptionalReturnBool(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private returns (bool) {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We cannot use {Address-functionCall} here since this should return false
        // and not revert is the subcall reverts.
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
        return success && (returndata.length == 0 || abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) && address(token).code.length > 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.23;
import {ISignatureTransfer} from "permit2-relay/src/interfaces/ISignatureTransfer.sol";
interface IERC20Router {
    function permitMulticall(
        address user,
        ISignatureTransfer.PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata datas,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo,
        bytes memory permitSignature
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory);
    function delegatecallMulticall(
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata datas,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory);
    function cleanupERC20(address token, address refundTo) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 *
 * ==== Security Considerations
 *
 * There are two important considerations concerning the use of `permit`. The first is that a valid permit signature
 * expresses an allowance, and it should not be assumed to convey additional meaning. In particular, it should not be
 * considered as an intention to spend the allowance in any specific way. The second is that because permits have
 * built-in replay protection and can be submitted by anyone, they can be frontrun. A protocol that uses permits should
 * take this into consideration and allow a `permit` call to fail. Combining these two aspects, a pattern that may be
 * generally recommended is:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function doThingWithPermit(..., uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) public {
 *     try token.permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s) {} catch {}
 *     doThing(..., value);
 * }
 *
 * function doThing(..., uint256 value) public {
 *     token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), value);
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Observe that: 1) `msg.sender` is used as the owner, leaving no ambiguity as to the signer intent, and 2) the use of
 * `try/catch` allows the permit to fail and makes the code tolerant to frontrunning. (See also
 * {SafeERC20-safeTransferFrom}).
 *
 * Additionally, note that smart contract wallets (such as Argent or Safe) are not able to produce permit signatures, so
 * contracts should have entry points that don't rely on permit.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     *
     * CAUTION: See Security Considerations above.
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev The ETH balance of the account is not enough to perform the operation.
     */
    error AddressInsufficientBalance(address account);
    /**
     * @dev There's no code at `target` (it is not a contract).
     */
    error AddressEmptyCode(address target);
    /**
     * @dev A call to an address target failed. The target may have reverted.
     */
    error FailedInnerCall();
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.20/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (address(this).balance < amount) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        if (!success) {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason or custom error, it is bubbled
     * up by this function (like regular Solidity function calls). However, if
     * the call reverted with no returned reason, this function reverts with a
     * {FailedInnerCall} error.
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        if (address(this).balance < value) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and reverts if the target
     * was not a contract or bubbling up the revert reason (falling back to {FailedInnerCall}) in case of an
     * unsuccessful call.
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            // only check if target is a contract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
            // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
            if (returndata.length == 0 && target.code.length == 0) {
                revert AddressEmptyCode(target);
            }
            return returndata;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and reverts if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or with a default {FailedInnerCall} error.
     */
    function verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            return returndata;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts with returndata if present. Otherwise reverts with {FailedInnerCall}.
     */
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IEIP712} from "./IEIP712.sol";
/// @title SignatureTransfer
/// @notice Handles ERC20 token transfers through signature based actions
/// @dev Requires user's token approval on the Permit2 contract
interface ISignatureTransfer is IEIP712 {
    /// @notice Thrown when the requested amount for a transfer is larger than the permissioned amount
    /// @param maxAmount The maximum amount a spender can request to transfer
    error InvalidAmount(uint256 maxAmount);
    /// @notice Thrown when the number of tokens permissioned to a spender does not match the number of tokens being transferred
    /// @dev If the spender does not need to transfer the number of tokens permitted, the spender can request amount 0 to be transferred
    error LengthMismatch();
    /// @notice Emits an event when the owner successfully invalidates an unordered nonce.
    event UnorderedNonceInvalidation(address indexed owner, uint256 word, uint256 mask);
    /// @notice The token and amount details for a transfer signed in the permit transfer signature
    struct TokenPermissions {
        // ERC20 token address
        address token;
        // the maximum amount that can be spent
        uint256 amount;
    }
    /// @notice The signed permit message for a single token transfer
    struct PermitTransferFrom {
        TokenPermissions permitted;
        // a unique value for every token owner's signature to prevent signature replays
        uint256 nonce;
        // deadline on the permit signature
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Specifies the recipient address and amount for batched transfers.
    /// @dev Recipients and amounts correspond to the index of the signed token permissions array.
    /// @dev Reverts if the requested amount is greater than the permitted signed amount.
    struct SignatureTransferDetails {
        // recipient address
        address to;
        // spender requested amount
        uint256 requestedAmount;
    }
    /// @notice Used to reconstruct the signed permit message for multiple token transfers
    /// @dev Do not need to pass in spender address as it is required that it is msg.sender
    /// @dev Note that a user still signs over a spender address
    struct PermitBatchTransferFrom {
        // the tokens and corresponding amounts permitted for a transfer
        TokenPermissions[] permitted;
        // a unique value for every token owner's signature to prevent signature replays
        uint256 nonce;
        // deadline on the permit signature
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice A map from token owner address and a caller specified word index to a bitmap. Used to set bits in the bitmap to prevent against signature replay protection
    /// @dev Uses unordered nonces so that permit messages do not need to be spent in a certain order
    /// @dev The mapping is indexed first by the token owner, then by an index specified in the nonce
    /// @dev It returns a uint256 bitmap
    /// @dev The index, or wordPosition is capped at type(uint248).max
    function nonceBitmap(address, uint256) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Transfers a token using a signed permit message
    /// @dev Reverts if the requested amount is greater than the permitted signed amount
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails The spender's requested transfer details for the permitted token
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitTransferFrom(
        PermitTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Transfers a token using a signed permit message
    /// @notice Includes extra data provided by the caller to verify signature over
    /// @dev The witness type string must follow EIP712 ordering of nested structs and must include the TokenPermissions type definition
    /// @dev Reverts if the requested amount is greater than the permitted signed amount
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails The spender's requested transfer details for the permitted token
    /// @param witness Extra data to include when checking the user signature
    /// @param witnessTypeString The EIP-712 type definition for remaining string stub of the typehash
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitWitnessTransferFrom(
        PermitTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes32 witness,
        string calldata witnessTypeString,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Transfers multiple tokens using a signed permit message
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails Specifies the recipient and requested amount for the token transfer
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitTransferFrom(
        PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails[] calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Transfers multiple tokens using a signed permit message
    /// @dev The witness type string must follow EIP712 ordering of nested structs and must include the TokenPermissions type definition
    /// @notice Includes extra data provided by the caller to verify signature over
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails Specifies the recipient and requested amount for the token transfer
    /// @param witness Extra data to include when checking the user signature
    /// @param witnessTypeString The EIP-712 type definition for remaining string stub of the typehash
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitWitnessTransferFrom(
        PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails[] calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes32 witness,
        string calldata witnessTypeString,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Invalidates the bits specified in mask for the bitmap at the word position
    /// @dev The wordPos is maxed at type(uint248).max
    /// @param wordPos A number to index the nonceBitmap at
    /// @param mask A bitmap masked against msg.sender's current bitmap at the word position
    function invalidateUnorderedNonces(uint256 wordPos, uint256 mask) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IEIP712 {
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.25;
import {Ownable} from "solady/src/auth/Ownable.sol";
import {Tstorish} from "tstorish/src/Tstorish.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {IAllowanceTransfer} from "permit2-relay/src/interfaces/IAllowanceTransfer.sol";
import {ISignatureTransfer} from "permit2-relay/src/interfaces/ISignatureTransfer.sol";
import {IPermit2} from "permit2-relay/src/interfaces/IPermit2.sol";
import {RelayerWitness} from "./types/lib/RelayStructs.sol";
import {IMulticaller} from "./types/interfaces/IMulticaller.sol";
contract ERC20Router is Ownable, Tstorish {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    // --- Errors --- //
    /// @notice Revert if array lengths do not match
    error ArrayLengthsMismatch();
    /// @notice Revert if this contract is set as the recipient
    error InvalidRecipient(address recipient);
    /// @notice Revert if the target is invalid
    error InvalidTarget(address target);
    /// @notice Revert if the native transfer failed
    error NativeTransferFailed();
    /// @notice Revert if no recipient is set
    error NoRecipientSet();
    uint256 RECIPIENT_STORAGE_SLOT = uint256(keccak256("ERC20Router.recipient"));
    address constant ZORA_REWARDS_V1 =
        0x7777777F279eba3d3Ad8F4E708545291A6fDBA8B;
    IPermit2 private immutable PERMIT2;
    address private immutable MULTICALLER;
    string public constant _RELAYER_WITNESS_TYPE_STRING =
        "RelayerWitness witness)RelayerWitness(address relayer)TokenPermissions(address token,uint256 amount)";
    bytes32 public constant _EIP_712_RELAYER_WITNESS_TYPE_HASH =
        keccak256("RelayerWitness(address relayer)");
    constructor(address permit2, address multicaller, address owner) Tstorish() {
        // Set the address of the Permit2 contract
        PERMIT2 = IPermit2(permit2);
        // Set the address of the multicaller contract
        MULTICALLER = multicaller;
        // Set the owner that can withdraw funds stuck in the contract
        _initializeOwner(owner);
    }
    receive() external payable {}
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
        _send(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /// @notice Pull user ERC20 tokens through a signed batch permit
    ///         and perform an arbitrary multicall. Pass in an empty
    ///         permitSignature to only perform the multicall.
    /// @dev msg.value will persist across all calls in the multicall
    /// @param user The address of the user
    /// @param permit The permit details
    /// @param targets The addresses of the contracts to call
    /// @param datas The calldata for each call
    /// @param values The value to send with each call
    /// @param refundTo The address to refund any leftover ETH to
    /// @param permitSignature The signature for the permit
    function permitMulticall(
        address user,
        ISignatureTransfer.PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata datas,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo,
        bytes memory permitSignature
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory) {
        // Revert if array lengths do not match
        if (targets.length != datas.length || datas.length != values.length) {
            revert ArrayLengthsMismatch();
        }
        if (permitSignature.length != 0) {
            // Use permit to transfer tokens from user to router
            _handlePermitBatch(user, permit, permitSignature);
        }
        // Perform the multicall and send leftover to refundTo
        bytes memory data = _delegatecallMulticall(
            targets,
            datas,
            values,
            refundTo
        );
        return data;
    }
    /// @notice Call the Multicaller with a delegatecall to set the ERC20Router as the
    ///         sender of the calls to the targets.
    /// @dev    If a multicall is expecting to mint ERC721s or ERC1155s, the recipient must be explicitly set
    ///         All calls to ERC721s and ERC1155s in the multicall will have the same recipient set in refundTo
    ///         If refundTo is address(this), be sure to transfer tokens out of the router as part of the multicall
    /// @param targets The addresses of the contracts to call
    /// @param datas The calldata for each call
    /// @param values The value to send with each call
    /// @param refundTo The address to send any leftover ETH and set as recipient of ERC721/ERC1155 mints
    function delegatecallMulticall(
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata datas,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory) {
        // Revert if array lengths do not match
        if (targets.length != datas.length || datas.length != values.length) {
            revert ArrayLengthsMismatch();
        }
        // Set the recipient in storage
        _setRecipient(refundTo);
        // Perform the multicall
        bytes memory data = _delegatecallMulticall(
            targets,
            datas,
            values,
            refundTo
        );
        // Clear the recipient in storage
        _clearRecipient();
        return data;
    }
    /// @notice Send leftover ERC20 tokens to the refundTo address
    /// @dev Should be included in the multicall if the router is expecting to receive tokens
    /// @param token The address of the ERC20 token
    /// @param refundTo The address to refund the tokens to
    function cleanupERC20(address token, address refundTo) external {
        // Check the router's balance for the token
        uint256 balance = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
        // Transfer the token to the refundTo address
        if (balance > 0) {
            IERC20(token).safeTransfer(refundTo, balance);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Internal function to handle a permit batch transfer
    /// @param user The address of the user
    /// @param permit The permit details
    /// @param permitSignature The signature for the permit
    function _handlePermitBatch(
        address user,
        ISignatureTransfer.PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        bytes memory permitSignature
    ) internal {
        // Create the witness that should be signed over
        bytes32 witness = keccak256(
            abi.encode(_EIP_712_RELAYER_WITNESS_TYPE_HASH, msg.sender)
        );
        // Create the SignatureTransferDetails array
        ISignatureTransfer.SignatureTransferDetails[]
            memory signatureTransferDetails = new ISignatureTransfer.SignatureTransferDetails[](
                permit.permitted.length
            );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < permit.permitted.length; i++) {
            uint256 amount = permit.permitted[i].amount;
            signatureTransferDetails[i] = ISignatureTransfer
                .SignatureTransferDetails({
                    to: address(this),
                    requestedAmount: amount
                });
        }
        // Use the SignatureTransferDetails and permit signature to transfer tokens to the router
        PERMIT2.permitWitnessTransferFrom(
            permit,
            signatureTransferDetails,
            // When using a permit signature, cannot deposit on behalf of someone else other than `user`
            user,
            witness,
            _RELAYER_WITNESS_TYPE_STRING,
            permitSignature
        );
    }
    /// @notice Internal function to set the recipient address for ERC721 or ERC1155 mint
    /// @dev If the chain does not support tstore, recipient will be saved in storage
    /// @param recipient The address of the recipient
    function _setRecipient(address recipient) internal {
        // Return early if the recipient is address(0) or address(1), which are special cases for the multicaller
        // If a multicall is expecting to mint ERC721s or ERC1155s, the recipient must be explicitly set
        if (recipient == address(0) || recipient == address(1)) {
            return;
        }
        // For safety, revert if the recipient is this contract
        // Tokens should either be minted directly to recipient, or transferred to recipient through the onReceived hooks
        if (recipient == address(this)) {
            revert InvalidRecipient(address(this));
        }
        // Set the recipient in storage
        _setTstorish(RECIPIENT_STORAGE_SLOT, uint256(uint160(recipient)));
    }
    /// @notice Internal function to get the recipient address for ERC721 or ERC1155 mint
    function _getRecipient() internal view returns (address) {
        // Get the recipient from storage
        return address(uint160(_getTstorish(RECIPIENT_STORAGE_SLOT)));
    }
    /// @notice Internal function to clear the recipient address for ERC721 or ERC1155 mint
    function _clearRecipient() internal {
        // Return if recipient hasn't been set
        if (_getRecipient() == address(0)) {
            return;
        }
        // Clear the recipient in storage
        _clearTstorish(RECIPIENT_STORAGE_SLOT);
    }
    /// @notice Internal function to delegatecall the Multicaller contract
    /// @param targets The addresses of the contracts to call
    /// @param datas The calldata for each call
    /// @param values The value to send with each call
    /// @param refundTo The address to send any leftover ETH and set as recipient of ERC721/ERC1155 mints
    function _delegatecallMulticall(
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata datas,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; i++) {
            // Revert if the call fails
            if (targets[i] == ZORA_REWARDS_V1) {
                revert InvalidTarget(ZORA_REWARDS_V1);
            }
        }
        // Perform the multicall and refund to the user
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = MULTICALLER.delegatecall(
            abi.encodeWithSignature(
                "aggregate(address[],bytes[],uint256[],address)",
                targets,
                datas,
                values,
                refundTo
            )
        );
        if (!success) {
            assembly {
                let returnDataSize := mload(data)
                revert(add(data, 32), returnDataSize)
            }
        }
        return data;
    }
    function _send(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        bool success;
        assembly {
            // Save gas by avoiding copying the return data to memory.
            // Provide at most 100k gas to the internal call, which is
            // more than enough to cover common use-cases of logic for
            // receiving native tokens (eg. SCW payable fallbacks).
            success := call(100000, to, value, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        if (!success) {
            revert NativeTransferFailed();
        }
    }
    function onERC721Received(
        address /*_operator*/,
        address /*_from*/,
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) external returns (bytes4) {
        // Get the recipient from storage
        address recipient = _getRecipient();
        // Revert if no recipient is set
        // Note this means transferring NFTs to this contract via `safeTransferFrom` will revert,
        // unless the transfer is part of a multicall that sets the recipient in storage
        if (recipient == address(0)) {
            revert NoRecipientSet();
        }
        // Transfer the NFT to the recipient
        IERC721(msg.sender).safeTransferFrom(address(this), recipient, _tokenId, _data);
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155Received(
        address /*_operator*/,
        address /*_from*/,
        uint256 _id,
        uint256 _value,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) external returns (bytes4) {
        // Get the recipient from storage
        address recipient = _getRecipient();
        // Revert if no recipient is set
        // Note this means transferring NFTs to this contract via `safeTransferFrom` will revert,
        // unless the transfer is part of a multicall that sets the recipient in storage
        if (recipient == address(0)) {
            revert NoRecipientSet();
        }
        // Transfer the tokens to the recipient
        IERC1155(msg.sender).safeTransferFrom(address(this), recipient, _id, _value, _data);
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address /*_operator*/,
        address /*_from*/,
        uint256[] calldata _ids,
        uint256[] calldata _values,
        bytes calldata _data
    ) external returns (bytes4) {
        // Get the recipient from storage
        address recipient = _getRecipient();
        // Revert if no recipient is set
        // Note this means transferring NFTs to this contract via `safeTransferFrom` will revert,
        // unless the transfer is part of a multicall that sets the recipient in storage
        if (recipient == address(0)) {
            revert NoRecipientSet();
        }
        // Transfer the tokens to the recipient
        IERC1155(msg.sender).safeBatchTransferFrom(address(this), recipient, _ids, _values, _data);
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/// @notice Simple single owner authorization mixin.
/// @author Solady (https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/src/auth/Ownable.sol)
///
/// @dev Note:
/// This implementation does NOT auto-initialize the owner to `msg.sender`.
/// You MUST call the `_initializeOwner` in the constructor / initializer.
///
/// While the ownable portion follows
/// [EIP-173](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-173) for compatibility,
/// the nomenclature for the 2-step ownership handover may be unique to this codebase.
abstract contract Ownable {
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                       CUSTOM ERRORS                        */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev The caller is not authorized to call the function.
    error Unauthorized();
    /// @dev The `newOwner` cannot be the zero address.
    error NewOwnerIsZeroAddress();
    /// @dev The `pendingOwner` does not have a valid handover request.
    error NoHandoverRequest();
    /// @dev Cannot double-initialize.
    error AlreadyInitialized();
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                           EVENTS                           */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev The ownership is transferred from `oldOwner` to `newOwner`.
    /// This event is intentionally kept the same as OpenZeppelin's Ownable to be
    /// compatible with indexers and [EIP-173](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-173),
    /// despite it not being as lightweight as a single argument event.
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev An ownership handover to `pendingOwner` has been requested.
    event OwnershipHandoverRequested(address indexed pendingOwner);
    /// @dev The ownership handover to `pendingOwner` has been canceled.
    event OwnershipHandoverCanceled(address indexed pendingOwner);
    /// @dev `keccak256(bytes("OwnershipTransferred(address,address)"))`.
    uint256 private constant _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0x8be0079c531659141344cd1fd0a4f28419497f9722a3daafe3b4186f6b6457e0;
    /// @dev `keccak256(bytes("OwnershipHandoverRequested(address)"))`.
    uint256 private constant _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_REQUESTED_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xdbf36a107da19e49527a7176a1babf963b4b0ff8cde35ee35d6cd8f1f9ac7e1d;
    /// @dev `keccak256(bytes("OwnershipHandoverCanceled(address)"))`.
    uint256 private constant _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_CANCELED_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xfa7b8eab7da67f412cc9575ed43464468f9bfbae89d1675917346ca6d8fe3c92;
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                          STORAGE                           */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev The owner slot is given by:
    /// `bytes32(~uint256(uint32(bytes4(keccak256("_OWNER_SLOT_NOT")))))`.
    /// It is intentionally chosen to be a high value
    /// to avoid collision with lower slots.
    /// The choice of manual storage layout is to enable compatibility
    /// with both regular and upgradeable contracts.
    bytes32 internal constant _OWNER_SLOT =
        0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff74873927;
    /// The ownership handover slot of `newOwner` is given by:
    /// ```
    ///     mstore(0x00, or(shl(96, user), _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED))
    ///     let handoverSlot := keccak256(0x00, 0x20)
    /// ```
    /// It stores the expiry timestamp of the two-step ownership handover.
    uint256 private constant _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED = 0x389a75e1;
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                     INTERNAL FUNCTIONS                     */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Override to return true to make `_initializeOwner` prevent double-initialization.
    function _guardInitializeOwner() internal pure virtual returns (bool guard) {}
    /// @dev Initializes the owner directly without authorization guard.
    /// This function must be called upon initialization,
    /// regardless of whether the contract is upgradeable or not.
    /// This is to enable generalization to both regular and upgradeable contracts,
    /// and to save gas in case the initial owner is not the caller.
    /// For performance reasons, this function will not check if there
    /// is an existing owner.
    function _initializeOwner(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        if (_guardInitializeOwner()) {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let ownerSlot := _OWNER_SLOT
                if sload(ownerSlot) {
                    mstore(0x00, 0x0dc149f0) // `AlreadyInitialized()`.
                    revert(0x1c, 0x04)
                }
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(ownerSlot, or(newOwner, shl(255, iszero(newOwner))))
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, newOwner)
            }
        } else {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(_OWNER_SLOT, newOwner)
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, newOwner)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Sets the owner directly without authorization guard.
    function _setOwner(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        if (_guardInitializeOwner()) {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let ownerSlot := _OWNER_SLOT
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, sload(ownerSlot), newOwner)
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(ownerSlot, or(newOwner, shl(255, iszero(newOwner))))
            }
        } else {
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let ownerSlot := _OWNER_SLOT
                // Clean the upper 96 bits.
                newOwner := shr(96, shl(96, newOwner))
                // Emit the {OwnershipTransferred} event.
                log3(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_TRANSFERRED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, sload(ownerSlot), newOwner)
                // Store the new value.
                sstore(ownerSlot, newOwner)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // If the caller is not the stored owner, revert.
            if iszero(eq(caller(), sload(_OWNER_SLOT))) {
                mstore(0x00, 0x82b42900) // `Unauthorized()`.
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns how long a two-step ownership handover is valid for in seconds.
    /// Override to return a different value if needed.
    /// Made internal to conserve bytecode. Wrap it in a public function if needed.
    function _ownershipHandoverValidFor() internal view virtual returns (uint64) {
        return 48 * 3600;
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                  PUBLIC UPDATE FUNCTIONS                   */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Allows the owner to transfer the ownership to `newOwner`.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            if iszero(shl(96, newOwner)) {
                mstore(0x00, 0x7448fbae) // `NewOwnerIsZeroAddress()`.
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
        }
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Allows the owner to renounce their ownership.
    function renounceOwnership() public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        _setOwner(address(0));
    }
    /// @dev Request a two-step ownership handover to the caller.
    /// The request will automatically expire in 48 hours (172800 seconds) by default.
    function requestOwnershipHandover() public payable virtual {
        unchecked {
            uint256 expires = block.timestamp + _ownershipHandoverValidFor();
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                // Compute and set the handover slot to `expires`.
                mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
                mstore(0x00, caller())
                sstore(keccak256(0x0c, 0x20), expires)
                // Emit the {OwnershipHandoverRequested} event.
                log2(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_REQUESTED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, caller())
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Cancels the two-step ownership handover to the caller, if any.
    function cancelOwnershipHandover() public payable virtual {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Compute and set the handover slot to 0.
            mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
            mstore(0x00, caller())
            sstore(keccak256(0x0c, 0x20), 0)
            // Emit the {OwnershipHandoverCanceled} event.
            log2(0, 0, _OWNERSHIP_HANDOVER_CANCELED_EVENT_SIGNATURE, caller())
        }
    }
    /// @dev Allows the owner to complete the two-step ownership handover to `pendingOwner`.
    /// Reverts if there is no existing ownership handover requested by `pendingOwner`.
    function completeOwnershipHandover(address pendingOwner) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Compute and set the handover slot to 0.
            mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
            mstore(0x00, pendingOwner)
            let handoverSlot := keccak256(0x0c, 0x20)
            // If the handover does not exist, or has expired.
            if gt(timestamp(), sload(handoverSlot)) {
                mstore(0x00, 0x6f5e8818) // `NoHandoverRequest()`.
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
            // Set the handover slot to 0.
            sstore(handoverSlot, 0)
        }
        _setOwner(pendingOwner);
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                   PUBLIC READ FUNCTIONS                    */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Returns the owner of the contract.
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address result) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := sload(_OWNER_SLOT)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the expiry timestamp for the two-step ownership handover to `pendingOwner`.
    function ownershipHandoverExpiresAt(address pendingOwner)
        public
        view
        virtual
        returns (uint256 result)
    {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Compute the handover slot.
            mstore(0x0c, _HANDOVER_SLOT_SEED)
            mstore(0x00, pendingOwner)
            // Load the handover slot.
            result := sload(keccak256(0x0c, 0x20))
        }
    }
    /*´:°•.°+.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°•.*•´.*:˚.°*.˚•´.°:°•.°+.*•´.*:*/
    /*                         MODIFIERS                          */
    /*.•°:°.´+˚.*°.˚:*.´•*.+°.•°:´*.´•*.•°.•°:°.´:•˚°.*°.˚:*.´+°.•*/
    /// @dev Marks a function as only callable by the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() virtual {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
contract Tstorish {
    // Declare a storage variable indicating if TSTORE support has been
    // activated post-deployment.
    bool private _tstoreSupport;
    /*
     * ------------------------------------------------------------------------+
     * Opcode      | Mnemonic         | Stack              | Memory            |
     * ------------------------------------------------------------------------|
     * 60 0x02     | PUSH1 0x02       | 0x02               |                   |
     * 60 0x1e     | PUSH1 0x1e       | 0x1e 0x02          |                   |
     * 61 0x3d5c   | PUSH2 0x3d5c     | 0x3d5c 0x1e 0x02   |                   |
     * 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE   | 0 0x3d5c 0x1e 0x02 |                   |
     *                                                                         |
     * :: store deployed bytecode in memory: (3d) RETURNDATASIZE (5c) TLOAD :: |
     * 52          | MSTORE           | 0x1e 0x02          | [0..0x20): 0x3d5c |
     * f3          | RETURN           |                    | [0..0x20): 0x3d5c |
     * ------------------------------------------------------------------------+
     */
    uint256 constant _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD = 0x6002_601e_613d5c_3d_52_f3;
    uint256 constant _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_LENGTH = 0x0a;
    uint256 constant _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_OFFSET = 0x16;
    // Declare an immutable variable to store the tstore test contract address.
    address private immutable _tloadTestContract;
    // Declare an immutable variable to store the initial TSTORE support status.
    bool private immutable _tstoreInitialSupport;
    // Declare an immutable function type variable for the _setTstorish function
    // based on chain support for tstore at time of deployment.
    function(uint256,uint256) internal immutable _setTstorish;
    // Declare an immutable function type variable for the _getTstorish function
    // based on chain support for tstore at time of deployment.
    function(uint256) view returns (uint256) internal immutable _getTstorish;
    // Declare an immutable function type variable for the _clearTstorish function
    // based on chain support for tstore at time of deployment.
    function(uint256) internal immutable _clearTstorish;
    // Declare a few custom revert error types.
    error TStoreAlreadyActivated();
    error TStoreNotSupported();
    error TloadTestContractDeploymentFailed();
    error OnlyDirectCalls();
    /**
     * @dev Determine TSTORE availability during deployment. This involves
     *      attempting to deploy a contract that utilizes TLOAD as part of the
     *      contract construction bytecode, and configuring initial support for
     *      using TSTORE in place of SSTORE based on the result.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Deploy the contract testing TLOAD support and store the address.
        address tloadTestContract = _prepareTloadTest();
        // Ensure the deployment was successful.
        if (tloadTestContract == address(0)) {
            revert TloadTestContractDeploymentFailed();
        }
        // Determine if TSTORE is supported.
        bool tstoreInitialSupport = _testTload(tloadTestContract);
        if (tstoreInitialSupport) {
            // If TSTORE is supported, set functions to their versions that use
            // tstore/tload directly without support checks.
            _setTstorish = _setTstore;
            _getTstorish = _getTstore;
            _clearTstorish = _clearTstore;
        } else {
            // If TSTORE is not supported, set functions to their versions that 
            // fallback to sstore/sload until _tstoreSupport is true.
            _setTstorish = _setTstorishWithSstoreFallback;
            _getTstorish = _getTstorishWithSloadFallback;
            _clearTstorish = _clearTstorishWithSstoreFallback;
        }
        _tstoreInitialSupport = tstoreInitialSupport;
        // Set the address of the deployed TLOAD test contract as an immutable.
        _tloadTestContract = tloadTestContract;
    }
    /**
     * @dev External function to activate TSTORE usage. Does not need to be
     *      called if TSTORE is supported from deployment, and only needs to be
     *      called once. Reverts if TSTORE has already been activated or if the
     *      opcode is not available. Note that this must be called directly from
     *      an externally-owned account to avoid potential reentrancy issues.
     */
    function __activateTstore() external {
        // Ensure this function is triggered from an externally-owned account.
        if (msg.sender != tx.origin) {
            revert OnlyDirectCalls();
        }
        // Determine if TSTORE can potentially be activated.
        if (_tstoreInitialSupport || _tstoreSupport) {
            revert TStoreAlreadyActivated();
        }
        // Determine if TSTORE can be activated and revert if not.
        if (!_testTload(_tloadTestContract)) {
            revert TStoreNotSupported();
        }
        // Mark TSTORE as activated.
        _tstoreSupport = true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to set a TSTORISH value. Assigned to _setTstorish 
     *      internal function variable at construction if chain has tstore support.
     *
     * @param storageSlot The slot to write the TSTORISH value to.
     * @param value       The value to write to the given storage slot.
     */
    function _setTstore(uint256 storageSlot, uint256 value) private {
        assembly {
            tstore(storageSlot, value)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to set a TSTORISH value with sstore fallback. 
     *      Assigned to _setTstorish internal function variable at construction
     *      if chain does not have tstore support.
     *
     * @param storageSlot The slot to write the TSTORISH value to.
     * @param value       The value to write to the given storage slot.
     */
    function _setTstorishWithSstoreFallback(uint256 storageSlot, uint256 value) private {
        if (_tstoreSupport) {
            assembly {
                tstore(storageSlot, value)
            }
        } else {
            assembly {
                sstore(storageSlot, value)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to read a TSTORISH value. Assigned to _getTstorish
     *      internal function variable at construction if chain has tstore support.
     *
     * @param storageSlot The slot to read the TSTORISH value from.
     *
     * @return value The TSTORISH value at the given storage slot.
     */
    function _getTstore(
        uint256 storageSlot
    ) private view returns (uint256 value) {
        assembly {
            value := tload(storageSlot)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to read a TSTORISH value with sload fallback. 
     *      Assigned to _getTstorish internal function variable at construction
     *      if chain does not have tstore support.
     *
     * @param storageSlot The slot to read the TSTORISH value from.
     *
     * @return value The TSTORISH value at the given storage slot.
     */
    function _getTstorishWithSloadFallback(
        uint256 storageSlot
    ) private view returns (uint256 value) {
        if (_tstoreSupport) {
            assembly {
                value := tload(storageSlot)
            }
        } else {
            assembly {
                value := sload(storageSlot)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to clear a TSTORISH value. Assigned to _clearTstorish internal 
     *      function variable at construction if chain has tstore support.
     *
     * @param storageSlot The slot to clear the TSTORISH value for.
     */
    function _clearTstore(uint256 storageSlot) private {
        assembly {
            tstore(storageSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to clear a TSTORISH value with sstore fallback. 
     *      Assigned to _clearTstorish internal function variable at construction
     *      if chain does not have tstore support.
     *
     * @param storageSlot The slot to clear the TSTORISH value for.
     */
    function _clearTstorishWithSstoreFallback(uint256 storageSlot) private {
        if (_tstoreSupport) {
            assembly {
                tstore(storageSlot, 0)
            }
        } else {
            assembly {
                sstore(storageSlot, 0)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to deploy a test contract that utilizes TLOAD as
     *      part of its fallback logic.
     */
    function _prepareTloadTest() private returns (address contractAddress) {
        // Utilize assembly to deploy a contract testing TLOAD support.
        assembly {
            // Write the contract deployment code payload to scratch space.
            mstore(0, _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD)
            // Deploy the contract.
            contractAddress := create(
                0,
                _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_OFFSET,
                _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_LENGTH
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private view function to determine if TSTORE/TLOAD are supported by
     *      the current EVM implementation by attempting to call the test
     *      contract, which utilizes TLOAD as part of its fallback logic.
     */
    function _testTload(
        address tloadTestContract
    ) private view returns (bool ok) {
        // Call the test contract, which will perform a TLOAD test. If the call
        // does not revert, then TLOAD/TSTORE is supported. Do not forward all
        // available gas, as all forwarded gas will be consumed on revert.
        (ok, ) = tloadTestContract.staticcall{ gas: gasleft() / 10 }("");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets a `value` amount of tokens as the allowance of `spender` over the
     * caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `value` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {IERC165} from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon
     *   a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or
     *   {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon
     *   a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the address zero.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.1) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {IERC165} from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` amount of tokens of type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(
        address[] calldata accounts,
        uint256[] calldata ids
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Transfers a `value` amount of tokens of type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: This function can potentially allow a reentrancy attack when transferring tokens
     * to an untrusted contract, when invoking {onERC1155Received} on the receiver.
     * Ensure to follow the checks-effects-interactions pattern and consider employing
     * reentrancy guards when interacting with untrusted contracts.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `value` amount.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes calldata data) external;
    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * WARNING: This function can potentially allow a reentrancy attack when transferring tokens
     * to an untrusted contract, when invoking {onERC1155BatchReceived} on the receiver.
     * Ensure to follow the checks-effects-interactions pattern and consider employing
     * reentrancy guards when interacting with untrusted contracts.
     *
     * Emits either a {TransferSingle} or a {TransferBatch} event, depending on the length of the array arguments.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `values` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {IERC20} from "../IERC20.sol";
import {IERC20Permit} from "../extensions/IERC20Permit.sol";
import {Address} from "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    /**
     * @dev An operation with an ERC20 token failed.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedOperation(address token);
    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failed `decreaseAllowance` request.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 currentAllowance, uint256 requestedDecrease);
    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from the calling contract to `to`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transfer, (to, value)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from `from` to `to`, spending the approval given by `from` to the
     * calling contract. If `token` returns no value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transferFrom, (from, to, value)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Increase the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
        forceApprove(token, spender, oldAllowance + value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Decrease the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `requestedDecrease`. If `token` returns no
     * value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 requestedDecrease) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 currentAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            if (currentAllowance < requestedDecrease) {
                revert SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, requestedDecrease);
            }
            forceApprove(token, spender, currentAllowance - requestedDecrease);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Set the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` to `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful. Meant to be used with tokens that require the approval
     * to be set to zero before setting it to a non-zero value, such as USDT.
     */
    function forceApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        bytes memory approvalCall = abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, value));
        if (!_callOptionalReturnBool(token, approvalCall)) {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, 0)));
            _callOptionalReturn(token, approvalCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data);
        if (returndata.length != 0 && !abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) {
            revert SafeERC20FailedOperation(address(token));
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     *
     * This is a variant of {_callOptionalReturn} that silents catches all reverts and returns a bool instead.
     */
    function _callOptionalReturnBool(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private returns (bool) {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We cannot use {Address-functionCall} here since this should return false
        // and not revert is the subcall reverts.
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
        return success && (returndata.length == 0 || abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) && address(token).code.length > 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IEIP712} from "./IEIP712.sol";
/// @title AllowanceTransfer
/// @notice Handles ERC20 token permissions through signature based allowance setting and ERC20 token transfers by checking allowed amounts
/// @dev Requires user's token approval on the Permit2 contract
interface IAllowanceTransfer is IEIP712 {
    /// @notice Thrown when an allowance on a token has expired.
    /// @param deadline The timestamp at which the allowed amount is no longer valid
    error AllowanceExpired(uint256 deadline);
    /// @notice Thrown when an allowance on a token has been depleted.
    /// @param amount The maximum amount allowed
    error InsufficientAllowance(uint256 amount);
    /// @notice Thrown when too many nonces are invalidated.
    error ExcessiveInvalidation();
    /// @notice Emits an event when the owner successfully invalidates an ordered nonce.
    event NonceInvalidation(
        address indexed owner, address indexed token, address indexed spender, uint48 newNonce, uint48 oldNonce
    );
    /// @notice Emits an event when the owner successfully sets permissions on a token for the spender.
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner, address indexed token, address indexed spender, uint160 amount, uint48 expiration
    );
    /// @notice Emits an event when the owner successfully sets permissions using a permit signature on a token for the spender.
    event Permit(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed token,
        address indexed spender,
        uint160 amount,
        uint48 expiration,
        uint48 nonce
    );
    /// @notice Emits an event when the owner sets the allowance back to 0 with the lockdown function.
    event Lockdown(address indexed owner, address token, address spender);
    /// @notice The permit data for a token
    struct PermitDetails {
        // ERC20 token address
        address token;
        // the maximum amount allowed to spend
        uint160 amount;
        // timestamp at which a spender's token allowances become invalid
        uint48 expiration;
        // an incrementing value indexed per owner,token,and spender for each signature
        uint48 nonce;
    }
    /// @notice The permit message signed for a single token allowance
    struct PermitSingle {
        // the permit data for a single token alownce
        PermitDetails details;
        // address permissioned on the allowed tokens
        address spender;
        // deadline on the permit signature
        uint256 sigDeadline;
    }
    /// @notice The permit message signed for multiple token allowances
    struct PermitBatch {
        // the permit data for multiple token allowances
        PermitDetails[] details;
        // address permissioned on the allowed tokens
        address spender;
        // deadline on the permit signature
        uint256 sigDeadline;
    }
    /// @notice The saved permissions
    /// @dev This info is saved per owner, per token, per spender and all signed over in the permit message
    /// @dev Setting amount to type(uint160).max sets an unlimited approval
    struct PackedAllowance {
        // amount allowed
        uint160 amount;
        // permission expiry
        uint48 expiration;
        // an incrementing value indexed per owner,token,and spender for each signature
        uint48 nonce;
    }
    /// @notice A token spender pair.
    struct TokenSpenderPair {
        // the token the spender is approved
        address token;
        // the spender address
        address spender;
    }
    /// @notice Details for a token transfer.
    struct AllowanceTransferDetails {
        // the owner of the token
        address from;
        // the recipient of the token
        address to;
        // the amount of the token
        uint160 amount;
        // the token to be transferred
        address token;
    }
    /// @notice A mapping from owner address to token address to spender address to PackedAllowance struct, which contains details and conditions of the approval.
    /// @notice The mapping is indexed in the above order see: allowance[ownerAddress][tokenAddress][spenderAddress]
    /// @dev The packed slot holds the allowed amount, expiration at which the allowed amount is no longer valid, and current nonce thats updated on any signature based approvals.
    function allowance(address user, address token, address spender)
        external
        view
        returns (uint160 amount, uint48 expiration, uint48 nonce);
    /// @notice Approves the spender to use up to amount of the specified token up until the expiration
    /// @param token The token to approve
    /// @param spender The spender address to approve
    /// @param amount The approved amount of the token
    /// @param expiration The timestamp at which the approval is no longer valid
    /// @dev The packed allowance also holds a nonce, which will stay unchanged in approve
    /// @dev Setting amount to type(uint160).max sets an unlimited approval
    function approve(address token, address spender, uint160 amount, uint48 expiration) external;
    /// @notice Permit a spender to a given amount of the owners token via the owner's EIP-712 signature
    /// @dev May fail if the owner's nonce was invalidated in-flight by invalidateNonce
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens being approved
    /// @param permitSingle Data signed over by the owner specifying the terms of approval
    /// @param signature The owner's signature over the permit data
    function permit(address owner, PermitSingle memory permitSingle, bytes calldata signature) external;
    /// @notice Permit a spender to the signed amounts of the owners tokens via the owner's EIP-712 signature
    /// @dev May fail if the owner's nonce was invalidated in-flight by invalidateNonce
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens being approved
    /// @param permitBatch Data signed over by the owner specifying the terms of approval
    /// @param signature The owner's signature over the permit data
    function permit(address owner, PermitBatch memory permitBatch, bytes calldata signature) external;
    /// @notice Transfer approved tokens from one address to another
    /// @param from The address to transfer from
    /// @param to The address of the recipient
    /// @param amount The amount of the token to transfer
    /// @param token The token address to transfer
    /// @dev Requires the from address to have approved at least the desired amount
    /// of tokens to msg.sender.
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint160 amount, address token) external;
    /// @notice Transfer approved tokens in a batch
    /// @param transferDetails Array of owners, recipients, amounts, and tokens for the transfers
    /// @dev Requires the from addresses to have approved at least the desired amount
    /// of tokens to msg.sender.
    function transferFrom(AllowanceTransferDetails[] calldata transferDetails) external;
    /// @notice Enables performing a "lockdown" of the sender's Permit2 identity
    /// by batch revoking approvals
    /// @param approvals Array of approvals to revoke.
    function lockdown(TokenSpenderPair[] calldata approvals) external;
    /// @notice Invalidate nonces for a given (token, spender) pair
    /// @param token The token to invalidate nonces for
    /// @param spender The spender to invalidate nonces for
    /// @param newNonce The new nonce to set. Invalidates all nonces less than it.
    /// @dev Can't invalidate more than 2**16 nonces per transaction.
    function invalidateNonces(address token, address spender, uint48 newNonce) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IEIP712} from "./IEIP712.sol";
/// @title SignatureTransfer
/// @notice Handles ERC20 token transfers through signature based actions
/// @dev Requires user's token approval on the Permit2 contract
interface ISignatureTransfer is IEIP712 {
    /// @notice Thrown when the requested amount for a transfer is larger than the permissioned amount
    /// @param maxAmount The maximum amount a spender can request to transfer
    error InvalidAmount(uint256 maxAmount);
    /// @notice Thrown when the number of tokens permissioned to a spender does not match the number of tokens being transferred
    /// @dev If the spender does not need to transfer the number of tokens permitted, the spender can request amount 0 to be transferred
    error LengthMismatch();
    /// @notice Emits an event when the owner successfully invalidates an unordered nonce.
    event UnorderedNonceInvalidation(address indexed owner, uint256 word, uint256 mask);
    /// @notice The token and amount details for a transfer signed in the permit transfer signature
    struct TokenPermissions {
        // ERC20 token address
        address token;
        // the maximum amount that can be spent
        uint256 amount;
    }
    /// @notice The signed permit message for a single token transfer
    struct PermitTransferFrom {
        TokenPermissions permitted;
        // a unique value for every token owner's signature to prevent signature replays
        uint256 nonce;
        // deadline on the permit signature
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Specifies the recipient address and amount for batched transfers.
    /// @dev Recipients and amounts correspond to the index of the signed token permissions array.
    /// @dev Reverts if the requested amount is greater than the permitted signed amount.
    struct SignatureTransferDetails {
        // recipient address
        address to;
        // spender requested amount
        uint256 requestedAmount;
    }
    /// @notice Used to reconstruct the signed permit message for multiple token transfers
    /// @dev Do not need to pass in spender address as it is required that it is msg.sender
    /// @dev Note that a user still signs over a spender address
    struct PermitBatchTransferFrom {
        // the tokens and corresponding amounts permitted for a transfer
        TokenPermissions[] permitted;
        // a unique value for every token owner's signature to prevent signature replays
        uint256 nonce;
        // deadline on the permit signature
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice A map from token owner address and a caller specified word index to a bitmap. Used to set bits in the bitmap to prevent against signature replay protection
    /// @dev Uses unordered nonces so that permit messages do not need to be spent in a certain order
    /// @dev The mapping is indexed first by the token owner, then by an index specified in the nonce
    /// @dev It returns a uint256 bitmap
    /// @dev The index, or wordPosition is capped at type(uint248).max
    function nonceBitmap(address, uint256) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Transfers a token using a signed permit message
    /// @dev Reverts if the requested amount is greater than the permitted signed amount
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails The spender's requested transfer details for the permitted token
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitTransferFrom(
        PermitTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Transfers a token using a signed permit message
    /// @notice Includes extra data provided by the caller to verify signature over
    /// @dev The witness type string must follow EIP712 ordering of nested structs and must include the TokenPermissions type definition
    /// @dev Reverts if the requested amount is greater than the permitted signed amount
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails The spender's requested transfer details for the permitted token
    /// @param witness Extra data to include when checking the user signature
    /// @param witnessTypeString The EIP-712 type definition for remaining string stub of the typehash
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitWitnessTransferFrom(
        PermitTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes32 witness,
        string calldata witnessTypeString,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Transfers multiple tokens using a signed permit message
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails Specifies the recipient and requested amount for the token transfer
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitTransferFrom(
        PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails[] calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Transfers multiple tokens using a signed permit message
    /// @dev The witness type string must follow EIP712 ordering of nested structs and must include the TokenPermissions type definition
    /// @notice Includes extra data provided by the caller to verify signature over
    /// @param permit The permit data signed over by the owner
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens to transfer
    /// @param transferDetails Specifies the recipient and requested amount for the token transfer
    /// @param witness Extra data to include when checking the user signature
    /// @param witnessTypeString The EIP-712 type definition for remaining string stub of the typehash
    /// @param signature The signature to verify
    function permitWitnessTransferFrom(
        PermitBatchTransferFrom memory permit,
        SignatureTransferDetails[] calldata transferDetails,
        address owner,
        bytes32 witness,
        string calldata witnessTypeString,
        bytes calldata signature
    ) external;
    /// @notice Invalidates the bits specified in mask for the bitmap at the word position
    /// @dev The wordPos is maxed at type(uint248).max
    /// @param wordPos A number to index the nonceBitmap at
    /// @param mask A bitmap masked against msg.sender's current bitmap at the word position
    function invalidateUnorderedNonces(uint256 wordPos, uint256 mask) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {ISignatureTransfer} from "./ISignatureTransfer.sol";
import {IAllowanceTransfer} from "./IAllowanceTransfer.sol";
/// @notice Permit2 handles signature-based transfers in SignatureTransfer and allowance-based transfers in AllowanceTransfer.
/// @dev Users must approve Permit2 before calling any of the transfer functions.
interface IPermit2 is ISignatureTransfer, IAllowanceTransfer {
// IPermit2 unifies the two interfaces so users have maximal flexibility with their approval.
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.23;
enum OrderStatus {
    NotInitiated,
    Initiated,
    Settled__FulfilledPrimary,
    Settled__FulfilledSecondary,
    Settled__Refund,
    Cancelled
}
enum Verdict {
    FulfilledPrimary,
    FulfilledSecondary,
    Refund
}
/// @notice A struct representing an input or output token transfer. These transfers must take place
///         on their respective chains in order for validators to sign the order.
/// @param token   The address of the token to transfer
/// @param from    The from address
/// @param to      The to address
/// @param amount  The amount to transfer
/// @param chainId The chainId of the transfer
struct TokenTransfer {
    address token; // address(0) for native, erc20 otherwise
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 amount;
    uint256 chainId; // chainId of 0 means escrow balance should be transferred between `from` and `to`
}
/// @notice A call to be executed as part of the order. If a call is representing a "pre-hook", the output
///         of the call will be bridged to the destination chain. If a call is representing a "post-hook",
///         the output of the call will be sent to the user.
/// @param to        The address of the contract to call
/// @param isPreHook If true, the call is a "pre-hook". If false, the call is a "post-hook"
/// @param value     The value to send with the call
/// @param data      The data to send with the call
struct Route {
    address to;
    uint256 value;
    uint256 chainId;
    bytes data;
}
/// @notice An order that can be sequenced and settled by the protocol
///         To complete the order lifecycle, the order must be signed by the user, relayer, validator, and oracle
/// @param user             The address of the user
/// @param relayer          The address of the relayer
/// @param validator        The address of the validator
/// @param collateralAmount The amount of collateral to lock as part of the order
/// @param expiration       The order expiration timestamp. If a validator determines that input tokens haven't been transferred by expiration,
///                         it can cancel the order.
/// @param intentCommit     A hash of the order's input and output TokenTransfer[], or the order's "intent". Any internal Relay ETH fees to other
///                         parties in the order lifecylce should be specified in the output array. Note that the order of the encoded inputs will affect
///                         the intentCommit hash. The intentCommit is meant to be revealed in the call to `settleOrder`.
/// @param primaryCommit    A hash of the order's origin and destination Route[]. This route should satisfy the hashed intentCommit.
///                         The routeCommit is meant to be verified offchain between the relayer and the validator.
/// @param hookCommit       A hash of the order's pre and post hooks, if necessary. Note that the pre hook will be executed with the user's input tokens
///                         on the origin chain, and the post hook will be executed with the user's output tokens on the destination chain
struct Order {
    address user;
    address relayer;
    address validator;
    uint256 nonce;
    uint256 collateralAmount;
    uint256 inputDeadline;
    uint256 primaryDeadline;
    uint256 secondaryDeadline;
    bytes32 intentCommit;
    bytes32 primaryCommit;
    bytes32 secondaryCommit;
}
/// @notice Collateral balances (user or relayer)
/// @param totalBalance The total balance of the account
/// @param outstandingBalance The balance locked in initiated but unsettled orders
/// @param relayEthBalance Surplus ETH from fees that can be used to pay for fees or gas
struct Balances {
    uint256 totalBalance;
    uint256 outstandingBalance;
    uint256 relayEthBalance;
}
struct RelayerWitness {
    address relayer;
}
struct EscrowBalance {
    uint256 timelock;
    uint256 lockedBalance;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @title IMulticaller
 * @notice Interface for the Multicaller contract.
 */
interface IMulticaller {
    /**
     * @dev Aggregates multiple calls in a single transaction.
     * @param targets  An array of addresses to call.
     * @param data     An array of calldata to forward to the targets.
     * @param values   How much ETH to forward to each target.
     * @param refundTo The address to transfer any remaining ETH in the contract after the calls.
     *                 If `address(0)`, remaining ETH will NOT be refunded.
     *                 If `address(1)`, remaining ETH will be refunded to `msg.sender`.
     *                 If anything else, remaining ETH will be refunded to `refundTo`.
     * @return An array of the returndata from each call.
     */
    function aggregate(
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata data,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo
    ) external payable returns (bytes[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 *
 * ==== Security Considerations
 *
 * There are two important considerations concerning the use of `permit`. The first is that a valid permit signature
 * expresses an allowance, and it should not be assumed to convey additional meaning. In particular, it should not be
 * considered as an intention to spend the allowance in any specific way. The second is that because permits have
 * built-in replay protection and can be submitted by anyone, they can be frontrun. A protocol that uses permits should
 * take this into consideration and allow a `permit` call to fail. Combining these two aspects, a pattern that may be
 * generally recommended is:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function doThingWithPermit(..., uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) public {
 *     try token.permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s) {} catch {}
 *     doThing(..., value);
 * }
 *
 * function doThing(..., uint256 value) public {
 *     token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), value);
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Observe that: 1) `msg.sender` is used as the owner, leaving no ambiguity as to the signer intent, and 2) the use of
 * `try/catch` allows the permit to fail and makes the code tolerant to frontrunning. (See also
 * {SafeERC20-safeTransferFrom}).
 *
 * Additionally, note that smart contract wallets (such as Argent or Safe) are not able to produce permit signatures, so
 * contracts should have entry points that don't rely on permit.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     *
     * CAUTION: See Security Considerations above.
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev The ETH balance of the account is not enough to perform the operation.
     */
    error AddressInsufficientBalance(address account);
    /**
     * @dev There's no code at `target` (it is not a contract).
     */
    error AddressEmptyCode(address target);
    /**
     * @dev A call to an address target failed. The target may have reverted.
     */
    error FailedInnerCall();
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.20/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (address(this).balance < amount) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        if (!success) {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason or custom error, it is bubbled
     * up by this function (like regular Solidity function calls). However, if
     * the call reverted with no returned reason, this function reverts with a
     * {FailedInnerCall} error.
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        if (address(this).balance < value) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and reverts if the target
     * was not a contract or bubbling up the revert reason (falling back to {FailedInnerCall}) in case of an
     * unsuccessful call.
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            // only check if target is a contract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
            // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
            if (returndata.length == 0 && target.code.length == 0) {
                revert AddressEmptyCode(target);
            }
            return returndata;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and reverts if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or with a default {FailedInnerCall} error.
     */
    function verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            return returndata;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts with returndata if present. Otherwise reverts with {FailedInnerCall}.
     */
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IEIP712 {
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol";
contract SimpleToken is ERC20 {
    constructor(
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        uint256 totalSupply_
    ) ERC20(name, symbol) {
        _mint(msg.sender, totalSupply_);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IERC20Metadata is IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
     */
    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC20.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
 *
 * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
 * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
 * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
 *
 * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
 * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
 * to implement supply mechanisms].
 *
 * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
 * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
 * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
 * applications.
 *
 * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
 * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
 * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
 * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
 *
 * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
 * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
 * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
 */
contract ERC20 is Context, IERC20, IERC20Metadata {
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;
    uint256 private _totalSupply;
    string private _name;
    string private _symbol;
    /**
     * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
     *
     * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for
     * {decimals} you should overload it.
     *
     * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
     * construction.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
     * name.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
     * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
     * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
     *
     * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
     * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is
     * overridden;
     *
     * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
     * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
     * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
     */
    function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
        return 18;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _totalSupply;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _balances[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        _transfer(_msgSender(), recipient, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _allowances[owner][spender];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        _approve(_msgSender(), spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
     * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `sender` and `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     * - the caller must have allowance for ``sender``'s tokens of at least
     * `amount`.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
        uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[sender][_msgSender()];
        require(currentAllowance >= amount, "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance");
        unchecked {
            _approve(sender, _msgSender(), currentAllowance - amount);
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
     *
     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
        _approve(_msgSender(), spender, _allowances[_msgSender()][spender] + addedValue);
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
     *
     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
     * `subtractedValue`.
     */
    function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
        uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[_msgSender()][spender];
        require(currentAllowance >= subtractedValue, "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
        unchecked {
            _approve(_msgSender(), spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` of tokens from `sender` to `recipient`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
     * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        require(sender != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
        require(recipient != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);
        uint256 senderBalance = _balances[sender];
        require(senderBalance >= amount, "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance");
        unchecked {
            _balances[sender] = senderBalance - amount;
        }
        _balances[recipient] += amount;
        emit Transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
        _afterTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);
    }
    /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
     * the total supply.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        require(account != address(0), "ERC20: mint to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
        _totalSupply += amount;
        _balances[account] += amount;
        emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
     * total supply.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
     */
    function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        require(account != address(0), "ERC20: burn from the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
        uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];
        require(accountBalance >= amount, "ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance");
        unchecked {
            _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;
        }
        _totalSupply -= amount;
        emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);
        _afterTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
     * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _approve(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
        require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
        _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * will be transferred to `to`.
     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * has been transferred to `to`.
     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens have been minted for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens have been burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {}
}

/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibBytesV06.sol";
import "./migrations/LibBootstrap.sol";
import "./features/Bootstrap.sol";
import "./storage/LibProxyStorage.sol";
import "./errors/LibProxyRichErrors.sol";
/// @dev An extensible proxy contract that serves as a universal entry point for
///      interacting with the 0x protocol.
contract ZeroEx {
    // solhint-disable separate-by-one-line-in-contract,indent,var-name-mixedcase
    using LibBytesV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Construct this contract and register the `Bootstrap` feature.
    ///      After constructing this contract, `bootstrap()` should be called
    ///      to seed the initial feature set.
    constructor() public {
        // Temporarily create and register the bootstrap feature.
        // It will deregister itself after `bootstrap()` has been called.
        Bootstrap bootstrap = new Bootstrap(msg.sender);
        LibProxyStorage.getStorage().impls[bootstrap.bootstrap.selector] =
            address(bootstrap);
    }
    // solhint-disable state-visibility
    /// @dev Forwards calls to the appropriate implementation contract.
    fallback() external payable {
        bytes4 selector = msg.data.readBytes4(0);
        address impl = getFunctionImplementation(selector);
        if (impl == address(0)) {
            _revertWithData(LibProxyRichErrors.NotImplementedError(selector));
        }
        (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = impl.delegatecall(msg.data);
        if (!success) {
            _revertWithData(resultData);
        }
        _returnWithData(resultData);
    }
    /// @dev Fallback for just receiving ether.
    receive() external payable {}
    // solhint-enable state-visibility
    /// @dev Get the implementation contract of a registered function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @return impl The implementation contract address.
    function getFunctionImplementation(bytes4 selector)
        public
        view
        returns (address impl)
    {
        return LibProxyStorage.getStorage().impls[selector];
    }
    /// @dev Revert with arbitrary bytes.
    /// @param data Revert data.
    function _revertWithData(bytes memory data) private pure {
        assembly { revert(add(data, 32), mload(data)) }
    }
    /// @dev Return with arbitrary bytes.
    /// @param data Return data.
    function _returnWithData(bytes memory data) private pure {
        assembly { return(add(data, 32), mload(data)) }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./errors/LibBytesRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
library LibBytesV06 {
    using LibBytesV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Gets the memory address for a byte array.
    /// @param input Byte array to lookup.
    /// @return memoryAddress Memory address of byte array. This
    ///         points to the header of the byte array which contains
    ///         the length.
    function rawAddress(bytes memory input)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 memoryAddress)
    {
        assembly {
            memoryAddress := input
        }
        return memoryAddress;
    }
    /// @dev Gets the memory address for the contents of a byte array.
    /// @param input Byte array to lookup.
    /// @return memoryAddress Memory address of the contents of the byte array.
    function contentAddress(bytes memory input)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 memoryAddress)
    {
        assembly {
            memoryAddress := add(input, 32)
        }
        return memoryAddress;
    }
    /// @dev Copies `length` bytes from memory location `source` to `dest`.
    /// @param dest memory address to copy bytes to.
    /// @param source memory address to copy bytes from.
    /// @param length number of bytes to copy.
    function memCopy(
        uint256 dest,
        uint256 source,
        uint256 length
    )
        internal
        pure
    {
        if (length < 32) {
            // Handle a partial word by reading destination and masking
            // off the bits we are interested in.
            // This correctly handles overlap, zero lengths and source == dest
            assembly {
                let mask := sub(exp(256, sub(32, length)), 1)
                let s := and(mload(source), not(mask))
                let d := and(mload(dest), mask)
                mstore(dest, or(s, d))
            }
        } else {
            // Skip the O(length) loop when source == dest.
            if (source == dest) {
                return;
            }
            // For large copies we copy whole words at a time. The final
            // word is aligned to the end of the range (instead of after the
            // previous) to handle partial words. So a copy will look like this:
            //
            //  ####
            //      ####
            //          ####
            //            ####
            //
            // We handle overlap in the source and destination range by
            // changing the copying direction. This prevents us from
            // overwriting parts of source that we still need to copy.
            //
            // This correctly handles source == dest
            //
            if (source > dest) {
                assembly {
                    // We subtract 32 from `sEnd` and `dEnd` because it
                    // is easier to compare with in the loop, and these
                    // are also the addresses we need for copying the
                    // last bytes.
                    length := sub(length, 32)
                    let sEnd := add(source, length)
                    let dEnd := add(dest, length)
                    // Remember the last 32 bytes of source
                    // This needs to be done here and not after the loop
                    // because we may have overwritten the last bytes in
                    // source already due to overlap.
                    let last := mload(sEnd)
                    // Copy whole words front to back
                    // Note: the first check is always true,
                    // this could have been a do-while loop.
                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                    for {} lt(source, sEnd) {} {
                        mstore(dest, mload(source))
                        source := add(source, 32)
                        dest := add(dest, 32)
                    }
                    // Write the last 32 bytes
                    mstore(dEnd, last)
                }
            } else {
                assembly {
                    // We subtract 32 from `sEnd` and `dEnd` because those
                    // are the starting points when copying a word at the end.
                    length := sub(length, 32)
                    let sEnd := add(source, length)
                    let dEnd := add(dest, length)
                    // Remember the first 32 bytes of source
                    // This needs to be done here and not after the loop
                    // because we may have overwritten the first bytes in
                    // source already due to overlap.
                    let first := mload(source)
                    // Copy whole words back to front
                    // We use a signed comparisson here to allow dEnd to become
                    // negative (happens when source and dest < 32). Valid
                    // addresses in local memory will never be larger than
                    // 2**255, so they can be safely re-interpreted as signed.
                    // Note: the first check is always true,
                    // this could have been a do-while loop.
                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                    for {} slt(dest, dEnd) {} {
                        mstore(dEnd, mload(sEnd))
                        sEnd := sub(sEnd, 32)
                        dEnd := sub(dEnd, 32)
                    }
                    // Write the first 32 bytes
                    mstore(dest, first)
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns a slices from a byte array.
    /// @param b The byte array to take a slice from.
    /// @param from The starting index for the slice (inclusive).
    /// @param to The final index for the slice (exclusive).
    /// @return result The slice containing bytes at indices [from, to)
    function slice(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 from,
        uint256 to
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory result)
    {
        // Ensure that the from and to positions are valid positions for a slice within
        // the byte array that is being used.
        if (from > to) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.FromLessThanOrEqualsToRequired,
                from,
                to
            ));
        }
        if (to > b.length) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.ToLessThanOrEqualsLengthRequired,
                to,
                b.length
            ));
        }
        // Create a new bytes structure and copy contents
        result = new bytes(to - from);
        memCopy(
            result.contentAddress(),
            b.contentAddress() + from,
            result.length
        );
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Returns a slice from a byte array without preserving the input.
    ///      When `from == 0`, the original array will match the slice.
    ///      In other cases its state will be corrupted.
    /// @param b The byte array to take a slice from. Will be destroyed in the process.
    /// @param from The starting index for the slice (inclusive).
    /// @param to The final index for the slice (exclusive).
    /// @return result The slice containing bytes at indices [from, to)
    function sliceDestructive(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 from,
        uint256 to
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory result)
    {
        // Ensure that the from and to positions are valid positions for a slice within
        // the byte array that is being used.
        if (from > to) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.FromLessThanOrEqualsToRequired,
                from,
                to
            ));
        }
        if (to > b.length) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.ToLessThanOrEqualsLengthRequired,
                to,
                b.length
            ));
        }
        // Create a new bytes structure around [from, to) in-place.
        assembly {
            result := add(b, from)
            mstore(result, sub(to, from))
        }
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Pops the last byte off of a byte array by modifying its length.
    /// @param b Byte array that will be modified.
    /// @return result The byte that was popped off.
    function popLastByte(bytes memory b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes1 result)
    {
        if (b.length == 0) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.LengthGreaterThanZeroRequired,
                b.length,
                0
            ));
        }
        // Store last byte.
        result = b[b.length - 1];
        assembly {
            // Decrement length of byte array.
            let newLen := sub(mload(b), 1)
            mstore(b, newLen)
        }
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Tests equality of two byte arrays.
    /// @param lhs First byte array to compare.
    /// @param rhs Second byte array to compare.
    /// @return equal True if arrays are the same. False otherwise.
    function equals(
        bytes memory lhs,
        bytes memory rhs
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool equal)
    {
        // Keccak gas cost is 30 + numWords * 6. This is a cheap way to compare.
        // We early exit on unequal lengths, but keccak would also correctly
        // handle this.
        return lhs.length == rhs.length && keccak256(lhs) == keccak256(rhs);
    }
    /// @dev Reads an address from a position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array containing an address.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of address.
    /// @return result address from byte array.
    function readAddress(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (address result)
    {
        if (b.length < index + 20) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsTwentyRequired,
                b.length,
                index + 20 // 20 is length of address
            ));
        }
        // Add offset to index:
        // 1. Arrays are prefixed by 32-byte length parameter (add 32 to index)
        // 2. Account for size difference between address length and 32-byte storage word (subtract 12 from index)
        index += 20;
        // Read address from array memory
        assembly {
            // 1. Add index to address of bytes array
            // 2. Load 32-byte word from memory
            // 3. Apply 20-byte mask to obtain address
            result := and(mload(add(b, index)), 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
        }
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Writes an address into a specific position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array to insert address into.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of address.
    /// @param input Address to put into byte array.
    function writeAddress(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index,
        address input
    )
        internal
        pure
    {
        if (b.length < index + 20) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsTwentyRequired,
                b.length,
                index + 20 // 20 is length of address
            ));
        }
        // Add offset to index:
        // 1. Arrays are prefixed by 32-byte length parameter (add 32 to index)
        // 2. Account for size difference between address length and 32-byte storage word (subtract 12 from index)
        index += 20;
        // Store address into array memory
        assembly {
            // The address occupies 20 bytes and mstore stores 32 bytes.
            // First fetch the 32-byte word where we'll be storing the address, then
            // apply a mask so we have only the bytes in the word that the address will not occupy.
            // Then combine these bytes with the address and store the 32 bytes back to memory with mstore.
            // 1. Add index to address of bytes array
            // 2. Load 32-byte word from memory
            // 3. Apply 12-byte mask to obtain extra bytes occupying word of memory where we'll store the address
            let neighbors := and(
                mload(add(b, index)),
                0xffffffffffffffffffffffff0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
            )
            // Make sure input address is clean.
            // (Solidity does not guarantee this)
            input := and(input, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // Store the neighbors and address into memory
            mstore(add(b, index), xor(input, neighbors))
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads a bytes32 value from a position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array containing a bytes32 value.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of bytes32 value.
    /// @return result bytes32 value from byte array.
    function readBytes32(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes32 result)
    {
        if (b.length < index + 32) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsThirtyTwoRequired,
                b.length,
                index + 32
            ));
        }
        // Arrays are prefixed by a 256 bit length parameter
        index += 32;
        // Read the bytes32 from array memory
        assembly {
            result := mload(add(b, index))
        }
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Writes a bytes32 into a specific position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array to insert <input> into.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of <input>.
    /// @param input bytes32 to put into byte array.
    function writeBytes32(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index,
        bytes32 input
    )
        internal
        pure
    {
        if (b.length < index + 32) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsThirtyTwoRequired,
                b.length,
                index + 32
            ));
        }
        // Arrays are prefixed by a 256 bit length parameter
        index += 32;
        // Read the bytes32 from array memory
        assembly {
            mstore(add(b, index), input)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads a uint256 value from a position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array containing a uint256 value.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of uint256 value.
    /// @return result uint256 value from byte array.
    function readUint256(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 result)
    {
        result = uint256(readBytes32(b, index));
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Writes a uint256 into a specific position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array to insert <input> into.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of <input>.
    /// @param input uint256 to put into byte array.
    function writeUint256(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index,
        uint256 input
    )
        internal
        pure
    {
        writeBytes32(b, index, bytes32(input));
    }
    /// @dev Reads an unpadded bytes4 value from a position in a byte array.
    /// @param b Byte array containing a bytes4 value.
    /// @param index Index in byte array of bytes4 value.
    /// @return result bytes4 value from byte array.
    function readBytes4(
        bytes memory b,
        uint256 index
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes4 result)
    {
        if (b.length < index + 4) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationError(
                LibBytesRichErrorsV06.InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes.LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsFourRequired,
                b.length,
                index + 4
            ));
        }
        // Arrays are prefixed by a 32 byte length field
        index += 32;
        // Read the bytes4 from array memory
        assembly {
            result := mload(add(b, index))
            // Solidity does not require us to clean the trailing bytes.
            // We do it anyway
            result := and(result, 0xFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)
        }
        return result;
    }
    /// @dev Writes a new length to a byte array.
    ///      Decreasing length will lead to removing the corresponding lower order bytes from the byte array.
    ///      Increasing length may lead to appending adjacent in-memory bytes to the end of the byte array.
    /// @param b Bytes array to write new length to.
    /// @param length New length of byte array.
    function writeLength(bytes memory b, uint256 length)
        internal
        pure
    {
        assembly {
            mstore(b, length)
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibBytesRichErrorsV06 {
    enum InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes {
        FromLessThanOrEqualsToRequired,
        ToLessThanOrEqualsLengthRequired,
        LengthGreaterThanZeroRequired,
        LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsFourRequired,
        LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsTwentyRequired,
        LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsThirtyTwoRequired,
        LengthGreaterThanOrEqualsNestedBytesLengthRequired,
        DestinationLengthGreaterThanOrEqualSourceLengthRequired
    }
    // bytes4(keccak256("InvalidByteOperationError(uint8,uint256,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant INVALID_BYTE_OPERATION_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0x28006595;
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function InvalidByteOperationError(
        InvalidByteOperationErrorCodes errorCode,
        uint256 offset,
        uint256 required
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            INVALID_BYTE_OPERATION_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            errorCode,
            offset,
            required
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("Error(string)"))
    bytes4 internal constant STANDARD_ERROR_SELECTOR = 0x08c379a0;
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    /// @dev ABI encode a standard, string revert error payload.
    ///      This is the same payload that would be included by a `revert(string)`
    ///      solidity statement. It has the function signature `Error(string)`.
    /// @param message The error string.
    /// @return The ABI encoded error.
    function StandardError(string memory message)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            STANDARD_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            bytes(message)
        );
    }
    // solhint-enable func-name-mixedcase
    /// @dev Reverts an encoded rich revert reason `errorData`.
    /// @param errorData ABI encoded error data.
    function rrevert(bytes memory errorData)
        internal
        pure
    {
        assembly {
            revert(add(errorData, 0x20), mload(errorData))
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibProxyRichErrors.sol";
library LibBootstrap {
    /// @dev Magic bytes returned by the bootstrapper to indicate success.
    ///      This is `keccack('BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS')`.
    bytes4 internal constant BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS = 0xd150751b;
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Perform a delegatecall and ensure it returns the magic bytes.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param data The call data.
    function delegatecallBootstrapFunction(
        address target,
        bytes memory data
    )
        internal
    {
        (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = target.delegatecall(data);
        if (!success ||
            resultData.length != 32 ||
            abi.decode(resultData, (bytes4)) != BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS)
        {
            LibProxyRichErrors.BootstrapCallFailedError(target, resultData).rrevert();
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibProxyRichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function NotImplementedError(bytes4 selector)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("NotImplementedError(bytes4)")),
            selector
        );
    }
    function InvalidBootstrapCallerError(address actual, address expected)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InvalidBootstrapCallerError(address,address)")),
            actual,
            expected
        );
    }
    function InvalidDieCallerError(address actual, address expected)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InvalidDieCallerError(address,address)")),
            actual,
            expected
        );
    }
    function BootstrapCallFailedError(address target, bytes memory resultData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("BootstrapCallFailedError(address,bytes)")),
            target,
            resultData
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../migrations/LibBootstrap.sol";
import "../storage/LibProxyStorage.sol";
import "./IBootstrap.sol";
/// @dev Detachable `bootstrap()` feature.
contract Bootstrap is
    IBootstrap
{
    // solhint-disable state-visibility,indent
    /// @dev The ZeroEx contract.
    ///      This has to be immutable to persist across delegatecalls.
    address immutable private _deployer;
    /// @dev The implementation address of this contract.
    ///      This has to be immutable to persist across delegatecalls.
    address immutable private _implementation;
    /// @dev The deployer.
    ///      This has to be immutable to persist across delegatecalls.
    address immutable private _bootstrapCaller;
    // solhint-enable state-visibility,indent
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Construct this contract and set the bootstrap migration contract.
    ///      After constructing this contract, `bootstrap()` should be called
    ///      to seed the initial feature set.
    /// @param bootstrapCaller The allowed caller of `bootstrap()`.
    constructor(address bootstrapCaller) public {
        _deployer = msg.sender;
        _implementation = address(this);
        _bootstrapCaller = bootstrapCaller;
    }
    /// @dev Bootstrap the initial feature set of this contract by delegatecalling
    ///      into `target`. Before exiting the `bootstrap()` function will
    ///      deregister itself from the proxy to prevent being called again.
    /// @param target The bootstrapper contract address.
    /// @param callData The call data to execute on `target`.
    function bootstrap(address target, bytes calldata callData) external override {
        // Only the bootstrap caller can call this function.
        if (msg.sender != _bootstrapCaller) {
            LibProxyRichErrors.InvalidBootstrapCallerError(
                msg.sender,
                _bootstrapCaller
            ).rrevert();
        }
        // Deregister.
        LibProxyStorage.getStorage().impls[this.bootstrap.selector] = address(0);
        // Self-destruct.
        Bootstrap(_implementation).die();
        // Call the bootstrapper.
        LibBootstrap.delegatecallBootstrapFunction(target, callData);
    }
    /// @dev Self-destructs this contract.
    ///      Can only be called by the deployer.
    function die() external {
        if (msg.sender != _deployer) {
            LibProxyRichErrors.InvalidDieCallerError(msg.sender, _deployer).rrevert();
        }
        selfdestruct(msg.sender);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./LibStorage.sol";
/// @dev Storage helpers for the proxy contract.
library LibProxyStorage {
    /// @dev Storage bucket for proxy contract.
    struct Storage {
        // Mapping of function selector -> function implementation
        mapping(bytes4 => address) impls;
        // The owner of the proxy contract.
        address owner;
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage bucket for this contract.
    function getStorage() internal pure returns (Storage storage stor) {
        uint256 storageSlot = LibStorage.getStorageSlot(
            LibStorage.StorageId.Proxy
        );
        // Dip into assembly to change the slot pointed to by the local
        // variable `stor`.
        // See https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.6.8/assembly.html?highlight=slot#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries
        assembly { stor_slot := storageSlot }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Common storage helpers
library LibStorage {
    /// @dev What to bit-shift a storage ID by to get its slot.
    ///      This gives us a maximum of 2**128 inline fields in each bucket.
    uint256 private constant STORAGE_SLOT_EXP = 128;
    /// @dev Storage IDs for feature storage buckets.
    ///      WARNING: APPEND-ONLY.
    enum StorageId {
        Proxy,
        SimpleFunctionRegistry,
        Ownable,
        TokenSpender,
        TransformERC20
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage slot given a storage ID. We assign unique, well-spaced
    ///     slots to storage bucket variables to ensure they do not overlap.
    ///     See: https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.6.6/assembly.html#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries
    /// @param storageId An entry in `StorageId`
    /// @return slot The storage slot.
    function getStorageSlot(StorageId storageId)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 slot)
    {
        // This should never overflow with a reasonable `STORAGE_SLOT_EXP`
        // because Solidity will do a range check on `storageId` during the cast.
        return (uint256(storageId) + 1) << STORAGE_SLOT_EXP;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Detachable `bootstrap()` feature.
interface IBootstrap {
    /// @dev Bootstrap the initial feature set of this contract by delegatecalling
    ///      into `target`. Before exiting the `bootstrap()` function will
    ///      deregister itself from the proxy to prevent being called again.
    /// @param target The bootstrapper contract address.
    /// @param callData The call data to execute on `target`.
    function bootstrap(address target, bytes calldata callData) external;
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibCommonRichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function OnlyCallableBySelfError(address sender)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("OnlyCallableBySelfError(address)")),
            sender
        );
    }
    function IllegalReentrancyError()
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("IllegalReentrancyError()"))
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibOwnableRichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function OnlyOwnerError(
        address sender,
        address owner
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("OnlyOwnerError(address,address)")),
            sender,
            owner
        );
    }
    function TransferOwnerToZeroError()
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("TransferOwnerToZeroError()"))
        );
    }
    function MigrateCallFailedError(address target, bytes memory resultData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("MigrateCallFailedError(address,bytes)")),
            target,
            resultData
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibSimpleFunctionRegistryRichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function NotInRollbackHistoryError(bytes4 selector, address targetImpl)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("NotInRollbackHistoryError(bytes4,address)")),
            selector,
            targetImpl
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibSpenderRichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function SpenderERC20TransferFromFailedError(
        address token,
        address owner,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory errorData
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("SpenderERC20TransferFromFailedError(address,address,address,uint256,bytes)")),
            token,
            owner,
            to,
            amount,
            errorData
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibTransformERC20RichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase,separate-by-one-line-in-contract
    function InsufficientEthAttachedError(
        uint256 ethAttached,
        uint256 ethNeeded
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InsufficientEthAttachedError(uint256,uint256)")),
            ethAttached,
            ethNeeded
        );
    }
    function IncompleteTransformERC20Error(
        address outputToken,
        uint256 outputTokenAmount,
        uint256 minOutputTokenAmount
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("IncompleteTransformERC20Error(address,uint256,uint256)")),
            outputToken,
            outputTokenAmount,
            minOutputTokenAmount
        );
    }
    function NegativeTransformERC20OutputError(
        address outputToken,
        uint256 outputTokenLostAmount
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("NegativeTransformERC20OutputError(address,uint256)")),
            outputToken,
            outputTokenLostAmount
        );
    }
    function TransformerFailedError(
        address transformer,
        bytes memory transformerData,
        bytes memory resultData
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("TransformerFailedError(address,bytes,bytes)")),
            transformer,
            transformerData,
            resultData
        );
    }
    // Common Transformer errors ///////////////////////////////////////////////
    function OnlyCallableByDeployerError(
        address caller,
        address deployer
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("OnlyCallableByDeployerError(address,address)")),
            caller,
            deployer
        );
    }
    function InvalidExecutionContextError(
        address actualContext,
        address expectedContext
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InvalidExecutionContextError(address,address)")),
            actualContext,
            expectedContext
        );
    }
    enum InvalidTransformDataErrorCode {
        INVALID_TOKENS,
        INVALID_ARRAY_LENGTH
    }
    function InvalidTransformDataError(
        InvalidTransformDataErrorCode errorCode,
        bytes memory transformData
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InvalidTransformDataError(uint8,bytes)")),
            errorCode,
            transformData
        );
    }
    // FillQuoteTransformer errors /////////////////////////////////////////////
    function IncompleteFillSellQuoteError(
        address sellToken,
        uint256 soldAmount,
        uint256 sellAmount
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("IncompleteFillSellQuoteError(address,uint256,uint256)")),
            sellToken,
            soldAmount,
            sellAmount
        );
    }
    function IncompleteFillBuyQuoteError(
        address buyToken,
        uint256 boughtAmount,
        uint256 buyAmount
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("IncompleteFillBuyQuoteError(address,uint256,uint256)")),
            buyToken,
            boughtAmount,
            buyAmount
        );
    }
    function InsufficientTakerTokenError(
        uint256 tokenBalance,
        uint256 tokensNeeded
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InsufficientTakerTokenError(uint256,uint256)")),
            tokenBalance,
            tokensNeeded
        );
    }
    function InsufficientProtocolFeeError(
        uint256 ethBalance,
        uint256 ethNeeded
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InsufficientProtocolFeeError(uint256,uint256)")),
            ethBalance,
            ethNeeded
        );
    }
    function InvalidERC20AssetDataError(
        bytes memory assetData
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InvalidERC20AssetDataError(bytes)")),
            assetData
        );
    }
    function InvalidTakerFeeTokenError(
        address token
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("InvalidTakerFeeTokenError(address)")),
            token
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibWalletRichErrors {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function WalletExecuteCallFailedError(
        address wallet,
        address callTarget,
        bytes memory callData,
        uint256 callValue,
        bytes memory errorData
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("WalletExecuteCallFailedError(address,address,bytes,uint256,bytes)")),
            wallet,
            callTarget,
            callData,
            callValue,
            errorData
        );
    }
    function WalletExecuteDelegateCallFailedError(
        address wallet,
        address callTarget,
        bytes memory callData,
        bytes memory errorData
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            bytes4(keccak256("WalletExecuteDelegateCallFailedError(address,address,bytes,bytes)")),
            wallet,
            callTarget,
            callData,
            errorData
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/AuthorizableV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibSpenderRichErrors.sol";
import "./IAllowanceTarget.sol";
/// @dev The allowance target for the TokenSpender feature.
contract AllowanceTarget is
    IAllowanceTarget,
    AuthorizableV06
{
    // solhint-disable no-unused-vars,indent,no-empty-blocks
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Execute an arbitrary call. Only an authority can call this.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The call data.
    /// @return resultData The data returned by the call.
    function executeCall(
        address payable target,
        bytes calldata callData
    )
        external
        override
        onlyAuthorized
        returns (bytes memory resultData)
    {
        bool success;
        (success, resultData) = target.call(callData);
        if (!success) {
            resultData.rrevert();
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./interfaces/IAuthorizableV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./OwnableV06.sol";
// solhint-disable no-empty-blocks
contract AuthorizableV06 is
    OwnableV06,
    IAuthorizableV06
{
    /// @dev Only authorized addresses can invoke functions with this modifier.
    modifier onlyAuthorized {
        _assertSenderIsAuthorized();
        _;
    }
    // @dev Whether an address is authorized to call privileged functions.
    // @param 0 Address to query.
    // @return 0 Whether the address is authorized.
    mapping (address => bool) public override authorized;
    // @dev Whether an address is authorized to call privileged functions.
    // @param 0 Index of authorized address.
    // @return 0 Authorized address.
    address[] public override authorities;
    /// @dev Initializes the `owner` address.
    constructor()
        public
        OwnableV06()
    {}
    /// @dev Authorizes an address.
    /// @param target Address to authorize.
    function addAuthorizedAddress(address target)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        _addAuthorizedAddress(target);
    }
    /// @dev Removes authorizion of an address.
    /// @param target Address to remove authorization from.
    function removeAuthorizedAddress(address target)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        if (!authorized[target]) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.TargetNotAuthorizedError(target));
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < authorities.length; i++) {
            if (authorities[i] == target) {
                _removeAuthorizedAddressAtIndex(target, i);
                break;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Removes authorizion of an address.
    /// @param target Address to remove authorization from.
    /// @param index Index of target in authorities array.
    function removeAuthorizedAddressAtIndex(
        address target,
        uint256 index
    )
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        _removeAuthorizedAddressAtIndex(target, index);
    }
    /// @dev Gets all authorized addresses.
    /// @return Array of authorized addresses.
    function getAuthorizedAddresses()
        external
        override
        view
        returns (address[] memory)
    {
        return authorities;
    }
    /// @dev Reverts if msg.sender is not authorized.
    function _assertSenderIsAuthorized()
        internal
        view
    {
        if (!authorized[msg.sender]) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.SenderNotAuthorizedError(msg.sender));
        }
    }
    /// @dev Authorizes an address.
    /// @param target Address to authorize.
    function _addAuthorizedAddress(address target)
        internal
    {
        // Ensure that the target is not the zero address.
        if (target == address(0)) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.ZeroCantBeAuthorizedError());
        }
        // Ensure that the target is not already authorized.
        if (authorized[target]) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.TargetAlreadyAuthorizedError(target));
        }
        authorized[target] = true;
        authorities.push(target);
        emit AuthorizedAddressAdded(target, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Removes authorizion of an address.
    /// @param target Address to remove authorization from.
    /// @param index Index of target in authorities array.
    function _removeAuthorizedAddressAtIndex(
        address target,
        uint256 index
    )
        internal
    {
        if (!authorized[target]) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.TargetNotAuthorizedError(target));
        }
        if (index >= authorities.length) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.IndexOutOfBoundsError(
                index,
                authorities.length
            ));
        }
        if (authorities[index] != target) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06.AuthorizedAddressMismatchError(
                authorities[index],
                target
            ));
        }
        delete authorized[target];
        authorities[index] = authorities[authorities.length - 1];
        authorities.pop();
        emit AuthorizedAddressRemoved(target, msg.sender);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./IOwnableV06.sol";
interface IAuthorizableV06 is
    IOwnableV06
{
    // Event logged when a new address is authorized.
    event AuthorizedAddressAdded(
        address indexed target,
        address indexed caller
    );
    // Event logged when a currently authorized address is unauthorized.
    event AuthorizedAddressRemoved(
        address indexed target,
        address indexed caller
    );
    /// @dev Authorizes an address.
    /// @param target Address to authorize.
    function addAuthorizedAddress(address target)
        external;
    /// @dev Removes authorizion of an address.
    /// @param target Address to remove authorization from.
    function removeAuthorizedAddress(address target)
        external;
    /// @dev Removes authorizion of an address.
    /// @param target Address to remove authorization from.
    /// @param index Index of target in authorities array.
    function removeAuthorizedAddressAtIndex(
        address target,
        uint256 index
    )
        external;
    /// @dev Gets all authorized addresses.
    /// @return authorizedAddresses Array of authorized addresses.
    function getAuthorizedAddresses()
        external
        view
        returns (address[] memory authorizedAddresses);
    /// @dev Whether an adderss is authorized to call privileged functions.
    /// @param addr Address to query.
    /// @return isAuthorized Whether the address is authorized.
    function authorized(address addr) external view returns (bool isAuthorized);
    /// @dev All addresseses authorized to call privileged functions.
    /// @param idx Index of authorized address.
    /// @return addr Authorized address.
    function authorities(uint256 idx) external view returns (address addr);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
interface IOwnableV06 {
    /// @dev Emitted by Ownable when ownership is transferred.
    /// @param previousOwner The previous owner of the contract.
    /// @param newOwner The new owner of the contract.
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new address.
    /// @param newOwner The address that will become the owner.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external;
    /// @dev The owner of this contract.
    /// @return ownerAddress The owner address.
    function owner() external view returns (address ownerAddress);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibAuthorizableRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("AuthorizedAddressMismatchError(address,address)"))
    bytes4 internal constant AUTHORIZED_ADDRESS_MISMATCH_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0x140a84db;
    // bytes4(keccak256("IndexOutOfBoundsError(uint256,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant INDEX_OUT_OF_BOUNDS_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0xe9f83771;
    // bytes4(keccak256("SenderNotAuthorizedError(address)"))
    bytes4 internal constant SENDER_NOT_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0xb65a25b9;
    // bytes4(keccak256("TargetAlreadyAuthorizedError(address)"))
    bytes4 internal constant TARGET_ALREADY_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0xde16f1a0;
    // bytes4(keccak256("TargetNotAuthorizedError(address)"))
    bytes4 internal constant TARGET_NOT_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0xeb5108a2;
    // bytes4(keccak256("ZeroCantBeAuthorizedError()"))
    bytes internal constant ZERO_CANT_BE_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_BYTES =
        hex"57654fe4";
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function AuthorizedAddressMismatchError(
        address authorized,
        address target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            AUTHORIZED_ADDRESS_MISMATCH_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            authorized,
            target
        );
    }
    function IndexOutOfBoundsError(
        uint256 index,
        uint256 length
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            INDEX_OUT_OF_BOUNDS_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            index,
            length
        );
    }
    function SenderNotAuthorizedError(address sender)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            SENDER_NOT_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            sender
        );
    }
    function TargetAlreadyAuthorizedError(address target)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            TARGET_ALREADY_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            target
        );
    }
    function TargetNotAuthorizedError(address target)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            TARGET_NOT_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            target
        );
    }
    function ZeroCantBeAuthorizedError()
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return ZERO_CANT_BE_AUTHORIZED_ERROR_BYTES;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2019 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./interfaces/IOwnableV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibOwnableRichErrorsV06.sol";
contract OwnableV06 is
    IOwnableV06
{
    /// @dev The owner of this contract.
    /// @return 0 The owner address.
    address public override owner;
    constructor() public {
        owner = msg.sender;
    }
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _assertSenderIsOwner();
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Change the owner of this contract.
    /// @param newOwner New owner address.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner)
        public
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibOwnableRichErrorsV06.TransferOwnerToZeroError());
        } else {
            owner = newOwner;
            emit OwnershipTransferred(msg.sender, newOwner);
        }
    }
    function _assertSenderIsOwner()
        internal
        view
    {
        if (msg.sender != owner) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibOwnableRichErrorsV06.OnlyOwnerError(
                msg.sender,
                owner
            ));
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibOwnableRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("OnlyOwnerError(address,address)"))
    bytes4 internal constant ONLY_OWNER_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0x1de45ad1;
    // bytes4(keccak256("TransferOwnerToZeroError()"))
    bytes internal constant TRANSFER_OWNER_TO_ZERO_ERROR_BYTES =
        hex"e69edc3e";
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function OnlyOwnerError(
        address sender,
        address owner
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            ONLY_OWNER_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            sender,
            owner
        );
    }
    function TransferOwnerToZeroError()
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return TRANSFER_OWNER_TO_ZERO_ERROR_BYTES;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/interfaces/IAuthorizableV06.sol";
/// @dev The allowance target for the TokenSpender feature.
interface IAllowanceTarget is
    IAuthorizableV06
{
    /// @dev Execute an arbitrary call. Only an authority can call this.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The call data.
    /// @return resultData The data returned by the call.
    function executeCall(
        address payable target,
        bytes calldata callData
    )
        external
        returns (bytes memory resultData);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibOwnableRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibWalletRichErrors.sol";
import "./IFlashWallet.sol";
/// @dev A contract that can execute arbitrary calls from its owner.
contract FlashWallet is
    IFlashWallet
{
    // solhint-disable no-unused-vars,indent,no-empty-blocks
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    // solhint-disable
    /// @dev Store the owner/deployer as an immutable to make this contract stateless.
    address public override immutable owner;
    // solhint-enable
    constructor() public {
        // The deployer is the owner.
        owner = msg.sender;
    }
    /// @dev Allows only the (immutable) owner to call a function.
    modifier onlyOwner() virtual {
        if (msg.sender != owner) {
            LibOwnableRichErrorsV06.OnlyOwnerError(
                msg.sender,
                owner
            ).rrevert();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Execute an arbitrary call. Only an authority can call this.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The call data.
    /// @param value Ether to attach to the call.
    /// @return resultData The data returned by the call.
    function executeCall(
        address payable target,
        bytes calldata callData,
        uint256 value
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        onlyOwner
        returns (bytes memory resultData)
    {
        bool success;
        (success, resultData) = target.call{value: value}(callData);
        if (!success) {
            LibWalletRichErrors
                .WalletExecuteCallFailedError(
                    address(this),
                    target,
                    callData,
                    value,
                    resultData
                )
                .rrevert();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Execute an arbitrary delegatecall, in the context of this puppet.
    ///      Only an authority can call this.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The call data.
    /// @return resultData The data returned by the call.
    function executeDelegateCall(
        address payable target,
        bytes calldata callData
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        onlyOwner
        returns (bytes memory resultData)
    {
        bool success;
        (success, resultData) = target.delegatecall(callData);
        if (!success) {
            LibWalletRichErrors
                .WalletExecuteDelegateCallFailedError(
                    address(this),
                    target,
                    callData,
                    resultData
                )
                .rrevert();
        }
    }
    // solhint-disable
    /// @dev Allows this contract to receive ether.
    receive() external override payable {}
    // solhint-enable
    /// @dev Signal support for receiving ERC1155 tokens.
    /// @param interfaceID The interface ID, as per ERC-165 rules.
    /// @return hasSupport `true` if this contract supports an ERC-165 interface.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceID)
        external
        pure
        returns (bool hasSupport)
    {
        return  interfaceID == this.supportsInterface.selector ||
                interfaceID == this.onERC1155Received.selector ^ this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector ||
                interfaceID == this.tokenFallback.selector;
    }
    ///  @dev Allow this contract to receive ERC1155 tokens.
    ///  @return success  `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
    function onERC1155Received(
        address, // operator,
        address, // from,
        uint256, // id,
        uint256, // value,
        bytes calldata //data
    )
        external
        pure
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    ///  @dev Allow this contract to receive ERC1155 tokens.
    ///  @return success  `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address, // operator,
        address, // from,
        uint256[] calldata, // ids,
        uint256[] calldata, // values,
        bytes calldata // data
    )
        external
        pure
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
    /// @dev Allows this contract to receive ERC223 tokens.
    function tokenFallback(
        address, // from,
        uint256, // value,
        bytes calldata // value
    )
        external
        pure
    {}
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/interfaces/IOwnableV06.sol";
/// @dev A contract that can execute arbitrary calls from its owner.
interface IFlashWallet {
    /// @dev Execute an arbitrary call. Only an authority can call this.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The call data.
    /// @param value Ether to attach to the call.
    /// @return resultData The data returned by the call.
    function executeCall(
        address payable target,
        bytes calldata callData,
        uint256 value
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bytes memory resultData);
    /// @dev Execute an arbitrary delegatecall, in the context of this puppet.
    ///      Only an authority can call this.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The call data.
    /// @return resultData The data returned by the call.
    function executeDelegateCall(
        address payable target,
        bytes calldata callData
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bytes memory resultData);
    /// @dev Allows the puppet to receive ETH.
    receive() external payable;
    /// @dev Fetch the immutable owner/deployer of this contract.
    /// @return owner_ The immutable owner/deployer/
    function owner() external view returns (address owner_);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/AuthorizableV06.sol";
/// @dev A contract with a `die()` function.
interface IKillable {
    function die() external;
}
/// @dev Deployer contract for ERC20 transformers.
///      Only authorities may call `deploy()` and `kill()`.
contract TransformerDeployer is
    AuthorizableV06
{
    /// @dev Emitted when a contract is deployed via `deploy()`.
    /// @param deployedAddress The address of the deployed contract.
    /// @param nonce The deployment nonce.
    /// @param sender The caller of `deploy()`.
    event Deployed(address deployedAddress, uint256 nonce, address sender);
    /// @dev Emitted when a contract is killed via `kill()`.
    /// @param target The address of the contract being killed..
    /// @param sender The caller of `kill()`.
    event Killed(address target, address sender);
    // @dev The current nonce of this contract.
    uint256 public nonce = 1;
    // @dev Mapping of deployed contract address to deployment nonce.
    mapping (address => uint256) public toDeploymentNonce;
    /// @dev Create this contract and register authorities.
    constructor(address[] memory authorities) public {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < authorities.length; ++i) {
            _addAuthorizedAddress(authorities[i]);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Deploy a new contract. Only callable by an authority.
    ///      Any attached ETH will also be forwarded.
    function deploy(bytes memory bytecode)
        public
        payable
        onlyAuthorized
        returns (address deployedAddress)
    {
        uint256 deploymentNonce = nonce;
        nonce += 1;
        assembly {
            deployedAddress := create(callvalue(), add(bytecode, 32), mload(bytecode))
        }
        toDeploymentNonce[deployedAddress] = deploymentNonce;
        emit Deployed(deployedAddress, deploymentNonce, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Call `die()` on a contract. Only callable by an authority.
    function kill(IKillable target)
        public
        onlyAuthorized
    {
        target.die();
        emit Killed(address(target), msg.sender);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Basic interface for a feature contract.
interface IFeature {
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    /// @dev The name of this feature set.
    function FEATURE_NAME() external view returns (string memory name);
    /// @dev The version of this feature set.
    function FEATURE_VERSION() external view returns (uint256 version);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/interfaces/IOwnableV06.sol";
// solhint-disable no-empty-blocks
/// @dev Owner management and migration features.
interface IOwnable is
    IOwnableV06
{
    /// @dev Emitted when `migrate()` is called.
    /// @param caller The caller of `migrate()`.
    /// @param migrator The migration contract.
    /// @param newOwner The address of the new owner.
    event Migrated(address caller, address migrator, address newOwner);
    /// @dev Execute a migration function in the context of the ZeroEx contract.
    ///      The result of the function being called should be the magic bytes
    ///      0x2c64c5ef (`keccack('MIGRATE_SUCCESS')`). Only callable by the owner.
    ///      The owner will be temporarily set to `address(this)` inside the call.
    ///      Before returning, the owner will be set to `newOwner`.
    /// @param target The migrator contract address.
    /// @param newOwner The address of the new owner.
    /// @param data The call data.
    function migrate(address target, bytes calldata data, address newOwner) external;
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Basic registry management features.
interface ISimpleFunctionRegistry {
    /// @dev A function implementation was updated via `extend()` or `rollback()`.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param oldImpl The implementation contract address being replaced.
    /// @param newImpl The replacement implementation contract address.
    event ProxyFunctionUpdated(bytes4 indexed selector, address oldImpl, address newImpl);
    /// @dev Roll back to a prior implementation of a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param targetImpl The address of an older implementation of the function.
    function rollback(bytes4 selector, address targetImpl) external;
    /// @dev Register or replace a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param impl The implementation contract for the function.
    function extend(bytes4 selector, address impl) external;
    /// @dev Retrieve the length of the rollback history for a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @return rollbackLength The number of items in the rollback history for
    ///         the function.
    function getRollbackLength(bytes4 selector)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 rollbackLength);
    /// @dev Retrieve an entry in the rollback history for a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param idx The index in the rollback history.
    /// @return impl An implementation address for the function at
    ///         index `idx`.
    function getRollbackEntryAtIndex(bytes4 selector, uint256 idx)
        external
        view
        returns (address impl);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
/// @dev Feature that allows spending token allowances.
interface ITokenSpender {
    /// @dev Transfers ERC20 tokens from `owner` to `to`.
    ///      Only callable from within.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @param to The recipient of the tokens.
    /// @param amount The amount of `token` to transfer.
    function _spendERC20Tokens(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address owner,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    )
        external;
    /// @dev Gets the maximum amount of an ERC20 token `token` that can be
    ///      pulled from `owner`.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @return amount The amount of tokens that can be pulled.
    function getSpendableERC20BalanceOf(IERC20TokenV06 token, address owner)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 amount);
    /// @dev Get the address of the allowance target.
    /// @return target The target of token allowances.
    function getAllowanceTarget() external view returns (address target);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
interface IERC20TokenV06 {
    // solhint-disable no-simple-event-func-name
    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 value
    );
    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 value
    );
    /// @dev send `value` token to `to` from `msg.sender`
    /// @param to The address of the recipient
    /// @param value The amount of token to be transferred
    /// @return True if transfer was successful
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value)
        external
        returns (bool);
    /// @dev send `value` token to `to` from `from` on the condition it is approved by `from`
    /// @param from The address of the sender
    /// @param to The address of the recipient
    /// @param value The amount of token to be transferred
    /// @return True if transfer was successful
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    )
        external
        returns (bool);
    /// @dev `msg.sender` approves `spender` to spend `value` tokens
    /// @param spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @param value The amount of wei to be approved for transfer
    /// @return Always true if the call has enough gas to complete execution
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value)
        external
        returns (bool);
    /// @dev Query total supply of token
    /// @return Total supply of token
    function totalSupply()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Get the balance of `owner`.
    /// @param owner The address from which the balance will be retrieved
    /// @return Balance of owner
    function balanceOf(address owner)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Get the allowance for `spender` to spend from `owner`.
    /// @param owner The address of the account owning tokens
    /// @param spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @return Amount of remaining tokens allowed to spent
    function allowance(address owner, address spender)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Get the number of decimals this token has.
    function decimals()
        external
        view
        returns (uint8);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "../transformers/IERC20Transformer.sol";
import "../external/IFlashWallet.sol";
/// @dev Feature to composably transform between ERC20 tokens.
interface ITransformERC20 {
    /// @dev Defines a transformation to run in `transformERC20()`.
    struct Transformation {
        // The deployment nonce for the transformer.
        // The address of the transformer contract will be derived from this
        // value.
        uint32 deploymentNonce;
        // Arbitrary data to pass to the transformer.
        bytes data;
    }
    /// @dev Raised upon a successful `transformERC20`.
    /// @param taker The taker (caller) address.
    /// @param inputToken The token being provided by the taker.
    ///        If `0xeee...`, ETH is implied and should be provided with the call.`
    /// @param outputToken The token to be acquired by the taker.
    ///        `0xeee...` implies ETH.
    /// @param inputTokenAmount The amount of `inputToken` to take from the taker.
    /// @param outputTokenAmount The amount of `outputToken` received by the taker.
    event TransformedERC20(
        address indexed taker,
        address inputToken,
        address outputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        uint256 outputTokenAmount
    );
    /// @dev Raised when `setTransformerDeployer()` is called.
    /// @param transformerDeployer The new deployer address.
    event TransformerDeployerUpdated(address transformerDeployer);
    /// @dev Replace the allowed deployer for transformers.
    ///      Only callable by the owner.
    /// @param transformerDeployer The address of the trusted deployer for transformers.
    function setTransformerDeployer(address transformerDeployer)
        external;
    /// @dev Deploy a new flash wallet instance and replace the current one with it.
    ///      Useful if we somehow break the current wallet instance.
    ///      Anyone can call this.
    /// @return wallet The new wallet instance.
    function createTransformWallet()
        external
        returns (IFlashWallet wallet);
    /// @dev Executes a series of transformations to convert an ERC20 `inputToken`
    ///      to an ERC20 `outputToken`.
    /// @param inputToken The token being provided by the sender.
    ///        If `0xeee...`, ETH is implied and should be provided with the call.`
    /// @param outputToken The token to be acquired by the sender.
    ///        `0xeee...` implies ETH.
    /// @param inputTokenAmount The amount of `inputToken` to take from the sender.
    /// @param minOutputTokenAmount The minimum amount of `outputToken` the sender
    ///        must receive for the entire transformation to succeed.
    /// @param transformations The transformations to execute on the token balance(s)
    ///        in sequence.
    /// @return outputTokenAmount The amount of `outputToken` received by the sender.
    function transformERC20(
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 outputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        uint256 minOutputTokenAmount,
        Transformation[] calldata transformations
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (uint256 outputTokenAmount);
    /// @dev Internal version of `transformERC20()`. Only callable from within.
    /// @param callDataHash Hash of the ingress calldata.
    /// @param taker The taker address.
    /// @param inputToken The token being provided by the taker.
    ///        If `0xeee...`, ETH is implied and should be provided with the call.`
    /// @param outputToken The token to be acquired by the taker.
    ///        `0xeee...` implies ETH.
    /// @param inputTokenAmount The amount of `inputToken` to take from the taker.
    /// @param minOutputTokenAmount The minimum amount of `outputToken` the taker
    ///        must receive for the entire transformation to succeed.
    /// @param transformations The transformations to execute on the token balance(s)
    ///        in sequence.
    /// @return outputTokenAmount The amount of `outputToken` received by the taker.
    function _transformERC20(
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address payable taker,
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 outputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        uint256 minOutputTokenAmount,
        Transformation[] calldata transformations
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (uint256 outputTokenAmount);
    /// @dev Return the current wallet instance that will serve as the execution
    ///      context for transformations.
    /// @return wallet The wallet instance.
    function getTransformWallet()
        external
        view
        returns (IFlashWallet wallet);
    /// @dev Return the allowed deployer for transformers.
    /// @return deployer The transform deployer address.
    function getTransformerDeployer()
        external
        view
        returns (address deployer);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
/// @dev A transformation callback used in `TransformERC20.transformERC20()`.
interface IERC20Transformer {
    /// @dev Called from `TransformERC20.transformERC20()`. This will be
    ///      delegatecalled in the context of the FlashWallet instance being used.
    /// @param callDataHash The hash of the `TransformERC20.transformERC20()` calldata.
    /// @param taker The taker address (caller of `TransformERC20.transformERC20()`).
    /// @param data Arbitrary data to pass to the transformer.
    /// @return success The success bytes (`LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS`).
    function transform(
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address payable taker,
        bytes calldata data
    )
        external
        returns (bytes4 success);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
import "../errors/LibOwnableRichErrors.sol";
import "../storage/LibOwnableStorage.sol";
import "../migrations/LibBootstrap.sol";
import "../migrations/LibMigrate.sol";
import "./IFeature.sol";
import "./IOwnable.sol";
import "./SimpleFunctionRegistry.sol";
/// @dev Owner management features.
contract Ownable is
    IFeature,
    IOwnable,
    FixinCommon
{
    // solhint-disable
    /// @dev Name of this feature.
    string public constant override FEATURE_NAME = "Ownable";
    /// @dev Version of this feature.
    uint256 public immutable override FEATURE_VERSION = _encodeVersion(1, 0, 0);
    /// @dev The deployed address of this contract.
    address immutable private _implementation;
    // solhint-enable
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    constructor() public {
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Initializes this feature. The intial owner will be set to this (ZeroEx)
    ///      to allow the bootstrappers to call `extend()`. Ownership should be
    ///      transferred to the real owner by the bootstrapper after
    ///      bootstrapping is complete.
    /// @return success Magic bytes if successful.
    function bootstrap() external returns (bytes4 success) {
        // Set the owner to ourselves to allow bootstrappers to call `extend()`.
        LibOwnableStorage.getStorage().owner = address(this);
        // Register feature functions.
        SimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))._extendSelf(this.transferOwnership.selector, _implementation);
        SimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))._extendSelf(this.owner.selector, _implementation);
        SimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))._extendSelf(this.migrate.selector, _implementation);
        return LibBootstrap.BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Change the owner of this contract.
    ///      Only directly callable by the owner.
    /// @param newOwner New owner address.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        LibOwnableStorage.Storage storage proxyStor = LibOwnableStorage.getStorage();
        if (newOwner == address(0)) {
            LibOwnableRichErrors.TransferOwnerToZeroError().rrevert();
        } else {
            proxyStor.owner = newOwner;
            emit OwnershipTransferred(msg.sender, newOwner);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Execute a migration function in the context of the ZeroEx contract.
    ///      The result of the function being called should be the magic bytes
    ///      0x2c64c5ef (`keccack('MIGRATE_SUCCESS')`). Only callable by the owner.
    ///      Temporarily sets the owner to ourselves so we can perform admin functions.
    ///      Before returning, the owner will be set to `newOwner`.
    /// @param target The migrator contract address.
    /// @param data The call data.
    /// @param newOwner The address of the new owner.
    function migrate(address target, bytes calldata data, address newOwner)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) {
            LibOwnableRichErrors.TransferOwnerToZeroError().rrevert();
        }
        LibOwnableStorage.Storage storage stor = LibOwnableStorage.getStorage();
        // The owner will be temporarily set to `address(this)` inside the call.
        stor.owner = address(this);
        // Perform the migration.
        LibMigrate.delegatecallMigrateFunction(target, data);
        // Update the owner.
        stor.owner = newOwner;
        emit Migrated(msg.sender, target, newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Get the owner of this contract.
    /// @return owner_ The owner of this contract.
    function owner() external override view returns (address owner_) {
        return LibOwnableStorage.getStorage().owner;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibCommonRichErrors.sol";
import "../errors/LibOwnableRichErrors.sol";
import "../features/IOwnable.sol";
/// @dev Common feature utilities.
contract FixinCommon {
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev The caller must be this contract.
    modifier onlySelf() virtual {
        if (msg.sender != address(this)) {
            LibCommonRichErrors.OnlyCallableBySelfError(msg.sender).rrevert();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev The caller of this function must be the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() virtual {
        {
            address owner = IOwnable(address(this)).owner();
            if (msg.sender != owner) {
                LibOwnableRichErrors.OnlyOwnerError(
                    msg.sender,
                    owner
                ).rrevert();
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Encode a feature version as a `uint256`.
    /// @param major The major version number of the feature.
    /// @param minor The minor version number of the feature.
    /// @param revision The revision number of the feature.
    /// @return encodedVersion The encoded version number.
    function _encodeVersion(uint32 major, uint32 minor, uint32 revision)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 encodedVersion)
    {
        return (major << 64) | (minor << 32) | revision;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./LibStorage.sol";
/// @dev Storage helpers for the `Ownable` feature.
library LibOwnableStorage {
    /// @dev Storage bucket for this feature.
    struct Storage {
        // The owner of this contract.
        address owner;
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage bucket for this contract.
    function getStorage() internal pure returns (Storage storage stor) {
        uint256 storageSlot = LibStorage.getStorageSlot(
            LibStorage.StorageId.Ownable
        );
        // Dip into assembly to change the slot pointed to by the local
        // variable `stor`.
        // See https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.6.8/assembly.html?highlight=slot#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries
        assembly { stor_slot := storageSlot }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibOwnableRichErrors.sol";
library LibMigrate {
    /// @dev Magic bytes returned by a migrator to indicate success.
    ///      This is `keccack('MIGRATE_SUCCESS')`.
    bytes4 internal constant MIGRATE_SUCCESS = 0x2c64c5ef;
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Perform a delegatecall and ensure it returns the magic bytes.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param data The call data.
    function delegatecallMigrateFunction(
        address target,
        bytes memory data
    )
        internal
    {
        (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = target.delegatecall(data);
        if (!success ||
            resultData.length != 32 ||
            abi.decode(resultData, (bytes4)) != MIGRATE_SUCCESS)
        {
            LibOwnableRichErrors.MigrateCallFailedError(target, resultData).rrevert();
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
import "../storage/LibProxyStorage.sol";
import "../storage/LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.sol";
import "../errors/LibSimpleFunctionRegistryRichErrors.sol";
import "../migrations/LibBootstrap.sol";
import "./IFeature.sol";
import "./ISimpleFunctionRegistry.sol";
/// @dev Basic registry management features.
contract SimpleFunctionRegistry is
    IFeature,
    ISimpleFunctionRegistry,
    FixinCommon
{
    // solhint-disable
    /// @dev Name of this feature.
    string public constant override FEATURE_NAME = "SimpleFunctionRegistry";
    /// @dev Version of this feature.
    uint256 public immutable override FEATURE_VERSION = _encodeVersion(1, 0, 0);
    /// @dev The deployed address of this contract.
    address private immutable _implementation;
    // solhint-enable
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    constructor() public {
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Initializes this feature, registering its own functions.
    /// @return success Magic bytes if successful.
    function bootstrap()
        external
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        // Register the registration functions (inception vibes).
        _extend(this.extend.selector, _implementation);
        _extend(this._extendSelf.selector, _implementation);
        // Register the rollback function.
        _extend(this.rollback.selector, _implementation);
        // Register getters.
        _extend(this.getRollbackLength.selector, _implementation);
        _extend(this.getRollbackEntryAtIndex.selector, _implementation);
        return LibBootstrap.BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Roll back to a prior implementation of a function.
    ///      Only directly callable by an authority.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param targetImpl The address of an older implementation of the function.
    function rollback(bytes4 selector, address targetImpl)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        (
            LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.Storage storage stor,
            LibProxyStorage.Storage storage proxyStor
        ) = _getStorages();
        address currentImpl = proxyStor.impls[selector];
        if (currentImpl == targetImpl) {
            // Do nothing if already at targetImpl.
            return;
        }
        // Walk history backwards until we find the target implementation.
        address[] storage history = stor.implHistory[selector];
        uint256 i = history.length;
        for (; i > 0; --i) {
            address impl = history[i - 1];
            history.pop();
            if (impl == targetImpl) {
                break;
            }
        }
        if (i == 0) {
            LibSimpleFunctionRegistryRichErrors.NotInRollbackHistoryError(
                selector,
                targetImpl
            ).rrevert();
        }
        proxyStor.impls[selector] = targetImpl;
        emit ProxyFunctionUpdated(selector, currentImpl, targetImpl);
    }
    /// @dev Register or replace a function.
    ///      Only directly callable by an authority.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param impl The implementation contract for the function.
    function extend(bytes4 selector, address impl)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        _extend(selector, impl);
    }
    /// @dev Register or replace a function.
    ///      Only callable from within.
    ///      This function is only used during the bootstrap process and
    ///      should be deregistered by the deployer after bootstrapping is
    ///      complete.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param impl The implementation contract for the function.
    function _extendSelf(bytes4 selector, address impl)
        external
        onlySelf
    {
        _extend(selector, impl);
    }
    /// @dev Retrieve the length of the rollback history for a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @return rollbackLength The number of items in the rollback history for
    ///         the function.
    function getRollbackLength(bytes4 selector)
        external
        override
        view
        returns (uint256 rollbackLength)
    {
        return LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.getStorage().implHistory[selector].length;
    }
    /// @dev Retrieve an entry in the rollback history for a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param idx The index in the rollback history.
    /// @return impl An implementation address for the function at
    ///         index `idx`.
    function getRollbackEntryAtIndex(bytes4 selector, uint256 idx)
        external
        override
        view
        returns (address impl)
    {
        return LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.getStorage().implHistory[selector][idx];
    }
    /// @dev Register or replace a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param impl The implementation contract for the function.
    function _extend(bytes4 selector, address impl)
        private
    {
        (
            LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.Storage storage stor,
            LibProxyStorage.Storage storage proxyStor
        ) = _getStorages();
        address oldImpl = proxyStor.impls[selector];
        address[] storage history = stor.implHistory[selector];
        history.push(oldImpl);
        proxyStor.impls[selector] = impl;
        emit ProxyFunctionUpdated(selector, oldImpl, impl);
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage buckets for this feature and the proxy.
    /// @return stor Storage bucket for this feature.
    /// @return proxyStor age bucket for the proxy.
    function _getStorages()
        private
        pure
        returns (
            LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.Storage storage stor,
            LibProxyStorage.Storage storage proxyStor
        )
    {
        return (
            LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage.getStorage(),
            LibProxyStorage.getStorage()
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./LibStorage.sol";
/// @dev Storage helpers for the `SimpleFunctionRegistry` feature.
library LibSimpleFunctionRegistryStorage {
    /// @dev Storage bucket for this feature.
    struct Storage {
        // Mapping of function selector -> implementation history.
        mapping(bytes4 => address[]) implHistory;
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage bucket for this contract.
    function getStorage() internal pure returns (Storage storage stor) {
        uint256 storageSlot = LibStorage.getStorageSlot(
            LibStorage.StorageId.SimpleFunctionRegistry
        );
        // Dip into assembly to change the slot pointed to by the local
        // variable `stor`.
        // See https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.6.8/assembly.html?highlight=slot#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries
        assembly { stor_slot := storageSlot }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/LibERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibSpenderRichErrors.sol";
import "../fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
import "../migrations/LibMigrate.sol";
import "../external/IAllowanceTarget.sol";
import "../storage/LibTokenSpenderStorage.sol";
import "./ITokenSpender.sol";
import "./IFeature.sol";
import "./ISimpleFunctionRegistry.sol";
/// @dev Feature that allows spending token allowances.
contract TokenSpender is
    IFeature,
    ITokenSpender,
    FixinCommon
{
    // solhint-disable
    /// @dev Name of this feature.
    string public constant override FEATURE_NAME = "TokenSpender";
    /// @dev Version of this feature.
    uint256 public immutable override FEATURE_VERSION = _encodeVersion(1, 0, 0);
    /// @dev The implementation address of this feature.
    address private immutable _implementation;
    // solhint-enable
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    constructor() public {
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Initialize and register this feature. Should be delegatecalled
    ///      into during a `Migrate.migrate()`.
    /// @param allowanceTarget An `allowanceTarget` instance, configured to have
    ///        the ZeroeEx contract as an authority.
    /// @return success `MIGRATE_SUCCESS` on success.
    function migrate(IAllowanceTarget allowanceTarget) external returns (bytes4 success) {
        LibTokenSpenderStorage.getStorage().allowanceTarget = allowanceTarget;
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.getAllowanceTarget.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this._spendERC20Tokens.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.getSpendableERC20BalanceOf.selector, _implementation);
        return LibMigrate.MIGRATE_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ERC20 tokens from `owner` to `to`. Only callable from within.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @param to The recipient of the tokens.
    /// @param amount The amount of `token` to transfer.
    function _spendERC20Tokens(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address owner,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    )
        external
        override
        onlySelf
    {
        IAllowanceTarget spender = LibTokenSpenderStorage.getStorage().allowanceTarget;
        // Have the allowance target execute an ERC20 `transferFrom()`.
        (bool didSucceed, bytes memory resultData) = address(spender).call(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                IAllowanceTarget.executeCall.selector,
                address(token),
                abi.encodeWithSelector(
                    IERC20TokenV06.transferFrom.selector,
                    owner,
                    to,
                    amount
                )
            )
        );
        if (didSucceed) {
            resultData = abi.decode(resultData, (bytes));
        }
        if (!didSucceed || !LibERC20TokenV06.isSuccessfulResult(resultData)) {
            LibSpenderRichErrors.SpenderERC20TransferFromFailedError(
                address(token),
                owner,
                to,
                amount,
                resultData
            ).rrevert();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Gets the maximum amount of an ERC20 token `token` that can be
    ///      pulled from `owner` by the token spender.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @return amount The amount of tokens that can be pulled.
    function getSpendableERC20BalanceOf(IERC20TokenV06 token, address owner)
        external
        override
        view
        returns (uint256 amount)
    {
        return LibSafeMathV06.min256(
            token.allowance(owner, address(LibTokenSpenderStorage.getStorage().allowanceTarget)),
            token.balanceOf(owner)
        );
    }
    /// @dev Get the address of the allowance target.
    /// @return target The target of token allowances.
    function getAllowanceTarget()
        external
        override
        view
        returns (address target)
    {
        return address(LibTokenSpenderStorage.getStorage().allowanceTarget);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.sol";
library LibSafeMathV06 {
    function safeMul(uint256 a, uint256 b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        uint256 c = a * b;
        if (c / a != b) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.MULTIPLICATION_OVERFLOW,
                a,
                b
            ));
        }
        return c;
    }
    function safeDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (b == 0) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.DIVISION_BY_ZERO,
                a,
                b
            ));
        }
        uint256 c = a / b;
        return c;
    }
    function safeSub(uint256 a, uint256 b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        if (b > a) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.SUBTRACTION_UNDERFLOW,
                a,
                b
            ));
        }
        return a - b;
    }
    function safeAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        if (c < a) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.ADDITION_OVERFLOW,
                a,
                b
            ));
        }
        return c;
    }
    function max256(uint256 a, uint256 b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }
    function min256(uint256 a, uint256 b)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("Uint256BinOpError(uint8,uint256,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant UINT256_BINOP_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0xe946c1bb;
    // bytes4(keccak256("Uint256DowncastError(uint8,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant UINT256_DOWNCAST_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0xc996af7b;
    enum BinOpErrorCodes {
        ADDITION_OVERFLOW,
        MULTIPLICATION_OVERFLOW,
        SUBTRACTION_UNDERFLOW,
        DIVISION_BY_ZERO
    }
    enum DowncastErrorCodes {
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT32,
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT64,
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT96
    }
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function Uint256BinOpError(
        BinOpErrorCodes errorCode,
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            UINT256_BINOP_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            errorCode,
            a,
            b
        );
    }
    function Uint256DowncastError(
        DowncastErrorCodes errorCode,
        uint256 a
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            UINT256_DOWNCAST_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            errorCode,
            a
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibBytesV06.sol";
import "./IERC20TokenV06.sol";
library LibERC20TokenV06 {
    bytes constant private DECIMALS_CALL_DATA = hex"313ce567";
    /// @dev Calls `IERC20TokenV06(token).approve()`.
    ///      Reverts if the result fails `isSuccessfulResult()` or the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @param spender The address that receives an allowance.
    /// @param allowance The allowance to set.
    function compatApprove(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 allowance
    )
        internal
    {
        bytes memory callData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            token.approve.selector,
            spender,
            allowance
        );
        _callWithOptionalBooleanResult(address(token), callData);
    }
    /// @dev Calls `IERC20TokenV06(token).approve()` and sets the allowance to the
    ///      maximum if the current approval is not already >= an amount.
    ///      Reverts if the result fails `isSuccessfulResult()` or the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @param spender The address that receives an allowance.
    /// @param amount The minimum allowance needed.
    function approveIfBelow(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 amount
    )
        internal
    {
        if (token.allowance(address(this), spender) < amount) {
            compatApprove(token, spender, uint256(-1));
        }
    }
    /// @dev Calls `IERC20TokenV06(token).transfer()`.
    ///      Reverts if the result fails `isSuccessfulResult()` or the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @param to The address that receives the tokens
    /// @param amount Number of tokens to transfer.
    function compatTransfer(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    )
        internal
    {
        bytes memory callData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            token.transfer.selector,
            to,
            amount
        );
        _callWithOptionalBooleanResult(address(token), callData);
    }
    /// @dev Calls `IERC20TokenV06(token).transferFrom()`.
    ///      Reverts if the result fails `isSuccessfulResult()` or the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @param from The owner of the tokens.
    /// @param to The address that receives the tokens
    /// @param amount Number of tokens to transfer.
    function compatTransferFrom(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    )
        internal
    {
        bytes memory callData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            token.transferFrom.selector,
            from,
            to,
            amount
        );
        _callWithOptionalBooleanResult(address(token), callData);
    }
    /// @dev Retrieves the number of decimals for a token.
    ///      Returns `18` if the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @return tokenDecimals The number of decimals places for the token.
    function compatDecimals(IERC20TokenV06 token)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint8 tokenDecimals)
    {
        tokenDecimals = 18;
        (bool didSucceed, bytes memory resultData) = address(token).staticcall(DECIMALS_CALL_DATA);
        if (didSucceed && resultData.length == 32) {
            tokenDecimals = uint8(LibBytesV06.readUint256(resultData, 0));
        }
    }
    /// @dev Retrieves the allowance for a token, owner, and spender.
    ///      Returns `0` if the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @param spender The address the spender.
    /// @return allowance_ The allowance for a token, owner, and spender.
    function compatAllowance(IERC20TokenV06 token, address owner, address spender)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256 allowance_)
    {
        (bool didSucceed, bytes memory resultData) = address(token).staticcall(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                token.allowance.selector,
                owner,
                spender
            )
        );
        if (didSucceed && resultData.length == 32) {
            allowance_ = LibBytesV06.readUint256(resultData, 0);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Retrieves the balance for a token owner.
    ///      Returns `0` if the call reverts.
    /// @param token The address of the token contract.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @return balance The token balance of an owner.
    function compatBalanceOf(IERC20TokenV06 token, address owner)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256 balance)
    {
        (bool didSucceed, bytes memory resultData) = address(token).staticcall(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                token.balanceOf.selector,
                owner
            )
        );
        if (didSucceed && resultData.length == 32) {
            balance = LibBytesV06.readUint256(resultData, 0);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Check if the data returned by a non-static call to an ERC20 token
    ///      is a successful result. Supported functions are `transfer()`,
    ///      `transferFrom()`, and `approve()`.
    /// @param resultData The raw data returned by a non-static call to the ERC20 token.
    /// @return isSuccessful Whether the result data indicates success.
    function isSuccessfulResult(bytes memory resultData)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool isSuccessful)
    {
        if (resultData.length == 0) {
            return true;
        }
        if (resultData.length == 32) {
            uint256 result = LibBytesV06.readUint256(resultData, 0);
            if (result == 1) {
                return true;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Executes a call on address `target` with calldata `callData`
    ///      and asserts that either nothing was returned or a single boolean
    ///      was returned equal to `true`.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param callData The abi-encoded call data.
    function _callWithOptionalBooleanResult(
        address target,
        bytes memory callData
    )
        private
    {
        (bool didSucceed, bytes memory resultData) = target.call(callData);
        if (didSucceed && isSuccessfulResult(resultData)) {
            return;
        }
        LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(resultData);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./LibStorage.sol";
import "../external/IAllowanceTarget.sol";
/// @dev Storage helpers for the `TokenSpender` feature.
library LibTokenSpenderStorage {
    /// @dev Storage bucket for this feature.
    struct Storage {
        // Allowance target contract.
        IAllowanceTarget allowanceTarget;
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage bucket for this contract.
    function getStorage() internal pure returns (Storage storage stor) {
        uint256 storageSlot = LibStorage.getStorageSlot(
            LibStorage.StorageId.TokenSpender
        );
        // Dip into assembly to change the slot pointed to by the local
        // variable `stor`.
        // See https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.6.8/assembly.html?highlight=slot#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries
        assembly { stor_slot := storageSlot }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/LibERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibTransformERC20RichErrors.sol";
import "../fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
import "../migrations/LibMigrate.sol";
import "../external/IFlashWallet.sol";
import "../external/FlashWallet.sol";
import "../storage/LibTransformERC20Storage.sol";
import "../transformers/IERC20Transformer.sol";
import "../transformers/LibERC20Transformer.sol";
import "./ITransformERC20.sol";
import "./ITokenSpender.sol";
import "./IFeature.sol";
import "./ISimpleFunctionRegistry.sol";
/// @dev Feature to composably transform between ERC20 tokens.
contract TransformERC20 is
    IFeature,
    ITransformERC20,
    FixinCommon
{
    /// @dev Stack vars for `_transformERC20Private()`.
    struct TransformERC20PrivateState {
        IFlashWallet wallet;
        address transformerDeployer;
        uint256 takerOutputTokenBalanceBefore;
        uint256 takerOutputTokenBalanceAfter;
    }
    // solhint-disable
    /// @dev Name of this feature.
    string public constant override FEATURE_NAME = "TransformERC20";
    /// @dev Version of this feature.
    uint256 public immutable override FEATURE_VERSION = _encodeVersion(1, 0, 0);
    /// @dev The implementation address of this feature.
    address private immutable _implementation;
    // solhint-enable
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    constructor() public {
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Initialize and register this feature.
    ///      Should be delegatecalled by `Migrate.migrate()`.
    /// @param transformerDeployer The trusted deployer for transformers.
    /// @return success `LibMigrate.SUCCESS` on success.
    function migrate(address transformerDeployer) external returns (bytes4 success) {
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.getTransformerDeployer.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.createTransformWallet.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.getTransformWallet.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.setTransformerDeployer.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this.transformERC20.selector, _implementation);
        ISimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this))
            .extend(this._transformERC20.selector, _implementation);
        createTransformWallet();
        LibTransformERC20Storage.getStorage().transformerDeployer = transformerDeployer;
        return LibMigrate.MIGRATE_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Replace the allowed deployer for transformers.
    ///      Only callable by the owner.
    /// @param transformerDeployer The address of the trusted deployer for transformers.
    function setTransformerDeployer(address transformerDeployer)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
    {
        LibTransformERC20Storage.getStorage().transformerDeployer = transformerDeployer;
        emit TransformerDeployerUpdated(transformerDeployer);
    }
    /// @dev Return the allowed deployer for transformers.
    /// @return deployer The transform deployer address.
    function getTransformerDeployer()
        public
        override
        view
        returns (address deployer)
    {
        return LibTransformERC20Storage.getStorage().transformerDeployer;
    }
    /// @dev Deploy a new wallet instance and replace the current one with it.
    ///      Useful if we somehow break the current wallet instance.
    ///      Anyone can call this.
    /// @return wallet The new wallet instance.
    function createTransformWallet()
        public
        override
        returns (IFlashWallet wallet)
    {
        wallet = new FlashWallet();
        LibTransformERC20Storage.getStorage().wallet = wallet;
    }
    /// @dev Executes a series of transformations to convert an ERC20 `inputToken`
    ///      to an ERC20 `outputToken`.
    /// @param inputToken The token being provided by the sender.
    ///        If `0xeee...`, ETH is implied and should be provided with the call.`
    /// @param outputToken The token to be acquired by the sender.
    ///        `0xeee...` implies ETH.
    /// @param inputTokenAmount The amount of `inputToken` to take from the sender.
    ///        If set to `uint256(-1)`, the entire spendable balance of the taker
    ///        will be solt.
    /// @param minOutputTokenAmount The minimum amount of `outputToken` the sender
    ///        must receive for the entire transformation to succeed. If set to zero,
    ///        the minimum output token transfer will not be asserted.
    /// @param transformations The transformations to execute on the token balance(s)
    ///        in sequence.
    /// @return outputTokenAmount The amount of `outputToken` received by the sender.
    function transformERC20(
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 outputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        uint256 minOutputTokenAmount,
        Transformation[] memory transformations
    )
        public
        override
        payable
        returns (uint256 outputTokenAmount)
    {
        return _transformERC20Private(
            keccak256(msg.data),
            msg.sender,
            inputToken,
            outputToken,
            inputTokenAmount,
            minOutputTokenAmount,
            transformations
        );
    }
    /// @dev Internal version of `transformERC20()`. Only callable from within.
    /// @param callDataHash Hash of the ingress calldata.
    /// @param taker The taker address.
    /// @param inputToken The token being provided by the taker.
    ///        If `0xeee...`, ETH is implied and should be provided with the call.`
    /// @param outputToken The token to be acquired by the taker.
    ///        `0xeee...` implies ETH.
    /// @param inputTokenAmount The amount of `inputToken` to take from the taker.
    ///        If set to `uint256(-1)`, the entire spendable balance of the taker
    ///        will be solt.
    /// @param minOutputTokenAmount The minimum amount of `outputToken` the taker
    ///        must receive for the entire transformation to succeed. If set to zero,
    ///        the minimum output token transfer will not be asserted.
    /// @param transformations The transformations to execute on the token balance(s)
    ///        in sequence.
    /// @return outputTokenAmount The amount of `outputToken` received by the taker.
    function _transformERC20(
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address payable taker,
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 outputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        uint256 minOutputTokenAmount,
        Transformation[] memory transformations
    )
        public
        override
        payable
        onlySelf
        returns (uint256 outputTokenAmount)
    {
        return _transformERC20Private(
            callDataHash,
            taker,
            inputToken,
            outputToken,
            inputTokenAmount,
            minOutputTokenAmount,
            transformations
        );
    }
    /// @dev Private version of `transformERC20()`.
    /// @param callDataHash Hash of the ingress calldata.
    /// @param taker The taker address.
    /// @param inputToken The token being provided by the taker.
    ///        If `0xeee...`, ETH is implied and should be provided with the call.`
    /// @param outputToken The token to be acquired by the taker.
    ///        `0xeee...` implies ETH.
    /// @param inputTokenAmount The amount of `inputToken` to take from the taker.
    ///        If set to `uint256(-1)`, the entire spendable balance of the taker
    ///        will be solt.
    /// @param minOutputTokenAmount The minimum amount of `outputToken` the taker
    ///        must receive for the entire transformation to succeed. If set to zero,
    ///        the minimum output token transfer will not be asserted.
    /// @param transformations The transformations to execute on the token balance(s)
    ///        in sequence.
    /// @return outputTokenAmount The amount of `outputToken` received by the taker.
    function _transformERC20Private(
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address payable taker,
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 outputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        uint256 minOutputTokenAmount,
        Transformation[] memory transformations
    )
        private
        returns (uint256 outputTokenAmount)
    {
        // If the input token amount is -1, transform the taker's entire
        // spendable balance.
        if (inputTokenAmount == uint256(-1)) {
            inputTokenAmount = ITokenSpender(address(this))
                .getSpendableERC20BalanceOf(inputToken, taker);
        }
        TransformERC20PrivateState memory state;
        state.wallet = getTransformWallet();
        state.transformerDeployer = getTransformerDeployer();
        // Remember the initial output token balance of the taker.
        state.takerOutputTokenBalanceBefore =
            LibERC20Transformer.getTokenBalanceOf(outputToken, taker);
        // Pull input tokens from the taker to the wallet and transfer attached ETH.
        _transferInputTokensAndAttachedEth(
            inputToken,
            taker,
            address(state.wallet),
            inputTokenAmount
        );
        // Perform transformations.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < transformations.length; ++i) {
            _executeTransformation(
                state.wallet,
                transformations[i],
                state.transformerDeployer,
                taker,
                callDataHash
            );
        }
        // Compute how much output token has been transferred to the taker.
        state.takerOutputTokenBalanceAfter =
            LibERC20Transformer.getTokenBalanceOf(outputToken, taker);
        if (state.takerOutputTokenBalanceAfter > state.takerOutputTokenBalanceBefore) {
            outputTokenAmount = state.takerOutputTokenBalanceAfter.safeSub(
                state.takerOutputTokenBalanceBefore
            );
        } else if (state.takerOutputTokenBalanceAfter < state.takerOutputTokenBalanceBefore) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.NegativeTransformERC20OutputError(
                address(outputToken),
                state.takerOutputTokenBalanceBefore - state.takerOutputTokenBalanceAfter
            ).rrevert();
        }
        // Ensure enough output token has been sent to the taker.
        if (outputTokenAmount < minOutputTokenAmount) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.IncompleteTransformERC20Error(
                address(outputToken),
                outputTokenAmount,
                minOutputTokenAmount
            ).rrevert();
        }
        // Emit an event.
        emit TransformedERC20(
            taker,
            address(inputToken),
            address(outputToken),
            inputTokenAmount,
            outputTokenAmount
        );
    }
    /// @dev Return the current wallet instance that will serve as the execution
    ///      context for transformations.
    /// @return wallet The wallet instance.
    function getTransformWallet()
        public
        override
        view
        returns (IFlashWallet wallet)
    {
        return LibTransformERC20Storage.getStorage().wallet;
    }
    /// @dev Transfer input tokens from the taker and any attached ETH to `to`
    /// @param inputToken The token to pull from the taker.
    /// @param from The from (taker) address.
    /// @param to The recipient of tokens and ETH.
    /// @param amount Amount of `inputToken` tokens to transfer.
    function _transferInputTokensAndAttachedEth(
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken,
        address from,
        address payable to,
        uint256 amount
    )
        private
    {
        // Transfer any attached ETH.
        if (msg.value != 0) {
            to.transfer(msg.value);
        }
        // Transfer input tokens.
        if (!LibERC20Transformer.isTokenETH(inputToken)) {
            // Token is not ETH, so pull ERC20 tokens.
            ITokenSpender(address(this))._spendERC20Tokens(
                inputToken,
                from,
                to,
                amount
            );
        } else if (msg.value < amount) {
             // Token is ETH, so the caller must attach enough ETH to the call.
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InsufficientEthAttachedError(
                msg.value,
                amount
            ).rrevert();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Executs a transformer in the context of `wallet`.
    /// @param wallet The wallet instance.
    /// @param transformation The transformation.
    /// @param transformerDeployer The address of the transformer deployer.
    /// @param taker The taker address.
    /// @param callDataHash Hash of the calldata.
    function _executeTransformation(
        IFlashWallet wallet,
        Transformation memory transformation,
        address transformerDeployer,
        address payable taker,
        bytes32 callDataHash
    )
        private
    {
        // Derive the transformer address from the deployment nonce.
        address payable transformer = LibERC20Transformer.getDeployedAddress(
            transformerDeployer,
            transformation.deploymentNonce
        );
        // Call `transformer.transform()` as the wallet.
        bytes memory resultData = wallet.executeDelegateCall(
            // The call target.
            transformer,
            // Call data.
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                IERC20Transformer.transform.selector,
                callDataHash,
                taker,
                transformation.data
            )
        );
        // Ensure the transformer returned the magic bytes.
        if (resultData.length != 32 ||
            abi.decode(resultData, (bytes4)) != LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS
        ) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.TransformerFailedError(
                transformer,
                transformation.data,
                resultData
            ).rrevert();
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./LibStorage.sol";
import "../external/IFlashWallet.sol";
/// @dev Storage helpers for the `TokenSpender` feature.
library LibTransformERC20Storage {
    /// @dev Storage bucket for this feature.
    struct Storage {
        // The current wallet instance.
        IFlashWallet wallet;
        // The transformer deployer address.
        address transformerDeployer;
    }
    /// @dev Get the storage bucket for this contract.
    function getStorage() internal pure returns (Storage storage stor) {
        uint256 storageSlot = LibStorage.getStorageSlot(
            LibStorage.StorageId.TransformERC20
        );
        // Dip into assembly to change the slot pointed to by the local
        // variable `stor`.
        // See https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.6.8/assembly.html?highlight=slot#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries
        assembly { stor_slot := storageSlot }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/LibERC20TokenV06.sol";
library LibERC20Transformer {
    using LibERC20TokenV06 for IERC20TokenV06;
    /// @dev ETH pseudo-token address.
    address constant internal ETH_TOKEN_ADDRESS = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
    /// @dev Return value indicating success in `IERC20Transformer.transform()`.
    ///      This is just `keccak256('TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS')`.
    bytes4 constant internal TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS = 0x13c9929e;
    /// @dev Transfer ERC20 tokens and ETH.
    /// @param token An ERC20 or the ETH pseudo-token address (`ETH_TOKEN_ADDRESS`).
    /// @param to The recipient.
    /// @param amount The transfer amount.
    function transformerTransfer(
        IERC20TokenV06 token,
        address payable to,
        uint256 amount
    )
        internal
    {
        if (isTokenETH(token)) {
            to.transfer(amount);
        } else {
            token.compatTransfer(to, amount);
        }
    }
    /// @dev Check if a token is the ETH pseudo-token.
    /// @param token The token to check.
    /// @return isETH `true` if the token is the ETH pseudo-token.
    function isTokenETH(IERC20TokenV06 token)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool isETH)
    {
        return address(token) == ETH_TOKEN_ADDRESS;
    }
    /// @dev Check the balance of an ERC20 token or ETH.
    /// @param token An ERC20 or the ETH pseudo-token address (`ETH_TOKEN_ADDRESS`).
    /// @param owner Holder of the tokens.
    /// @return tokenBalance The balance of `owner`.
    function getTokenBalanceOf(IERC20TokenV06 token, address owner)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256 tokenBalance)
    {
        if (isTokenETH(token)) {
            return owner.balance;
        }
        return token.balanceOf(owner);
    }
    /// @dev RLP-encode a 32-bit or less account nonce.
    /// @param nonce A positive integer in the range 0 <= nonce < 2^32.
    /// @return rlpNonce The RLP encoding.
    function rlpEncodeNonce(uint32 nonce)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory rlpNonce)
    {
        // See https://github.com/ethereum/wiki/wiki/RLP for RLP encoding rules.
        if (nonce == 0) {
            rlpNonce = new bytes(1);
            rlpNonce[0] = 0x80;
        } else if (nonce < 0x80) {
            rlpNonce = new bytes(1);
            rlpNonce[0] = byte(uint8(nonce));
        } else if (nonce <= 0xFF) {
            rlpNonce = new bytes(2);
            rlpNonce[0] = 0x81;
            rlpNonce[1] = byte(uint8(nonce));
        } else if (nonce <= 0xFFFF) {
            rlpNonce = new bytes(3);
            rlpNonce[0] = 0x82;
            rlpNonce[1] = byte(uint8((nonce & 0xFF00) >> 8));
            rlpNonce[2] = byte(uint8(nonce));
        } else if (nonce <= 0xFFFFFF) {
            rlpNonce = new bytes(4);
            rlpNonce[0] = 0x83;
            rlpNonce[1] = byte(uint8((nonce & 0xFF0000) >> 16));
            rlpNonce[2] = byte(uint8((nonce & 0xFF00) >> 8));
            rlpNonce[3] = byte(uint8(nonce));
        } else {
            rlpNonce = new bytes(5);
            rlpNonce[0] = 0x84;
            rlpNonce[1] = byte(uint8((nonce & 0xFF000000) >> 24));
            rlpNonce[2] = byte(uint8((nonce & 0xFF0000) >> 16));
            rlpNonce[3] = byte(uint8((nonce & 0xFF00) >> 8));
            rlpNonce[4] = byte(uint8(nonce));
        }
    }
    /// @dev Compute the expected deployment address by `deployer` at
    ///      the nonce given by `deploymentNonce`.
    /// @param deployer The address of the deployer.
    /// @param deploymentNonce The nonce that the deployer had when deploying
    ///        a contract.
    /// @return deploymentAddress The deployment address.
    function getDeployedAddress(address deployer, uint32 deploymentNonce)
        internal
        pure
        returns (address payable deploymentAddress)
    {
        // The address of if a deployed contract is the lower 20 bytes of the
        // hash of the RLP-encoded deployer's account address + account nonce.
        // See: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/questions/760/how-is-the-address-of-an-ethereum-contract-computed
        bytes memory rlpNonce = rlpEncodeNonce(deploymentNonce);
        return address(uint160(uint256(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(
            byte(uint8(0xC0 + 21 + rlpNonce.length)),
            byte(uint8(0x80 + 20)),
            deployer,
            rlpNonce
        )))));
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../ZeroEx.sol";
import "../features/IOwnable.sol";
import "../features/TokenSpender.sol";
import "../features/TransformERC20.sol";
import "../external/AllowanceTarget.sol";
import "./InitialMigration.sol";
/// @dev A contract for deploying and configuring the full ZeroEx contract.
contract FullMigration {
    // solhint-disable no-empty-blocks,indent
    /// @dev Features to add the the proxy contract.
    struct Features {
        SimpleFunctionRegistry registry;
        Ownable ownable;
        TokenSpender tokenSpender;
        TransformERC20 transformERC20;
    }
    /// @dev Parameters needed to initialize features.
    struct MigrateOpts {
        address transformerDeployer;
    }
    /// @dev The allowed caller of `deploy()`.
    address public immutable deployer;
    /// @dev The initial migration contract.
    InitialMigration private _initialMigration;
    /// @dev Instantiate this contract and set the allowed caller of `deploy()`
    ///      to `deployer`.
    /// @param deployer_ The allowed caller of `deploy()`.
    constructor(address payable deployer_)
        public
    {
        deployer = deployer_;
        // Create an initial migration contract with this contract set to the
        // allowed deployer.
        _initialMigration = new InitialMigration(address(this));
    }
    /// @dev Deploy the `ZeroEx` contract with the full feature set,
    ///      transfer ownership to `owner`, then self-destruct.
    /// @param owner The owner of the contract.
    /// @param features Features to add to the proxy.
    /// @return zeroEx The deployed and configured `ZeroEx` contract.
    /// @param migrateOpts Parameters needed to initialize features.
    function deploy(
        address payable owner,
        Features memory features,
        MigrateOpts memory migrateOpts
    )
        public
        returns (ZeroEx zeroEx)
    {
        require(msg.sender == deployer, "FullMigration/INVALID_SENDER");
        // Perform the initial migration with the owner set to this contract.
        zeroEx = _initialMigration.deploy(
            address(uint160(address(this))),
            InitialMigration.BootstrapFeatures({
                registry: features.registry,
                ownable: features.ownable
            })
        );
        // Add features.
        _addFeatures(zeroEx, owner, features, migrateOpts);
        // Transfer ownership to the real owner.
        IOwnable(address(zeroEx)).transferOwnership(owner);
        // Self-destruct.
        this.die(owner);
    }
    /// @dev Destroy this contract. Only callable from ourselves (from `deploy()`).
    /// @param ethRecipient Receiver of any ETH in this contract.
    function die(address payable ethRecipient)
        external
        virtual
    {
        require(msg.sender == address(this), "FullMigration/INVALID_SENDER");
        // This contract should not hold any funds but we send
        // them to the ethRecipient just in case.
        selfdestruct(ethRecipient);
    }
    /// @dev Deploy and register features to the ZeroEx contract.
    /// @param zeroEx The bootstrapped ZeroEx contract.
    /// @param owner The ultimate owner of the ZeroEx contract.
    /// @param features Features to add to the proxy.
    /// @param migrateOpts Parameters needed to initialize features.
    function _addFeatures(
        ZeroEx zeroEx,
        address owner,
        Features memory features,
        MigrateOpts memory migrateOpts
    )
        private
    {
        IOwnable ownable = IOwnable(address(zeroEx));
        // TokenSpender
        {
            // Create the allowance target.
            AllowanceTarget allowanceTarget = new AllowanceTarget();
            // Let the ZeroEx contract use the allowance target.
            allowanceTarget.addAuthorizedAddress(address(zeroEx));
            // Transfer ownership of the allowance target to the (real) owner.
            allowanceTarget.transferOwnership(owner);
            // Register the feature.
            ownable.migrate(
                address(features.tokenSpender),
                abi.encodeWithSelector(
                    TokenSpender.migrate.selector,
                    allowanceTarget
                ),
                address(this)
            );
        }
        // TransformERC20
        {
            // Register the feature.
            ownable.migrate(
                address(features.transformERC20),
                abi.encodeWithSelector(
                    TransformERC20.migrate.selector,
                    migrateOpts.transformerDeployer
                ),
                address(this)
            );
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../ZeroEx.sol";
import "../features/IBootstrap.sol";
import "../features/SimpleFunctionRegistry.sol";
import "../features/Ownable.sol";
import "./LibBootstrap.sol";
/// @dev A contract for deploying and configuring a minimal ZeroEx contract.
contract InitialMigration {
    /// @dev Features to bootstrap into the the proxy contract.
    struct BootstrapFeatures {
        SimpleFunctionRegistry registry;
        Ownable ownable;
    }
    /// @dev The allowed caller of `deploy()`. In production, this would be
    ///      the governor.
    address public immutable deployer;
    /// @dev The real address of this contract.
    address private immutable _implementation;
    /// @dev Instantiate this contract and set the allowed caller of `deploy()`
    ///      to `deployer_`.
    /// @param deployer_ The allowed caller of `deploy()`.
    constructor(address deployer_) public {
        deployer = deployer_;
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Deploy the `ZeroEx` contract with the minimum feature set,
    ///      transfers ownership to `owner`, then self-destructs.
    ///      Only callable by `deployer` set in the contstructor.
    /// @param owner The owner of the contract.
    /// @param features Features to bootstrap into the proxy.
    /// @return zeroEx The deployed and configured `ZeroEx` contract.
    function deploy(address payable owner, BootstrapFeatures memory features)
        public
        virtual
        returns (ZeroEx zeroEx)
    {
        // Must be called by the allowed deployer.
        require(msg.sender == deployer, "InitialMigration/INVALID_SENDER");
        // Deploy the ZeroEx contract, setting ourselves as the bootstrapper.
        zeroEx = new ZeroEx();
        // Bootstrap the initial feature set.
        IBootstrap(address(zeroEx)).bootstrap(
            address(this),
            abi.encodeWithSelector(this.bootstrap.selector, owner, features)
        );
        // Self-destruct. This contract should not hold any funds but we send
        // them to the owner just in case.
        this.die(owner);
    }
    /// @dev Sets up the initial state of the `ZeroEx` contract.
    ///      The `ZeroEx` contract will delegatecall into this function.
    /// @param owner The new owner of the ZeroEx contract.
    /// @param features Features to bootstrap into the proxy.
    /// @return success Magic bytes if successful.
    function bootstrap(address owner, BootstrapFeatures memory features)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        // Deploy and migrate the initial features.
        // Order matters here.
        // Initialize Registry.
        LibBootstrap.delegatecallBootstrapFunction(
            address(features.registry),
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                SimpleFunctionRegistry.bootstrap.selector
            )
        );
        // Initialize Ownable.
        LibBootstrap.delegatecallBootstrapFunction(
            address(features.ownable),
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                Ownable.bootstrap.selector
            )
        );
        // De-register `SimpleFunctionRegistry._extendSelf`.
        SimpleFunctionRegistry(address(this)).rollback(
            SimpleFunctionRegistry._extendSelf.selector,
            address(0)
        );
        // Transfer ownership to the real owner.
        Ownable(address(this)).transferOwnership(owner);
        success = LibBootstrap.BOOTSTRAP_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Self-destructs this contract. Only callable by this contract.
    /// @param ethRecipient Who to transfer outstanding ETH to.
    function die(address payable ethRecipient) public virtual {
        require(msg.sender == _implementation, "InitialMigration/INVALID_SENDER");
        selfdestruct(ethRecipient);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/LibERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibTransformERC20RichErrors.sol";
import "./Transformer.sol";
import "./LibERC20Transformer.sol";
/// @dev A transformer that transfers tokens to arbitrary addresses.
contract AffiliateFeeTransformer is
    Transformer
{
    // solhint-disable no-empty-blocks
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    using LibERC20Transformer for IERC20TokenV06;
    /// @dev Information for a single fee.
    struct TokenFee {
        // The token to transfer to `recipient`.
        IERC20TokenV06 token;
        // Amount of each `token` to transfer to `recipient`.
        // If `amount == uint256(-1)`, the entire balance of `token` will be
        // transferred.
        uint256 amount;
        // Recipient of `token`.
        address payable recipient;
    }
    uint256 private constant MAX_UINT256 = uint256(-1);
    /// @dev Create this contract.
    constructor()
        public
        Transformer()
    {}
    /// @dev Transfers tokens to recipients.
    /// @param data ABI-encoded `TokenFee[]`, indicating which tokens to transfer.
    /// @return success The success bytes (`LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS`).
    function transform(
        bytes32, // callDataHash,
        address payable, // taker,
        bytes calldata data
    )
        external
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        TokenFee[] memory fees = abi.decode(data, (TokenFee[]));
        // Transfer tokens to recipients.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < fees.length; ++i) {
            uint256 amount = fees[i].amount;
            if (amount == MAX_UINT256) {
                amount = LibERC20Transformer.getTokenBalanceOf(fees[i].token, address(this));
            }
            if (amount != 0) {
                fees[i].token.transformerTransfer(fees[i].recipient, amount);
            }
        }
        return LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibTransformERC20RichErrors.sol";
import "./IERC20Transformer.sol";
/// @dev Abstract base class for transformers.
abstract contract Transformer is
    IERC20Transformer
{
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev The address of the deployer.
    address public immutable deployer;
    /// @dev The original address of this contract.
    address private immutable _implementation;
    /// @dev Create this contract.
    constructor() public {
        deployer = msg.sender;
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Destruct this contract. Only callable by the deployer and will not
    ///      succeed in the context of a delegatecall (from another contract).
    /// @param ethRecipient The recipient of ETH held in this contract.
    function die(address payable ethRecipient)
        external
        virtual
    {
        // Only the deployer can call this.
        if (msg.sender != deployer) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors
                .OnlyCallableByDeployerError(msg.sender, deployer)
                .rrevert();
        }
        // Must be executing our own context.
        if (address(this) != _implementation) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors
                .InvalidExecutionContextError(address(this), _implementation)
                .rrevert();
        }
        selfdestruct(ethRecipient);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibBytesV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/LibERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibMathV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibTransformERC20RichErrors.sol";
import "../vendor/v3/IExchange.sol";
import "./Transformer.sol";
import "./LibERC20Transformer.sol";
/// @dev A transformer that fills an ERC20 market sell/buy quote.
contract FillQuoteTransformer is
    Transformer
{
    using LibERC20TokenV06 for IERC20TokenV06;
    using LibERC20Transformer for IERC20TokenV06;
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Whether we are performing a market sell or buy.
    enum Side {
        Sell,
        Buy
    }
    /// @dev Transform data to ABI-encode and pass into `transform()`.
    struct TransformData {
        // Whether we aer performing a market sell or buy.
        Side side;
        // The token being sold.
        // This should be an actual token, not the ETH pseudo-token.
        IERC20TokenV06 sellToken;
        // The token being bought.
        // This should be an actual token, not the ETH pseudo-token.
        IERC20TokenV06 buyToken;
        // The orders to fill.
        IExchange.Order[] orders;
        // Signatures for each respective order in `orders`.
        bytes[] signatures;
        // Maximum fill amount for each order. This may be shorter than the
        // number of orders, where missing entries will be treated as `uint256(-1)`.
        // For sells, this will be the maximum sell amount (taker asset).
        // For buys, this will be the maximum buy amount (maker asset).
        uint256[] maxOrderFillAmounts;
        // Amount of `sellToken` to sell or `buyToken` to buy.
        // For sells, this may be `uint256(-1)` to sell the entire balance of
        // `sellToken`.
        uint256 fillAmount;
    }
    /// @dev Results of a call to `_fillOrder()`.
    struct FillOrderResults {
        // The amount of taker tokens sold, according to balance checks.
        uint256 takerTokenSoldAmount;
        // The amount of maker tokens sold, according to balance checks.
        uint256 makerTokenBoughtAmount;
        // The amount of protocol fee paid.
        uint256 protocolFeePaid;
    }
    /// @dev The Exchange ERC20Proxy ID.
    bytes4 private constant ERC20_ASSET_PROXY_ID = 0xf47261b0;
    /// @dev Maximum uint256 value.
    uint256 private constant MAX_UINT256 = uint256(-1);
    /// @dev The Exchange contract.
    IExchange public immutable exchange;
    /// @dev The ERC20Proxy address.
    address public immutable erc20Proxy;
    /// @dev Create this contract.
    /// @param exchange_ The Exchange V3 instance.
    constructor(IExchange exchange_)
        public
        Transformer()
    {
        exchange = exchange_;
        erc20Proxy = exchange_.getAssetProxy(ERC20_ASSET_PROXY_ID);
    }
    /// @dev Sell this contract's entire balance of of `sellToken` in exchange
    ///      for `buyToken` by filling `orders`. Protocol fees should be attached
    ///      to this call. `buyToken` and excess ETH will be transferred back to the caller.
    /// @param data_ ABI-encoded `TransformData`.
    /// @return success The success bytes (`LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS`).
    function transform(
        bytes32, // callDataHash,
        address payable, // taker,
        bytes calldata data_
    )
        external
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        TransformData memory data = abi.decode(data_, (TransformData));
        // Validate data fields.
        if (data.sellToken.isTokenETH() || data.buyToken.isTokenETH()) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTransformDataError(
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTransformDataErrorCode.INVALID_TOKENS,
                data_
            ).rrevert();
        }
        if (data.orders.length != data.signatures.length) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTransformDataError(
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTransformDataErrorCode.INVALID_ARRAY_LENGTH,
                data_
            ).rrevert();
        }
        if (data.side == Side.Sell && data.fillAmount == MAX_UINT256) {
            // If `sellAmount == -1 then we are selling
            // the entire balance of `sellToken`. This is useful in cases where
            // the exact sell amount is not exactly known in advance, like when
            // unwrapping Chai/cUSDC/cDAI.
            data.fillAmount = data.sellToken.getTokenBalanceOf(address(this));
        }
        // Approve the ERC20 proxy to spend `sellToken`.
        data.sellToken.approveIfBelow(erc20Proxy, data.fillAmount);
        // Fill the orders.
        uint256 singleProtocolFee = exchange.protocolFeeMultiplier().safeMul(tx.gasprice);
        uint256 ethRemaining = address(this).balance;
        uint256 boughtAmount = 0;
        uint256 soldAmount = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.orders.length; ++i) {
            // Check if we've hit our targets.
            if (data.side == Side.Sell) {
                // Market sell check.
                if (soldAmount >= data.fillAmount) {
                    break;
                }
            } else {
                // Market buy check.
                if (boughtAmount >= data.fillAmount) {
                    break;
                }
            }
            // Ensure we have enough ETH to cover the protocol fee.
            if (ethRemaining < singleProtocolFee) {
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors
                    .InsufficientProtocolFeeError(ethRemaining, singleProtocolFee)
                    .rrevert();
            }
            // Fill the order.
            FillOrderResults memory results;
            if (data.side == Side.Sell) {
                // Market sell.
                results = _sellToOrder(
                    data.buyToken,
                    data.sellToken,
                    data.orders[i],
                    data.signatures[i],
                    data.fillAmount.safeSub(soldAmount).min256(
                        data.maxOrderFillAmounts.length > i
                        ? data.maxOrderFillAmounts[i]
                        : MAX_UINT256
                    ),
                    singleProtocolFee
                );
            } else {
                // Market buy.
                results = _buyFromOrder(
                    data.buyToken,
                    data.sellToken,
                    data.orders[i],
                    data.signatures[i],
                    data.fillAmount.safeSub(boughtAmount).min256(
                        data.maxOrderFillAmounts.length > i
                        ? data.maxOrderFillAmounts[i]
                        : MAX_UINT256
                    ),
                    singleProtocolFee
                );
            }
            // Accumulate totals.
            soldAmount = soldAmount.safeAdd(results.takerTokenSoldAmount);
            boughtAmount = boughtAmount.safeAdd(results.makerTokenBoughtAmount);
            ethRemaining = ethRemaining.safeSub(results.protocolFeePaid);
        }
        // Ensure we hit our targets.
        if (data.side == Side.Sell) {
            // Market sell check.
            if (soldAmount < data.fillAmount) {
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors
                    .IncompleteFillSellQuoteError(
                        address(data.sellToken),
                        soldAmount,
                        data.fillAmount
                    ).rrevert();
            }
        } else {
            // Market buy check.
            if (boughtAmount < data.fillAmount) {
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors
                    .IncompleteFillBuyQuoteError(
                        address(data.buyToken),
                        boughtAmount,
                        data.fillAmount
                    ).rrevert();
            }
        }
        return LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Try to sell up to `sellAmount` from an order.
    /// @param makerToken The maker/buy token.
    /// @param takerToken The taker/sell token.
    /// @param order The order to fill.
    /// @param signature The signature for `order`.
    /// @param sellAmount Amount of taker token to sell.
    /// @param protocolFee The protocol fee needed to fill `order`.
    function _sellToOrder(
        IERC20TokenV06 makerToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 takerToken,
        IExchange.Order memory order,
        bytes memory signature,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 protocolFee
    )
        private
        returns (FillOrderResults memory results)
    {
        IERC20TokenV06 takerFeeToken =
            _getTokenFromERC20AssetData(order.takerFeeAssetData);
        uint256 takerTokenFillAmount = sellAmount;
        if (order.takerFee != 0) {
            if (takerFeeToken == makerToken) {
                // Taker fee is payable in the maker token, so we need to
                // approve the proxy to spend the maker token.
                // It isn't worth computing the actual taker fee
                // since `approveIfBelow()` will set the allowance to infinite. We
                // just need a reasonable upper bound to avoid unnecessarily re-approving.
                takerFeeToken.approveIfBelow(erc20Proxy, order.takerFee);
            } else if (takerFeeToken == takerToken){
                // Taker fee is payable in the taker token, so we need to
                // reduce the fill amount to cover the fee.
                // takerTokenFillAmount' =
                //   (takerTokenFillAmount * order.takerAssetAmount) /
                //   (order.takerAssetAmount + order.takerFee)
                takerTokenFillAmount = LibMathV06.getPartialAmountCeil(
                    order.takerAssetAmount,
                    order.takerAssetAmount.safeAdd(order.takerFee),
                    sellAmount
                );
            } else {
                //  Only support taker or maker asset denominated taker fees.
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTakerFeeTokenError(
                    address(takerFeeToken)
                ).rrevert();
            }
        }
        // Clamp fill amount to order size.
        takerTokenFillAmount = LibSafeMathV06.min256(
            takerTokenFillAmount,
            order.takerAssetAmount
        );
        // Perform the fill.
        return _fillOrder(
            order,
            signature,
            takerTokenFillAmount,
            protocolFee,
            makerToken,
            takerFeeToken == takerToken
        );
    }
    /// @dev Try to buy up to `buyAmount` from an order.
    /// @param makerToken The maker/buy token.
    /// @param takerToken The taker/sell token.
    /// @param order The order to fill.
    /// @param signature The signature for `order`.
    /// @param buyAmount Amount of maker token to buy.
    /// @param protocolFee The protocol fee needed to fill `order`.
    function _buyFromOrder(
        IERC20TokenV06 makerToken,
        IERC20TokenV06 takerToken,
        IExchange.Order memory order,
        bytes memory signature,
        uint256 buyAmount,
        uint256 protocolFee
    )
        private
        returns (FillOrderResults memory results)
    {
        IERC20TokenV06 takerFeeToken =
            _getTokenFromERC20AssetData(order.takerFeeAssetData);
        // Compute the default taker token fill amount.
        uint256 takerTokenFillAmount = LibMathV06.getPartialAmountCeil(
            buyAmount,
            order.makerAssetAmount,
            order.takerAssetAmount
        );
        if (order.takerFee != 0) {
            if (takerFeeToken == makerToken) {
                // Taker fee is payable in the maker token.
                // Adjust the taker token fill amount to account for maker
                // tokens being lost to the taker fee.
                // takerTokenFillAmount' =
                //  (order.takerAssetAmount * buyAmount) /
                //  (order.makerAssetAmount - order.takerFee)
                takerTokenFillAmount = LibMathV06.getPartialAmountCeil(
                    buyAmount,
                    order.makerAssetAmount.safeSub(order.takerFee),
                    order.takerAssetAmount
                );
                // Approve the proxy to spend the maker token.
                // It isn't worth computing the actual taker fee
                // since `approveIfBelow()` will set the allowance to infinite. We
                // just need a reasonable upper bound to avoid unnecessarily re-approving.
                takerFeeToken.approveIfBelow(erc20Proxy, order.takerFee);
            } else if (takerFeeToken != takerToken) {
                //  Only support taker or maker asset denominated taker fees.
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTakerFeeTokenError(
                    address(takerFeeToken)
                ).rrevert();
            }
        }
        // Clamp to order size.
        takerTokenFillAmount = LibSafeMathV06.min256(
            order.takerAssetAmount,
            takerTokenFillAmount
        );
        // Perform the fill.
        return _fillOrder(
            order,
            signature,
            takerTokenFillAmount,
            protocolFee,
            makerToken,
            takerFeeToken == takerToken
        );
    }
    /// @dev Attempt to fill an order. If the fill reverts, the revert will be
    ///      swallowed and `results` will be zeroed out.
    /// @param order The order to fill.
    /// @param signature The order signature.
    /// @param takerAssetFillAmount How much taker asset to fill.
    /// @param protocolFee The protocol fee needed to fill this order.
    /// @param makerToken The maker token.
    /// @param isTakerFeeInTakerToken Whether the taker fee token is the same as the
    ///        taker token.
    function _fillOrder(
        IExchange.Order memory order,
        bytes memory signature,
        uint256 takerAssetFillAmount,
        uint256 protocolFee,
        IERC20TokenV06 makerToken,
        bool isTakerFeeInTakerToken
    )
        private
        returns (FillOrderResults memory results)
    {
        // Track changes in the maker token balance.
        uint256 initialMakerTokenBalance = makerToken.balanceOf(address(this));
        try
            exchange.fillOrder
                {value: protocolFee}
                (order, takerAssetFillAmount, signature)
            returns (IExchange.FillResults memory fillResults)
        {
            // Update maker quantity based on changes in token balances.
            results.makerTokenBoughtAmount = makerToken.balanceOf(address(this))
                .safeSub(initialMakerTokenBalance);
            // We can trust the other fill result quantities.
            results.protocolFeePaid = fillResults.protocolFeePaid;
            results.takerTokenSoldAmount = fillResults.takerAssetFilledAmount;
            // If the taker fee is payable in the taker asset, include the
            // taker fee in the total amount sold.
            if (isTakerFeeInTakerToken) {
                results.takerTokenSoldAmount =
                    results.takerTokenSoldAmount.safeAdd(fillResults.takerFeePaid);
            }
        } catch (bytes memory) {
            // Swallow failures, leaving all results as zero.
        }
    }
    /// @dev Extract the token from plain ERC20 asset data.
    ///      If the asset-data is empty, a zero token address will be returned.
    /// @param assetData The order asset data.
    function _getTokenFromERC20AssetData(bytes memory assetData)
        private
        pure
        returns (IERC20TokenV06 token)
    {
        if (assetData.length == 0) {
            return IERC20TokenV06(address(0));
        }
        if (assetData.length != 36 ||
            LibBytesV06.readBytes4(assetData, 0) != ERC20_ASSET_PROXY_ID)
        {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors
                .InvalidERC20AssetDataError(assetData)
                .rrevert();
        }
        return IERC20TokenV06(LibBytesV06.readAddress(assetData, 16));
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2019 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibMathRichErrorsV06.sol";
library LibMathV06 {
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    /// @dev Calculates partial value given a numerator and denominator rounded down.
    ///      Reverts if rounding error is >= 0.1%
    /// @param numerator Numerator.
    /// @param denominator Denominator.
    /// @param target Value to calculate partial of.
    /// @return partialAmount Partial value of target rounded down.
    function safeGetPartialAmountFloor(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 partialAmount)
    {
        if (isRoundingErrorFloor(
                numerator,
                denominator,
                target
        )) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibMathRichErrorsV06.RoundingError(
                numerator,
                denominator,
                target
            ));
        }
        partialAmount = numerator.safeMul(target).safeDiv(denominator);
        return partialAmount;
    }
    /// @dev Calculates partial value given a numerator and denominator rounded down.
    ///      Reverts if rounding error is >= 0.1%
    /// @param numerator Numerator.
    /// @param denominator Denominator.
    /// @param target Value to calculate partial of.
    /// @return partialAmount Partial value of target rounded up.
    function safeGetPartialAmountCeil(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 partialAmount)
    {
        if (isRoundingErrorCeil(
                numerator,
                denominator,
                target
        )) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibMathRichErrorsV06.RoundingError(
                numerator,
                denominator,
                target
            ));
        }
        // safeDiv computes `floor(a / b)`. We use the identity (a, b integer):
        //       ceil(a / b) = floor((a + b - 1) / b)
        // To implement `ceil(a / b)` using safeDiv.
        partialAmount = numerator.safeMul(target)
            .safeAdd(denominator.safeSub(1))
            .safeDiv(denominator);
        return partialAmount;
    }
    /// @dev Calculates partial value given a numerator and denominator rounded down.
    /// @param numerator Numerator.
    /// @param denominator Denominator.
    /// @param target Value to calculate partial of.
    /// @return partialAmount Partial value of target rounded down.
    function getPartialAmountFloor(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 partialAmount)
    {
        partialAmount = numerator.safeMul(target).safeDiv(denominator);
        return partialAmount;
    }
    /// @dev Calculates partial value given a numerator and denominator rounded down.
    /// @param numerator Numerator.
    /// @param denominator Denominator.
    /// @param target Value to calculate partial of.
    /// @return partialAmount Partial value of target rounded up.
    function getPartialAmountCeil(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 partialAmount)
    {
        // safeDiv computes `floor(a / b)`. We use the identity (a, b integer):
        //       ceil(a / b) = floor((a + b - 1) / b)
        // To implement `ceil(a / b)` using safeDiv.
        partialAmount = numerator.safeMul(target)
            .safeAdd(denominator.safeSub(1))
            .safeDiv(denominator);
        return partialAmount;
    }
    /// @dev Checks if rounding error >= 0.1% when rounding down.
    /// @param numerator Numerator.
    /// @param denominator Denominator.
    /// @param target Value to multiply with numerator/denominator.
    /// @return isError Rounding error is present.
    function isRoundingErrorFloor(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool isError)
    {
        if (denominator == 0) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibMathRichErrorsV06.DivisionByZeroError());
        }
        // The absolute rounding error is the difference between the rounded
        // value and the ideal value. The relative rounding error is the
        // absolute rounding error divided by the absolute value of the
        // ideal value. This is undefined when the ideal value is zero.
        //
        // The ideal value is `numerator * target / denominator`.
        // Let's call `numerator * target % denominator` the remainder.
        // The absolute error is `remainder / denominator`.
        //
        // When the ideal value is zero, we require the absolute error to
        // be zero. Fortunately, this is always the case. The ideal value is
        // zero iff `numerator == 0` and/or `target == 0`. In this case the
        // remainder and absolute error are also zero.
        if (target == 0 || numerator == 0) {
            return false;
        }
        // Otherwise, we want the relative rounding error to be strictly
        // less than 0.1%.
        // The relative error is `remainder / (numerator * target)`.
        // We want the relative error less than 1 / 1000:
        //        remainder / (numerator * denominator)  <  1 / 1000
        // or equivalently:
        //        1000 * remainder  <  numerator * target
        // so we have a rounding error iff:
        //        1000 * remainder  >=  numerator * target
        uint256 remainder = mulmod(
            target,
            numerator,
            denominator
        );
        isError = remainder.safeMul(1000) >= numerator.safeMul(target);
        return isError;
    }
    /// @dev Checks if rounding error >= 0.1% when rounding up.
    /// @param numerator Numerator.
    /// @param denominator Denominator.
    /// @param target Value to multiply with numerator/denominator.
    /// @return isError Rounding error is present.
    function isRoundingErrorCeil(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool isError)
    {
        if (denominator == 0) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(LibMathRichErrorsV06.DivisionByZeroError());
        }
        // See the comments in `isRoundingError`.
        if (target == 0 || numerator == 0) {
            // When either is zero, the ideal value and rounded value are zero
            // and there is no rounding error. (Although the relative error
            // is undefined.)
            return false;
        }
        // Compute remainder as before
        uint256 remainder = mulmod(
            target,
            numerator,
            denominator
        );
        remainder = denominator.safeSub(remainder) % denominator;
        isError = remainder.safeMul(1000) >= numerator.safeMul(target);
        return isError;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibMathRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("DivisionByZeroError()"))
    bytes internal constant DIVISION_BY_ZERO_ERROR =
        hex"a791837c";
    // bytes4(keccak256("RoundingError(uint256,uint256,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant ROUNDING_ERROR_SELECTOR =
        0x339f3de2;
    // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
    function DivisionByZeroError()
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return DIVISION_BY_ZERO_ERROR;
    }
    function RoundingError(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 target
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(
            ROUNDING_ERROR_SELECTOR,
            numerator,
            denominator,
            target
        );
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Interface to the V3 Exchange.
interface IExchange {
    /// @dev V3 Order structure.
    struct Order {
        // Address that created the order.
        address makerAddress;
        // Address that is allowed to fill the order.
        // If set to 0, any address is allowed to fill the order.
        address takerAddress;
        // Address that will recieve fees when order is filled.
        address feeRecipientAddress;
        // Address that is allowed to call Exchange contract methods that affect this order.
        // If set to 0, any address is allowed to call these methods.
        address senderAddress;
        // Amount of makerAsset being offered by maker. Must be greater than 0.
        uint256 makerAssetAmount;
        // Amount of takerAsset being bid on by maker. Must be greater than 0.
        uint256 takerAssetAmount;
        // Fee paid to feeRecipient by maker when order is filled.
        uint256 makerFee;
        // Fee paid to feeRecipient by taker when order is filled.
        uint256 takerFee;
        // Timestamp in seconds at which order expires.
        uint256 expirationTimeSeconds;
        // Arbitrary number to facilitate uniqueness of the order's hash.
        uint256 salt;
        // Encoded data that can be decoded by a specified proxy contract when transferring makerAsset.
        // The leading bytes4 references the id of the asset proxy.
        bytes makerAssetData;
        // Encoded data that can be decoded by a specified proxy contract when transferring takerAsset.
        // The leading bytes4 references the id of the asset proxy.
        bytes takerAssetData;
        // Encoded data that can be decoded by a specified proxy contract when transferring makerFeeAsset.
        // The leading bytes4 references the id of the asset proxy.
        bytes makerFeeAssetData;
        // Encoded data that can be decoded by a specified proxy contract when transferring takerFeeAsset.
        // The leading bytes4 references the id of the asset proxy.
        bytes takerFeeAssetData;
    }
    /// @dev V3 `fillOrder()` results.`
    struct FillResults {
        // Total amount of makerAsset(s) filled.
        uint256 makerAssetFilledAmount;
        // Total amount of takerAsset(s) filled.
        uint256 takerAssetFilledAmount;
        // Total amount of fees paid by maker(s) to feeRecipient(s).
        uint256 makerFeePaid;
        // Total amount of fees paid by taker to feeRecipients(s).
        uint256 takerFeePaid;
        // Total amount of fees paid by taker to the staking contract.
        uint256 protocolFeePaid;
    }
    /// @dev Fills the input order.
    /// @param order Order struct containing order specifications.
    /// @param takerAssetFillAmount Desired amount of takerAsset to sell.
    /// @param signature Proof that order has been created by maker.
    /// @return fillResults Amounts filled and fees paid by maker and taker.
    function fillOrder(
        Order calldata order,
        uint256 takerAssetFillAmount,
        bytes calldata signature
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (FillResults memory fillResults);
    /// @dev Returns the protocolFeeMultiplier
    /// @return multiplier The multiplier for protocol fees.
    function protocolFeeMultiplier()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 multiplier);
    /// @dev Gets an asset proxy.
    /// @param assetProxyId Id of the asset proxy.
    /// @return proxyAddress The asset proxy registered to assetProxyId.
    ///         Returns 0x0 if no proxy is registered.
    function getAssetProxy(bytes4 assetProxyId)
        external
        view
        returns (address proxyAddress);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/LibERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibTransformERC20RichErrors.sol";
import "./Transformer.sol";
import "./LibERC20Transformer.sol";
/// @dev A transformer that transfers tokens to the taker.
contract PayTakerTransformer is
    Transformer
{
    // solhint-disable no-empty-blocks
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    using LibERC20Transformer for IERC20TokenV06;
    /// @dev Transform data to ABI-encode and pass into `transform()`.
    struct TransformData {
        // The tokens to transfer to the taker.
        IERC20TokenV06[] tokens;
        // Amount of each token in `tokens` to transfer to the taker.
        // `uint(-1)` will transfer the entire balance.
        uint256[] amounts;
    }
    /// @dev Maximum uint256 value.
    uint256 private constant MAX_UINT256 = uint256(-1);
    /// @dev Create this contract.
    constructor()
        public
        Transformer()
    {}
    /// @dev Forwards tokens to the taker.
    /// @param taker The taker address (caller of `TransformERC20.transformERC20()`).
    /// @param data_ ABI-encoded `TransformData`, indicating which tokens to transfer.
    /// @return success The success bytes (`LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS`).
    function transform(
        bytes32, // callDataHash,
        address payable taker,
        bytes calldata data_
    )
        external
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        TransformData memory data = abi.decode(data_, (TransformData));
        // Transfer tokens directly to the taker.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.tokens.length; ++i) {
            // The `amounts` array can be shorter than the `tokens` array.
            // Missing elements are treated as `uint256(-1)`.
            uint256 amount = data.amounts.length > i ? data.amounts[i] : uint256(-1);
            if (amount == MAX_UINT256) {
                amount = data.tokens[i].getTokenBalanceOf(address(this));
            }
            if (amount != 0) {
                data.tokens[i].transformerTransfer(taker, amount);
            }
        }
        return LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IEtherTokenV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibTransformERC20RichErrors.sol";
import "./Transformer.sol";
import "./LibERC20Transformer.sol";
/// @dev A transformer that wraps or unwraps WETH.
contract WethTransformer is
    Transformer
{
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    using LibERC20Transformer for IERC20TokenV06;
    /// @dev Transform data to ABI-encode and pass into `transform()`.
    struct TransformData {
        // The token to wrap/unwrap. Must be either ETH or WETH.
        IERC20TokenV06 token;
        // Amount of `token` to wrap or unwrap.
        // `uint(-1)` will unwrap the entire balance.
        uint256 amount;
    }
    /// @dev The WETH contract address.
    IEtherTokenV06 public immutable weth;
    /// @dev Maximum uint256 value.
    uint256 private constant MAX_UINT256 = uint256(-1);
    /// @dev Construct the transformer and store the WETH address in an immutable.
    /// @param weth_ The weth token.
    constructor(IEtherTokenV06 weth_)
        public
        Transformer()
    {
        weth = weth_;
    }
    /// @dev Wraps and unwraps WETH.
    /// @param data_ ABI-encoded `TransformData`, indicating which token to wrap/umwrap.
    /// @return success The success bytes (`LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS`).
    function transform(
        bytes32, // callDataHash,
        address payable, // taker,
        bytes calldata data_
    )
        external
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        TransformData memory data = abi.decode(data_, (TransformData));
        if (!data.token.isTokenETH() && data.token != weth) {
            LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTransformDataError(
                LibTransformERC20RichErrors.InvalidTransformDataErrorCode.INVALID_TOKENS,
                data_
            ).rrevert();
        }
        uint256 amount = data.amount;
        if (amount == MAX_UINT256) {
            amount = data.token.getTokenBalanceOf(address(this));
        }
        if (amount != 0) {
            if (data.token.isTokenETH()) {
                // Wrap ETH.
                weth.deposit{value: amount}();
            } else {
                // Unwrap WETH.
                weth.withdraw(amount);
            }
        }
        return LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./IERC20TokenV06.sol";
interface IEtherTokenV06 is
    IERC20TokenV06
{
    /// @dev Wrap ether.
    function deposit() external payable;
    /// @dev Unwrap ether.
    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
interface ITestSimpleFunctionRegistryFeature {
    function testFn() external view returns (uint256 id);
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
contract TestCallTarget {
    event CallTargetCalled(
        address context,
        address sender,
        bytes data,
        uint256 value
    );
    bytes4 private constant MAGIC_BYTES = 0x12345678;
    bytes private constant REVERTING_DATA = hex"1337";
    fallback() external payable {
        if (keccak256(msg.data) == keccak256(REVERTING_DATA)) {
            revert("TestCallTarget/REVERT");
        }
        emit CallTargetCalled(
            address(this),
            msg.sender,
            msg.data,
            msg.value
        );
        bytes4 rval = MAGIC_BYTES;
        assembly {
            mstore(0, rval)
            return(0, 32)
        }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
contract TestDelegateCaller {
    function executeDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes calldata callData
    )
        external
    {
        (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = target.delegatecall(callData);
        if (!success) {
            assembly { revert(add(resultData, 32), mload(resultData)) }
        }
        assembly { return(add(resultData, 32), mload(resultData)) }
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibBytesV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibMathV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
import "../src/vendor/v3/IExchange.sol";
import "./TestMintableERC20Token.sol";
contract TestFillQuoteTransformerExchange {
    struct FillBehavior {
        // How much of the order is filled, in taker asset amount.
        uint256 filledTakerAssetAmount;
        // Scaling for maker assets minted, in 1e18.
        uint256 makerAssetMintRatio;
    }
    uint256 private constant PROTOCOL_FEE_MULTIPLIER = 1337;
    using LibSafeMathV06 for uint256;
    function fillOrder(
        IExchange.Order calldata order,
        uint256 takerAssetFillAmount,
        bytes calldata signature
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (IExchange.FillResults memory fillResults)
    {
        require(
            signature.length != 0,
            "TestFillQuoteTransformerExchange/INVALID_SIGNATURE"
        );
        // The signature is the ABI-encoded FillBehavior data.
        FillBehavior memory behavior = abi.decode(signature, (FillBehavior));
        uint256 protocolFee = PROTOCOL_FEE_MULTIPLIER * tx.gasprice;
        require(
            msg.value == protocolFee,
            "TestFillQuoteTransformerExchange/INSUFFICIENT_PROTOCOL_FEE"
        );
        // Return excess protocol fee.
        msg.sender.transfer(msg.value - protocolFee);
        // Take taker tokens.
        TestMintableERC20Token takerToken = _getTokenFromAssetData(order.takerAssetData);
        takerAssetFillAmount = LibSafeMathV06.min256(
            order.takerAssetAmount.safeSub(behavior.filledTakerAssetAmount),
            takerAssetFillAmount
        );
        require(
            takerToken.getSpendableAmount(msg.sender, address(this)) >= takerAssetFillAmount,
            "TestFillQuoteTransformerExchange/INSUFFICIENT_TAKER_FUNDS"
        );
        takerToken.transferFrom(msg.sender, order.makerAddress, takerAssetFillAmount);
        // Mint maker tokens.
        uint256 makerAssetFilledAmount = LibMathV06.getPartialAmountFloor(
            takerAssetFillAmount,
            order.takerAssetAmount,
            order.makerAssetAmount
        );
        TestMintableERC20Token makerToken = _getTokenFromAssetData(order.makerAssetData);
        makerToken.mint(
            msg.sender,
            LibMathV06.getPartialAmountFloor(
                behavior.makerAssetMintRatio,
                1e18,
                makerAssetFilledAmount
            )
        );
        // Take taker fee.
        TestMintableERC20Token takerFeeToken = _getTokenFromAssetData(order.takerFeeAssetData);
        uint256 takerFee = LibMathV06.getPartialAmountFloor(
            takerAssetFillAmount,
            order.takerAssetAmount,
            order.takerFee
        );
        require(
            takerFeeToken.getSpendableAmount(msg.sender, address(this)) >= takerFee,
            "TestFillQuoteTransformerExchange/INSUFFICIENT_TAKER_FEE_FUNDS"
        );
        takerFeeToken.transferFrom(msg.sender, order.feeRecipientAddress, takerFee);
        fillResults.makerAssetFilledAmount = makerAssetFilledAmount;
        fillResults.takerAssetFilledAmount = takerAssetFillAmount;
        fillResults.makerFeePaid = uint256(-1);
        fillResults.takerFeePaid = takerFee;
        fillResults.protocolFeePaid = protocolFee;
    }
    function encodeBehaviorData(FillBehavior calldata behavior)
        external
        pure
        returns (bytes memory encoded)
    {
        return abi.encode(behavior);
    }
    function protocolFeeMultiplier()
        external
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return PROTOCOL_FEE_MULTIPLIER;
    }
    function getAssetProxy(bytes4)
        external
        view
        returns (address)
    {
        return address(this);
    }
    function _getTokenFromAssetData(bytes memory assetData)
        private
        pure
        returns (TestMintableERC20Token token)
    {
        return TestMintableERC20Token(LibBytesV06.readAddress(assetData, 16));
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
contract TestMintableERC20Token {
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount)
        external
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        return transferFrom(msg.sender, to, amount);
    }
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
        external
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        return true;
    }
    function mint(address owner, uint256 amount)
        external
        virtual
    {
        balanceOf[owner] += amount;
    }
    function burn(address owner, uint256 amount)
        external
        virtual
    {
        require(balanceOf[owner] >= amount, "TestMintableERC20Token/INSUFFICIENT_FUNDS");
        balanceOf[owner] -= amount;
    }
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 amount)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            require(
                allowance[from][msg.sender] >= amount,
                "TestMintableERC20Token/INSUFFICIENT_ALLOWANCE"
            );
            allowance[from][msg.sender] -= amount;
        }
        require(balanceOf[from] >= amount, "TestMintableERC20Token/INSUFFICIENT_FUNDS");
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        balanceOf[to] += amount;
        return true;
    }
    function getSpendableAmount(address owner, address spender)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return balanceOf[owner] < allowance[owner][spender]
            ? balanceOf[owner]
            : allowance[owner][spender];
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/transformers/IERC20Transformer.sol";
import "./TestMintableERC20Token.sol";
import "./TestTransformerHost.sol";
contract TestFillQuoteTransformerHost is
    TestTransformerHost
{
    function executeTransform(
        IERC20Transformer transformer,
        TestMintableERC20Token inputToken,
        uint256 inputTokenAmount,
        bytes calldata data
    )
        external
        payable
    {
        if (inputTokenAmount != 0) {
            inputToken.mint(address(this), inputTokenAmount);
        }
        // Have to make this call externally because transformers aren't payable.
        this.rawExecuteTransform(transformer, bytes32(0), msg.sender, data);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "../src/transformers/IERC20Transformer.sol";
import "../src/transformers/LibERC20Transformer.sol";
contract TestTransformerHost {
    using LibERC20Transformer for IERC20TokenV06;
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    function rawExecuteTransform(
        IERC20Transformer transformer,
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address taker,
        bytes calldata data
    )
        external
    {
        (bool _success, bytes memory resultData) =
            address(transformer).delegatecall(abi.encodeWithSelector(
                transformer.transform.selector,
                callDataHash,
                taker,
                data
            ));
        if (!_success) {
            resultData.rrevert();
        }
        require(
            abi.decode(resultData, (bytes4)) == LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS,
            "TestTransformerHost/INVALID_TRANSFORMER_RESULT"
        );
    }
    // solhint-disable
    receive() external payable {}
    // solhint-enable
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/ZeroEx.sol";
import "../src/features/IBootstrap.sol";
import "../src/migrations/FullMigration.sol";
contract TestFullMigration is
    FullMigration
{
    address public dieRecipient;
    // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
    constructor(address payable deployer) public FullMigration(deployer) {}
    function die(address payable ethRecipient) external override {
        dieRecipient = ethRecipient;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/ZeroEx.sol";
import "../src/features/IBootstrap.sol";
import "../src/migrations/InitialMigration.sol";
contract TestInitialMigration is
    InitialMigration
{
    address public bootstrapFeature;
    address public dieRecipient;
    // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
    constructor(address deployer) public InitialMigration(deployer) {}
    function callBootstrap(ZeroEx zeroEx) external {
        IBootstrap(address(zeroEx)).bootstrap(address(this), new bytes(0));
    }
    function bootstrap(address owner, BootstrapFeatures memory features)
        public
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        success = InitialMigration.bootstrap(owner, features);
        // Snoop the bootstrap feature contract.
        bootstrapFeature = ZeroEx(address(uint160(address(this))))
            .getFunctionImplementation(IBootstrap.bootstrap.selector);
    }
    function die(address payable ethRecipient) public override {
        dieRecipient = ethRecipient;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/migrations/LibMigrate.sol";
import "../src/features/IOwnable.sol";
contract TestMigrator {
    event TestMigrateCalled(
        bytes callData,
        address owner
    );
    function succeedingMigrate() external returns (bytes4 success) {
        emit TestMigrateCalled(
            msg.data,
            IOwnable(address(this)).owner()
        );
        return LibMigrate.MIGRATE_SUCCESS;
    }
    function failingMigrate() external returns (bytes4 success) {
        emit TestMigrateCalled(
            msg.data,
            IOwnable(address(this)).owner()
        );
        return 0xdeadbeef;
    }
    function revertingMigrate() external pure {
        revert("OOPSIE");
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/contracts/src/v06/IERC20TokenV06.sol";
import "../src/transformers/IERC20Transformer.sol";
import "../src/transformers/LibERC20Transformer.sol";
import "./TestMintableERC20Token.sol";
contract TestMintTokenERC20Transformer is
    IERC20Transformer
{
    struct TransformData {
        IERC20TokenV06 inputToken;
        TestMintableERC20Token outputToken;
        uint256 burnAmount;
        uint256 mintAmount;
        uint256 feeAmount;
    }
    event MintTransform(
        address context,
        address caller,
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address taker,
        bytes data,
        uint256 inputTokenBalance,
        uint256 ethBalance
    );
    function transform(
        bytes32 callDataHash,
        address payable taker,
        bytes calldata data_
    )
        external
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        TransformData memory data = abi.decode(data_, (TransformData));
        emit MintTransform(
            address(this),
            msg.sender,
            callDataHash,
            taker,
            data_,
            data.inputToken.balanceOf(address(this)),
            address(this).balance
        );
        // "Burn" input tokens.
        data.inputToken.transfer(address(0), data.burnAmount);
        // Mint output tokens.
        if (LibERC20Transformer.isTokenETH(IERC20TokenV06(address(data.outputToken)))) {
            taker.transfer(data.mintAmount);
        } else {
            data.outputToken.mint(
                taker,
                data.mintAmount
            );
            // Burn fees from output.
            data.outputToken.burn(taker, data.feeAmount);
        }
        return LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
contract TestSimpleFunctionRegistryFeatureImpl1 is
    FixinCommon
{
    function testFn()
        external
        pure
        returns (uint256 id)
    {
        return 1337;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
contract TestSimpleFunctionRegistryFeatureImpl2 is
    FixinCommon
{
    function testFn()
        external
        pure
        returns (uint256 id)
    {
        return 1338;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/features/TokenSpender.sol";
contract TestTokenSpender is
    TokenSpender
{
    modifier onlySelf() override {
        _;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./TestMintableERC20Token.sol";
contract TestTokenSpenderERC20Token is
    TestMintableERC20Token
{
    event TransferFromCalled(
        address sender,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    // `transferFrom()` behavior depends on the value of `amount`.
    uint256 constant private EMPTY_RETURN_AMOUNT = 1337;
    uint256 constant private FALSE_RETURN_AMOUNT = 1338;
    uint256 constant private REVERT_RETURN_AMOUNT = 1339;
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 amount)
        public
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        emit TransferFromCalled(msg.sender, from, to, amount);
        if (amount == EMPTY_RETURN_AMOUNT) {
            assembly { return(0, 0) }
        }
        if (amount == FALSE_RETURN_AMOUNT) {
            return false;
        }
        if (amount == REVERT_RETURN_AMOUNT) {
            revert("TestTokenSpenderERC20Token/Revert");
        }
        return true;
    }
    function setBalanceAndAllowanceOf(
        address owner,
        uint256 balance,
        address spender,
        uint256 allowance_
    )
        external
    {
        balanceOf[owner] = balance;
        allowance[owner][spender] = allowance_;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/features/TransformERC20.sol";
contract TestTransformERC20 is
    TransformERC20
{
    // solhint-disable no-empty-blocks
    constructor()
        TransformERC20()
        public
    {}
    modifier onlySelf() override {
        _;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/transformers/Transformer.sol";
import "../src/transformers/LibERC20Transformer.sol";
contract TestTransformerBase is
    Transformer
{
    function transform(
        bytes32,
        address payable,
        bytes calldata
    )
        external
        override
        returns (bytes4 success)
    {
        return LibERC20Transformer.TRANSFORMER_SUCCESS;
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/transformers/LibERC20Transformer.sol";
contract TestTransformerDeployerTransformer {
    address payable public immutable deployer;
    constructor() public payable {
        deployer = msg.sender;
    }
    modifier onlyDeployer() {
        require(msg.sender == deployer, "TestTransformerDeployerTransformer/ONLY_DEPLOYER");
        _;
    }
    function die()
        external
        onlyDeployer
    {
        selfdestruct(deployer);
    }
    function isDeployedByDeployer(uint32 nonce)
        external
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        return LibERC20Transformer.getDeployedAddress(deployer, nonce) == address(this);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "./TestMintableERC20Token.sol";
contract TestWeth is
    TestMintableERC20Token
{
    function deposit()
        external
        payable
    {
        this.mint(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
    function withdraw(uint256 amount)
        external
    {
        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= amount, "TestWeth/INSUFFICIENT_FUNDS");
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        msg.sender.transfer(amount);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/transformers/IERC20Transformer.sol";
import "./TestMintableERC20Token.sol";
import "./TestTransformerHost.sol";
import "./TestWeth.sol";
contract TestWethTransformerHost is
    TestTransformerHost
{
    // solhint-disable
    TestWeth private immutable _weth;
    // solhint-enable
    constructor(TestWeth weth) public {
        _weth = weth;
    }
    function executeTransform(
        uint256 wethAmount,
        IERC20Transformer transformer,
        bytes calldata data
    )
        external
        payable
    {
        if (wethAmount != 0) {
            _weth.deposit{value: wethAmount}();
        }
        // Have to make this call externally because transformers aren't payable.
        this.rawExecuteTransform(transformer, bytes32(0), msg.sender, data);
    }
}
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "../src/fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
import "../src/ZeroEx.sol";
contract TestZeroExFeature is
    FixinCommon
{
    event PayableFnCalled(uint256 value);
    event NotPayableFnCalled();
    function payableFn()
        external
        payable
    {
        emit PayableFnCalled(msg.value);
    }
    function notPayableFn()
        external
    {
        emit NotPayableFnCalled();
    }
    // solhint-disable no-empty-blocks
    function unimplmentedFn()
        external
    {}
    function internalFn()
        external
        onlySelf
    {}
}

// Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub

// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.4.18;

contract WETH9 {
    string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
    string public symbol   = "WETH";
    uint8  public decimals = 18;

    event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
    event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);

    mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;

    function() public payable {
        deposit();
    }
    function deposit() public payable {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
        Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
    function withdraw(uint wad) public {
        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
        msg.sender.transfer(wad);
        Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
    }

    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
        return this.balance;
    }

    function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
        Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
        return true;
    }

    function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
    }

    function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
        public
        returns (bool)
    {
        require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);

        if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
            require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
            allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
        }

        balanceOf[src] -= wad;
        balanceOf[dst] += wad;

        Transfer(src, dst, wad);

        return true;
    }
}


/*
                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

                            Preamble

  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.

  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.

  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.

  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  0. Definitions.

  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.

  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.

  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.

  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

  1. Source Code.

  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.

  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.

  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.

  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.

  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.

  2. Basic Permissions.

  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.

  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.

  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.

  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
    it, and giving a relevant date.

    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
    released under this License and any conditions added under section
    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
    "keep intact all notices".

    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.

    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
    work need not make them do so.

  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.

  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:

    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
    customarily used for software interchange.

    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
    with subsection 6b.

    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.

    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
    charge under subsection 6d.

  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.

  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.

  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.

  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).

  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.

  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.

  7. Additional Terms.

  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.

  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
    Notices displayed by works containing it; or

    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
    authors of the material; or

    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
    those licensors and authors.

  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.

  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.

  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.

  8. Termination.

  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).

  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.

  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.

  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.

  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.

  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.

  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.

  11. Patents.

  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".

  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.

  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.

  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.

  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.

  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.

  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.

  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.

  Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.

  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. Limitation of Liability.

  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.

                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

*/

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/beacon/BeaconProxy.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/beacon/UpgradeableBeacon.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/transparent/TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/transparent/ProxyAdmin.sol";
// Kept for backwards compatibility with older versions of Hardhat and Truffle plugins.
contract AdminUpgradeabilityProxy is TransparentUpgradeableProxy {
    constructor(address logic, address admin, bytes memory data) payable TransparentUpgradeableProxy(logic, admin, data) {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IBeacon.sol";
import "../Proxy.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements a proxy that gets the implementation address for each call from a {UpgradeableBeacon}.
 *
 * The beacon address is stored in storage slot `uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1`, so that it doesn't
 * conflict with the storage layout of the implementation behind the proxy.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
contract BeaconProxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the proxy with `beacon`.
     *
     * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon. This
     * will typically be an encoded function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity
     * constructor.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `beacon` must be a contract with the interface {IBeacon}.
     */
    constructor(address beacon, bytes memory data) payable {
        assert(_BEACON_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.beacon")) - 1));
        _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(beacon, data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon address.
     */
    function _beacon() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _getBeacon();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address of the associated beacon.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return IBeacon(_getBeacon()).implementation();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the proxy to use a new beacon. Deprecated: see {_upgradeBeaconToAndCall}.
     *
     * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `beacon` must be a contract.
     * - The implementation returned by `beacon` must be a contract.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address beacon, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(beacon, data, false);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IBeacon.sol";
import "../../access/Ownable.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract is used in conjunction with one or more instances of {BeaconProxy} to determine their
 * implementation contract, which is where they will delegate all function calls.
 *
 * An owner is able to change the implementation the beacon points to, thus upgrading the proxies that use this beacon.
 */
contract UpgradeableBeacon is IBeacon, Ownable {
    address private _implementation;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation returned by the beacon is changed.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Sets the address of the initial implementation, and the deployer account as the owner who can upgrade the
     * beacon.
     */
    constructor(address implementation_) {
        _setImplementation(implementation_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function implementation() public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _implementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades the beacon to a new implementation.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - msg.sender must be the owner of the contract.
     * - `newImplementation` must be a contract.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) public virtual onlyOwner {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the implementation contract address for this beacon
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `newImplementation` must be a contract.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "UpgradeableBeacon: implementation is not a contract");
        _implementation = newImplementation;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../Proxy.sol";
import "./ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements a proxy that is upgradeable by an admin.
 *
 * To avoid https://medium.com/nomic-labs-blog/malicious-backdoors-in-ethereum-proxies-62629adf3357[proxy selector
 * clashing], which can potentially be used in an attack, this contract uses the
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/the-transparent-proxy-pattern/[transparent proxy pattern]. This pattern implies two
 * things that go hand in hand:
 *
 * 1. If any account other than the admin calls the proxy, the call will be forwarded to the implementation, even if
 * that call matches one of the admin functions exposed by the proxy itself.
 * 2. If the admin calls the proxy, it can access the admin functions, but its calls will never be forwarded to the
 * implementation. If the admin tries to call a function on the implementation it will fail with an error that says
 * "admin cannot fallback to proxy target".
 *
 * These properties mean that the admin account can only be used for admin actions like upgrading the proxy or changing
 * the admin, so it's best if it's a dedicated account that is not used for anything else. This will avoid headaches due
 * to sudden errors when trying to call a function from the proxy implementation.
 *
 * Our recommendation is for the dedicated account to be an instance of the {ProxyAdmin} contract. If set up this way,
 * you should think of the `ProxyAdmin` instance as the real administrative interface of your proxy.
 */
contract TransparentUpgradeableProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes an upgradeable proxy managed by `_admin`, backed by the implementation at `_logic`, and
     * optionally initialized with `_data` as explained in {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, address admin_, bytes memory _data) payable ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data) {
        assert(_ADMIN_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.admin")) - 1));
        _changeAdmin(admin_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier used internally that will delegate the call to the implementation unless the sender is the admin.
     */
    modifier ifAdmin() {
        if (msg.sender == _getAdmin()) {
            _;
        } else {
            _fallback();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-getProxyAdmin}.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
     */
    function admin() external ifAdmin returns (address admin_) {
        admin_ = _getAdmin();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-getProxyImplementation}.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc`
     */
    function implementation() external ifAdmin returns (address implementation_) {
        implementation_ = _implementation();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-changeProxyAdmin}.
     */
    function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external virtual ifAdmin {
        _changeAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-upgrade}.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
        _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, bytes(""), false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy, and then call a function from the new implementation as specified
     * by `data`, which should be an encoded function call. This is useful to initialize new storage variables in the
     * proxied contract.
     *
     * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-upgradeAndCall}.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes calldata data) external payable ifAdmin {
        _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _admin() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _getAdmin();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Makes sure the admin cannot access the fallback function. See {Proxy-_beforeFallback}.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual override {
        require(msg.sender != _getAdmin(), "TransparentUpgradeableProxy: admin cannot fallback to proxy target");
        super._beforeFallback();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
import "../../access/Ownable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is an auxiliary contract meant to be assigned as the admin of a {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}. For an
 * explanation of why you would want to use this see the documentation for {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}.
 */
contract ProxyAdmin is Ownable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation of `proxy`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function getProxyImplementation(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy) public view virtual returns (address) {
        // We need to manually run the static call since the getter cannot be flagged as view
        // bytes4(keccak256("implementation()")) == 0x5c60da1b
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(proxy).staticcall(hex"5c60da1b");
        require(success);
        return abi.decode(returndata, (address));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin of `proxy`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function getProxyAdmin(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy) public view virtual returns (address) {
        // We need to manually run the static call since the getter cannot be flagged as view
        // bytes4(keccak256("admin()")) == 0xf851a440
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(proxy).staticcall(hex"f851a440");
        require(success);
        return abi.decode(returndata, (address));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of `proxy` to `newAdmin`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the current admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function changeProxyAdmin(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address newAdmin) public virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.changeAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation`. See {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeTo}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function upgrade(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address implementation) public virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.upgradeTo(implementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation` and calls a function on the new implementation. See
     * {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function upgradeAndCall(TransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address implementation, bytes memory data) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.upgradeToAndCall{value: msg.value}(implementation, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize()) }
            default { return(0, returndatasize()) }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback () external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive () external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallSecure(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        address oldImplementation = _getImplementation();
        // Initial upgrade and setup call
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
        // Perform rollback test if not already in progress
        StorageSlot.BooleanSlot storage rollbackTesting = StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT);
        if (!rollbackTesting.value) {
            // Trigger rollback using upgradeTo from the new implementation
            rollbackTesting.value = true;
            Address.functionDelegateCall(
                newImplementation,
                abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    "upgradeTo(address)",
                    oldImplementation
                )
            );
            rollbackTesting.value = false;
            // Check rollback was effective
            require(oldImplementation == _getImplementation(), "ERC1967Upgrade: upgrade breaks further upgrades");
            // Finally reset to the new implementation and log the upgrade
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
            emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(
            Address.isContract(newBeacon),
            "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract"
        );
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
      return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor () {
        address msgSender = _msgSender();
        _owner = msgSender;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(address(0), msgSender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, address(0));
        _owner = address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newOwner);
        _owner = newOwner;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/*
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        this; // silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode - see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import { Consideration } from "./lib/Consideration.sol";
/**
 * @title Seaport
 * @custom:version 1.6
 * @author 0age (0age.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n (d1ll0n.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11 (t11s.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor James Wenzel (emo.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor Daniel Viau (snotrocket.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Kartik (slokh.eth)
 * @custom:contributor LeFevre (lefevre.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Joseph Schiarizzi (CupOJoseph.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Aspyn Palatnick (stuckinaboot.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Stephan Min (stephanm.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Ryan Ghods (ralxz.eth)
 * @custom:contributor hack3r-0m (hack3r-0m.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Diego Estevez (antidiego.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Chomtana (chomtana.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Saw-mon and Natalie (sawmonandnatalie.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xBeans (0xBeans.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0x4non (punkdev.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Laurence E. Day (norsefire.eth)
 * @custom:contributor vectorized.eth (vectorized.eth)
 * @custom:contributor karmacoma (karmacoma.eth)
 * @custom:contributor horsefacts (horsefacts.eth)
 * @custom:contributor UncarvedBlock (uncarvedblock.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Zoraiz Mahmood (zorz.eth)
 * @custom:contributor William Poulin (wpoulin.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Rajiv Patel-O'Connor (rajivpoc.eth)
 * @custom:contributor tserg (tserg.eth)
 * @custom:contributor cygaar (cygaar.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Meta0xNull (meta0xnull.eth)
 * @custom:contributor gpersoon (gpersoon.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Matt Solomon (msolomon.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Weikang Song (weikangs.eth)
 * @custom:contributor zer0dot (zer0dot.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Mudit Gupta (mudit.eth)
 * @custom:contributor leonardoalt (leoalt.eth)
 * @custom:contributor cmichel (cmichel.eth)
 * @custom:contributor PraneshASP (pranesh.eth)
 * @custom:contributor JasperAlexander (jasperalexander.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Ellahi (ellahi.eth)
 * @custom:contributor zaz (1zaz1.eth)
 * @custom:contributor berndartmueller (berndartmueller.eth)
 * @custom:contributor dmfxyz (dmfxyz.eth)
 * @custom:contributor daltoncoder (dontkillrobots.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xf4ce (0xf4ce.eth)
 * @custom:contributor phaze (phaze.eth)
 * @custom:contributor hrkrshnn (hrkrshnn.eth)
 * @custom:contributor axic (axic.eth)
 * @custom:contributor leastwood (leastwood.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xsanson (sanson.eth)
 * @custom:contributor blockdev (blockd3v.eth)
 * @custom:contributor fiveoutofnine (fiveoutofnine.eth)
 * @custom:contributor shuklaayush (shuklaayush.eth)
 * @custom:contributor dravee (dravee.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xPatissier
 * @custom:contributor pcaversaccio
 * @custom:contributor David Eiber
 * @custom:contributor csanuragjain
 * @custom:contributor sach1r0
 * @custom:contributor twojoy0
 * @custom:contributor ori_dabush
 * @custom:contributor Daniel Gelfand
 * @custom:contributor okkothejawa
 * @custom:contributor FlameHorizon
 * @custom:contributor vdrg
 * @custom:contributor dmitriia
 * @custom:contributor bokeh-eth
 * @custom:contributor asutorufos
 * @custom:contributor rfart(rfa)
 * @custom:contributor Riley Holterhus
 * @custom:contributor big-tech-sux
 * @notice Seaport is a generalized native token/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155
 *         marketplace with lightweight methods for common routes as well as
 *         more flexible methods for composing advanced orders or groups of
 *         orders. Each order contains an arbitrary number of items that may be
 *         spent (the "offer") along with an arbitrary number of items that must
 *         be received back by the indicated recipients (the "consideration").
 */
contract Seaport is Consideration {
    /**
     * @notice Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *         separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Consideration(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve and return the name of this
     *      contract.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _name() internal pure override returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        assembly {
            mstore(0x20, 0x20)
            mstore(0x47, 0x07536561706f7274)
            return(0x20, 0x60)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the name of this contract as a
     *      string that will be used to derive the name hash in the constructor.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract as a string.
     */
    function _nameString() internal pure override returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        return "Seaport";
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ConsiderationInterface
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Execution,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Order,
    OrderComponents
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { OrderCombiner } from "./OrderCombiner.sol";
import {
    CalldataStart,
    CalldataPointer
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
import {
    Offset_fulfillAdvancedOrder_criteriaResolvers,
    Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_cnsdrationFlflmnts,
    Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_criteriaResolvers,
    Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_offerFulfillments,
    Offset_fulfillAvailableOrders_considerationFulfillments,
    Offset_fulfillAvailableOrders_offerFulfillments,
    Offset_matchAdvancedOrders_criteriaResolvers,
    Offset_matchAdvancedOrders_fulfillments,
    Offset_matchOrders_fulfillments,
    OrderParameters_counter_offset
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Consideration
 * @author 0age (0age.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n (d1ll0n.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11 (t11s.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor James Wenzel (emo.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor Daniel Viau (snotrocket.eth)
 * @custom:version 1.6
 * @notice Consideration is a generalized native token/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155
 *         marketplace that provides lightweight methods for common routes as
 *         well as more flexible methods for composing advanced orders or groups
 *         of orders. Each order contains an arbitrary number of items that may
 *         be spent (the "offer") along with an arbitrary number of items that
 *         must be received back by the indicated recipients (the
 *         "consideration").
 */
contract Consideration is ConsiderationInterface, OrderCombiner {
    /**
     * @notice Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *         separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderCombiner(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @notice Accept native token transfers during execution that may then be
     *         used to facilitate native token transfers, where any tokens that
     *         remain will be transferred to the caller. Native tokens are only
     *         acceptable mid-fulfillment (and not during basic fulfillment).
     */
    receive() external payable {
        // Ensure the reentrancy guard is currently set to accept native tokens.
        _assertAcceptingNativeTokens();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 item by
     *         supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20 tokens, an ERC721
     *         item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six permutations are
     *         supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to ERC1155, ERC20
     *         to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and ERC1155 to
     *         ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an order to
     *         be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must contain a
     *         single offer item (though that item may have a greater amount if
     *         the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of "additional
     *         recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive native
     *         tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration. Refer
     *         to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how to
     *         utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it.
     *
     * @custom:param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order.
     *                          Note that the offerer and the fulfiller must
     *                          first approve this contract (or their chosen
     *                          conduit if indicated) before any tokens can be
     *                          transferred. Also note that contract recipients
     *                          of ERC1155 consideration items must implement
     *                          `onERC1155Received` to receive those items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(
        /**
         * @custom:name parameters
         */
        BasicOrderParameters calldata
    ) external payable override returns (bool fulfilled) {
        // Validate and fulfill the basic order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 item by
     *         supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20 tokens, an ERC721
     *         item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six permutations are
     *         supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to ERC1155, ERC20
     *         to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and ERC1155 to
     *         ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an order to
     *         be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must contain a
     *         single offer item (though that item may have a greater amount if
     *         the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of "additional
     *         recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive native
     *         tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration. Refer
     *         to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how to
     *         utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it. Note
     *         that this function costs less gas than `fulfillBasicOrder` due to
     *         the zero bytes in the function selector (0x00000000) which also
     *         results in earlier function dispatch.
     *
     * @custom:param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order.
     *                          Note that the offerer and the fulfiller must
     *                          first approve this contract (or their chosen
     *                          conduit if indicated) before any tokens can be
     *                          transferred. Also note that contract recipients
     *                          of ERC1155 consideration items must implement
     *                          `onERC1155Received` to receive those items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder_efficient_6GL6yc(
        /**
         * @custom:name parameters
         */
        BasicOrderParameters calldata
    ) external payable override returns (bool fulfilled) {
        // Validate and fulfill the basic order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @custom:param order        The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used (and direct approvals set on
     *                            this contract).
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(
        /**
         * @custom:name order
         */
        Order calldata,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey
    ) external payable override returns (bool fulfilled) {
        // Convert order to "advanced" order, then validate and fulfill it.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
            _toAdvancedOrderReturnType(_decodeOrderAsAdvancedOrder)(
                CalldataStart.pptr()
            ),
            new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            msg.sender
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @custom:param advancedOrder     The order to fulfill along with the
     *                                 fraction of the order to attempt to fill.
     *                                 Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                 fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                 contract (or their conduit if indicated
     *                                 by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                 tokens on their behalf and that contracts
     *                                 must implement `onERC1155Received` to
     *                                 receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                                 Also note that all offer and
     *                                 consideration components must have no
     *                                 remainder after multiplication of the
     *                                 respective amount with the supplied
     *                                 fraction for the partial fill to be
     *                                 considered valid.
     * @custom:param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a
     *                                 reference to a specific offer or
     *                                 consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                 proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                 is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                 the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                 Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                 that any (transferable) token identifier
     *                                 on the token in question is valid and
     *                                 that no associated proof needs to be
     *                                 supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey      A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                 if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                 approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                 that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                 direct approvals set on this contract).
     * @param recipient                The intended recipient for all received
     *                                 items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                 the caller should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        /**
         * @custom:name advancedOrder
         */
        AdvancedOrder calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name criteriaResolvers
         */
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable override returns (bool fulfilled) {
        // Validate and fulfill the order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
            _toAdvancedOrderReturnType(_decodeAdvancedOrder)(
                CalldataStart.pptr()
            ),
            _toCriteriaResolversReturnType(_decodeCriteriaResolvers)(
                CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                    Offset_fulfillAdvancedOrder_criteriaResolvers
                )
            ),
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            _substituteCallerForEmptyRecipient(recipient)
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @custom:param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that
     *                                         both the offerer and the
     *                                         fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                         contract (or the corresponding
     *                                         conduit if indicated) to transfer
     *                                         any relevant tokens on their
     *                                         behalf and that contracts must
     *                                         implement `onERC1155Received` to
     *                                         receive ERC1155 tokens as
     *                                         consideration.
     * @custom:param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent
     *                                         arrays indicating which offer
     *                                         items to attempt to aggregate
     *                                         when preparing executions. Note
     *                                         that any offer items not included
     *                                         as part of a fulfillment will be
     *                                         sent unaggregated to the caller.
     * @custom:param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent
     *                                         arrays indicating which
     *                                         consideration items to attempt to
     *                                         aggregate when preparing
     *                                         executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey              A bytes32 value indicating what
     *                                         conduit, if any, to source the
     *                                         fulfiller's token approvals from.
     *                                         The zero hash signifies that no
     *                                         conduit should be used (and
     *                                         direct approvals set on this
     *                                         contract).
     * @param maximumFulfilled                 The maximum number of orders to
     *                                         fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        /**
         * @custom:name orders
         */
        Order[] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name offerFulfillments
         */
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name considerationFulfillments
         */
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (
            bool[] memory /* availableOrders */,
            Execution[] memory /* executions */
        )
    {
        // Convert orders to "advanced" orders and fulfill all available orders.
        return
            _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
                _toAdvancedOrdersReturnType(_decodeOrdersAsAdvancedOrders)(
                    CalldataStart.pptr()
                ), // Convert to advanced orders.
                new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
                _toNestedFulfillmentComponentsReturnType(
                    _decodeNestedFulfillmentComponents
                )(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_fulfillAvailableOrders_offerFulfillments
                    )
                ),
                _toNestedFulfillmentComponentsReturnType(
                    _decodeNestedFulfillmentComponents
                )(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_fulfillAvailableOrders_considerationFulfillments
                    )
                ),
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                msg.sender,
                maximumFulfilled
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @custom:param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with
     *                                         the fraction of those orders to
     *                                         attempt to fill. Note that both
     *                                         the offerer and the fulfiller
     *                                         must first approve this contract
     *                                         (or their conduit if indicated by
     *                                         the order) to transfer any
     *                                         relevant tokens on their behalf
     *                                         and that contracts must implement
     *                                         `onERC1155Received` to receive
     *                                         ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                                         Also note that all offer and
     *                                         consideration components must
     *                                         have no remainder after
     *                                         multiplication of the respective
     *                                         amount with the supplied fraction
     *                                         for an order's partial fill
     *                                         amount to be considered valid.
     * @custom:param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element
     *                                         contains a reference to a
     *                                         specific offer or consideration,
     *                                         a token identifier, and a proof
     *                                         that the supplied token
     *                                         identifier is contained in the
     *                                         merkle root held by the item in
     *                                         question's criteria element. Note
     *                                         that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                         that any (transferable) token
     *                                         identifier on the token in
     *                                         question is valid and that no
     *                                         associated proof needs to be
     *                                         supplied.
     * @custom:param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent
     *                                         arrays indicating which offer
     *                                         items to attempt to aggregate
     *                                         when preparing executions. Note
     *                                         that any offer items not included
     *                                         as part of a fulfillment will be
     *                                         sent unaggregated to the caller.
     * @custom:param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent
     *                                         arrays indicating which
     *                                         consideration items to attempt to
     *                                         aggregate when preparing
     *                                         executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey              A bytes32 value indicating what
     *                                         conduit, if any, to source the
     *                                         fulfiller's token approvals from.
     *                                         The zero hash signifies that no
     *                                         conduit should be used (and
     *                                         direct approvals set on this
     *                                         contract).
     * @param recipient                        The intended recipient for all
     *                                         received items, with `address(0)`
     *                                         indicating that the caller should
     *                                         receive the offer items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled                 The maximum number of orders to
     *                                         fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        /**
         * @custom:name advancedOrders
         */
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name criteriaResolvers
         */
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name offerFulfillments
         */
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name considerationFulfillments
         */
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (
            bool[] memory /* availableOrders */,
            Execution[] memory /* executions */
        )
    {
        // Fulfill all available orders.
        return
            _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
                _toAdvancedOrdersReturnType(_decodeAdvancedOrders)(
                    CalldataStart.pptr()
                ),
                _toCriteriaResolversReturnType(_decodeCriteriaResolvers)(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_criteriaResolvers
                    )
                ),
                _toNestedFulfillmentComponentsReturnType(
                    _decodeNestedFulfillmentComponents
                )(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_offerFulfillments
                    )
                ),
                _toNestedFulfillmentComponentsReturnType(
                    _decodeNestedFulfillmentComponents
                )(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_cnsdrationFlflmnts
                    )
                ),
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                _substituteCallerForEmptyRecipient(recipient),
                maximumFulfilled
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with a set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported). Any unspent
     *         offer item amounts or native tokens will be transferred to the
     *         caller.
     *
     * @custom:param orders       The orders to match. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                            indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                            relevant tokens on their behalf and each
     *                            consideration recipient must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens.
     * @custom:param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer
     *                            components to consideration components. Note
     *                            that each consideration component must be
     *                            fully met for the match operation to be valid,
     *                            and that any unspent offer items will be sent
     *                            unaggregated to the caller.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders. Note that unspent offer item amounts or native
     *                    tokens will not be reflected as part of this array.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        /**
         * @custom:name orders
         */
        Order[] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name fulfillments
         */
        Fulfillment[] calldata
    ) external payable override returns (Execution[] memory /* executions */) {
        // Convert to advanced, validate, and match orders using fulfillments.
        return
            _matchAdvancedOrders(
                _toAdvancedOrdersReturnType(_decodeOrdersAsAdvancedOrders)(
                    CalldataStart.pptr()
                ),
                new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
                _toFulfillmentsReturnType(_decodeFulfillments)(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(Offset_matchOrders_fulfillments)
                ),
                msg.sender
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full, partial, or contract orders,
     *         each with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration, supplying criteria resolvers containing specific
     *         token identifiers and associated proofs as well as fulfillments
     *         allocating offer components to consideration components. Any
     *         unspent offer item amounts will be transferred to the designated
     *         recipient (with the null address signifying to use the caller)
     *         and any unspent native tokens will be returned to the caller.
     *
     * @custom:param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to match. Note that
     *                                 both the offerer and fulfiller on each
     *                                 order must first approve this contract
     *                                 (or their conduit if indicated by the
     *                                 order) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                                 their behalf and each consideration
     *                                 recipient must implement
     *                                 `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                 tokens. Also note that the offer and
     *                                 consideration components for each order
     *                                 must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                                 the respective amount with the supplied
     *                                 fraction for the group of partial fills
     *                                 to be considered valid.
     * @custom:param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a
     *                                 reference to a specific offer or
     *                                 consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                 proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                 is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                 the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                 Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                 that any (transferable) token identifier
     *                                 on the token in question is valid and
     *                                 that no associated proof needs to be
     *                                 supplied.
     * @custom:param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer
     *                                 components to consideration components.
     *                                 Note that each consideration component
     *                                 must be fully met for the match operation
     *                                 to be valid, and that any unspent offer
     *                                 items will be sent unaggregated to the
     *                                 designated recipient.
     * @param recipient                The intended recipient for all unspent
     *                                 offer item amounts, or the caller if the
     *                                 null address is supplied.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                     transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                     orders. Note that unspent offer item amounts or
     *                     native tokens will not be reflected as part of this
     *                     array.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        /**
         * @custom:name advancedOrders
         */
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name criteriaResolvers
         */
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata,
        /**
         * @custom:name fulfillments
         */
        Fulfillment[] calldata,
        address recipient
    ) external payable override returns (Execution[] memory /* executions */) {
        // Validate and match the advanced orders using supplied fulfillments.
        return
            _matchAdvancedOrders(
                _toAdvancedOrdersReturnType(_decodeAdvancedOrders)(
                    CalldataStart.pptr()
                ),
                _toCriteriaResolversReturnType(_decodeCriteriaResolvers)(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_matchAdvancedOrders_criteriaResolvers
                    )
                ),
                _toFulfillmentsReturnType(_decodeFulfillments)(
                    CalldataStart.pptrOffset(
                        Offset_matchAdvancedOrders_fulfillments
                    )
                ),
                _substituteCallerForEmptyRecipient(recipient)
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(
        OrderComponents[] calldata orders
    ) external override returns (bool cancelled) {
        // Cancel the orders.
        cancelled = _cancel(orders);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @custom:param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(
        /**
         * @custom:name orders
         */
        Order[] calldata
    ) external override returns (bool /* validated */) {
        return
            _validate(_toOrdersReturnType(_decodeOrders)(CalldataStart.pptr()));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external override returns (uint256 newCounter) {
        // Increment current counter for the supplied offerer.  Note that the
        // counter is incremented by a large, quasi-random interval.
        newCounter = _incrementCounter();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @custom:param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(
        /**
         * @custom:name order
         */
        OrderComponents calldata
    ) external view override returns (bytes32 orderHash) {
        CalldataPointer orderPointer = CalldataStart.pptr();
        // Derive order hash by supplying order parameters along with counter.
        orderHash = _deriveOrderHash(
            _toOrderParametersReturnType(
                _decodeOrderComponentsAsOrderParameters
            )(orderPointer),
            // Read order counter
            orderPointer.offset(OrderParameters_counter_offset).readUint256()
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled. Since the _orderStatus[orderHash]
     *         does not get set for contract orders, getOrderStatus will always
     *         return (false, false, 0, 0) for those hashes. Note that this
     *         function is susceptible to view reentrancy and so should be used
     *         with care when calling from other contracts.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash
    )
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the order status using the order hash.
        return _getOrderStatus(orderHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(
        address offerer
    ) external view override returns (uint256 counter) {
        // Return the counter for the supplied offerer.
        counter = _getCounter(offerer);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        )
    {
        // Return the information for this contract.
        return _information();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gets the contract offerer nonce for the specified contract offerer.
     *      Note that this function is susceptible to view reentrancy and so
     *      should be used with care when calling from other contracts.
     *
     * @param contractOfferer The contract offerer for which to get the nonce.
     *
     * @return nonce The contract offerer nonce.
     */
    function getContractOffererNonce(
        address contractOfferer
    ) external view override returns (uint256 nonce) {
        nonce = _contractNonces[contractOfferer];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name()
        external
        pure
        override
        returns (string memory /* contractName */)
    {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        return _name();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Execution,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Order,
    OrderComponents
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConsiderationInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:version 1.6
 * @notice Consideration is a generalized native token/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155
 *         marketplace. It minimizes external calls to the greatest extent
 *         possible and provides lightweight methods for common routes as well
 *         as more flexible methods for composing advanced orders.
 *
 * @dev ConsiderationInterface contains all external function interfaces for
 *      Consideration.
 */
interface ConsiderationInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC721 token by supplying Ether (or
     *         the native token for the given chain) as consideration for the
     *         order. An arbitrary number of "additional recipients" may also be
     *         supplied which will each receive native tokens from the fulfiller
     *         as consideration.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer must first approve this contract (or
     *                   their preferred conduit if indicated by the order) for
     *                   their offered ERC721 token to be transferred.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(
        Order calldata order,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their preferred
     *                            conduit if indicated by the order) to transfer
     *                            any relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders. Note that unspent offer item amounts or
     *                         native tokens will not be reflected as part of
     *                         this array.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their preferred conduit if
     *                                  indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                                  relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to enable receipt of
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders. Note that unspent offer item amounts or
     *                         native tokens will not be reflected as part of
     *                         this array.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with a set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported). Any unspent
     *         offer item amounts or native tokens will be transferred to the
     *         caller.
     *
     * @param orders       The orders to match. Note that both the offerer and
     *                     fulfiller on each order must first approve this
     *                     contract (or their conduit if indicated by the order)
     *                     to transfer any relevant tokens on their behalf and
     *                     each consideration recipient must implement
     *                     `onERC1155Received` to enable ERC1155 token receipt.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components to
     *                     consideration components. Note that each
     *                     consideration component must be fully met for the
     *                     match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders. Note that unspent offer item amounts or
     *                    native tokens will not be reflected as part of this
     *                    array.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components. Any unspent offer item
     *         amounts will be transferred to the designated recipient (with the
     *         null address signifying to use the caller) and any unspent native
     *         tokens will be returned to the caller.
     *
     * @param orders            The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or a preferred conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     * @param recipient         The intended recipient for all unspent offer
     *                          item amounts, or the caller if the null address
     *                          is supplied.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders. Note that unspent offer item amounts or native
     *                    tokens will not be reflected as part of this array.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(
        OrderComponents[] calldata orders
    ) external returns (bool cancelled);
    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(
        Order[] calldata orders
    ) external returns (bool validated);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external returns (uint256 newCounter);
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC721 token by supplying Ether (or
     *         the native token for the given chain) as consideration for the
     *         order. An arbitrary number of "additional recipients" may also be
     *         supplied which will each receive native tokens from the fulfiller
     *         as consideration. Note that this function costs less gas than
     *         `fulfillBasicOrder` due to the zero bytes in the function
     *         selector (0x00000000) which also results in earlier function
     *         dispatch.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer must first approve this contract (or
     *                   their preferred conduit if indicated by the order) for
     *                   their offered ERC721 token to be transferred.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder_efficient_6GL6yc(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(
        OrderComponents calldata order
    ) external view returns (bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(
        address offerer
    ) external view returns (uint256 counter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        );
    function getContractOffererNonce(
        address contractOfferer
    ) external view returns (uint256 nonce);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory contractName);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {
    BasicOrderType,
    ItemType,
    OrderType,
    Side
} from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    CalldataPointer,
    MemoryPointer
} from "../helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
/**
 * @dev An order contains eleven components: an offerer, a zone (or account that
 *      can cancel the order or restrict who can fulfill the order depending on
 *      the type), the order type (specifying partial fill support as well as
 *      restricted order status), the start and end time, a hash that will be
 *      provided to the zone when validating restricted orders, a salt, a key
 *      corresponding to a given conduit, a counter, and an arbitrary number of
 *      offer items that can be spent along with consideration items that must
 *      be received by their respective recipient.
 */
struct OrderComponents {
    address offerer;
    address zone;
    OfferItem[] offer;
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration;
    OrderType orderType;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
    uint256 salt;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
    uint256 counter;
}
/**
 * @dev An offer item has five components: an item type (ETH or other native
 *      tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and ERC1155, as well as criteria-based ERC721 and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a dual-purpose "identifierOrCriteria"
 *      component that will either represent a tokenId or a merkle root
 *      depending on the item type, and a start and end amount that support
 *      increasing or decreasing amounts over the duration of the respective
 *      order.
 */
struct OfferItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
}
/**
 * @dev A consideration item has the same five components as an offer item and
 *      an additional sixth component designating the required recipient of the
 *      item.
 */
struct ConsiderationItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev A spent item is translated from a utilized offer item and has four
 *      components: an item type (ETH or other native tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a tokenId, and an amount.
 */
struct SpentItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
/**
 * @dev A received item is translated from a utilized consideration item and has
 *      the same four components as a spent item, as well as an additional fifth
 *      component designating the required recipient of the item.
 */
struct ReceivedItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev For basic orders involving ETH / native / ERC20 <=> ERC721 / ERC1155
 *      matching, a group of six functions may be called that only requires a
 *      subset of the usual order arguments. Note the use of a "basicOrderType"
 *      enum; this represents both the usual order type as well as the "route"
 *      of the basic order (a simple derivation function for the basic order
 *      type is `basicOrderType = orderType + (4 * basicOrderRoute)`.)
 */
struct BasicOrderParameters {
    // calldata offset
    address considerationToken; // 0x24
    uint256 considerationIdentifier; // 0x44
    uint256 considerationAmount; // 0x64
    address payable offerer; // 0x84
    address zone; // 0xa4
    address offerToken; // 0xc4
    uint256 offerIdentifier; // 0xe4
    uint256 offerAmount; // 0x104
    BasicOrderType basicOrderType; // 0x124
    uint256 startTime; // 0x144
    uint256 endTime; // 0x164
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0x184
    uint256 salt; // 0x1a4
    bytes32 offererConduitKey; // 0x1c4
    bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey; // 0x1e4
    uint256 totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients; // 0x204
    AdditionalRecipient[] additionalRecipients; // 0x224
    bytes signature; // 0x244
    // Total length, excluding dynamic array data: 0x264 (580)
}
/**
 * @dev Basic orders can supply any number of additional recipients, with the
 *      implied assumption that they are supplied from the offered ETH (or other
 *      native token) or ERC20 token for the order.
 */
struct AdditionalRecipient {
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev The full set of order components, with the exception of the counter,
 *      must be supplied when fulfilling more sophisticated orders or groups of
 *      orders. The total number of original consideration items must also be
 *      supplied, as the caller may specify additional consideration items.
 */
struct OrderParameters {
    address offerer; // 0x00
    address zone; // 0x20
    OfferItem[] offer; // 0x40
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration; // 0x60
    OrderType orderType; // 0x80
    uint256 startTime; // 0xa0
    uint256 endTime; // 0xc0
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0xe0
    uint256 salt; // 0x100
    bytes32 conduitKey; // 0x120
    uint256 totalOriginalConsiderationItems; // 0x140
    // offer.length                          // 0x160
}
/**
 * @dev Orders require a signature in addition to the other order parameters.
 */
struct Order {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    bytes signature;
}
/**
 * @dev Advanced orders include a numerator (i.e. a fraction to attempt to fill)
 *      and a denominator (the total size of the order) in addition to the
 *      signature and other order parameters. It also supports an optional field
 *      for supplying extra data; this data will be provided to the zone if the
 *      order type is restricted and the zone is not the caller, or will be
 *      provided to the offerer as context for contract order types.
 */
struct AdvancedOrder {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
    bytes signature;
    bytes extraData;
}
/**
 * @dev Orders can be validated (either explicitly via `validate`, or as a
 *      consequence of a full or partial fill), specifically cancelled (they can
 *      also be cancelled in bulk via incrementing a per-zone counter), and
 *      partially or fully filled (with the fraction filled represented by a
 *      numerator and denominator).
 */
struct OrderStatus {
    bool isValidated;
    bool isCancelled;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
}
/**
 * @dev A criteria resolver specifies an order, side (offer vs. consideration),
 *      and item index. It then provides a chosen identifier (i.e. tokenId)
 *      alongside a merkle proof demonstrating the identifier meets the required
 *      criteria.
 */
struct CriteriaResolver {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    Side side;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 identifier;
    bytes32[] criteriaProof;
}
/**
 * @dev A fulfillment is applied to a group of orders. It decrements a series of
 *      offer and consideration items, then generates a single execution
 *      element. A given fulfillment can be applied to as many offer and
 *      consideration items as desired, but must contain at least one offer and
 *      at least one consideration that match. The fulfillment must also remain
 *      consistent on all key parameters across all offer items (same offerer,
 *      token, type, tokenId, and conduit preference) as well as across all
 *      consideration items (token, type, tokenId, and recipient).
 */
struct Fulfillment {
    FulfillmentComponent[] offerComponents;
    FulfillmentComponent[] considerationComponents;
}
/**
 * @dev Each fulfillment component contains one index referencing a specific
 *      order and another referencing a specific offer or consideration item.
 */
struct FulfillmentComponent {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    uint256 itemIndex;
}
/**
 * @dev An execution is triggered once all consideration items have been zeroed
 *      out. It sends the item in question from the offerer to the item's
 *      recipient, optionally sourcing approvals from either this contract
 *      directly or from the offerer's chosen conduit if one is specified. An
 *      execution is not provided as an argument, but rather is derived via
 *      orders, criteria resolvers, and fulfillments (where the total number of
 *      executions will be less than or equal to the total number of indicated
 *      fulfillments) and returned as part of `matchOrders`.
 */
struct Execution {
    ReceivedItem item;
    address offerer;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
}
/**
 * @dev Restricted orders are validated post-execution by calling validateOrder
 *      on the zone. This struct provides context about the order fulfillment
 *      and any supplied extraData, as well as all order hashes fulfilled in a
 *      call to a match or fulfillAvailable method.
 */
struct ZoneParameters {
    bytes32 orderHash;
    address fulfiller;
    address offerer;
    SpentItem[] offer;
    ReceivedItem[] consideration;
    bytes extraData;
    bytes32[] orderHashes;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
}
/**
 * @dev Zones and contract offerers can communicate which schemas they implement
 *      along with any associated metadata related to each schema.
 */
struct Schema {
    uint256 id;
    bytes metadata;
}
using StructPointers for OrderComponents global;
using StructPointers for OfferItem global;
using StructPointers for ConsiderationItem global;
using StructPointers for SpentItem global;
using StructPointers for ReceivedItem global;
using StructPointers for BasicOrderParameters global;
using StructPointers for AdditionalRecipient global;
using StructPointers for OrderParameters global;
using StructPointers for Order global;
using StructPointers for AdvancedOrder global;
using StructPointers for OrderStatus global;
using StructPointers for CriteriaResolver global;
using StructPointers for Fulfillment global;
using StructPointers for FulfillmentComponent global;
using StructPointers for Execution global;
using StructPointers for ZoneParameters global;
/**
 * @dev This library provides a set of functions for converting structs to
 *      pointers.
 */
library StructPointers {
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from OrderComponents.
     *
     * @param obj The OrderComponents object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        OrderComponents memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from OrderComponents.
     *
     * @param obj The OrderComponents object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        OrderComponents calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from OfferItem.
     *
     * @param obj The OfferItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        OfferItem memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from OfferItem.
     *
     * @param obj The OfferItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        OfferItem calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from ConsiderationItem.
     *
     * @param obj The ConsiderationItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        ConsiderationItem memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from ConsiderationItem.
     *
     * @param obj The ConsiderationItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        ConsiderationItem calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from SpentItem.
     *
     * @param obj The SpentItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        SpentItem memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from SpentItem.
     *
     * @param obj The SpentItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        SpentItem calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from ReceivedItem.
     *
     * @param obj The ReceivedItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        ReceivedItem memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from ReceivedItem.
     *
     * @param obj The ReceivedItem object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        ReceivedItem calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from BasicOrderParameters.
     *
     * @param obj The BasicOrderParameters object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        BasicOrderParameters memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from BasicOrderParameters.
     *
     * @param obj The BasicOrderParameters object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from AdditionalRecipient.
     *
     * @param obj The AdditionalRecipient object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        AdditionalRecipient memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from AdditionalRecipient.
     *
     * @param obj The AdditionalRecipient object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        AdditionalRecipient calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from OrderParameters.
     *
     * @param obj The OrderParameters object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        OrderParameters memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from OrderParameters.
     *
     * @param obj The OrderParameters object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        OrderParameters calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from Order.
     *
     * @param obj The Order object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        Order memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from Order.
     *
     * @param obj The Order object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        Order calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from AdvancedOrder.
     *
     * @param obj The AdvancedOrder object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        AdvancedOrder memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from AdvancedOrder.
     *
     * @param obj The AdvancedOrder object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        AdvancedOrder calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from OrderStatus.
     *
     * @param obj The OrderStatus object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        OrderStatus memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from OrderStatus.
     *
     * @param obj The OrderStatus object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        OrderStatus calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from CriteriaResolver.
     *
     * @param obj The CriteriaResolver object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        CriteriaResolver memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from CriteriaResolver.
     *
     * @param obj The CriteriaResolver object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        CriteriaResolver calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from Fulfillment.
     *
     * @param obj The Fulfillment object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        Fulfillment memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from Fulfillment.
     *
     * @param obj The Fulfillment object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        Fulfillment calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from FulfillmentComponent.
     *
     * @param obj The FulfillmentComponent object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        FulfillmentComponent memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from FulfillmentComponent.
     *
     * @param obj The FulfillmentComponent object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        FulfillmentComponent calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from Execution.
     *
     * @param obj The Execution object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        Execution memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from Execution.
     *
     * @param obj The Execution object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        Execution calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a MemoryPointer from ZoneParameters.
     *
     * @param obj The ZoneParameters object.
     *
     * @return ptr The MemoryPointer.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        ZoneParameters memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get a CalldataPointer from ZoneParameters.
     *
     * @param obj The ZoneParameters object.
     *
     * @return ptr The CalldataPointer.
     */
    function toCalldataPointer(
        ZoneParameters calldata obj
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    Side,
    ItemType,
    OrderType
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    ConsiderationItem,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Execution,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    OfferItem,
    OrderParameters,
    ReceivedItem
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { OrderFulfiller } from "./OrderFulfiller.sol";
import { FulfillmentApplier } from "./FulfillmentApplier.sol";
import {
    _revertConsiderationNotMet,
    _revertInvalidNativeOfferItem,
    _revertNoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_selector,
    InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_length
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
import {
    AccumulatorDisarmed,
    ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset,
    Execution_offerer_offset,
    NonMatchSelector_InvalidErrorValue,
    NonMatchSelector_MagicMask,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OrdersMatchedTopic0,
    ReceivedItem_amount_offset,
    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    MemoryPointer,
    MemoryPointerLib,
    ZeroSlotPtr
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
/**
 * @title OrderCombiner
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderCombiner contains logic for fulfilling combinations of orders,
 *         either by matching offer items to consideration items or by
 *         fulfilling orders where available.
 */
contract OrderCombiner is OrderFulfiller, FulfillmentApplier {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderFulfiller(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @notice Internal function to attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or
     *         partially, with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration per order alongside criteria resolvers containing
     *         specific token identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that
     *         is not currently active, has already been fully filled, or has
     *         been cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or a conduit if indicated by
     *                                  the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        internal
        returns (
            bool[] memory /* availableOrders */,
            Execution[] memory /* executions */
        )
    {
        // Create a `false` boolean variable to indicate that invalid orders
        // should NOT revert. Does not use a constant to avoid function
        // specialization in solc that would increase contract size.
        bool revertOnInvalid = _runTimeConstantFalse();
        // Validate orders, apply amounts, & determine if they use conduits.
        (
            bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
            bool containsNonOpen
        ) = _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
                advancedOrders,
                criteriaResolvers,
                revertOnInvalid,
                maximumFulfilled,
                recipient
            );
        // Aggregate used offer and consideration items and execute transfers.
        return
            _executeAvailableFulfillments(
                advancedOrders,
                offerFulfillments,
                considerationFulfillments,
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                recipient,
                orderHashes,
                containsNonOpen
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate a group of orders, update their
     *      statuses, reduce amounts by their previously filled fractions, apply
     *      criteria resolvers, and emit OrderFulfilled events. Note that this
     *      function needs to be called before
     *      _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems to set the memory
     *      layout that _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems depends on.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to validate and reduce by
     *                          their previously filled amounts.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          a root of zero indicates that any transferable
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no proof
     *                          needs to be supplied.
     * @param revertOnInvalid   A boolean indicating whether to revert on any
     *                          order being invalid; setting this to false will
     *                          instead cause the invalid order to be skipped.
     * @param maximumFulfilled  The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     * @param recipient         The intended recipient for all items that do not
     *                          already have a designated recipient and are not
     *                          already used as part of a provided fulfillment.
     *
     * @return orderHashes     The hashes of the orders being fulfilled.
     * @return containsNonOpen A boolean indicating whether any restricted or
     *                         contract orders are present within the provided
     *                         array of advanced orders.
     */
    function _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bool revertOnInvalid,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled,
        address recipient
    ) internal returns (bytes32[] memory orderHashes, bool containsNonOpen) {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard(true); // Native tokens accepted during execution.
        // Declare "terminal memory offset" variable for use in efficient loops.
        uint256 terminalMemoryOffset;
        {
            // Declare an error buffer indicating status of any native offer
            // items. Native tokens may only be provided as part of contract
            // orders or when fulfilling via matchOrders or matchAdvancedOrders;
            // throw if bits indicating the conditions aren't met have been set.
            uint256 invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer;
            // Use assembly to set the value for the second bit of error buffer.
            assembly {
                /**
                 * Use the 231st bit of the error buffer to indicate whether the
                 * current function is not matchAdvancedOrders or matchOrders.
                 *
                 * sig                                func
                 * -------------------------------------------------------------
                 * 1010100000010111010001000 0 000100 matchOrders
                 * 1111001011010001001010110 0 010010 matchAdvancedOrders
                 * 1110110110011000101001010 1 110100 fulfillAvailableOrders
                 * 1000011100100000000110110 1 000001 fulfillAvailableAdvanced
                 *                           ^ 7th bit
                 */
                invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer := and(
                    NonMatchSelector_MagicMask,
                    calldataload(0)
                )
            }
            unchecked {
                // Read length of orders array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalOrders = advancedOrders.length;
                // Track the order hash for each order being fulfilled.
                orderHashes = new bytes32[](totalOrders);
                // Determine the memory offset to terminate on during loops.
                terminalMemoryOffset = (totalOrders + 1) << OneWordShift;
            }
            // Skip overflow checks as for loops are indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                // Declare variable to track if order is not a contract order.
                bool isNonContract;
                // Iterate over each order.
                for (
                    uint256 i = OneWord;
                    i < terminalMemoryOffset;
                    i += OneWord
                ) {
                    // Retrieve order via pointer to bypass out-of-range check &
                    // cast function to avoid additional memory allocation.
                    AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = (
                        _getReadAdvancedOrderByOffset()(advancedOrders, i)
                    );
                    // Validate it, update status, & determine fraction to fill.
                    (
                        bytes32 orderHash,
                        uint256 numerator,
                        uint256 denominator
                    ) = _validateOrder(advancedOrder, revertOnInvalid);
                    // Update the numerator on the order in question.
                    advancedOrder.numerator = uint120(numerator);
                    // Do not track hash or adjust prices if order is skipped.
                    if (numerator == 0) {
                        // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                        continue;
                    }
                    // Update the denominator on the order in question.
                    advancedOrder.denominator = uint120(denominator);
                    // Otherwise, track the order hash in question.
                    assembly {
                        mstore(add(orderHashes, i), orderHash)
                    }
                    // Place the start time for the order on the stack.
                    uint256 startTime = advancedOrder.parameters.startTime;
                    // Place the end time for the order on the stack.
                    uint256 endTime = advancedOrder.parameters.endTime;
                    {
                        // Determine order type, used to check for eligibility
                        // for native token offer items as well as for presence
                        // of restricted and contract orders or non-open orders.
                        OrderType orderType = (
                            advancedOrder.parameters.orderType
                        );
                        // Utilize assembly to efficiently check order types.
                        // Note these checks expect that there are no order
                        // types beyond current set (0-4) and will need to be
                        // modified if more order types are added.
                        assembly {
                            // Assign the variable indicating if the order is
                            // not a contract order.
                            isNonContract := lt(orderType, 4)
                            // Update the variable indicating if order is not an
                            // open order & keep set if it has been set already.
                            containsNonOpen := or(
                                containsNonOpen,
                                gt(orderType, 1)
                            )
                        }
                    }
                    // Retrieve array of offer items for the order in question.
                    OfferItem[] memory offer = advancedOrder.parameters.offer;
                    // Read length of offer array and place on the stack.
                    uint256 totalOfferItems = offer.length;
                    // Iterate over each offer item on the order.
                    for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalOfferItems; ++j) {
                        // Retrieve the offer item.
                        OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[j];
                        // If the offer item is for the native token and the
                        // order type is not a contract order type, set the
                        // first bit of the error buffer to true.
                        assembly {
                            invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer := or(
                                invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer,
                                lt(mload(offerItem), isNonContract)
                            )
                        }
                        // Apply order fill fraction to offer item end amount.
                        uint256 endAmount = _getFraction(
                            numerator,
                            denominator,
                            offerItem.endAmount
                        );
                        // Reuse same fraction if start & end amounts are equal.
                        if (offerItem.startAmount == offerItem.endAmount) {
                            // Apply derived amount to both start & end amount.
                            offerItem.startAmount = endAmount;
                        } else {
                            // Apply order fill fraction to item start amount.
                            offerItem.startAmount = _getFraction(
                                numerator,
                                denominator,
                                offerItem.startAmount
                            );
                        }
                        // Adjust offer amount using current time; round down.
                        uint256 currentAmount = _locateCurrentAmount(
                            offerItem.startAmount,
                            endAmount,
                            startTime,
                            endTime,
                            _runTimeConstantFalse() // round down
                        );
                        // Update amounts in memory to match the current amount.
                        // Note the end amount is used to track spent amounts.
                        offerItem.startAmount = currentAmount;
                        offerItem.endAmount = currentAmount;
                    }
                    // Retrieve consideration item array for order in question.
                    ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                        advancedOrder.parameters.consideration
                    );
                    // Read length of consideration array and place on stack.
                    uint256 totalConsiderationItems = consideration.length;
                    // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
                    for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalConsiderationItems; ++j) {
                        // Retrieve the consideration item.
                        ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                            consideration[j]
                        );
                        // Apply fraction to consideration item end amount.
                        uint256 endAmount = _getFraction(
                            numerator,
                            denominator,
                            considerationItem.endAmount
                        );
                        // Reuse same fraction if start & end amounts are equal.
                        if (
                            considerationItem.startAmount ==
                            considerationItem.endAmount
                        ) {
                            // Apply derived amount to both start & end amount.
                            considerationItem.startAmount = endAmount;
                        } else {
                            // Apply fraction to item start amount.
                            considerationItem.startAmount = _getFraction(
                                numerator,
                                denominator,
                                considerationItem.startAmount
                            );
                        }
                        // Adjust amount using current time; round up.
                        uint256 currentAmount = (
                            _locateCurrentAmount(
                                considerationItem.startAmount,
                                endAmount,
                                startTime,
                                endTime,
                                _runTimeConstantTrue() // round up
                            )
                        );
                        // Set the start amount as equal to the current amount.
                        considerationItem.startAmount = currentAmount;
                        // Utilize assembly to manually "shift" the recipient
                        // value, then copy the start amount to the recipient.
                        // Note that this sets up the memory layout that is
                        // subsequently relied upon by
                        // _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems as well
                        // as during comparison to generated contract orders.
                        assembly {
                            // Derive pointer to the recipient using the item
                            // pointer along with the offset to the recipient.
                            let considerationItemRecipientPtr := add(
                                considerationItem,
                                ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                            )
                            // Write recipient to endAmount, as endAmount is not
                            // used from this point on and can be repurposed to
                            // fit the layout of a ReceivedItem.
                            mstore(
                                add(
                                    considerationItem,
                                    // Note that this value used to be endAmount
                                    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                                ),
                                mload(considerationItemRecipientPtr)
                            )
                            // Write startAmount to recipient, as recipient is
                            // not used from this point on and can be repurposed
                            // to track received amounts.
                            mstore(considerationItemRecipientPtr, currentAmount)
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            // If the first bit is set, a native offer item was encountered on
            // an order that is not a contract order. If the 231st bit is set in
            // the error buffer, the current function is not matchOrders or
            // matchAdvancedOrders. If the value is 1 + (1 << 230), then both
            // 1st and 231st bits were set; in that case, revert with an error.
            if (
                invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer ==
                NonMatchSelector_InvalidErrorValue
            ) {
                _revertInvalidNativeOfferItem();
            }
        }
        // Apply criteria resolvers to each order as applicable.
        _applyCriteriaResolvers(advancedOrders, criteriaResolvers);
        // Iterate over each order to check authorization status (for restricted
        // orders), generate orders (for contract orders), and emit events (for
        // all available orders) signifying that they have been fulfilled.
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Declare stack variable outside of the loop to track order hash.
            bytes32 orderHash;
            // Track whether any orders are still available for fulfillment.
            bool someOrderAvailable = false;
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = OneWord; i < terminalMemoryOffset; i += OneWord) {
                // Retrieve order hash, bypassing out-of-range check.
                assembly {
                    orderHash := mload(add(orderHashes, i))
                }
                // Do not emit an event if no order hash is present.
                if (orderHash == bytes32(0)) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Retrieve order using pointer libraries to bypass out-of-range
                // check & cast function to avoid additional memory allocation.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = (
                    _getReadAdvancedOrderByOffset()(advancedOrders, i)
                );
                // Determine if max number orders have already been fulfilled.
                if (maximumFulfilled == 0) {
                    // If so, set the order hash to zero.
                    assembly {
                        mstore(add(orderHashes, i), 0)
                    }
                    // Set the numerator to zero to signal to skip the order.
                    advancedOrder.numerator = 0;
                    // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                    continue;
                }
                // Handle final checks and status updates based on order type.
                if (advancedOrder.parameters.orderType != OrderType.CONTRACT) {
                    // Check authorization for restricted orders.
                    if (
                        !_checkRestrictedAdvancedOrderAuthorization(
                            advancedOrder,
                            orderHashes,
                            orderHash,
                            (i >> OneWordShift) - 1,
                            revertOnInvalid
                        )
                    ) {
                        // If authorization check fails, set order hash to zero.
                        assembly {
                            mstore(add(orderHashes, i), 0)
                        }
                        // Set numerator to zero to signal to skip the order.
                        advancedOrder.numerator = 0;
                        // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                        continue;
                    }
                    // Update status as long as some fraction is available.
                    if (
                        !_updateStatus(
                            orderHash,
                            advancedOrder.numerator,
                            advancedOrder.denominator,
                            _revertOnFailedUpdate(
                                advancedOrder.parameters,
                                revertOnInvalid
                            )
                        )
                    ) {
                        // If status update fails, set the order hash to zero.
                        assembly {
                            mstore(add(orderHashes, i), 0)
                        }
                        // Set numerator to zero to signal to skip the order.
                        advancedOrder.numerator = 0;
                        // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                        continue;
                    }
                } else {
                    // Return the generated order based on the order params and
                    // the provided extra data. If revertOnInvalid is true, the
                    // function will revert if the input is invalid.
                    orderHash = _getGeneratedOrder(
                        advancedOrder.parameters,
                        advancedOrder.extraData,
                        revertOnInvalid
                    );
                    // Write the derived order hash to the order hashes array.
                    assembly {
                        mstore(add(orderHashes, i), orderHash)
                    }
                    // Handle invalid orders, indicated by a zero order hash.
                    if (orderHash == bytes32(0)) {
                        // Set numerator to zero to signal to skip the order.
                        advancedOrder.numerator = 0;
                        // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                        continue;
                    }
                }
                // Decrement the number of fulfilled orders.
                // Skip underflow check as the condition before
                // implies that maximumFulfilled > 0.
                --maximumFulfilled;
                // Retrieve parameters for the order in question.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters
                );
                // Emit an OrderFulfilled event.
                _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
                    orderHash,
                    orderParameters.offerer,
                    orderParameters.zone,
                    recipient,
                    orderParameters.offer,
                    orderParameters.consideration
                );
                // Set the flag indicating that some order is available.
                someOrderAvailable = true;
            }
            // Revert if no orders are available.
            if (!someOrderAvailable) {
                _revertNoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill a group of validated orders, fully or
     *      partially, with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *      consideration per order and to execute transfers. Any order that is
     *      not currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *      cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration items
     *      will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the supplied
     *      offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated items will
     *      be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended recipient,
     *      respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an issue with
     *      order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or the conduit if indicated by
     *                                  the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all items
     *                                  that do not already have a designated
     *                                  recipient and are not already used as
     *                                  part of a provided fulfillment.
     * @param orderHashes               An array of order hashes for each order.
     * @param containsNonOpen           A boolean indicating whether any
     *                                  restricted or contract orders are
     *                                  present within the provided array of
     *                                  advanced orders.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function _executeAvailableFulfillments(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        bool containsNonOpen
    )
        internal
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Retrieve length of offer fulfillments array and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOfferFulfillments = offerFulfillments.length;
        // Retrieve length of consideration fulfillments array & place on stack.
        uint256 totalConsiderationFulfillments = (
            considerationFulfillments.length
        );
        // Allocate an execution for each offer and consideration fulfillment.
        executions = new Execution[](
            totalOfferFulfillments + totalConsiderationFulfillments
        );
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each offer fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferFulfillments; ++i) {
                // Derive aggregated execution corresponding with fulfillment
                // and assign it to the executions array.
                executions[i] = _aggregateAvailable(
                    advancedOrders,
                    Side.OFFER,
                    offerFulfillments[i],
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    recipient
                );
            }
            // Iterate over each consideration fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationFulfillments; ++i) {
                // Derive aggregated execution corresponding with fulfillment
                // and assign it to the executions array.
                executions[i + totalOfferFulfillments] = _aggregateAvailable(
                    advancedOrders,
                    Side.CONSIDERATION,
                    considerationFulfillments[i],
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    address(0) // unused
                );
            }
        }
        // Perform final checks and return.
        availableOrders = _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
            advancedOrders,
            executions,
            orderHashes,
            recipient,
            containsNonOpen
        );
        return (availableOrders, executions);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a final check that each consideration
     *      item for an arbitrary number of fulfilled orders has been met and to
     *      trigger associated executions, transferring the respective items.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders  The orders to check and perform executions for.
     * @param executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                        transfers to perform when fulfilling the given
     *                        orders.
     * @param orderHashes     An array of order hashes for each order.
     * @param recipient       The intended recipient for all items that do not
     *                        already have a designated recipient and are not
     *                        used as part of a provided fulfillment.
     * @param containsNonOpen A boolean indicating whether any restricted or
     *                        contract orders are present within the provided
     *                        array of advanced orders.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     */
    function _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Execution[] memory executions,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        address recipient,
        bool containsNonOpen
    ) internal returns (bool[] memory /* availableOrders */) {
        // Retrieve the length of the advanced orders array and place on stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = advancedOrders.length;
        // Initialize array for tracking available orders.
        bool[] memory availableOrders = new bool[](totalOrders);
        // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
        // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is no
        // longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an open-ended
        // fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may still be
        // accessed and modified, however.
        bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);
        // Skip overflow check: loop index & executions length are both bounded.
        unchecked {
            // Determine the memory offset to terminate on during loops.
            uint256 terminalMemoryOffset = ((executions.length + 1) <<
                OneWordShift);
            // Iterate over each execution.
            for (uint256 i = OneWord; i < terminalMemoryOffset; i += OneWord) {
                // Get execution using pointer libraries to bypass out-of-range
                // check & cast function to avoid additional memory allocation.
                Execution memory execution = (
                    _getReadExecutionByOffset()(executions, i)
                );
                // Retrieve the associated received item and amount.
                ReceivedItem memory item = execution.item;
                uint256 amount = item.amount;
                // Transfer the item specified by the execution as long as the
                // execution is not a zero-amount execution (which can occur if
                // the corresponding fulfillment contained only items on orders
                // that are unavailable or are out of range of the respective
                // item array).
                if (amount != 0) {
                    // Utilize assembly to check for native token balance.
                    assembly {
                        // Ensure a sufficient native balance if relevant.
                        if and(
                            iszero(mload(item)), // itemType == ItemType.NATIVE
                            // item.amount > address(this).balance
                            gt(amount, selfbalance())
                        ) {
                            // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                            // mem[28:32] = selector
                            mstore(
                                0,
                                InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_selector
                            )
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //   "InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied()"
                            // ))
                            revert(
                                Error_selector_offset,
                                InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_length
                            )
                        }
                    }
                    // Transfer the item specified by the execution.
                    _transfer(
                        item,
                        execution.offerer,
                        execution.conduitKey,
                        accumulator
                    );
                }
            }
        }
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the order in question.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];
                // Skip the order in question if not being not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    // Explicitly set availableOrders at the given index to
                    // guard against the possibility of dirtied memory.
                    availableOrders[i] = false;
                    continue;
                }
                // Mark the order as available.
                availableOrders[i] = true;
                // Retrieve the order parameters.
                OrderParameters memory parameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
                {
                    // Retrieve offer items.
                    OfferItem[] memory offer = parameters.offer;
                    // Read length of offer array & place on the stack.
                    uint256 totalOfferItems = offer.length;
                    // Iterate over each offer item to restore it.
                    for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalOfferItems; ++j) {
                        // Retrieve the offer item in question.
                        OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[j];
                        // Transfer to recipient if unspent amount is not zero.
                        // Note that the transfer will not be reflected in the
                        // executions array.
                        if (offerItem.startAmount != 0) {
                            // Replace endAmount parameter with the recipient to
                            // make offerItem compatible with the ReceivedItem
                            // input to _transfer & cache the original endAmount
                            // so it can be restored after the transfer.
                            uint256 originalEndAmount = (
                                _replaceEndAmountWithRecipient(
                                    offerItem,
                                    recipient
                                )
                            );
                            // Transfer excess offer item amount to recipient.
                            _toOfferItemInput(_transfer)(
                                offerItem,
                                parameters.offerer,
                                parameters.conduitKey,
                                accumulator
                            );
                            // Restore the original endAmount in offerItem.
                            assembly {
                                mstore(
                                    add(
                                        offerItem,
                                        ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                                    ),
                                    originalEndAmount
                                )
                            }
                        }
                        // Restore original amount on the offer item.
                        offerItem.startAmount = offerItem.endAmount;
                    }
                }
                {
                    // Read consideration items & ensure they are fulfilled.
                    ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                        parameters.consideration
                    );
                    // Read length of consideration array & place on stack.
                    uint256 totalConsiderationItems = consideration.length;
                    // Iterate over each consideration item.
                    for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalConsiderationItems; ++j) {
                        ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                            consideration[j]
                        );
                        // Retrieve remaining amount on consideration item.
                        uint256 unmetAmount = considerationItem.startAmount;
                        // Revert if the remaining amount is not zero.
                        if (unmetAmount != 0) {
                            _revertConsiderationNotMet(i, j, unmetAmount);
                        }
                        // Utilize assembly to restore the original value.
                        assembly {
                            // Write recipient to startAmount.
                            mstore(
                                add(
                                    considerationItem,
                                    ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                                ),
                                mload(
                                    add(
                                        considerationItem,
                                        ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // Trigger any accumulated transfers via call to the conduit.
        _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        // Determine whether any native token balance remains.
        uint256 remainingNativeTokenBalance;
        assembly {
            remainingNativeTokenBalance := selfbalance()
        }
        // Return any remaining native token balance to the caller.
        if (remainingNativeTokenBalance != 0) {
            _transferNativeTokens(
                payable(msg.sender),
                remainingNativeTokenBalance
            );
        }
        // If any restricted or contract orders are present in the group of
        // orders being fulfilled, perform any validateOrder or ratifyOrder
        // calls after all executions and related transfers are complete.
        if (containsNonOpen) {
            // Iterate over each order a second time.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ) {
                // Ensure the order in question is being fulfilled.
                if (availableOrders[i]) {
                    // Check restricted orders and contract orders.
                    _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
                        advancedOrders[i],
                        orderHashes,
                        orderHashes[i]
                    );
                }
                // Skip overflow checks as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
        }
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();
        // Return the array containing available orders.
        return availableOrders;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to emit an OrdersMatched event using the same
     *      memory region as the existing order hash array.
     *
     * @param orderHashes An array of order hashes to include as an argument for
     *                    the OrdersMatched event.
     */
    function _emitOrdersMatched(bytes32[] memory orderHashes) internal {
        assembly {
            // Load the array length from memory.
            let length := mload(orderHashes)
            // Get the full size of the event data - one word for the offset,
            // one for the array length and one per hash.
            let dataSize := add(TwoWords, shl(OneWordShift, length))
            // Get pointer to start of data, reusing word before array length
            // for the offset.
            let dataPointer := sub(orderHashes, OneWord)
            // Cache the existing word in memory at the offset pointer.
            let cache := mload(dataPointer)
            // Write an offset of 32.
            mstore(dataPointer, OneWord)
            // Emit the OrdersMatched event.
            log1(dataPointer, dataSize, OrdersMatchedTopic0)
            // Restore the cached word.
            mstore(dataPointer, cache)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to match an arbitrary number of full or partial
     *      orders, each with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *      consideration, supplying criteria resolvers containing specific
     *      token identifiers and associated proofs as well as fulfillments
     *      allocating offer components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     * @param recipient         The intended recipient for all unspent offer
     *                          item amounts.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function _matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] memory fulfillments,
        address recipient
    ) internal returns (Execution[] memory /* executions */) {
        // Create a `true` boolean variable to indicate that invalid orders
        // should revert. Does not use a constant to avoid function
        // specialization in solc that would increase contract size.
        bool revertOnInvalid = _runTimeConstantTrue();
        // Validate orders, update order status, and determine item amounts.
        (
            bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
            bool containsNonOpen
        ) = _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
                advancedOrders,
                criteriaResolvers,
                revertOnInvalid,
                advancedOrders.length,
                recipient
            );
        // Emit OrdersMatched event, providing an array of matched order hashes.
        _emitOrdersMatched(orderHashes);
        // Fulfill the orders using the supplied fulfillments and recipient.
        return
            _fulfillAdvancedOrders(
                advancedOrders,
                fulfillments,
                orderHashes,
                recipient,
                containsNonOpen
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill an arbitrary number of orders, either
     *      full or partial, after validating, adjusting amounts, and applying
     *      criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders  The orders to match, including a fraction to
     *                        attempt to fill for each order.
     * @param fulfillments    An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                        to consideration components. Note that the final
     *                        amount of each consideration component must be
     *                        zero for a match operation to be considered valid.
     * @param orderHashes     An array of order hashes for each order.
     * @param recipient       The intended recipient for all items that do not
     *                        already have a designated recipient and are not
     *                        used as part of a provided fulfillment.
     * @param containsNonOpen A boolean indicating whether any restricted or
     *                        contract orders are present within the provided
     *                        array of advanced orders.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function _fulfillAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Fulfillment[] memory fulfillments,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        address recipient,
        bool containsNonOpen
    ) internal returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Retrieve fulfillments array length and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalFulfillments = fulfillments.length;
        // Allocate executions by fulfillment and apply them to each execution.
        executions = new Execution[](totalFulfillments);
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve the fulfillment in question.
                Fulfillment memory fulfillment = fulfillments[i];
                // Derive the execution corresponding with the fulfillment and
                // assign it to the executions array.
                executions[i] = _applyFulfillment(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillment.offerComponents,
                    fulfillment.considerationComponents,
                    i
                );
            }
        }
        // Perform final checks and execute orders.
        _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
            advancedOrders,
            executions,
            orderHashes,
            recipient,
            containsNonOpen
        );
        // Return the executions array.
        return executions;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to determine whether a status update failure
     *      should cause a revert or allow a skipped order. The call must revert
     *      if an `authorizeOrder` call has been successfully performed and the
     *      status update cannot be performed, regardless of whether the order
     *      could be otherwise marked as skipped. Note that a revert is not
     *      required on a failed update if the call originates from the zone, as
     *      no `authorizeOrder` call is performed in that case.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The order parameters in question.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether the call should
     *                        revert for non-restricted order types.
     *
     * @return revertOnFailedUpdate A boolean indicating whether the order
     *                              should revert on a failed status update.
     */
    function _revertOnFailedUpdate(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool revertOnFailedUpdate) {
        OrderType orderType = orderParameters.orderType;
        address zone = orderParameters.zone;
        assembly {
            revertOnFailedUpdate := or(
                revertOnInvalid,
                and(gt(orderType, 1), iszero(eq(caller(), zone)))
            )
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
type CalldataPointer is uint256;
type ReturndataPointer is uint256;
type MemoryPointer is uint256;
using CalldataPointerLib for CalldataPointer global;
using MemoryPointerLib for MemoryPointer global;
using ReturndataPointerLib for ReturndataPointer global;
using CalldataReaders for CalldataPointer global;
using ReturndataReaders for ReturndataPointer global;
using MemoryReaders for MemoryPointer global;
using MemoryWriters for MemoryPointer global;
CalldataPointer constant CalldataStart = CalldataPointer.wrap(0x04);
MemoryPointer constant FreeMemoryPPtr = MemoryPointer.wrap(0x40);
MemoryPointer constant ZeroSlotPtr = MemoryPointer.wrap(0x60);
uint256 constant IdentityPrecompileAddress = 0x4;
uint256 constant OffsetOrLengthMask = 0xffffffff;
uint256 constant _OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant _FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
/// @dev Allocates `size` bytes in memory by increasing the free memory pointer
///    and returns the memory pointer to the first byte of the allocated region.
// (Free functions cannot have visibility.)
// solhint-disable-next-line func-visibility
function malloc(uint256 size) pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
    assembly {
        mPtr := mload(_FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
        mstore(_FreeMemoryPointerSlot, add(mPtr, size))
    }
}
// (Free functions cannot have visibility.)
// solhint-disable-next-line func-visibility
function getFreeMemoryPointer() pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
    mPtr = FreeMemoryPPtr.readMemoryPointer();
}
// (Free functions cannot have visibility.)
// solhint-disable-next-line func-visibility
function setFreeMemoryPointer(MemoryPointer mPtr) pure {
    FreeMemoryPPtr.write(mPtr);
}
library CalldataPointerLib {
    function lt(
        CalldataPointer a,
        CalldataPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := lt(a, b)
        }
    }
    function gt(
        CalldataPointer a,
        CalldataPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := gt(a, b)
        }
    }
    function eq(
        CalldataPointer a,
        CalldataPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := eq(a, b)
        }
    }
    function isNull(CalldataPointer a) internal pure returns (bool b) {
        assembly {
            b := iszero(a)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Resolves an offset stored at `cdPtr + headOffset` to a calldata.
    ///      pointer `cdPtr` must point to some parent object with a dynamic
    ///      type's head stored at `cdPtr + headOffset`.
    function pptrOffset(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr,
        uint256 headOffset
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer cdPtrChild) {
        cdPtrChild = cdPtr.offset(
            cdPtr.offset(headOffset).readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask
        );
    }
    /// @dev Resolves an offset stored at `cdPtr` to a calldata pointer.
    ///      `cdPtr` must point to some parent object with a dynamic type as its
    ///      first member, e.g. `struct { bytes data; }`
    function pptr(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer cdPtrChild) {
        cdPtrChild = cdPtr.offset(cdPtr.readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the calldata pointer one word after `cdPtr`.
    function next(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer cdPtrNext) {
        assembly {
            cdPtrNext := add(cdPtr, _OneWord)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the calldata pointer `_offset` bytes after `cdPtr`.
    function offset(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr,
        uint256 _offset
    ) internal pure returns (CalldataPointer cdPtrNext) {
        assembly {
            cdPtrNext := add(cdPtr, _offset)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Copies `size` bytes from calldata starting at `src` to memory at
    ///      `dst`.
    function copy(
        CalldataPointer src,
        MemoryPointer dst,
        uint256 size
    ) internal pure {
        assembly {
            calldatacopy(dst, src, size)
        }
    }
}
library ReturndataPointerLib {
    function lt(
        ReturndataPointer a,
        ReturndataPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := lt(a, b)
        }
    }
    function gt(
        ReturndataPointer a,
        ReturndataPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := gt(a, b)
        }
    }
    function eq(
        ReturndataPointer a,
        ReturndataPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := eq(a, b)
        }
    }
    function isNull(ReturndataPointer a) internal pure returns (bool b) {
        assembly {
            b := iszero(a)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Resolves an offset stored at `rdPtr + headOffset` to a returndata
    ///      pointer. `rdPtr` must point to some parent object with a dynamic
    ///      type's head stored at `rdPtr + headOffset`.
    function pptrOffset(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr,
        uint256 headOffset
    ) internal pure returns (ReturndataPointer rdPtrChild) {
        rdPtrChild = rdPtr.offset(
            rdPtr.offset(headOffset).readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask
        );
    }
    /// @dev Resolves an offset stored at `rdPtr` to a returndata pointer.
    ///    `rdPtr` must point to some parent object with a dynamic type as its
    ///    first member, e.g. `struct { bytes data; }`
    function pptr(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (ReturndataPointer rdPtrChild) {
        rdPtrChild = rdPtr.offset(rdPtr.readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the returndata pointer one word after `cdPtr`.
    function next(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (ReturndataPointer rdPtrNext) {
        assembly {
            rdPtrNext := add(rdPtr, _OneWord)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the returndata pointer `_offset` bytes after `cdPtr`.
    function offset(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr,
        uint256 _offset
    ) internal pure returns (ReturndataPointer rdPtrNext) {
        assembly {
            rdPtrNext := add(rdPtr, _offset)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Copies `size` bytes from returndata starting at `src` to memory at
    /// `dst`.
    function copy(
        ReturndataPointer src,
        MemoryPointer dst,
        uint256 size
    ) internal pure {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(dst, src, size)
        }
    }
}
library MemoryPointerLib {
    function copy(
        MemoryPointer src,
        MemoryPointer dst,
        uint256 size
    ) internal view {
        assembly {
            let success := staticcall(
                gas(),
                IdentityPrecompileAddress,
                src,
                size,
                dst,
                size
            )
            if or(iszero(returndatasize()), iszero(success)) {
                revert(0, 0)
            }
        }
    }
    function lt(
        MemoryPointer a,
        MemoryPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := lt(a, b)
        }
    }
    function gt(
        MemoryPointer a,
        MemoryPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := gt(a, b)
        }
    }
    function eq(
        MemoryPointer a,
        MemoryPointer b
    ) internal pure returns (bool c) {
        assembly {
            c := eq(a, b)
        }
    }
    function isNull(MemoryPointer a) internal pure returns (bool b) {
        assembly {
            b := iszero(a)
        }
    }
    function hash(
        MemoryPointer ptr,
        uint256 length
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 _hash) {
        assembly {
            _hash := keccak256(ptr, length)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the memory pointer one word after `mPtr`.
    function next(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrNext) {
        assembly {
            mPtrNext := add(mPtr, _OneWord)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns the memory pointer `_offset` bytes after `mPtr`.
    function offset(
        MemoryPointer mPtr,
        uint256 _offset
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrNext) {
        assembly {
            mPtrNext := add(mPtr, _offset)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Resolves a pointer at `mPtr + headOffset` to a memory
    ///    pointer. `mPtr` must point to some parent object with a dynamic
    ///    type's pointer stored at `mPtr + headOffset`.
    function pptrOffset(
        MemoryPointer mPtr,
        uint256 headOffset
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrChild) {
        mPtrChild = mPtr.offset(headOffset).readMemoryPointer();
    }
    /// @dev Resolves a pointer stored at `mPtr` to a memory pointer.
    ///    `mPtr` must point to some parent object with a dynamic type as its
    ///    first member, e.g. `struct { bytes data; }`
    function pptr(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrChild) {
        mPtrChild = mPtr.readMemoryPointer();
    }
}
library CalldataReaders {
    /// @dev Reads the value at `cdPtr` and applies a mask to return only the
    ///    last 4 bytes.
    function readMaskedUint256(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 value) {
        value = cdPtr.readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask;
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bool at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBool(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bool value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the address at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readAddress(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (address value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes1 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes1(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes1 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes2 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes2(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes2 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes3 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes3(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes3 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes4 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes4(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes4 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes5 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes5(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes5 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes6 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes6(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes6 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes7 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes7(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes7 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes8 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes8(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes8 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes9 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes9(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes9 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes10 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes10(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes10 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes11 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes11(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes11 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes12 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes12(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes12 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes13 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes13(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes13 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes14 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes14(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes14 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes15 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes15(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes15 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes16 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes16(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes16 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes17 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes17(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes17 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes18 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes18(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes18 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes19 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes19(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes19 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes20 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes20(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes20 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes21 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes21(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes21 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes22 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes22(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes22 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes23 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes23(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes23 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes24 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes24(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes24 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes25 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes25(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes25 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes26 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes26(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes26 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes27 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes27(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes27 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes28 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes28(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes28 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes29 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes29(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes29 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes30 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes30(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes30 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes31 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes31(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes31 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes32 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readBytes32(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint8 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint8(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint8 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint16 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint16(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint16 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint24 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint24(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint24 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint32 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint32(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint32 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint40 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint40(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint40 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint48 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint48(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint48 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint56 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint56(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint56 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint64 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint64(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint64 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint72 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint72(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint72 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint80 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint80(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint80 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint88 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint88(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint88 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint96 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint96(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint96 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint104 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint104(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint104 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint112 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint112(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint112 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint120 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint120(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint120 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint128 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint128(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint136 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint136(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint136 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint144 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint144(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint144 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint152 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint152(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint152 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint160 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint160(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint160 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint168 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint168(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint168 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint176 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint176(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint176 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint184 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint184(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint184 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint192 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint192(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint192 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint200 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint200(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint200 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint208 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint208(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint208 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint216 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint216(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint216 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint224 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint224(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint224 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint232 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint232(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint232 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint240 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint240(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint240 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint248 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint248(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint248 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint256 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readUint256(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int8 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt8(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int8 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int16 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt16(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int16 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int24 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt24(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int24 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int32 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt32(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int32 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int40 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt40(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int40 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int48 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt48(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int48 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int56 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt56(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int56 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int64 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt64(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int64 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int72 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt72(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int72 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int80 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt80(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int80 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int88 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt88(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int88 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int96 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt96(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int96 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int104 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt104(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int104 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int112 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt112(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int112 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int120 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt120(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int120 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int128 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt128(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int128 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int136 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt136(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int136 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int144 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt144(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int144 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int152 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt152(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int152 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int160 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt160(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int160 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int168 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt168(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int168 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int176 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt176(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int176 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int184 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt184(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int184 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int192 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt192(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int192 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int200 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt200(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int200 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int208 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt208(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int208 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int216 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt216(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int216 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int224 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt224(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int224 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int232 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt232(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int232 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int240 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt240(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int240 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int248 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt248(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int248 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int256 at `cdPtr` in calldata.
    function readInt256(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int256 value) {
        assembly {
            value := calldataload(cdPtr)
        }
    }
}
library ReturndataReaders {
    /// @dev Reads value at `rdPtr` & applies a mask to return only last 4 bytes
    function readMaskedUint256(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 value) {
        value = rdPtr.readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask;
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bool at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBool(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bool value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the address at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readAddress(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (address value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes1 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes1(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes1 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes2 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes2(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes2 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes3 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes3(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes3 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes4 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes4(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes4 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes5 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes5(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes5 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes6 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes6(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes6 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes7 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes7(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes7 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes8 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes8(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes8 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes9 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes9(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes9 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes10 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes10(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes10 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes11 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes11(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes11 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes12 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes12(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes12 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes13 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes13(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes13 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes14 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes14(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes14 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes15 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes15(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes15 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes16 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes16(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes16 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes17 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes17(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes17 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes18 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes18(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes18 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes19 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes19(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes19 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes20 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes20(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes20 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes21 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes21(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes21 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes22 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes22(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes22 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes23 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes23(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes23 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes24 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes24(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes24 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes25 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes25(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes25 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes26 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes26(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes26 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes27 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes27(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes27 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes28 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes28(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes28 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes29 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes29(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes29 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes30 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes30(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes30 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes31 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes31(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes31 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes32 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readBytes32(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint8 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint8(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint8 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint16 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint16(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint16 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint24 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint24(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint24 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint32 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint32(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint32 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint40 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint40(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint40 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint48 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint48(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint48 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint56 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint56(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint56 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint64 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint64(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint64 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint72 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint72(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint72 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint80 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint80(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint80 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint88 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint88(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint88 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint96 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint96(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint96 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint104 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint104(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint104 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint112 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint112(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint112 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint120 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint120(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint120 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint128 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint128(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint136 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint136(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint136 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint144 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint144(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint144 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint152 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint152(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint152 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint160 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint160(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint160 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint168 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint168(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint168 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint176 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint176(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint176 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint184 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint184(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint184 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint192 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint192(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint192 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint200 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint200(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint200 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint208 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint208(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint208 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint216 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint216(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint216 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint224 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint224(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint224 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint232 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint232(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint232 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint240 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint240(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint240 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint248 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint248(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint248 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint256 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readUint256(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int8 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt8(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int8 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int16 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt16(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int16 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int24 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt24(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int24 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int32 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt32(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int32 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int40 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt40(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int40 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int48 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt48(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int48 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int56 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt56(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int56 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int64 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt64(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int64 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int72 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt72(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int72 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int80 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt80(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int80 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int88 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt88(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int88 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int96 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt96(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int96 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int104 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt104(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int104 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int112 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt112(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int112 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int120 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt120(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int120 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int128 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt128(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int128 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int136 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt136(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int136 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int144 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt144(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int144 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int152 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt152(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int152 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int160 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt160(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int160 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int168 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt168(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int168 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int176 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt176(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int176 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int184 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt184(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int184 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int192 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt192(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int192 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int200 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt200(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int200 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int208 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt208(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int208 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int216 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt216(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int216 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int224 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt224(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int224 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int232 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt232(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int232 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int240 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt240(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int240 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int248 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt248(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int248 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int256 at `rdPtr` in returndata.
    function readInt256(
        ReturndataPointer rdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int256 value) {
        assembly {
            returndatacopy(0, rdPtr, _OneWord)
            value := mload(0)
        }
    }
}
library MemoryReaders {
    /// @dev Reads the memory pointer at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readMemoryPointer(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads value at `mPtr` & applies a mask to return only last 4 bytes
    function readMaskedUint256(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 value) {
        value = mPtr.readUint256() & OffsetOrLengthMask;
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bool at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBool(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (bool value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the address at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readAddress(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (address value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes1 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes1(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes1 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes2 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes2(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes2 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes3 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes3(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes3 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes4 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes4(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes4 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes5 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes5(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes5 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes6 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes6(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes6 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes7 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes7(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes7 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes8 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes8(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes8 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes9 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes9(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes9 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes10 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes10(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes10 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes11 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes11(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes11 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes12 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes12(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes12 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes13 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes13(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes13 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes14 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes14(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes14 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes15 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes15(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes15 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes16 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes16(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes16 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes17 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes17(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes17 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes18 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes18(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes18 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes19 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes19(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes19 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes20 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes20(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes20 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes21 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes21(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes21 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes22 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes22(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes22 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes23 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes23(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes23 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes24 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes24(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes24 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes25 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes25(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes25 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes26 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes26(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes26 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes27 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes27(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes27 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes28 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes28(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes28 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes29 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes29(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes29 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes30 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes30(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes30 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes31 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes31(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes31 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the bytes32 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readBytes32(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint8 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint8(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (uint8 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint16 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint16(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint16 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint24 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint24(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint24 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint32 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint32(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint32 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint40 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint40(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint40 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint48 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint48(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint48 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint56 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint56(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint56 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint64 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint64(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint64 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint72 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint72(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint72 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint80 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint80(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint80 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint88 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint88(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint88 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint96 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint96(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint96 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint104 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint104(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint104 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint112 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint112(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint112 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint120 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint120(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint120 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint128 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint128(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint136 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint136(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint136 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint144 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint144(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint144 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint152 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint152(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint152 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint160 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint160(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint160 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint168 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint168(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint168 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint176 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint176(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint176 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint184 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint184(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint184 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint192 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint192(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint192 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint200 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint200(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint200 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint208 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint208(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint208 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint216 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint216(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint216 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint224 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint224(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint224 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint232 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint232(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint232 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint240 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint240(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint240 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint248 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint248(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint248 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the uint256 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readUint256(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int8 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt8(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int8 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int16 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt16(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int16 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int24 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt24(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int24 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int32 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt32(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int32 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int40 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt40(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int40 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int48 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt48(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int48 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int56 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt56(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int56 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int64 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt64(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int64 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int72 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt72(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int72 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int80 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt80(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int80 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int88 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt88(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int88 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int96 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt96(MemoryPointer mPtr) internal pure returns (int96 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int104 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt104(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int104 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int112 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt112(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int112 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int120 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt120(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int120 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int128 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt128(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int128 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int136 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt136(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int136 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int144 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt144(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int144 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int152 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt152(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int152 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int160 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt160(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int160 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int168 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt168(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int168 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int176 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt176(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int176 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int184 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt184(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int184 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int192 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt192(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int192 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int200 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt200(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int200 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int208 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt208(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int208 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int216 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt216(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int216 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int224 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt224(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int224 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int232 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt232(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int232 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int240 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt240(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int240 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int248 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt248(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int248 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Reads the int256 at `mPtr` in memory.
    function readInt256(
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure returns (int256 value) {
        assembly {
            value := mload(mPtr)
        }
    }
}
library MemoryWriters {
    /// @dev Writes `valuePtr` to memory at `mPtr`.
    function write(MemoryPointer mPtr, MemoryPointer valuePtr) internal pure {
        assembly {
            mstore(mPtr, valuePtr)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Writes a boolean `value` to `mPtr` in memory.
    function write(MemoryPointer mPtr, bool value) internal pure {
        assembly {
            mstore(mPtr, value)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Writes an address `value` to `mPtr` in memory.
    function write(MemoryPointer mPtr, address value) internal pure {
        assembly {
            mstore(mPtr, value)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Writes a bytes32 `value` to `mPtr` in memory.
    /// Separate name to disambiguate literal write parameters.
    function writeBytes32(MemoryPointer mPtr, bytes32 value) internal pure {
        assembly {
            mstore(mPtr, value)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Writes a uint256 `value` to `mPtr` in memory.
    function write(MemoryPointer mPtr, uint256 value) internal pure {
        assembly {
            mstore(mPtr, value)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Writes an int256 `value` to `mPtr` in memory.
    /// Separate name to disambiguate literal write parameters.
    function writeInt(MemoryPointer mPtr, int256 value) internal pure {
        assembly {
            mstore(mPtr, value)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.17/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
// Declare constants for name, version, and reentrancy sentinel values.
// Name is right padded, so it touches the length which is left padded. This
// enables writing both values at once. Length goes at byte 95 in memory, and
// name fills bytes 96-109, so both values can be written left-padded to 77.
uint256 constant NameLengthPtr = 0x4D;
uint256 constant NameWithLength = 0x0d436F6E73696465726174696F6E;
uint256 constant information_version_offset = 0;
uint256 constant information_version_cd_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant information_domainSeparator_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant information_conduitController_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant information_versionLengthPtr = 0x63;
uint256 constant information_versionWithLength = 0x03312e36; // 1.6
uint256 constant information_length = 0xa0;
// uint256(uint32(bytes4(keccak256("_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT"))))
uint256 constant _REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT = 0x929eee14;
/*
 *
 * --------------------------------------------------------------------------+
 * Opcode      | Mnemonic         | Stack               | Memory             |
 * --------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 * 60 0x02     | PUSH1 0x02       | 0x02                |                    |
 * 60 0x1e     | PUSH1 0x1e       | 0x1e 0x02           |                    |
 * 61 0x3d5c   | PUSH2 0x3d5c     | 0x3d5c 0x1e 0x02    |                    |
 * 3d          | RETURNDATASIZE   | 0 0x3d5c 0x1e 0x02  |                    |
 *                                                                           |
 * ::: store deployed bytecode in memory: (3d) RETURNDATASIZE (5c) TLOAD ::: |
 * 52          | MSTORE           | 0x1e 0x02           | [0..0x20): 0x3d5c  |
 * f3          | RETURN           |                     | [0..0x20): 0x3d5c  |
 * --------------------------------------------------------------------------+
 */
uint256 constant _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD = 0x6002_601e_613d5c_3d_52_f3;
uint256 constant _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_LENGTH = 0x0a;
uint256 constant _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_OFFSET = 0x16;
uint256 constant _NOT_ENTERED_TSTORE = 0;
uint256 constant _ENTERED_TSTORE = 1;
uint256 constant _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_TSTORE = 2;
uint256 constant _TSTORE_ENABLED_SSTORE = 0;
uint256 constant _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE = 1;
uint256 constant _ENTERED_SSTORE = 2;
uint256 constant _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_SSTORE = 3;
uint256 constant Offset_fulfillAdvancedOrder_criteriaResolvers = 0x20;
uint256 constant Offset_fulfillAvailableOrders_offerFulfillments = 0x20;
uint256 constant Offset_fulfillAvailableOrders_considerationFulfillments = 0x40;
uint256 constant Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_criteriaResolvers = 0x20;
uint256 constant Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_offerFulfillments = 0x40;
uint256 constant Offset_fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders_cnsdrationFlflmnts =
    (0x60);
uint256 constant Offset_matchOrders_fulfillments = 0x20;
uint256 constant Offset_matchAdvancedOrders_criteriaResolvers = 0x20;
uint256 constant Offset_matchAdvancedOrders_fulfillments = 0x40;
// Common Offsets
// Offsets for identically positioned fields shared by:
// OfferItem, ConsiderationItem, SpentItem, ReceivedItem
uint256 constant Selector_length = 0x4;
uint256 constant Common_token_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Common_identifier_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Common_amount_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Common_endAmount_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant SpentItem_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant SpentItem_size_shift = 0x7;
uint256 constant OfferItem_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant OfferItem_size_with_head_pointer = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_size_excluding_recipient = 0x80;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_amount_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_recipient_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConsiderationItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConsiderationItem_size_with_head_pointer = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset = 0xa0;
// Store the same constant in an abbreviated format for a line length fix.
uint256 constant ConsiderItem_recipient_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Execution_offerer_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Execution_conduit_offset = 0x40;
// uint256 constant OrderParameters_offerer_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_zone_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_offer_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset = 0x60;
// uint256 constant OrderParameters_orderType_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_startTime_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_endTime_offset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_zoneHash_offset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_salt_offset = 0x100;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_conduit_offset = 0x120;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_counter_offset = 0x140;
uint256 constant Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_head_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_denominator_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_signature_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_extraData_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant OrderStatus_ValidatedAndNotCancelled = 1;
uint256 constant OrderStatus_filledNumerator_offset = 0x10;
uint256 constant OrderStatus_filledDenominator_offset = 0x88;
uint256 constant OrderStatus_ValidatedAndNotCancelledAndFullyFilled = (
    0x0000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000010001
);
uint256 constant ThirtyOneBytes = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FourWords = 0x80;
uint256 constant FiveWords = 0xa0;
uint256 constant OneWordShift = 0x5;
uint256 constant TwoWordsShift = 0x6;
uint256 constant SixtyThreeBytes = 0x3f;
uint256 constant OnlyFullWordMask = 0xffffffe0;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_common_params_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr = 0x160;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_receivedItemByteMap =
    (0x0000010102030000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offeredItemByteMap =
    (0x0203020301010000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant BasicOrder_consideration_offset_from_offer = 0xa0;
bytes32 constant OrdersMatchedTopic0 =
    (0x4b9f2d36e1b4c93de62cc077b00b1a91d84b6c31b4a14e012718dcca230689e7);
uint256 constant EIP712_Order_size = 0x180;
uint256 constant EIP712_OfferItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size = 0xe0;
uint256 constant AdditionalRecipient_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant AdditionalRecipient_size_shift = 0x6;
uint256 constant EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset = 0x02;
uint256 constant EIP712_OrderHash_offset = 0x22;
uint256 constant EIP712_DigestPayload_size = 0x42;
uint256 constant EIP712_domainData_nameHash_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant EIP712_domainData_versionHash_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant EIP712_domainData_chainId_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant EIP712_domainData_verifyingContract_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant EIP712_domainData_size = 0xa0;
// Minimum BulkOrder proof size: 64 bytes for signature + 3 for key + 32 for 1
// sibling. Maximum BulkOrder proof size: 65 bytes for signature + 3 for key +
// 768 for 24 siblings.
uint256 constant BulkOrderProof_minSize = 0x63;
uint256 constant BulkOrderProof_rangeSize = 0x2e2;
uint256 constant BulkOrderProof_lengthAdjustmentBeforeMask = 0x1d;
uint256 constant BulkOrderProof_lengthRangeAfterMask = 0x2;
uint256 constant BulkOrderProof_keyShift = 0xe8;
uint256 constant BulkOrderProof_keySize = 0x3;
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_One =
    (0x3ca2711d29384747a8f61d60aad3c450405f7aaff5613541dee28df2d6986d32);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Two =
    (0xbf8e29b89f29ed9b529c154a63038ffca562f8d7cd1e2545dda53a1b582dde30);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Three =
    (0x53c6f6856e13104584dd0797ca2b2779202dc2597c6066a42e0d8fe990b0024d);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Four =
    (0xa02eb7ff164c884e5e2c336dc85f81c6a93329d8e9adf214b32729b894de2af1);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Five =
    (0x39c9d33c18e050dda0aeb9a8086fb16fc12d5d64536780e1da7405a800b0b9f6);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Six =
    (0x1c19f71958cdd8f081b4c31f7caf5c010b29d12950be2fa1c95070dc47e30b55);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Seven =
    (0xca74fab2fece9a1d58234a274220ad05ca096a92ef6a1ca1750b9d90c948955c);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eight =
    (0x7ff98d9d4e55d876c5cfac10b43c04039522f3ddfb0ea9bfe70c68cfb5c7cc14);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Nine =
    (0xbed7be92d41c56f9e59ac7a6272185299b815ddfabc3f25deb51fe55fe2f9e8a);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Ten =
    (0xd1d97d1ef5eaa37a4ee5fbf234e6f6d64eb511eb562221cd7edfbdde0848da05);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eleven =
    (0x896c3f349c4da741c19b37fec49ed2e44d738e775a21d9c9860a69d67a3dae53);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Twelve =
    (0xbb98d87cc12922b83759626c5f07d72266da9702d19ffad6a514c73a89002f5f);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Thirteen =
    (0xe6ae19322608dd1f8a8d56aab48ed9c28be489b689f4b6c91268563efc85f20e);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Fourteen =
    (0x6b5b04cbae4fcb1a9d78e7b2dfc51a36933d023cf6e347e03d517b472a852590);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Fifteen =
    (0xd1eb68309202b7106b891e109739dbbd334a1817fe5d6202c939e75cf5e35ca9);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Sixteen =
    (0x1da3eed3ecef6ebaa6e5023c057ec2c75150693fd0dac5c90f4a142f9879fde8);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Seventeen =
    (0xeee9a1392aa395c7002308119a58f2582777a75e54e0c1d5d5437bd2e8bf6222);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eighteen =
    (0xc3939feff011e53ab8c35ca3370aad54c5df1fc2938cd62543174fa6e7d85877);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Nineteen =
    (0x0efca7572ac20f5ae84db0e2940674f7eca0a4726fa1060ffc2d18cef54b203d);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Twenty =
    (0x5a4f867d3d458dabecad65f6201ceeaba0096df2d0c491cc32e6ea4e64350017);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyOne =
    (0x80987079d291feebf21c2230e69add0f283cee0b8be492ca8050b4185a2ff719);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyTwo =
    (0x3bd8cff538aba49a9c374c806d277181e9651624b3e31111bc0624574f8bca1d);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyThree =
    (0x5d6a3f098a0bc373f808c619b1bb4028208721b3c4f8d6bc8a874d659814eb76);
uint256 constant BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyFour =
    (0x1d51df90cba8de7637ca3e8fe1e3511d1dc2f23487d05dbdecb781860c21ac1c);
uint256 constant receivedItemsHash_ptr = 0x60;
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  data for OrderFulfilled
 *
 *   event OrderFulfilled(
 *     bytes32 orderHash,
 *     address indexed offerer,
 *     address indexed zone,
 *     address fulfiller,
 *     SpentItem[] offer,
 *       > (itemType, token, id, amount)
 *     ReceivedItem[] consideration
 *       > (itemType, token, id, amount, recipient)
 *   )
 *
 *  - 0x00: orderHash
 *  - 0x20: fulfiller
 *  - 0x40: offer offset (0x80)
 *  - 0x60: consideration offset (0x120)
 *  - 0x80: offer.length (1)
 *  - 0xa0: offerItemType
 *  - 0xc0: offerToken
 *  - 0xe0: offerIdentifier
 *  - 0x100: offerAmount
 *  - 0x120: consideration.length (1 + additionalRecipients.length)
 *  - 0x140: considerationItemType
 *  - 0x160: considerationToken
 *  - 0x180: considerationIdentifier
 *  - 0x1a0: considerationAmount
 *  - 0x1c0: considerationRecipient
 *  - ...
 */
// Minimum length of the OrderFulfilled event data.
// Must be added to the size of the ReceivedItem array for additionalRecipients
// (0xa0 * additionalRecipients.length) to calculate full size of the buffer.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseSize = 0x1e0;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_selector =
    (0x9d9af8e38d66c62e2c12f0225249fd9d721c54b83f48d9352c97c6cacdcb6f31);
// Minimum offset in memory to OrderFulfilled event data.
// Must be added to the size of the EIP712 hash array for additionalRecipients
// (32 * additionalRecipients.length) to calculate the pointer to event data.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseOffset = 0x180;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset = 0x2a0;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset = 0x200;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_length_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset = (
    0x80
);
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_itemType_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset = (
    0xa0
);
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_token_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset = 0xc0;
// Related constants used for restricted order checks on basic orders.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseDataSize = 0x160;
// uint256 constant ValidateOrder_offerDataOffset = 0x184;
// uint256 constant RatifyOrder_offerDataOffset = 0xc4;
// uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_orderHash_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset = 0x120;
/*
 * 3 memory slots/words for `authorizeOrder` and `validateOrder` calldata
 * to be used for tails of extra data (length 0) and order hashes (length 1)
 */
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_post_memory_region_reservedBytes = 0x60;
/*
 * OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset - 12 * 0x20
 * we back up 12 words from where the `OrderFulfilled`'s data
 * for spent items start to be rewritten for `authorizeOrder`
 * and `validateOrder`. Let the reference pointer be `ptr`
 * pointing to the `OrderFulfilled`'s spent item array's length memory
 * position then we would have:
 *
 * ptr - 0x0180 : zero-padded calldata selector
 * ptr - 0x0160 : ZoneParameter's struct head (0x20)
 * ptr - 0x0140 : order hash
 * ptr - 0x0120 : fulfiller (msg.sender)
 * ptr - 0x0100 : offerer
 * ptr - 0x00e0 : spent items' head
 * ptr - 0x00c0 : received items' head
 * ptr - 0x00a0 : extra data / context head
 * ptr - 0x0080 : order hashes head
 * ptr - 0x0060 : start time
 * ptr - 0x0040 : end time
 * ptr - 0x0020 : zone hash
 * ptr - 0x0000 : offer.length (1)
 * ...
 *
 * Note that the padded calldata selector will be at minimum at the
 * 0x80 memory slot.
 */
uint256 constant authorizeOrder_calldata_baseOffset = (
    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset - 0x180
);
// BasicOrderParameters
uint256 constant BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr = 0x04;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr = 0xe4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr = 0x104;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderParameters_cd_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr = 0x124;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr = 0x144;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_endTime_cdPtr = 0x164;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_zoneHash_cdPtr = 0x184;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_salt_cdPtr = 0x1a4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr = 0x1c4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr = 0x1e4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr = 0x204;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr = 0x224;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr = 0x244;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr = 0x264;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr = 0x264;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr = 0x284;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_parameters_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range = 0x18; // 24 values
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for ConsiderationItem
 *   - 0x80: ConsiderationItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0: itemType
 *   - 0xc0: token
 *   - 0xe0: identifier
 *   - 0x100: startAmount
 *   - 0x120: endAmount
 *   - 0x140: recipient
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr = 0x80; // memoryPtr
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr = 0xe0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr = 0x120;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_recipient_ptr = 0x140;
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for OfferItem
 *   - 0x80:  OfferItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0:  itemType
 *   - 0xc0:  token
 *   - 0xe0:  identifier (reused for offeredItemsHash)
 *   - 0x100: startAmount
 *   - 0x120: endAmount
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr = 0xc0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_identifier_ptr = 0xe0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_startAmount_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr = 0x120;
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for Order
 *   - 0x80:   Order EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0:   orderParameters.offerer
 *   - 0xc0:   orderParameters.zone
 *   - 0xe0:   keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerHashes))
 *   - 0x100:  keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes))
 *   - 0x120:  orderType
 *   - 0x140:  startTime
 *   - 0x160:  endTime
 *   - 0x180:  zoneHash
 *   - 0x1a0:  salt
 *   - 0x1c0:  conduit
 *   - 0x1e0:  _counters[orderParameters.offerer] (from storage)
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr = 0xa0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_zone_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr = 0xe0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr = 0x120;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr = 0x140;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_endTime_ptr = 0x160;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_zoneHash_ptr = 0x180;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_salt_ptr = 0x1a0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_conduitKey_ptr = 0x1c0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr = 0x1e0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr = 0x240;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_signature_ptr = 0x260;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_startTimeThroughZoneHash_size = 0x60;
uint256 constant ContractOrder_orderHash_offerer_shift = 0x60;
uint256 constant Counter_blockhash_shift = 0x80;
// Signature-related
bytes32 constant EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask =
    (0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
bytes32 constant ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet =
    (0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000101000000);
uint256 constant ECDSA_MaxLength = 65;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_s_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_v_offset = 0x60;
bytes32 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector =
    (0x1626ba7e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset = 0x40;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset = 0x44;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength = 0x64;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant EIP_712_PREFIX =
    (0x1901000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 0x3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift = 0x9;
uint256 constant Create2AddressDerivation_ptr = 0x0b;
uint256 constant Create2AddressDerivation_length = 0x55;
uint256 constant MaskOverByteTwelve =
    (0x0000000000000000000000ff0000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant MaskOverLastTwentyBytes =
    (0x000000000000000000000000ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
uint256 constant AddressDirtyUpperBitThreshold =
    (0x0000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant MaskOverFirstFourBytes =
    (0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_signature =
    (0x4ce34aa200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
uint256 constant MaxUint8 = 0xff;
uint256 constant MaxUint120 = 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length = 0x01;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr = 0xe4;
uint256 constant OneConduitExecute_size = 0x104;
// Sentinel value to indicate that the conduit accumulator is not armed.
uint256 constant AccumulatorDisarmed = 0x20;
uint256 constant AccumulatorArmed = 0x40;
uint256 constant Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Accumulator_selector_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_offset_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_length_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference = 0x3c;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Ecrecover_precompile = 0x1;
uint256 constant Ecrecover_args_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Signature_lower_v = 27;
// Bitmask that only gives a non-zero value if masked with a non-match selector.
uint256 constant NonMatchSelector_MagicMask =
    (0x4000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000);
// First bit indicates that a NATIVE offer items has been used and the 231st bit
// indicates that a non match selector has been called.
uint256 constant NonMatchSelector_InvalidErrorValue =
    (0x4000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001);
/**
 * @dev Selector and offsets for generateOrder
 *
 * function generateOrder(
 *   address fulfiller,
 *   SpentItem[] calldata minimumReceived,
 *   SpentItem[] calldata maximumSpent,
 *   bytes calldata context
 * )
 */
uint256 constant generateOrder_selector = 0x98919765;
uint256 constant generateOrder_selector_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant generateOrder_head_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant generateOrder_minimumReceived_head_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant generateOrder_maximumSpent_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant generateOrder_context_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant generateOrder_base_tail_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant generateOrder_maximum_returned_array_length = 0xffff;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_selector = 0xf4dd92ce;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_selector_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_head_offset = 0x04;
// uint256 constant ratifyOrder_offer_head_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_consideration_head_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_context_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_orderHashes_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_contractNonce_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ratifyOrder_base_tail_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant validateOrder_selector = 0x17b1f942;
uint256 constant validateOrder_selector_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant validateOrder_head_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant validateOrder_zoneParameters_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant authorizeOrder_selector = 0x01e4d72a;
uint256 constant authorizeOrder_selector_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant authorizeOrder_head_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant authorizeOrder_zoneParameters_offset = 0x20;
// uint256 constant ZoneParameters_orderHash_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_fulfiller_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_offerer_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_offer_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_consideration_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_extraData_head_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_orderHashes_head_offset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_startTime_offset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_endTime_offset = 0x100;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_zoneHash_offset = 0x120;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_base_tail_offset = 0x140;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_selectorAndPointer_length = 0x24;
uint256 constant ZoneParameters_basicOrderFixedElements_length = 0x44;
// ConsiderationDecoder Constants
uint256 constant OrderParameters_head_size = 0x0160;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_totalOriginalConsiderationItems_offset = (
    0x0140
);
uint256 constant AdvancedOrderPlusOrderParameters_head_size = 0x0200;
uint256 constant Order_signature_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Order_head_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_fixed_segment_0 = 0x40;
uint256 constant CriteriaResolver_head_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant CriteriaResolver_fixed_segment_0 = 0x80;
uint256 constant CriteriaResolver_criteriaProof_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant FulfillmentComponent_mem_tail_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant FulfillmentComponent_mem_tail_size_shift = 0x6;
uint256 constant Fulfillment_head_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant Fulfillment_considerationComponents_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderComponents_OrderParameters_common_head_size = 0x0140;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
enum OrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 4: contract order type
    CONTRACT
}
enum BasicOrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 4: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 5: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 6: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 7: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 8: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 9: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 10: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 11: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 12: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 13: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 14: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 15: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 16: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 17: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 18: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 19: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 20: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 21: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 22: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 23: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}
enum BasicOrderRouteType {
    // 0: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC721,
    // 1: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC1155,
    // 2: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC721,
    // 3: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155,
    // 4: provide ERC721 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC721_TO_ERC20,
    // 5: provide ERC1155 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20
}
enum ItemType {
    // 0: ETH on mainnet, MATIC on polygon, etc.
    NATIVE,
    // 1: ERC20 items (ERC777 and ERC20 analogues could also technically work)
    ERC20,
    // 2: ERC721 items
    ERC721,
    // 3: ERC1155 items
    ERC1155,
    // 4: ERC721 items where a number of tokenIds are supported
    ERC721_WITH_CRITERIA,
    // 5: ERC1155 items where a number of ids are supported
    ERC1155_WITH_CRITERIA
}
enum Side {
    // 0: Items that can be spent
    OFFER,
    // 1: Items that must be received
    CONSIDERATION
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ItemType,
    OrderType
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    ConsiderationItem,
    CriteriaResolver,
    OfferItem,
    OrderParameters,
    ReceivedItem,
    SpentItem
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { BasicOrderFulfiller } from "./BasicOrderFulfiller.sol";
import { CriteriaResolution } from "./CriteriaResolution.sol";
import { AmountDeriver } from "./AmountDeriver.sol";
import {
    _revertInsufficientNativeTokensSupplied,
    _revertInvalidNativeOfferItem
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    AccumulatorDisarmed,
    ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset,
    ReceivedItem_amount_offset,
    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title OrderFulfiller
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderFulfiller contains logic related to order fulfillment where a
 *         single order is being fulfilled and where basic order fulfillment is
 *         not available as an option.
 */
contract OrderFulfiller is
    BasicOrderFulfiller,
    CriteriaResolution,
    AmountDeriver
{
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(
        address conduitController
    ) BasicOrderFulfiller(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an order and update its status, adjust
     *      prices based on current time, apply criteria resolvers, determine
     *      what portion to fill, and transfer relevant tokens.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill as well as the fraction
     *                            to fill. Note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must divide with no remainder for
     *                            the partial fill to be valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the order's merkle root. Note
     *                            that a criteria of zero indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier is valid and
     *                            that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the order has been fulfilled.
     */
    function _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        // Retrieve the order parameters and order type.
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
        OrderType orderType = orderParameters.orderType;
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard(
            // Native tokens accepted during execution for contract order types.
            orderType == OrderType.CONTRACT
        );
        // Validate order, update status, and determine fraction to fill.
        (
            bytes32 orderHash,
            uint256 fillNumerator,
            uint256 fillDenominator
        ) = _validateOrder(advancedOrder, _runTimeConstantTrue());
        // Create an array with length 1 containing the order.
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders = new AdvancedOrder[](1);
        // Populate the order as the first and only element of the new array.
        advancedOrders[0] = advancedOrder;
        // Apply criteria resolvers using generated orders and details arrays.
        _applyCriteriaResolvers(advancedOrders, criteriaResolvers);
        // Derive each item transfer with the appropriate fractional amount.
        _applyFractions(
            orderParameters,
            fillNumerator,
            fillDenominator,
            recipient
        );
        // Declare an empty length-1 array to hold the order hash, but do not
        // write to it until after the order has been authorized or generated.
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes = new bytes32[](1);
        // Declare a boolean that cannot be optimized out by the compiler
        // outside of the if-else statement so it can be used in either.
        bool _true = _runTimeConstantTrue();
        if (orderType != OrderType.CONTRACT) {
            _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderAuthorization(
                advancedOrder,
                orderHashes,
                orderHash,
                0
            );
            _updateStatus(orderHash, fillNumerator, fillDenominator, _true);
        } else {
            // Return the generated order based on the order params and the
            // provided extra data.
            orderHash = _getGeneratedOrder(
                orderParameters,
                advancedOrder.extraData,
                _true
            );
        }
        _transferEach(orderParameters, fulfillerConduitKey, recipient);
        // Write the order hash to the orderHashes array.
        orderHashes[0] = orderHash;
        // Ensure restricted orders have a valid submitter or pass a zone check.
        _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
            advancedOrder,
            orderHashes,
            orderHash
        );
        // Emit an event signifying that the order has been fulfilled.
        _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
            orderHash,
            orderParameters.offerer,
            orderParameters.zone,
            recipient,
            orderParameters.offer,
            orderParameters.consideration
        );
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to derive the amount to transfer for each item in
     *      a given order based on the fraction to fill and the current time.
     *
     * @param orderParameters     The parameters for the fulfilled order.
     * @param numerator           A value indicating the portion of the order
     *                            that should be filled.
     * @param denominator         A value indicating the total order size.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     */
    function _applyFractions(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        address recipient
    ) internal view {
        // Read start time & end time from order parameters and place on stack.
        uint256 startTime = orderParameters.startTime;
        uint256 endTime = orderParameters.endTime;
        // As of solidity 0.6.0, inline assembly cannot directly access function
        // definitions, but can still access locally scoped function variables.
        // This means that a local variable to reference the internal function
        // definition (using the same type), along with a local variable with
        // the desired type, must first be created. Then, the original function
        // pointer can be recast to the desired type.
        /**
         * Repurpose existing OfferItem memory regions on the offer array for
         * the order by overriding the _transfer function pointer to accept a
         * modified OfferItem argument in place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ========= OfferItem ==========   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria; -> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount; ------------> address recipient;
         */
        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Read offer array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOfferItems = orderParameters.offer.length;
            // Create a variable to indicate whether the order has any
            // native offer items
            uint256 anyNativeItems;
            // Iterate over each offer on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the offer item.
                OfferItem memory offerItem = orderParameters.offer[i];
                // Offer items for the native token can not be received outside
                // of a match order function except as part of a contract order.
                {
                    ItemType itemType = offerItem.itemType;
                    assembly {
                        anyNativeItems := or(anyNativeItems, iszero(itemType))
                    }
                }
                // Declare an additional nested scope to minimize stack depth.
                {
                    // Apply fill fraction to get offer item amount to transfer.
                    uint256 amount = _applyFraction(
                        offerItem.startAmount,
                        offerItem.endAmount,
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        startTime,
                        endTime,
                        _runTimeConstantFalse()
                    );
                    // Utilize assembly to set overloaded offerItem arguments.
                    assembly {
                        // Write new fractional amount to startAmount as amount.
                        mstore(
                            add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_amount_offset),
                            amount
                        )
                        // Write recipient to endAmount.
                        mstore(
                            add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                            recipient
                        )
                    }
                }
            }
            // If a non-contract order has native offer items, throw with an
            // `InvalidNativeOfferItem` custom error.
            {
                OrderType orderType = orderParameters.orderType;
                uint256 invalidNativeOfferItem;
                assembly {
                    invalidNativeOfferItem := and(
                        // Note that this check requires that there are no
                        // order types beyond the current set (0-4). It will
                        // need to be modified when adding more order types.
                        lt(orderType, 4),
                        anyNativeItems
                    )
                }
                if (invalidNativeOfferItem != 0) {
                    _revertInvalidNativeOfferItem();
                }
            }
        }
        /**
         * Repurpose existing ConsiderationItem memory regions on the
         * consideration array for the order by overriding the _transfer
         * function pointer to accept a modified ConsiderationItem argument in
         * place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ====== ConsiderationItem =====   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria;--> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount;        /----> address recipient;
         *   address recipient; ------/
         */
        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Read consideration array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalConsiderationItems = orderParameters
                .consideration
                .length;
            // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the consideration item.
                ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                    orderParameters.consideration[i]
                );
                // Apply fraction & derive considerationItem amount to transfer.
                uint256 amount = _applyFraction(
                    considerationItem.startAmount,
                    considerationItem.endAmount,
                    numerator,
                    denominator,
                    startTime,
                    endTime,
                    _runTimeConstantTrue()
                );
                // Use assembly to set overloaded considerationItem arguments.
                assembly {
                    // Write derived fractional amount to startAmount as amount.
                    mstore(
                        add(considerationItem, ReceivedItem_amount_offset),
                        amount
                    )
                    // Write original recipient to endAmount as recipient.
                    mstore(
                        add(considerationItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                        mload(
                            add(
                                considerationItem,
                                ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer each item contained in a given single
     *      order fulfillment.
     *
     * @param orderParameters     The parameters for the fulfilled order.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     */
    function _transferEach(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal {
        // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
        // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is no
        // longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an open-ended
        // fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may still be
        // accessed and modified, however.
        bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);
        // As of solidity 0.6.0, inline assembly cannot directly access function
        // definitions, but can still access locally scoped function variables.
        // This means that a local variable to reference the internal function
        // definition (using the same type), along with a local variable with
        // the desired type, must first be created. Then, the original function
        // pointer can be recast to the desired type.
        /**
         * Repurpose existing OfferItem memory regions on the offer array for
         * the order by overriding the _transfer function pointer to accept a
         * modified OfferItem argument in place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ========= OfferItem ==========   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria; -> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount; ------------> address recipient;
         */
        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Read offer array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOfferItems = orderParameters.offer.length;
            // Iterate over each offer on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the offer item.
                OfferItem memory offerItem = orderParameters.offer[i];
                // Utilize assembly to set overloaded offerItem arguments.
                assembly {
                    // Write recipient to endAmount.
                    mstore(
                        add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                        recipient
                    )
                }
                // Transfer the item from the offerer to the recipient.
                _toOfferItemInput(_transfer)(
                    offerItem,
                    orderParameters.offerer,
                    orderParameters.conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
        }
        // Declare a variable for the available native token balance.
        uint256 nativeTokenBalance;
        /**
         * Repurpose existing ConsiderationItem memory regions on the
         * consideration array for the order by overriding the _transfer
         * function pointer to accept a modified ConsiderationItem argument in
         * place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ====== ConsiderationItem =====   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria;--> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount;        /----> address recipient;
         *   address recipient; ------/
         */
        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Read consideration array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalConsiderationItems = orderParameters
                .consideration
                .length;
            // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the consideration item.
                ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                    orderParameters.consideration[i]
                );
                if (considerationItem.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                    // Get the current available balance of native tokens.
                    assembly {
                        nativeTokenBalance := selfbalance()
                    }
                    // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are still available.
                    if (considerationItem.startAmount > nativeTokenBalance) {
                        _revertInsufficientNativeTokensSupplied();
                    }
                }
                // Transfer item from caller to recipient specified by the item.
                _toConsiderationItemInput(_transfer)(
                    considerationItem,
                    msg.sender,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
        }
        // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to the conduit.
        _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        // Determine whether any native token balance remains.
        assembly {
            nativeTokenBalance := selfbalance()
        }
        // Return any remaining native token balance to the caller.
        if (nativeTokenBalance != 0) {
            _transferNativeTokens(payable(msg.sender), nativeTokenBalance);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to emit an OrderFulfilled event. OfferItems are
     *      translated into SpentItems and ConsiderationItems are translated
     *      into ReceivedItems.
     *
     * @param orderHash     The order hash.
     * @param offerer       The offerer for the order.
     * @param zone          The zone for the order.
     * @param recipient     The recipient of the order, or the null address if
     *                      the order was fulfilled via order matching.
     * @param offer         The offer items for the order.
     * @param consideration The consideration items for the order.
     */
    function _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        address zone,
        address recipient,
        OfferItem[] memory offer,
        ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration
    ) internal {
        // Cast already-modified offer memory region as spent items.
        SpentItem[] memory spentItems;
        assembly {
            spentItems := offer
        }
        // Cast already-modified consideration memory region as received items.
        ReceivedItem[] memory receivedItems;
        assembly {
            receivedItems := consideration
        }
        // Emit an event signifying that the order has been fulfilled.
        emit OrderFulfilled(
            orderHash,
            offerer,
            zone,
            recipient,
            spentItems,
            receivedItems
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import { ItemType, Side } from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    Execution,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    ReceivedItem
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {
    _revertMissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    FulfillmentApplicationErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset,
    Common_amount_offset,
    Common_identifier_offset,
    Common_token_offset,
    Execution_conduit_offset,
    Execution_offerer_offset,
    Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OrderParameters_conduit_offset,
    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset,
    OrderParameters_offer_head_offset,
    ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size,
    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset,
    ReceivedItem_size
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_length,
    InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_selector,
    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_idx_ptr,
    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_length,
    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_selector,
    MissingItemAmount_error_length,
    MissingItemAmount_error_selector,
    OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_length,
    OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_selector,
    Panic_arithmetic,
    Panic_error_code_ptr,
    Panic_error_length,
    Panic_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title FulfillmentApplier
 * @author 0age
 * @notice FulfillmentApplier contains logic related to applying fulfillments,
 *         both as part of order matching (where offer items are matched to
 *         consideration items) as well as fulfilling available orders (where
 *         order items and consideration items are independently aggregated).
 */
contract FulfillmentApplier is FulfillmentApplicationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to match offer items to consideration items
     *      on a group of orders via a supplied fulfillment.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders          The orders to match.
     * @param offerComponents         An array designating offer components to
     *                                match to consideration components.
     * @param considerationComponents An array designating consideration
     *                                components to match to offer components.
     *                                Note that each consideration amount must
     *                                be zero in order for the match operation
     *                                to be valid.
     * @param fulfillmentIndex        The index of the fulfillment being
     *                                applied.
     *
     * @return execution The transfer performed as a result of the fulfillment.
     */
    function _applyFulfillment(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory offerComponents,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory considerationComponents,
        uint256 fulfillmentIndex
    ) internal pure returns (Execution memory execution) {
        // Ensure 1+ of both offer and consideration components are supplied.
        assembly {
            if or(
                iszero(mload(offerComponents)),
                iszero(mload(considerationComponents))
            ) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                // mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(
                    0,
                    OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_selector
                )
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment()"
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_length
                )
            }
        }
        // Declare a new Execution struct.
        Execution memory considerationExecution;
        // Validate & aggregate consideration items to new Execution object.
        _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
            advancedOrders,
            considerationComponents,
            considerationExecution,
            address(0),
            bytes32(0)
        );
        // Retrieve the consideration item from the execution struct.
        ReceivedItem memory considerationItem = considerationExecution.item;
        // Skip aggregating offer items if no consideration items are available.
        if (considerationItem.amount == 0) {
            return considerationExecution;
        }
        // Validate & aggregate offer items to Execution object.
        _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
            advancedOrders,
            offerComponents,
            execution,
            considerationItem.recipient
        );
        ReceivedItem memory executionItem = execution.item;
        // Ensure offer & consideration item types, tokens, & identifiers match.
        // (a != b || c != d || e != f) == (((a ^ b) | (c ^ d) | (e ^ f)) != 0),
        // but the second expression requires less gas to evaluate.
        assembly {
            if or(
                or(
                    xor(
                        mload(executionItem), // no offset for item type
                        mload(considerationItem) // no offset for item type
                    ),
                    xor(
                        mload(add(executionItem, Common_token_offset)),
                        mload(add(considerationItem, Common_token_offset))
                    )
                ),
                xor(
                    mload(add(executionItem, Common_identifier_offset)),
                    mload(add(considerationItem, Common_identifier_offset))
                )
            ) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                // mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(
                    0,
                    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_selector
                )
                // Store fulfillment index argument.
                mstore(
                    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_idx_ptr,
                    fulfillmentIndex
                )
                // Revert: `MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents(uint256)`
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_length
                )
            }
        }
        // If total consideration amount exceeds the offer amount...
        if (considerationItem.amount > executionItem.amount) {
            // Retrieve the first consideration component from the fulfillment.
            FulfillmentComponent memory targetComponent = (
                considerationComponents[0]
            );
            // Skip underflow check as the conditional being true implies that
            // considerationItem.amount > execution.item.amount.
            unchecked {
                // Add excess consideration item amount to original order array.
                advancedOrders[targetComponent.orderIndex]
                    .parameters
                    .consideration[targetComponent.itemIndex]
                    .startAmount = (considerationItem.amount -
                    executionItem.amount);
            }
        } else {
            // Retrieve the first offer component from the fulfillment.
            FulfillmentComponent memory targetComponent = offerComponents[0];
            // Skip underflow check as the conditional being false implies that
            // execution.item.amount >= considerationItem.amount.
            unchecked {
                // Add excess offer item amount to the original array of orders.
                advancedOrders[targetComponent.orderIndex]
                    .parameters
                    .offer[targetComponent.itemIndex]
                    .startAmount = (executionItem.amount -
                    considerationItem.amount);
            }
            // Reduce total offer amount to equal the consideration amount.
            executionItem.amount = considerationItem.amount;
        }
        // Return the final execution that will be triggered for relevant items.
        return execution; // Execution(executionItem, offerer, conduitKey);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to aggregate offer or consideration items
     *      from a group of orders into a single execution via a supplied array
     *      of fulfillment components. Items that are not available to aggregate
     *      will not be included in the aggregated execution.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders        The orders to aggregate.
     * @param side                  The side (i.e. offer or consideration).
     * @param fulfillmentComponents An array designating item components to
     *                              aggregate if part of an available order.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey   A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                              any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                              approvals from. The zero hash signifies that
     *                              no conduit should be used, with approvals
     *                              set directly on this contract.
     * @param recipient             The intended recipient for all received
     *                              items.
     *
     * @return execution The transfer performed as a result of the fulfillment.
     */
    function _aggregateAvailable(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Side side,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory fulfillmentComponents,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal view returns (Execution memory execution) {
        // Skip overflow / underflow checks; conditions checked or unreachable.
        unchecked {
            // Retrieve fulfillment components array length and place on stack.
            // Ensure at least one fulfillment component has been supplied.
            if (fulfillmentComponents.length == 0) {
                _revertMissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(side);
            }
            // If the fulfillment components are offer components...
            if (side == Side.OFFER) {
                // Return execution for aggregated items provided by offerer.
                _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillmentComponents,
                    execution,
                    payable(recipient)
                );
            } else {
                // Otherwise, fulfillment components are consideration
                // components. Return execution for aggregated items provided by
                // the fulfiller.
                _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillmentComponents,
                    execution,
                    msg.sender,
                    fulfillerConduitKey
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to aggregate a group of offer items using
     *      supplied directives on which component items are candidates for
     *      aggregation, skipping items on orders that are not available.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders  The orders to aggregate offer items from.
     * @param offerComponents An array of FulfillmentComponent structs
     *                        indicating the order index and item index of each
     *                        candidate offer item for aggregation.
     * @param execution       The execution to apply the aggregation to.
     * @param recipient       The intended recipient for the received item.
     */
    function _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory offerComponents,
        Execution memory execution,
        address payable recipient
    ) internal pure {
        assembly {
            // Declare a variable for the final aggregated item amount.
            let amount
            // Declare a variable to track errors encountered with amount.
            let errorBuffer
            // Declare a variable for the hash of itemType, token, & identifier.
            let dataHash
            // Iterate over each offer component.
            for {
                // Create variable to track position in offerComponents head.
                let fulfillmentHeadPtr := offerComponents
                // Get position of the last element in head of array.
                let endPtr := add(
                    offerComponents,
                    shl(OneWordShift, mload(offerComponents))
                )
            } lt(fulfillmentHeadPtr, endPtr) {
            } {
                // Increment position in considerationComponents head.
                fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(fulfillmentHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
                if iszero(
                    lt(mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr)), mload(advancedOrders))
                ) {
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
                // Read advancedOrders[orderIndex] pointer from its array head.
                let orderPtr := mload(
                    // Calculate head position of advancedOrders[orderIndex]
                    add(
                        add(advancedOrders, OneWord),
                        shl(OneWordShift, mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr)))
                    )
                )
                // Read the pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
                let paramsPtr := mload(orderPtr)
                // Retrieve item index using an offset of fulfillment pointer.
                let itemIndex := mload(
                    add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset)
                )
                let offerItemPtr
                {
                    // Load the offer array pointer.
                    let offerArrPtr := mload(
                        add(paramsPtr, OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
                    )
                    // If the offer item index is out of range or the numerator
                    // is zero, skip this item.
                    if or(
                        iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(offerArrPtr))),
                        iszero(
                            mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset))
                        )
                    ) {
                        continue
                    }
                    // Retrieve offer item pointer using the item index.
                    offerItemPtr := mload(
                        add(
                            // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                            add(offerArrPtr, OneWord),
                            // Calculate offset to pointer for the order.
                            shl(OneWordShift, itemIndex)
                        )
                    )
                }
                // Declare a separate scope for the amount update.
                {
                    // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                    let amountPtr := add(offerItemPtr, Common_amount_offset)
                    // Add offer item amount to execution amount.
                    let newAmount := add(amount, mload(amountPtr))
                    // Update error buffer:
                    // 1 = zero amount, 2 = overflow, 3 = both.
                    errorBuffer := or(
                        errorBuffer,
                        or(
                            shl(1, lt(newAmount, amount)),
                            iszero(mload(amountPtr))
                        )
                    )
                    // Update the amount to the new, summed amount.
                    amount := newAmount
                    // Zero out amount on original item to indicate it is spent.
                    mstore(amountPtr, 0)
                }
                // Retrieve ReceivedItem pointer from Execution.
                let receivedItem := mload(execution)
                // Check if this is the first valid fulfillment item.
                switch iszero(dataHash)
                case 1 {
                    // On first valid item, populate the received item in memory
                    // for later comparison.
                    // Set the item type on the received item.
                    mstore(receivedItem, mload(offerItemPtr))
                    // Set the token on the received item.
                    mstore(
                        add(receivedItem, Common_token_offset),
                        mload(add(offerItemPtr, Common_token_offset))
                    )
                    // Set the identifier on the received item.
                    mstore(
                        add(receivedItem, Common_identifier_offset),
                        mload(add(offerItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset))
                    )
                    // Set the recipient on the received item.
                    mstore(
                        add(receivedItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                        recipient
                    )
                    // Set offerer on returned execution using order pointer.
                    mstore(
                        add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset),
                        mload(paramsPtr)
                    )
                    // Set execution conduitKey via order pointer offset.
                    mstore(
                        add(execution, Execution_conduit_offset),
                        mload(add(paramsPtr, OrderParameters_conduit_offset))
                    )
                    // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier).
                    dataHash := keccak256(
                        receivedItem,
                        ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
                    )
                    // If component index > 0, swap component pointer with
                    // pointer to first component so that any remainder after
                    // fulfillment can be added back to the first item.
                    let firstFulfillmentHeadPtr := add(offerComponents, OneWord)
                    if xor(firstFulfillmentHeadPtr, fulfillmentHeadPtr) {
                        let fulfillmentPtr := mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr)
                        mstore(firstFulfillmentHeadPtr, fulfillmentPtr)
                    }
                }
                default {
                    // Compare every subsequent item to the first.
                    if or(
                        or(
                            // The offerer must match on both items.
                            xor(
                                mload(paramsPtr),
                                mload(add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset))
                            ),
                            // The conduit key must match on both items.
                            xor(
                                mload(
                                    add(
                                        paramsPtr,
                                        OrderParameters_conduit_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                mload(add(execution, Execution_conduit_offset))
                            )
                        ),
                        // The itemType, token, and identifier must match.
                        xor(
                            dataHash,
                            keccak256(
                                offerItemPtr,
                                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
                            )
                        )
                    ) {
                        // Throw if any of the requirements are not met.
                        throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                    }
                }
            }
            // Write final amount to execution.
            mstore(add(mload(execution), Common_amount_offset), amount)
            // Determine whether the error buffer contains a nonzero error code.
            if errorBuffer {
                // If errorBuffer is 1, an item had an amount of zero.
                if eq(errorBuffer, 1) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode)
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("MissingItemAmount()"))
                    revert(
                        Error_selector_offset,
                        MissingItemAmount_error_length
                    )
                }
                // If errorBuffer is not 1 or 0, the sum overflowed.
                // Panic!
                throwOverflow()
            }
            // Declare function for reverts on invalid fulfillment data.
            function throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData() {
                // Store left-padded selector (uses push4 and reduces code size)
                mstore(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_selector)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "InvalidFulfillmentComponentData()"
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_length
                )
            }
            // Declare function for reverts due to arithmetic overflows.
            function throwOverflow() {
                // Store the Panic error signature.
                mstore(0, Panic_error_selector)
                // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code.
                mstore(Panic_error_code_ptr, Panic_arithmetic)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("Panic(uint256)", 0x11))
                revert(Error_selector_offset, Panic_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to aggregate a group of consideration items
     *      using supplied directives on which component items are candidates
     *      for aggregation, skipping items on orders that are not available.
     *      Note that this function depends on memory layout affected by an
     *      earlier call to _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill. The memory for
     *      the consideration arrays needs to be updated before calling
     *      _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems.
     *      _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill is called in _matchAdvancedOrders
     *      and _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders in the current version.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders          The orders to aggregate consideration
     *                                items from.
     * @param considerationComponents An array of FulfillmentComponent structs
     *                                indicating the order index and item index
     *                                of each candidate consideration item for
     *                                aggregation.
     * @param execution               The execution to apply the aggregation to.
     * @param offerer                 The address of the offerer to set on the
     *                                execution.
     * @param conduitKey              A bytes32 value indicating the conduit key
     *                                to set on the execution.
     */
    function _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory considerationComponents,
        Execution memory execution,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal pure {
        // Utilize assembly in order to efficiently aggregate the items.
        assembly {
            // Declare a variable for the final aggregated item amount.
            let amount
            // Create variable to track errors encountered with amount.
            let errorBuffer
            // Declare variable for hash(itemType, token, identifier, recipient)
            let dataHash
            // Iterate over each consideration component.
            for {
                // Track position in considerationComponents head.
                let fulfillmentHeadPtr := considerationComponents
                // Get position of the last element in head of array.
                let endPtr := add(
                    considerationComponents,
                    shl(OneWordShift, mload(considerationComponents))
                )
            } lt(fulfillmentHeadPtr, endPtr) {
            } {
                // Increment position in considerationComponents head.
                fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(fulfillmentHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Retrieve the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
                let orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))
                // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
                if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
                // Read advancedOrders[orderIndex] pointer from its array head.
                let orderPtr := mload(
                    // Derive head position of advancedOrders[orderIndex].
                    add(
                        add(advancedOrders, OneWord),
                        shl(OneWordShift, orderIndex)
                    )
                )
                // Retrieve item index using an offset of fulfillment pointer.
                let itemIndex := mload(
                    add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset)
                )
                let considerationItemPtr
                {
                    // Load consideration array pointer.
                    let considerationArrPtr := mload(
                        add(
                            // Read OrderParameters pointer from the order.
                            mload(orderPtr),
                            OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                        )
                    )
                    // If the consideration item index is out of range or the
                    // numerator is zero, skip this item.
                    if or(
                        iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(considerationArrPtr))),
                        iszero(
                            mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset))
                        )
                    ) {
                        continue
                    }
                    // Retrieve consideration item pointer using the item index.
                    considerationItemPtr := mload(
                        add(
                            // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                            add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord),
                            // Calculate offset to pointer for the order.
                            shl(OneWordShift, itemIndex)
                        )
                    )
                }
                // Declare a separate scope for the amount update.
                {
                    // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                    let amountPtr := add(
                        considerationItemPtr,
                        Common_amount_offset
                    )
                    // Add consideration item amount to execution amount.
                    let newAmount := add(amount, mload(amountPtr))
                    // Update error buffer:
                    // 1 = zero amount, 2 = overflow, 3 = both.
                    errorBuffer := or(
                        errorBuffer,
                        or(
                            shl(1, lt(newAmount, amount)),
                            iszero(mload(amountPtr))
                        )
                    )
                    // Update the amount to the new, summed amount.
                    amount := newAmount
                    // Zero out original item amount to indicate it is credited.
                    mstore(amountPtr, 0)
                }
                // Retrieve ReceivedItem pointer from Execution.
                let receivedItem := mload(execution)
                switch iszero(dataHash)
                case 1 {
                    // On first valid item, populate the received item in
                    // memory for later comparison.
                    // Set the item type on the received item.
                    mstore(receivedItem, mload(considerationItemPtr))
                    // Set the token on the received item.
                    mstore(
                        add(receivedItem, Common_token_offset),
                        mload(add(considerationItemPtr, Common_token_offset))
                    )
                    // Set the identifier on the received item.
                    mstore(
                        add(receivedItem, Common_identifier_offset),
                        mload(
                            add(considerationItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset)
                        )
                    )
                    // Set the recipient on the received item. Note that this
                    // depends on the memory layout established by the
                    // _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill function.
                    mstore(
                        add(receivedItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                        mload(
                            add(
                                considerationItemPtr,
                                ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                    // Set provided offerer on the execution.
                    mstore(add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset), offerer)
                    // Set provided conduitKey on the execution.
                    mstore(add(execution, Execution_conduit_offset), conduitKey)
                    // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier,
                    // recipient). This is run after amount is set to zero, so
                    // there will be one blank word after identifier included in
                    // the hash buffer.
                    dataHash := keccak256(
                        considerationItemPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    // If component index > 0, swap component pointer with
                    // pointer to first component so that any remainder after
                    // fulfillment can be added back to the first item.
                    let firstFulfillmentHeadPtr := add(
                        considerationComponents,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    if xor(firstFulfillmentHeadPtr, fulfillmentHeadPtr) {
                        let fulfillmentPtr := mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr)
                        mstore(firstFulfillmentHeadPtr, fulfillmentPtr)
                    }
                }
                default {
                    // Compare every subsequent item to the first; the item
                    // type, token, identifier and recipient must match.
                    if xor(
                        dataHash,
                        // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier,
                        // recipient). This is run after amount is set to zero,
                        // so there will be one blank word after identifier
                        // included in the hash buffer.
                        keccak256(considerationItemPtr, ReceivedItem_size)
                    ) {
                        // Throw if any of the requirements are not met.
                        throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                    }
                }
            }
            // Retrieve ReceivedItem pointer from Execution.
            let receivedItem := mload(execution)
            // Write final amount to execution.
            mstore(add(receivedItem, Common_amount_offset), amount)
            // Determine whether the error buffer contains a nonzero error code.
            if errorBuffer {
                // If errorBuffer is 1, an item had an amount of zero.
                if eq(errorBuffer, 1) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                    mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("MissingItemAmount()"))
                    revert(
                        Error_selector_offset,
                        MissingItemAmount_error_length
                    )
                }
                // If errorBuffer is not 1 or 0, `amount` overflowed.
                // Panic!
                throwOverflow()
            }
            // Declare function for reverts on invalid fulfillment data.
            function throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData() {
                // Store the InvalidFulfillmentComponentData error signature.
                mstore(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_selector)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "InvalidFulfillmentComponentData()"
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_length
                )
            }
            // Declare function for reverts due to arithmetic overflows.
            function throwOverflow() {
                // Store the Panic error signature.
                mstore(0, Panic_error_selector)
                // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code.
                mstore(Panic_error_code_ptr, Panic_arithmetic)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("Panic(uint256)", 0x11))
                revert(Error_selector_offset, Panic_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
import { Side } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    BadFraction_error_length,
    BadFraction_error_selector,
    CannotCancelOrder_error_length,
    CannotCancelOrder_error_selector,
    ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal_error_length,
    ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal_error_selector,
    ConsiderationNotMet_error_considerationIndex_ptr,
    ConsiderationNotMet_error_length,
    ConsiderationNotMet_error_orderIndex_ptr,
    ConsiderationNotMet_error_selector,
    ConsiderationNotMet_error_shortfallAmount_ptr,
    CriteriaNotEnabledForItem_error_length,
    CriteriaNotEnabledForItem_error_selector,
    Error_selector_offset,
    InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_length,
    InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_selector,
    InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_length,
    InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_selector,
    InvalidCallToConduit_error_conduit_ptr,
    InvalidCallToConduit_error_length,
    InvalidCallToConduit_error_selector,
    InvalidConduit_error_conduit_ptr,
    InvalidConduit_error_conduitKey_ptr,
    InvalidConduit_error_length,
    InvalidConduit_error_selector,
    InvalidContractOrder_error_length,
    InvalidContractOrder_error_orderHash_ptr,
    InvalidContractOrder_error_selector,
    InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_amount_ptr,
    InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_length,
    InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_selector,
    InvalidMsgValue_error_length,
    InvalidMsgValue_error_selector,
    InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr,
    InvalidNativeOfferItem_error_length,
    InvalidNativeOfferItem_error_selector,
    InvalidProof_error_length,
    InvalidProof_error_selector,
    InvalidTime_error_endTime_ptr,
    InvalidTime_error_length,
    InvalidTime_error_selector,
    InvalidTime_error_startTime_ptr,
    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_idx_ptr,
    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_length,
    MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_selector,
    MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_length,
    MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_selector,
    MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_side_ptr,
    MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_length,
    MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_selector,
    NoReentrantCalls_error_length,
    NoReentrantCalls_error_selector,
    NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable_error_length,
    NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable_error_selector,
    OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_length,
    OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_selector,
    OrderAlreadyFilled_error_length,
    OrderAlreadyFilled_error_orderHash_ptr,
    OrderAlreadyFilled_error_selector,
    OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_length,
    OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector,
    OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_side_ptr,
    OrderIsCancelled_error_length,
    OrderIsCancelled_error_orderHash_ptr,
    OrderIsCancelled_error_selector,
    OrderPartiallyFilled_error_length,
    OrderPartiallyFilled_error_orderHash_ptr,
    OrderPartiallyFilled_error_selector,
    PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder_error_length,
    PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder_error_selector,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_length,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_orderIndex_ptr,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_selector,
    UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_length,
    UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_offerIndex_ptr,
    UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_orderIndex_ptr,
    UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_selector,
    UnusedItemParameters_error_length,
    UnusedItemParameters_error_selector
} from "./ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with a "BadFraction" error message.
 */
function _revertBadFraction() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, BadFraction_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("BadFraction()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, BadFraction_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with a "ConsiderationNotMet" error
 *      message, including the provided order index, consideration index, and
 *      shortfall amount.
 *
 * @param orderIndex         The index of the order that did not meet the
 *                           consideration criteria.
 * @param considerationIndex The index of the consideration item that did not
 *                           meet its criteria.
 * @param shortfallAmount    The amount by which the consideration criteria were
 *                           not met.
 */
function _revertConsiderationNotMet(
    uint256 orderIndex,
    uint256 considerationIndex,
    uint256 shortfallAmount
) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, ConsiderationNotMet_error_selector)
        // Store arguments.
        mstore(ConsiderationNotMet_error_orderIndex_ptr, orderIndex)
        mstore(
            ConsiderationNotMet_error_considerationIndex_ptr, considerationIndex
        )
        mstore(ConsiderationNotMet_error_shortfallAmount_ptr, shortfallAmount)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "ConsiderationNotMet(uint256,uint256,uint256)",
        //     orderIndex,
        //     considerationIndex,
        //     shortfallAmount
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, ConsiderationNotMet_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with a "CriteriaNotEnabledForItem" error
 *      message.
 */
function _revertCriteriaNotEnabledForItem() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, CriteriaNotEnabledForItem_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("CriteriaNotEnabledForItem()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, CriteriaNotEnabledForItem_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an
 *      "InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied" error message.
 */
function _revertInsufficientNativeTokensSupplied() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied()"))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset, InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_length
        )
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an
 *      "InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding" error message.
 */
function _revertInvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding()"
        // ))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset,
            InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_length
        )
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidCallToConduit" error
 *      message, including the provided address of the conduit that was called
 *      improperly.
 *
 * @param conduit The address of the conduit that was called improperly.
 */
function _revertInvalidCallToConduit(address conduit) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidCallToConduit_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(InvalidCallToConduit_error_conduit_ptr, conduit)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "InvalidCallToConduit(address)",
        //     conduit
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidCallToConduit_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "CannotCancelOrder" error
 *      message.
 */
function _revertCannotCancelOrder() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, CannotCancelOrder_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("CannotCancelOrder()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, CannotCancelOrder_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidConduit" error message,
 *      including the provided key and address of the invalid conduit.
 *
 * @param conduitKey    The key of the invalid conduit.
 * @param conduit       The address of the invalid conduit.
 */
function _revertInvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidConduit_error_selector)
        // Store arguments.
        mstore(InvalidConduit_error_conduitKey_ptr, conduitKey)
        mstore(InvalidConduit_error_conduit_ptr, conduit)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "InvalidConduit(bytes32,address)",
        //     conduitKey,
        //     conduit
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidConduit_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidERC721TransferAmount"
 *      error message.
 *
 * @param amount The invalid amount.
 */
function _revertInvalidERC721TransferAmount(uint256 amount) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_amount_ptr, amount)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "InvalidERC721TransferAmount(uint256)",
        //     amount
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidMsgValue" error message,
 *      including the invalid value that was sent in the transaction's
 *      `msg.value` field.
 *
 * @param value The invalid value that was sent in the transaction's `msg.value`
 *              field.
 */
function _revertInvalidMsgValue(uint256 value) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidMsgValue_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr, value)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InvalidMsgValue(uint256)", value))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidMsgValue_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidNativeOfferItem" error
 *      message.
 */
function _revertInvalidNativeOfferItem() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidNativeOfferItem_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InvalidNativeOfferItem()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidNativeOfferItem_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidProof" error message.
 */
function _revertInvalidProof() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidProof_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InvalidProof()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidProof_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidContractOrder" error
 *      message.
 *
 * @param orderHash The hash of the contract order that caused the error.
 */
function _revertInvalidContractOrder(bytes32 orderHash) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidContractOrder_error_selector)
        // Store arguments.
        mstore(InvalidContractOrder_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "InvalidContractOrder(bytes32)",
        //     orderHash
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidContractOrder_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts the current transaction with an "InvalidTime" error message.
 *
 * @param startTime       The time at which the order becomes active.
 * @param endTime         The time at which the order becomes inactive.
 */
function _revertInvalidTime(uint256 startTime, uint256 endTime) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidTime_error_selector)
        // Store arguments.
        mstore(InvalidTime_error_startTime_ptr, startTime)
        mstore(InvalidTime_error_endTime_ptr, endTime)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "InvalidTime(uint256,uint256)",
        //     startTime,
        //     endTime
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidTime_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with a "MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation"
 *       error message.
 *
 * @param side The side of the fulfillment component that is missing (0 for
 *             offer, 1 for consideration).
 *
 */
function _revertMissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(Side side) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_side_ptr, side)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(uint8)",
        //     side
        // ))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset,
            MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_length
        )
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with a "MissingOriginalConsiderationItems" error
 *      message.
 */
function _revertMissingOriginalConsiderationItems() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "MissingOriginalConsiderationItems()"
        // ))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset,
            MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_length
        )
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with a "NoReentrantCalls" error message.
 */
function _revertNoReentrantCalls() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, NoReentrantCalls_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with a "NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable" error message.
 */
function _revertNoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with an "OrderAlreadyFilled" error message.
 *
 * @param orderHash The hash of the order that has already been filled.
 */
function _revertOrderAlreadyFilled(bytes32 orderHash) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, OrderAlreadyFilled_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(OrderAlreadyFilled_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "OrderAlreadyFilled(bytes32)",
        //     orderHash
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, OrderAlreadyFilled_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with an "OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange" error
 *      message.
 *
 * @param side The side of the criteria that is missing (0 for offer, 1 for
 *             consideration).
 *
 */
function _revertOrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange(Side side) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_side_ptr, side)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange(uint8)",
        //     side
        // ))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset, OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_length
        )
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with an "OrderIsCancelled" error message.
 *
 * @param orderHash The hash of the order that has already been cancelled.
 */
function _revertOrderIsCancelled(bytes32 orderHash) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, OrderIsCancelled_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(OrderIsCancelled_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "OrderIsCancelled(bytes32)",
        //     orderHash
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, OrderIsCancelled_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with an "OrderPartiallyFilled" error message.
 *
 * @param orderHash The hash of the order that has already been partially
 *                  filled.
 */
function _revertOrderPartiallyFilled(bytes32 orderHash) pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, OrderPartiallyFilled_error_selector)
        // Store argument.
        mstore(OrderPartiallyFilled_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "OrderPartiallyFilled(bytes32)",
        //     orderHash
        // ))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, OrderPartiallyFilled_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with a "PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder" error message.
 */
function _revertPartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder()"))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset, PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder_error_length
        )
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with an "UnusedItemParameters" error message.
 */
function _revertUnusedItemParameters() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, UnusedItemParameters_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("UnusedItemParameters()"))
        revert(Error_selector_offset, UnusedItemParameters_error_length)
    }
}
/**
 * @dev Reverts execution with a "ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal"
 *      error message.
 */
function _revertConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal() pure {
    assembly {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
        // mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //     "ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal()"
        // ))
        revert(
            Error_selector_offset,
            ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal_error_length
        )
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
uint256 constant Error_selector_offset = 0x1c;
/*
 *  error MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(uint8 side)
 *    - Defined in FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: side
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_selector = (
    0x375c24c1
);
uint256 constant MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_side_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment()
 *    - Defined in FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_selector = (
    0x98e9db6e
);
uint256 constant OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error MismatchedFulfillmentOfferAndConsiderationComponents(
 *      uint256 fulfillmentIndex
 *  )
 *    - Defined in FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: fulfillmentIndex
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_selector = (
    0xbced929d
);
uint256 constant MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_idx_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant MismatchedOfferAndConsiderationComponents_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
 *    - Defined in FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_selector = 0x7fda7279;
uint256 constant InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InexactFraction()
 *    - Defined in AmountDerivationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InexactFraction_error_selector = 0xc63cf089;
uint256 constant InexactFraction_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange(uint8 side)
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: side
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector = 0x133c37c6;
uint256 constant OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_side_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error UnresolvedOfferCriteria(uint256 orderIndex, uint256 offerIndex)
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderIndex
 *    - 0x40: offerIndex
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x60]
 */
uint256 constant UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_selector = 0xd6929332;
uint256 constant UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_orderIndex_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_offerIndex_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_length = 0x44;
/*
 *  error UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria(
 *      uint256 orderIndex,
 *      uint256 considerationIndex
 *  )
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderIndex
 *    - 0x40: considerationIndex
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x60]
 */
uint256 constant UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_selector = 0xa8930e9a;
uint256 constant UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_orderIndex_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_itemIndex_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_length = 0x44;
/*
 *  error OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange()
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector = 0xbfb3f8ce;
// uint256 constant OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange()
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector = (
    0x6088d7de
);
uint256 constant ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_err_selector = (
    0x6088d7de
);
// uint256 constant ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error CriteriaNotEnabledForItem()
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant CriteriaNotEnabledForItem_error_selector = 0x94eb6af6;
uint256 constant CriteriaNotEnabledForItem_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidProof()
 *    - Defined in CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidProof_error_selector = 0x09bde339;
uint256 constant InvalidProof_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in ZoneInteractionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector = 0xfb5014fc;
uint256 constant InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidContractOrder(bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in ZoneInteractionErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidContractOrder_error_selector = 0x93979285;
uint256 constant InvalidContractOrder_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidContractOrder_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error BadSignatureV(uint8 v)
 *    - Defined in SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: v
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_selector = 0x1f003d0a;
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_v_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidSigner()
 *    - Defined in SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidSigner_error_selector = 0x815e1d64;
uint256 constant InvalidSigner_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidSignature()
 *    - Defined in SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidSignature_error_selector = 0x8baa579f;
uint256 constant InvalidSignature_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error BadContractSignature()
 *    - Defined in SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant BadContractSignature_error_selector = 0x4f7fb80d;
uint256 constant BadContractSignature_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidERC721TransferAmount(uint256 amount)
 *    - Defined in TokenTransferrerErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: amount
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_selector = 0x69f95827;
uint256 constant InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_amount_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidERC721TransferAmount_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error MissingItemAmount()
 *    - Defined in TokenTransferrerErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant MissingItemAmount_error_selector = 0x91b3e514;
uint256 constant MissingItemAmount_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error UnusedItemParameters()
 *    - Defined in TokenTransferrerErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant UnusedItemParameters_error_selector = 0x6ab37ce7;
uint256 constant UnusedItemParameters_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error NoReentrantCalls()
 *    - Defined in ReentrancyErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant NoReentrantCalls_error_selector = 0x7fa8a987;
uint256 constant NoReentrantCalls_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error OrderAlreadyFilled(bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant OrderAlreadyFilled_error_selector = 0x10fda3e1;
uint256 constant OrderAlreadyFilled_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderAlreadyFilled_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidTime(uint256 startTime, uint256 endTime)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: startTime
 *    - 0x40: endTime
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x60]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidTime_error_selector = 0x21ccfeb7;
uint256 constant InvalidTime_error_startTime_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidTime_error_endTime_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant InvalidTime_error_length = 0x44;
/*
 *  error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: conduitKey
 *    - 0x40: conduit
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x60]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidConduit_error_selector = 0x1cf99b26;
uint256 constant InvalidConduit_error_conduitKey_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidConduit_error_conduit_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant InvalidConduit_error_length = 0x44;
/*
 *  error MissingOriginalConsiderationItems()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_selector = 0x466aa616;
uint256 constant MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidCallToConduit(address conduit)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: conduit
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidCallToConduit_error_selector = 0xd13d53d4;
uint256 constant InvalidCallToConduit_error_conduit_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidCallToConduit_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error ConsiderationNotMet(
 *      uint256 orderIndex,
 *      uint256 considerationIndex,
 *      uint256 shortfallAmount
 *  )
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderIndex
 *    - 0x40: considerationIndex
 *    - 0x60: shortfallAmount
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x80]
 */
uint256 constant ConsiderationNotMet_error_selector = 0xa5f54208;
uint256 constant ConsiderationNotMet_error_orderIndex_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConsiderationNotMet_error_considerationIndex_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant ConsiderationNotMet_error_shortfallAmount_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConsiderationNotMet_error_length = 0x64;
/*
 *  error InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_selector = 0x8ffff980;
uint256 constant InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure(address account, uint256 amount)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: account
 *    - 0x40: amount
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x60]
 */
uint256 constant NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector = 0xbc806b96;
uint256 constant NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_account_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0x44;
/*
 *  error PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder_error_selector = 0xa11b63ff;
uint256 constant PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error OrderIsCancelled(bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant OrderIsCancelled_error_selector = 0x1a515574;
uint256 constant OrderIsCancelled_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderIsCancelled_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error OrderPartiallyFilled(bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant OrderPartiallyFilled_error_selector = 0xee9e0e63;
uint256 constant OrderPartiallyFilled_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderPartiallyFilled_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error CannotCancelOrder()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant CannotCancelOrder_error_selector = 0xfed398fc;
uint256 constant CannotCancelOrder_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error BadFraction()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant BadFraction_error_selector = 0x5a052b32;
uint256 constant BadFraction_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidMsgValue(uint256 value)
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: value
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidMsgValue_error_selector = 0xa61be9f0;
uint256 constant InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidMsgValue_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_selector = 0x39f3e3fd;
uint256 constant InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable_error_selector = 0xd5da9a1b;
uint256 constant NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidNativeOfferItem()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidNativeOfferItem_error_selector = 0x12d3f5a3;
uint256 constant InvalidNativeOfferItem_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal()
 *    - Defined in ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal_error_selector = (
    0x2165628a
);
uint256 constant ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error Panic(uint256 code)
 *    - Built-in Solidity error
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: code
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant Panic_error_selector = 0x4e487b71;
uint256 constant Panic_error_code_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Panic_error_length = 0x24;
uint256 constant Panic_arithmetic = 0x11;
// uint256 constant Panic_resource = 0x41;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    BasicOrderRouteType,
    ItemType,
    OrderType
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderStatus
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { OrderValidator } from "./OrderValidator.sol";
import {
    _revertInsufficientNativeTokensSupplied,
    _revertInvalidMsgValue,
    _revertInvalidERC721TransferAmount,
    _revertUnusedItemParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    AccumulatorDisarmed,
    AdditionalRecipient_size_shift,
    AdditionalRecipient_size,
    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_common_params_size,
    BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_endTime_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offeredItemByteMap,
    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr,
    BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr,
    BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr,
    BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr,
    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr,
    BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr,
    BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr,
    BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr,
    BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr,
    BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr,
    BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr,
    BasicOrder_receivedItemByteMap,
    BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr,
    Common_token_offset,
    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length,
    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_signature,
    Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr,
    Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr,
    EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size,
    EIP712_OfferItem_size,
    EIP712_Order_size,
    FiveWords,
    FourWords,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    MaskOverLastTwentyBytes,
    OneConduitExecute_size,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OrderFulfilled_baseOffset,
    OrderFulfilled_baseSize,
    OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset,
    OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset,
    OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset,
    OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_itemType_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_token_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset,
    OrderFulfilled_post_memory_region_reservedBytes,
    OrderFulfilled_selector,
    ReceivedItem_amount_offset,
    ReceivedItem_size,
    receivedItemsHash_ptr,
    ThreeWords,
    TwoWords,
    ZeroSlot
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_length,
    InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_selector,
    InvalidTime_error_endTime_ptr,
    InvalidTime_error_length,
    InvalidTime_error_selector,
    InvalidTime_error_startTime_ptr,
    MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_length,
    MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_selector,
    UnusedItemParameters_error_length,
    UnusedItemParameters_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
import {
    CalldataPointer
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
/**
 * @title BasicOrderFulfiller
 * @author 0age
 * @notice BasicOrderFulfiller contains functionality for fulfilling "basic"
 *         orders with minimal overhead. See documentation for details on what
 *         qualifies as a basic order.
 */
contract BasicOrderFulfiller is OrderValidator {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderValidator(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or
     *      ERC1155 item by supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20
     *      tokens, an ERC721 item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six
     *      permutations are supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to
     *      ERC1155, ERC20 to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and
     *      ERC1155 to ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an
     *      order to be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must
     *      contain a single offer item (though that item may have a greater
     *      amount if the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of
     *      "additional recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive
     *      native tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration.
     *      Refer to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how
     *      to utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the order has been fulfilled.
     */
    function _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder() internal returns (bool) {
        // Declare enums for order type & route to extract from basicOrderType.
        BasicOrderRouteType route;
        OrderType orderType;
        // Declare additional recipient item type to derive from the route type.
        ItemType additionalRecipientsItemType;
        bytes32 orderHash;
        // Utilize assembly to extract the order type and the basic order route.
        assembly {
            // Read basicOrderType from calldata.
            let basicOrderType := calldataload(BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr)
            // Mask all but 2 least-significant bits to derive the order type.
            orderType := and(basicOrderType, 3)
            // Divide basicOrderType by four to derive the route.
            route := shr(2, basicOrderType)
            // If route > 1 additionalRecipient items are ERC20 (1) else native
            // token (0).
            additionalRecipientsItemType := gt(route, 1)
        }
        {
            // Declare temporary variable for enforcing payable status.
            bool correctPayableStatus;
            // Utilize assembly to compare the route to the callvalue.
            assembly {
                // route 0 and 1 are payable, otherwise route is not payable.
                correctPayableStatus := eq(
                    additionalRecipientsItemType,
                    iszero(callvalue())
                )
            }
            // Revert if msg.value has not been supplied as part of payable
            // routes or has been supplied as part of non-payable routes.
            if (!correctPayableStatus) {
                _revertInvalidMsgValue(msg.value);
            }
        }
        // Declare more arguments that will be derived from route and calldata.
        address additionalRecipientsToken;
        ItemType offeredItemType;
        bool offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType;
        uint256 callDataPointer;
        // Declare scope for received item type to manage stack pressure.
        {
            ItemType receivedItemType;
            // Utilize assembly to retrieve function arguments and cast types.
            assembly {
                // Check if offered item type == additional recipient item type.
                offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType := gt(route, 3)
                // If route > 3 additionalRecipientsToken is at 0xc4 else 0x24.
                additionalRecipientsToken := calldataload(
                    add(
                        BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                        mul(
                            offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                            BasicOrder_common_params_size
                        )
                    )
                )
                // If route > 2, receivedItemType is route - 2. If route is 2,
                // the receivedItemType is ERC20 (1). Otherwise, it is native
                // token (0).
                receivedItemType := byte(route, BasicOrder_receivedItemByteMap)
                // If route > 3, offeredItemType is ERC20 (1). Route is 2 or 3,
                // offeredItemType = route. Route is 0 or 1, it is route + 2.
                offeredItemType := byte(route, BasicOrder_offeredItemByteMap)
            }
            // Derive & validate order using parameters and update order status.
            (orderHash, callDataPointer) = _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata(
                orderType,
                receivedItemType,
                additionalRecipientsItemType,
                additionalRecipientsToken,
                offeredItemType
            );
        }
        // Declare conduitKey argument used by transfer functions.
        bytes32 conduitKey;
        // Utilize assembly to derive conduit (if relevant) based on route.
        assembly {
            // use offerer conduit for routes 0-3, fulfiller conduit otherwise.
            conduitKey := calldataload(
                add(
                    BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr,
                    shl(OneWordShift, offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType)
                )
            )
        }
        // Transfer tokens based on the route.
        if (additionalRecipientsItemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
            // Ensure neither consideration token nor identifier are set. Note
            // that dirty upper bits in the consideration token will still cause
            // this error to be thrown.
            assembly {
                if or(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr),
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr)
                ) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, UnusedItemParameters_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("UnusedItemParameters()"))
                    revert(
                        Error_selector_offset,
                        UnusedItemParameters_error_length
                    )
                }
            }
            // Transfer the ERC721 or ERC1155 item, bypassing the accumulator.
            _transferIndividual721Or1155Item(offeredItemType, conduitKey);
            // Transfer native to recipients, return excess to caller & wrap up.
            _transferNativeTokensAndFinalize();
        } else {
            // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
            // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is
            // no longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an
            // open-ended fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may
            // still be accessed and modified, however.
            bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);
            // Choose transfer method for ERC721 or ERC1155 item based on route.
            if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC20_TO_ERC721) {
                // Transfer ERC721 to caller using offerer's conduit preference.
                _transferERC721(
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    msg.sender,
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC20_TO_ERC1155) {
                // Transfer ERC1155 to caller with offerer's conduit preference.
                _transferERC1155(
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    msg.sender,
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC721_TO_ERC20) {
                // Transfer ERC721 to offerer using caller's conduit preference.
                _transferERC721(
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    msg.sender,
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else {
                // route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC1155_TO_ERC20
                // Transfer ERC1155 to offerer with caller's conduit preference.
                _transferERC1155(
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    msg.sender,
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
                        .readAddress(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr)
                        .readUint256(),
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
            // Transfer ERC20 tokens to all recipients and wrap up.
            _transferERC20AndFinalize(
                offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                accumulator
            );
            // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to conduit.
            _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        }
        // Determine whether order is restricted and, if so, that it is valid.
        _assertRestrictedBasicOrderValidity(
            orderHash,
            orderType,
            callDataPointer
        );
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to prepare fulfillment of a basic order with
     *      manual calldata and memory access. This calculates the order hash,
     *      emits an OrderFulfilled event, and asserts basic order validity.
     *      Note that calldata offsets must be validated as this function
     *      accesses constant calldata pointers for dynamic types that match
     *      default ABI encoding, but valid ABI encoding can use arbitrary
     *      offsets. Checking that the offsets were produced by default encoding
     *      will ensure that other functions using Solidity's calldata accessors
     *      (which calculate pointers from the stored offsets) are reading the
     *      same data as the order hash is derived from. Also note that this
     *      function accesses memory directly.
     *
     * @param orderType                    The order type.
     * @param receivedItemType             The item type of the initial
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param additionalRecipientsItemType The item type of any additional
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param additionalRecipientsToken    The ERC20 token contract address (if
     *                                     applicable) for any additional
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param offeredItemType              The item type of the offered item on
     *                                     the order.
     * @return orderHash The calculated order hash.
     */
    function _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata(
        OrderType orderType,
        ItemType receivedItemType,
        ItemType additionalRecipientsItemType,
        address additionalRecipientsToken,
        ItemType offeredItemType
    ) internal returns (bytes32 orderHash, uint256 callDataPointer) {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard(false); // Native tokens rejected during execution.
        // Verify that calldata offsets for all dynamic types were produced by
        // default encoding. This ensures that the constants used for calldata
        // pointers to dynamic types are the same as those calculated by
        // Solidity using their offsets. Also verify that the basic order type
        // is within range.
        _assertValidBasicOrderParameters();
        // Check for invalid time and missing original consideration items.
        // Utilize assembly so that constant calldata pointers can be applied.
        assembly {
            // Ensure current timestamp is between order start time & end time.
            if or(
                gt(calldataload(BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr), timestamp()),
                iszero(gt(calldataload(BasicOrder_endTime_cdPtr), timestamp()))
            ) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                // mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, InvalidTime_error_selector)
                // Store arguments.
                mstore(
                    InvalidTime_error_startTime_ptr,
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr)
                )
                mstore(
                    InvalidTime_error_endTime_ptr,
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_endTime_cdPtr)
                )
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "InvalidTime(uint256,uint256)",
                //     startTime,
                //     endTime
                // ))
                revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidTime_error_length)
            }
            // Ensure consideration array length isn't less than total original.
            if lt(
                calldataload(BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr),
                calldataload(BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr)
            ) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                // mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_selector)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "MissingOriginalConsiderationItems()"
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    MissingOriginalConsiderationItems_error_length
                )
            }
        }
        {
            /**
             * First, handle consideration items. Memory Layout:
             *  0x60: final hash of the array of consideration item hashes
             *  0x80-0x160: reused space for EIP712 hashing of each item
             *   - 0x80: ConsiderationItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0: itemType
             *   - 0xc0: token
             *   - 0xe0: identifier
             *   - 0x100: startAmount
             *   - 0x120: endAmount
             *   - 0x140: recipient
             *  0x160-END_ARR: array of consideration item hashes
             *   - 0x160: primary consideration item EIP712 hash
             *   - 0x180-END_ARR: additional recipient item EIP712 hashes
             *  END_ARR: beginning of data for OrderFulfilled event
             *   - END_ARR + 0x120: length of ReceivedItem array
             *   - END_ARR + 0x140: beginning of data for first ReceivedItem
             * (Note: END_ARR = 0x180 + RECIPIENTS_LENGTH * 0x20)
             */
            // Load consideration item typehash from runtime and place on stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
            // Utilize assembly to enable reuse of memory regions and use
            // constant pointers when possible.
            assembly {
                /*
                 * 1. Calculate the EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash for the
                 * primary consideration item of the basic order.
                 */
                // Write ConsiderationItem type hash and item type to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
                    receivedItemType
                )
                // Copy calldata region with (token, identifier, amount) from
                // BasicOrderParameters to ConsiderationItem. The
                // considerationAmount is written to startAmount and endAmount
                // as basic orders do not have dynamic amounts.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )
                // Copy calldata region with considerationAmount and offerer
                // from BasicOrderParameters to endAmount and recipient in
                // ConsiderationItem.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr,
                    TwoWords
                )
                // Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash and store it in the
                // array of EIP712 consideration hashes.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
                        EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size
                    )
                )
                /*
                 * 2. Write a ReceivedItem struct for the primary consideration
                 * item to the consideration array in OrderFulfilled.
                 */
                // Get the additional recipients array length from calldata.
                // This variable will later be repurposed to track the total
                // original additional recipients instead of the total supplied.
                let totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr
                )
                // Calculate pointer to length of OrderFulfilled consideration
                // array. Note that this is based on total original additional
                // recipients and not the supplied additional recipients, since
                // the pointer only needs to be offset based on the size of the
                // EIP-712 hashes used to derive the order hash (and the order
                // hash does not take tips into account as part of derivation).
                let eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset,
                    shl(
                        OneWordShift,
                        calldataload(
                            BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the consideration array to the number of
                // additional recipients, plus one for the primary consideration
                // item.
                mstore(
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                    add(totalAdditionalRecipients, 1)
                )
                // Overwrite the consideration array pointer so it points to the
                // body of the first element
                eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                    OneWord
                )
                // Set itemType at start of the ReceivedItem memory region.
                mstore(eventConsiderationArrPtr, receivedItemType)
                // Copy calldata region (token, identifier, amount & recipient)
                // from BasicOrderParameters to ReceivedItem memory.
                calldatacopy(
                    add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, Common_token_offset),
                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                    FourWords
                )
                /*
                 * 3. Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hashes for original
                 * additional recipients and add a ReceivedItem for each to the
                 * consideration array in the OrderFulfilled event. The original
                 * additional recipients are all the consideration items signed
                 * by the offerer aside from the primary consideration items of
                 * the order. Uses memory region from 0x80-0x160 as a buffer for
                 * calculating EIP712 ConsiderationItem hashes.
                 */
                // Put pointer to consideration hashes array on the stack.
                // This will be updated as each additional recipient is hashed
                let
                    considerationHashesPtr
                := BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr
                // Write item type, token, & identifier for additional recipient
                // to memory region for hashing EIP712 ConsiderationItem; these
                // values will be reused for each recipient.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
                    additionalRecipientsItemType
                )
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
                    additionalRecipientsToken
                )
                mstore(BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr, 0)
                // Declare a stack variable where all additional recipients will
                // be combined to guard against providing dirty upper bits.
                let combinedAdditionalRecipients
                // Only iterate over the total original additional recipients
                // (not the total supplied additional recipients) when deriving
                // the order hash.
                totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr
                )
                let i := 0
                for {
                } lt(i, totalAdditionalRecipients) {
                    i := add(i, 1)
                } {
                    /*
                     * Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash for recipient.
                     */
                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        mul(AdditionalRecipient_size, i)
                    )
                    // Copy startAmount from calldata to the ConsiderationItem
                    // struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr,
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Copy endAmount and recipient from calldata to the
                    // ConsiderationItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        AdditionalRecipient_size
                    )
                    // Include the recipient as part of combined recipients.
                    combinedAdditionalRecipients := or(
                        combinedAdditionalRecipients,
                        calldataload(add(additionalRecipientCdPtr, OneWord))
                    )
                    // Add 1 word to the pointer as part of each loop to reduce
                    // operations needed to get local offset into the array.
                    considerationHashesPtr := add(
                        considerationHashesPtr,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash and store it in
                    // the array of consideration hashes.
                    mstore(
                        considerationHashesPtr,
                        keccak256(
                            BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
                            EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size
                        )
                    )
                    /*
                     * Write ReceivedItem to OrderFulfilled data.
                     */
                    // At this point, eventConsiderationArrPtr points to the
                    // beginning of the ReceivedItem struct of the previous
                    // element in the array. Increase it by the size of the
                    // struct to arrive at the pointer for the current element.
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    // Write itemType to the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        additionalRecipientsItemType
                    )
                    // Write token to the next word of the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        additionalRecipientsToken
                    )
                    // Copy endAmount & recipient words to ReceivedItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        add(
                            eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                        ),
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        TwoWords
                    )
                }
                /*
                 * 4. Hash packed array of ConsiderationItem EIP712 hashes:
                 *   `keccak256(abi.encodePacked(receivedItemHashes))`
                 * Note that it is set at 0x60 — all other memory begins at
                 * 0x80. 0x60 is the "zero slot" and will be restored at the end
                 * of the assembly section and before required by the compiler.
                 */
                mstore(
                    receivedItemsHash_ptr,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
                        shl(OneWordShift, add(totalAdditionalRecipients, 1))
                    )
                )
                /*
                 * 5. Add a ReceivedItem for each tip to the consideration array
                 * in the OrderFulfilled event. The tips are all the
                 * consideration items that were not signed by the offerer and
                 * were provided by the fulfiller.
                 */
                // Overwrite length to length of the additionalRecipients array.
                totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr
                )
                for {
                } lt(i, totalAdditionalRecipients) {
                    i := add(i, 1)
                } {
                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        mul(AdditionalRecipient_size, i)
                    )
                    // At this point, eventConsiderationArrPtr points to the
                    // beginning of the ReceivedItem struct of the previous
                    // element in the array. Increase it by the size of the
                    // struct to arrive at the pointer for the current element.
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    // Write itemType to the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        additionalRecipientsItemType
                    )
                    // Write token to the next word of the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        additionalRecipientsToken
                    )
                    // Copy endAmount & recipient words to ReceivedItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        add(
                            eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                        ),
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        TwoWords
                    )
                    // Include the recipient as part of combined recipients.
                    combinedAdditionalRecipients := or(
                        combinedAdditionalRecipients,
                        calldataload(add(additionalRecipientCdPtr, OneWord))
                    )
                }
                // Ensure no dirty upper bits on combined additional recipients.
                if gt(combinedAdditionalRecipients, MaskOverLastTwentyBytes) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    //     "InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding()"
                    // ))
                    revert(
                        Error_selector_offset,
                        InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding_error_length
                    )
                }
            }
        }
        {
            /**
             * Next, handle offered items. Memory Layout:
             *  EIP712 data for OfferItem
             *   - 0x80:  OfferItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0:  itemType
             *   - 0xc0:  token
             *   - 0xe0:  identifier (reused for offeredItemsHash)
             *   - 0x100: startAmount
             *   - 0x120: endAmount
             */
            // Place offer item typehash on the stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
            // Utilize assembly to enable reuse of memory regions when possible.
            assembly {
                /*
                 * 1. Calculate OfferItem EIP712 hash
                 */
                // Write the OfferItem typeHash to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                // Write the OfferItem item type to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr, offeredItemType)
                // Copy calldata region with (offerToken, offerIdentifier,
                // offerAmount) from OrderParameters to (token, identifier,
                // startAmount) in OfferItem struct. The offerAmount is written
                // to startAmount and endAmount as basic orders do not have
                // dynamic amounts.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )
                // Copy offerAmount from calldata to endAmount in OfferItem
                // struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr,
                    OneWord
                )
                // Compute EIP712 OfferItem hash, write result to scratch space:
                //   `keccak256(abi.encode(offeredItem))`
                mstore(
                    0,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr,
                        EIP712_OfferItem_size
                    )
                )
                /*
                 * 2. Calculate hash of array of EIP712 hashes and write the
                 * result to the corresponding OfferItem struct:
                 *   `keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerItemHashes))`
                 */
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr, keccak256(0, OneWord))
            }
        }
        {
            /**
             * Once consideration items and offer items have been handled,
             * derive the final order hash. Memory Layout:
             *  0x80-0x1c0: EIP712 data for order
             *   - 0x80:   Order EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0:   orderParameters.offerer
             *   - 0xc0:   orderParameters.zone
             *   - 0xe0:   keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerHashes))
             *   - 0x100:  keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes))
             *   - 0x120:  orderParameters.basicOrderType (% 4 = orderType)
             *   - 0x140:  orderParameters.startTime
             *   - 0x160:  orderParameters.endTime
             *   - 0x180:  orderParameters.zoneHash
             *   - 0x1a0:  orderParameters.salt
             *   - 0x1c0:  orderParameters.conduitKey
             *   - 0x1e0:  _counters[orderParameters.offerer] (from storage)
             */
            // Read the offerer from calldata and place on the stack.
            address offerer;
            assembly {
                offerer := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
            }
            // Read offerer's current counter from storage and place on stack.
            uint256 counter = _getCounter(offerer);
            // Load order typehash from runtime code and place on stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
            assembly {
                // Set the OrderItem typeHash in memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                // Copy offerer and zone from OrderParameters in calldata to the
                // Order struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
                    TwoWords
                )
                // Copy receivedItemsHash from zero slot to the Order struct.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr,
                    mload(receivedItemsHash_ptr)
                )
                // Write the supplied orderType to the Order struct.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr, orderType)
                // Copy startTime, endTime, zoneHash, salt & conduit from
                // calldata to the Order struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr,
                    FiveWords
                )
                // Write offerer's counter, retrieved from storage, to struct.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr, counter)
                // Compute the EIP712 Order hash.
                orderHash := keccak256(
                    BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr,
                    EIP712_Order_size
                )
            }
        }
        assembly {
            /**
             * After the order hash has been derived, emit OrderFulfilled event:
             *   event OrderFulfilled(
             *     bytes32 orderHash,
             *     address indexed offerer,
             *     address indexed zone,
             *     address fulfiller,
             *     SpentItem[] offer,
             *       > (itemType, token, id, amount)
             *     ReceivedItem[] consideration
             *       > (itemType, token, id, amount, recipient)
             *   )
             * topic0 - OrderFulfilled event signature
             * topic1 - offerer
             * topic2 - zone
             * data:
             *  - 0x00: orderHash
             *  - 0x20: fulfiller
             *  - 0x40: offer arr ptr (0x80)
             *  - 0x60: consideration arr ptr (0x120)
             *  - 0x80: offer arr len (1)
             *  - 0xa0: offer.itemType
             *  - 0xc0: offer.token
             *  - 0xe0: offer.identifier
             *  - 0x100: offer.amount
             *  - 0x120: 1 + recipients.length
             *  - 0x140: recipient 0
             */
            // Derive pointer to start of OrderFulfilled event data.
            let eventDataPtr := add(
                OrderFulfilled_baseOffset,
                shl(
                    OneWordShift,
                    calldataload(
                        BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr
                    )
                )
            )
            // Write the order hash to the head of the event's data region.
            mstore(eventDataPtr, orderHash)
            // Write the fulfiller (i.e. the caller) next for receiver argument.
            mstore(add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset), caller())
            // Write the SpentItem and ReceivedItem array offsets (constants).
            mstore(
                // SpentItem array offset
                add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset),
                OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset
            )
            mstore(
                // ReceivedItem array offset
                add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset),
                OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset
            )
            // Set a length of 1 for the offer array.
            mstore(
                add(
                    eventDataPtr,
                    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset
                ),
                1
            )
            // Write itemType to the SpentItem struct.
            mstore(
                add(
                    eventDataPtr,
                    OrderFulfilled_offer_itemType_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset
                ),
                offeredItemType
            )
            // Copy calldata region with (offerToken, offerIdentifier,
            // offerAmount) from OrderParameters to (token, identifier,
            // amount) in SpentItem struct.
            calldatacopy(
                add(
                    eventDataPtr,
                    OrderFulfilled_offer_token_offset_relativeTo_baseOffset
                ),
                BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
                ThreeWords
            )
            // Derive total data size including SpentItem and ReceivedItem data.
            // SpentItem portion is already included in the baseSize constant,
            // as there can only be one element in the array.
            let dataSize := add(
                OrderFulfilled_baseSize,
                mul(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr),
                    ReceivedItem_size
                )
            )
            // Emit OrderFulfilled log with three topics (the event signature
            // as well as the two indexed arguments, the offerer and the zone).
            log3(
                // Supply the pointer for event data in memory.
                eventDataPtr,
                // Supply the size of event data in memory.
                dataSize,
                // Supply the OrderFulfilled event signature.
                OrderFulfilled_selector,
                // Supply the first topic (the offerer).
                calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr),
                // Supply the second topic (the zone).
                calldataload(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr)
            )
            // Restore the zero slot.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
            // Update the free memory pointer so that event data is persisted.
            mstore(
                FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
                add(
                    eventDataPtr,
                    // Reserve extra 3 words to be used by `authorizeOrder` and
                    // `validatateOrder` if pre-post exection hook to the zone
                    // is required. These 3 memory slots will be used for the
                    // extra data/context and order hashes of the calldata.
                    add(
                        dataSize,
                        OrderFulfilled_post_memory_region_reservedBytes
                    )
                )
            )
        }
        // Verify the status of the derived order.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _validateBasicOrder(orderHash);
        // Determine whether order is restricted and, if so, that it is valid.
        callDataPointer = _assertRestrictedBasicOrderAuthorization(
            orderHash,
            orderType
        );
        // Update the status of the order and mark as fully filled.
        _updateBasicOrderStatus(orderStatus);
        // Return the derived order hash.
        return (orderHash, callDataPointer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an individual ERC721 or ERC1155 item
     *      from a given originator to a given recipient. The accumulator will
     *      be bypassed, meaning that this function should be utilized in cases
     *      where multiple item transfers can be accumulated into a single
     *      conduit call. Sufficient approvals must be set, either on the
     *      respective conduit or on this contract. Note that this function may
     *      only be safely called as part of basic orders, as it assumes a
     *      specific calldata encoding structure that must first be validated.
     *
     * @param itemType   The type of item to transfer, either ERC721 or ERC1155.
     * @param conduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                   if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                   signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                   approvals set on this contract.
     */
    function _transferIndividual721Or1155Item(
        ItemType itemType,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve token, from, identifier, and amount from calldata using
        // fixed calldata offsets based on strict basic parameter encoding.
        address token;
        address from;
        uint256 identifier;
        uint256 amount;
        assembly {
            token := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr)
            from := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
            identifier := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr)
            amount := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr)
        }
        // Determine if the transfer is to be performed via a conduit.
        if (conduitKey != bytes32(0)) {
            // Ensure that the amount is non-zero.
            _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
            // Use free memory pointer as calldata offset for the conduit call.
            uint256 callDataOffset;
            // Utilize assembly to place each argument in free memory.
            assembly {
                // Retrieve the free memory pointer and use it as the offset.
                callDataOffset := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                // Write ConduitInterface.execute.selector to memory.
                mstore(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_signature)
                // Write the offset to the ConduitTransfer array in memory.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        callDataOffset,
                        Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr
                    ),
                    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr
                )
                // Write the length of the ConduitTransfer array to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        callDataOffset,
                        Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr
                    ),
                    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length
                )
                // Write the item type to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr),
                    itemType
                )
                // Write the token to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr),
                    token
                )
                // Write the transfer source to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr),
                    from
                )
                // Write the transfer recipient (the caller) to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr),
                    caller()
                )
                // Write the token identifier to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr),
                    identifier
                )
                // Write the transfer amount to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr),
                    amount
                )
            }
            // Perform the call to the conduit.
            _callConduitUsingOffsets(
                conduitKey,
                callDataOffset,
                OneConduitExecute_size
            );
        } else {
            // Otherwise, determine whether it is an ERC721 or ERC1155 item.
            if (itemType == ItemType.ERC721) {
                // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
                if (amount != 1) {
                    _revertInvalidERC721TransferAmount(amount);
                }
                // Perform transfer to caller via the token contract directly.
                _performERC721Transfer(token, from, msg.sender, identifier);
            } else {
                // Ensure that the amount is non-zero.
                _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
                // Perform transfer to caller via the token contract directly.
                _performERC1155Transfer(
                    token,
                    from,
                    msg.sender,
                    identifier,
                    amount
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer Ether (or other native tokens) to a
     *      given recipient as part of basic order fulfillment. Note that
     *      conduits are not utilized for native tokens as the transferred
     *      amount must be provided as msg.value. Also note that this function
     *      may only be safely called as part of basic orders, as it assumes a
     *      specific calldata encoding structure that must first be validated.
     */
    function _transferNativeTokensAndFinalize() internal {
        // Put native token value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 nativeTokensRemaining = msg.value;
        // Retrieve consideration amount, offerer, and total size of additional
        // recipients data from calldata using fixed offsets and place on stack.
        uint256 amount;
        address payable to;
        uint256 totalAdditionalRecipientsDataSize;
        assembly {
            amount := calldataload(BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr)
            to := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
            totalAdditionalRecipientsDataSize := shl(
                AdditionalRecipient_size_shift,
                calldataload(BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr)
            )
        }
        uint256 additionalRecipientAmount;
        address payable recipient;
        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over additional recipient data by two-word element.
            for (
                uint256 i = 0;
                i < totalAdditionalRecipientsDataSize;
                i += AdditionalRecipient_size
            ) {
                assembly {
                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        i
                    )
                    additionalRecipientAmount := calldataload(
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr
                    )
                    recipient := calldataload(
                        add(OneWord, additionalRecipientCdPtr)
                    )
                }
                // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are available.
                if (additionalRecipientAmount > nativeTokensRemaining) {
                    _revertInsufficientNativeTokensSupplied();
                }
                // Reduce native token value available. Skip underflow check as
                // subtracted value is confirmed above as less than remaining.
                nativeTokensRemaining -= additionalRecipientAmount;
                // Transfer native tokens to the additional recipient.
                _transferNativeTokens(recipient, additionalRecipientAmount);
            }
        }
        // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are still available.
        if (amount > nativeTokensRemaining) {
            _revertInsufficientNativeTokensSupplied();
        }
        // Transfer native tokens to the offerer.
        _transferNativeTokens(to, amount);
        // If any native tokens remain after transfers, return to the caller.
        if (nativeTokensRemaining > amount) {
            // Skip underflow check as nativeTokensRemaining > amount.
            unchecked {
                // Transfer remaining native tokens to the caller.
                _transferNativeTokens(
                    payable(msg.sender),
                    nativeTokensRemaining - amount
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens to a given recipient as
     *      part of basic order fulfillment. Note that this function may only be
     *      safely called as part of basic orders, as it assumes a specific
     *      calldata encoding structure that must first be validated. Also note
     *      that basic order parameters are retrieved using fixed offsets, this
     *      requires that strict basic order encoding has already been verified.
     *
     * @param fromOfferer A boolean indicating whether to decrement amount from
     *                    the offered amount.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC20AndFinalize(
        bool fromOfferer,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Declare from and to variables determined by fromOfferer value.
        address from;
        address to;
        // Declare token and amount variables determined by fromOfferer value.
        address token;
        uint256 amount;
        // Declare and check identifier variable within an isolated scope.
        {
            // Declare identifier variable determined by fromOfferer value.
            uint256 identifier;
            // Set ERC20 token transfer variables based on fromOfferer boolean.
            if (fromOfferer) {
                // Use offerer as from value, msg.sender as to value, and offer
                // token, identifier, & amount values if token is from offerer.
                assembly {
                    from := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
                    to := caller()
                    token := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr)
                    identifier := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr)
                    amount := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr)
                }
            } else {
                // Otherwise, use msg.sender as from value, offerer as to value,
                // and consideration token, identifier, and amount values.
                assembly {
                    from := caller()
                    to := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
                    token := calldataload(BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr)
                    identifier := calldataload(
                        BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr
                    )
                    amount := calldataload(BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr)
                }
            }
            // Ensure that no identifier is supplied.
            if (identifier != 0) {
                _revertUnusedItemParameters();
            }
        }
        // Determine the appropriate conduit to utilize.
        bytes32 conduitKey;
        // Utilize assembly to derive conduit (if relevant) based on route.
        assembly {
            // Use offerer conduit if fromOfferer, fulfiller conduit otherwise.
            conduitKey := calldataload(
                sub(
                    BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr,
                    shl(OneWordShift, fromOfferer)
                )
            )
        }
        // Retrieve total size of additional recipients data and place on stack.
        uint256 totalAdditionalRecipientsDataSize;
        assembly {
            totalAdditionalRecipientsDataSize := shl(
                AdditionalRecipient_size_shift,
                calldataload(BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr)
            )
        }
        uint256 additionalRecipientAmount;
        address recipient;
        // Iterate over each additional recipient.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdditionalRecipientsDataSize; ) {
            assembly {
                // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                    i
                )
                additionalRecipientAmount := calldataload(
                    additionalRecipientCdPtr
                )
                recipient := calldataload(
                    add(OneWord, additionalRecipientCdPtr)
                )
            }
            // Decrement the amount to transfer to fulfiller if indicated.
            if (fromOfferer) {
                amount -= additionalRecipientAmount;
            }
            // Transfer ERC20 tokens to additional recipient given approval.
            _transferERC20(
                token,
                from,
                recipient,
                additionalRecipientAmount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                i += AdditionalRecipient_size;
            }
        }
        // Transfer ERC20 token amount (from account must have proper approval).
        _transferERC20(token, from, to, amount, conduitKey, accumulator);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ItemType,
    OrderType,
    Side
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    ConsiderationItem,
    CriteriaResolver,
    MemoryPointer,
    OfferItem,
    OrderParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {
    _revertCriteriaNotEnabledForItem,
    _revertInvalidProof,
    _revertOrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    CriteriaResolutionErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol";
import {
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset,
    Selector_length,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_err_selector,
    Error_selector_offset,
    OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_itemIndex_ptr,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_length,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_orderIndex_ptr,
    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_selector,
    UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title CriteriaResolution
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CriteriaResolution contains a collection of pure functions related to
 *         resolving criteria-based items.
 */
contract CriteriaResolution is CriteriaResolutionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to apply criteria resolvers containing
     *      specific token identifiers and associated proofs to order items.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to apply criteria resolvers to.
     * @param criteriaResolvers  An array where each element contains a
     *                           reference to a specific order as well as that
     *                           order's offer or consideration, a token
     *                           identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                           identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                           root. Note that a root of zero indicates that
     *                           any transferable token identifier is valid and
     *                           that no proof needs to be supplied.
     */
    function _applyCriteriaResolvers(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers
    ) internal pure {
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Retrieve length of criteria resolvers array and place on stack.
            uint256 totalCriteriaResolvers = criteriaResolvers.length;
            // Retrieve length of orders array and place on stack.
            uint256 totalAdvancedOrders = advancedOrders.length;
            // Iterate over each criteria resolver.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalCriteriaResolvers; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the criteria resolver.
                CriteriaResolver memory criteriaResolver = (
                    criteriaResolvers[i]
                );
                // Read the order index from memory and place it on the stack.
                uint256 orderIndex = criteriaResolver.orderIndex;
                // Ensure that the order index is in range.
                if (orderIndex >= totalAdvancedOrders) {
                    _revertOrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange(
                        criteriaResolver.side
                    );
                }
                // Retrieve the referenced advanced order.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[orderIndex];
                // Skip criteria resolution for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters
                );
                {
                    // Get a pointer to the list of items to give to
                    // _updateCriteriaItem. If the resolver refers to a
                    // consideration item, this array pointer will be replaced
                    // with the consideration array.
                    OfferItem[] memory items = orderParameters.offer;
                    // Read component index from memory and place it on stack.
                    uint256 componentIndex = criteriaResolver.index;
                    // Get error selector for `OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange`.
                    uint256 errorSelector = (
                        OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_error_selector
                    );
                    // If the resolver refers to a consideration item...
                    if (criteriaResolver.side != Side.OFFER) {
                        // Get the pointer to `orderParameters.consideration`
                        // Using the array directly has a significant impact on
                        // the optimized compiler output.
                        MemoryPointer considerationPtr = orderParameters
                            .toMemoryPointer()
                            .pptrOffset(
                                OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                            );
                        // Replace the items pointer with a pointer to the
                        // consideration array.
                        assembly {
                            items := considerationPtr
                        }
                        // Replace the error selector with the selector for
                        // `ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange`.
                        errorSelector = (
                            ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange_err_selector
                        );
                    }
                    // Ensure that the component index is in range.
                    if (componentIndex >= items.length) {
                        assembly {
                            // Revert with either
                            // `OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange()` or
                            // `ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange()`,
                            // depending on whether the resolver refers to a
                            // consideration item.
                            mstore(0, errorSelector)
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //    "OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange()"
                            // ))
                            // or
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //    "ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange()"
                            // ))
                            revert(Error_selector_offset, Selector_length)
                        }
                    }
                    // Apply the criteria resolver to the item in question.
                    _updateCriteriaItem(
                        items,
                        componentIndex,
                        criteriaResolver
                    );
                }
            }
            // Iterate over each advanced order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdvancedOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the advanced order.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];
                // Skip criteria resolution for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters
                );
                OrderType orderType = orderParameters.orderType;
                _ensureAllRequiredCriteriaResolved(
                    i,
                    orderParameters.consideration,
                    orderType,
                    UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_selector
                );
                _toOfferItemArgumentType(_ensureAllRequiredCriteriaResolved)(
                    i,
                    orderParameters.offer,
                    orderType,
                    UnresolvedOfferCriteria_error_selector
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to examine an array of items and ensure that
     *      all criteria-based items (with the exception of wildcard items on
     *      contract orders) have had a criteria resolver successfully applied.
     *
     * @param orderIndex     The index of the order being examined.
     * @param items          The items to examine. These are consideration items
     *                       in the default case, but offer items are also
     *                       casted to consideration items as required.
     * @param orderType      The type of order being examined.
     * @param revertSelector The selector to use when reverting.
     */
    function _ensureAllRequiredCriteriaResolved(
        uint256 orderIndex,
        ConsiderationItem[] memory items,
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 revertSelector
    ) internal pure {
        // Read items array length from memory and place on stack.
        uint256 totalItems = items.length;
        // Iterate over each item on the order.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalItems; ++i) {
            ConsiderationItem memory item = items[i];
            // Revert if the item is still a criteria item unless the
            // order is a contract order and the identifier is 0.
            ItemType itemType = item.itemType;
            uint256 identifierOrCriteria = item.identifierOrCriteria;
            assembly {
                if and(
                    gt(itemType, 3), // Criteria-based item
                    or(
                        iszero(eq(orderType, 4)), // not OrderType.CONTRACT
                        iszero(iszero(identifierOrCriteria)) // not wildcard
                    )
                ) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, revertSelector)
                    // Store arguments.
                    mstore(
                        UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_orderIndex_ptr,
                        orderIndex
                    )
                    mstore(
                        UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_itemIndex_ptr,
                        i
                    )
                    // Revert with appropriate UnresolvedCriteria error message.
                    // Unresolved[Offer|Consideration]Criteria(uint256, uint256)
                    revert(
                        Error_selector_offset,
                        UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria_error_length
                    )
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to perform a function cast from a function
     *      that accepts consideration items to a function that accepts offer
     *      items, used by _ensureAllRequiredCriteriaResolved to ensure that
     *      all necessary criteria items have been resolved for an order.
     *
     * @param inFn  The function that accepts consideration items.
     * @param outFn The function that accepts offer items.
     */
    function _toOfferItemArgumentType(
        function(uint256, ConsiderationItem[] memory, OrderType, uint256)
            internal
            pure inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(uint256, OfferItem[] memory, OrderType, uint256)
                internal
                pure outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to update a criteria item.
     *
     * @param offer             The offer containing the item to update.
     * @param componentIndex    The index of the item to update.
     * @param criteriaResolver  The criteria resolver to use to update the item.
     */
    function _updateCriteriaItem(
        OfferItem[] memory offer,
        uint256 componentIndex,
        CriteriaResolver memory criteriaResolver
    ) internal pure {
        // Retrieve relevant item using the component index.
        OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[componentIndex];
        // Read item type and criteria from memory & place on stack.
        ItemType itemType = offerItem.itemType;
        // Ensure the specified item type indicates criteria usage.
        if (!_isItemWithCriteria(itemType)) {
            _revertCriteriaNotEnabledForItem();
        }
        uint256 identifierOrCriteria = offerItem.identifierOrCriteria;
        // If criteria is not 0 (i.e. a collection-wide criteria-based item)...
        if (identifierOrCriteria != uint256(0)) {
            // Verify identifier inclusion in criteria root using proof.
            _verifyProof(
                criteriaResolver.identifier,
                identifierOrCriteria,
                criteriaResolver.criteriaProof
            );
        } else if (criteriaResolver.criteriaProof.length != 0) {
            // Revert if non-empty proof is supplied for a collection-wide item.
            _revertInvalidProof();
        }
        // Update item type to remove criteria usage.
        // Use assembly to operate on ItemType enum as a number.
        ItemType newItemType;
        assembly {
            // Item type 4 becomes 2 and item type 5 becomes 3.
            newItemType := sub(itemType, 2)
        }
        offerItem.itemType = newItemType;
        // Update identifier w/ supplied identifier.
        offerItem.identifierOrCriteria = criteriaResolver.identifier;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to check whether a given item type represents
     *      a criteria-based ERC721 or ERC1155 item (e.g. an item that can be
     *      resolved to one of a number of different identifiers at the time of
     *      order fulfillment).
     *
     * @param itemType The item type in question.
     *
     * @return withCriteria A boolean indicating that the item type in question
     *                      represents a criteria-based item.
     */
    function _isItemWithCriteria(
        ItemType itemType
    ) internal pure returns (bool withCriteria) {
        // ERC721WithCriteria is ItemType 4. ERC1155WithCriteria is ItemType 5.
        assembly {
            withCriteria := gt(itemType, 3)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that a given element is contained
     *      in a merkle root via a supplied proof.
     *
     * @param leaf  The element for which to prove inclusion.
     * @param root  The merkle root that inclusion will be proved against.
     * @param proof The merkle proof.
     */
    function _verifyProof(
        uint256 leaf,
        uint256 root,
        bytes32[] memory proof
    ) internal pure {
        // Declare a variable that will be used to determine proof validity.
        bool isValid;
        // Utilize assembly to efficiently verify the proof against the root.
        assembly {
            // Store the leaf at the beginning of scratch space.
            mstore(0, leaf)
            // Derive the hash of the leaf to use as the initial proof element.
            let computedHash := keccak256(0, OneWord)
            // Get memory start location of the first element in proof array.
            let data := add(proof, OneWord)
            // Iterate over each proof element to compute the root hash.
            for {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                let end := add(data, shl(OneWordShift, mload(proof)))
            } lt(data, end) {
                // Increment by one word at a time.
                data := add(data, OneWord)
            } {
                // Get the proof element.
                let loadedData := mload(data)
                // Sort proof elements and place them in scratch space.
                // Slot of `computedHash` in scratch space.
                // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                let scratch := shl(OneWordShift, gt(computedHash, loadedData))
                // Store elements to hash contiguously in scratch space. Scratch
                // space is 64 bytes (0x00 - 0x3f) & both elements are 32 bytes.
                mstore(scratch, computedHash)
                mstore(xor(scratch, OneWord), loadedData)
                // Derive the updated hash.
                computedHash := keccak256(0, TwoWords)
            }
            // Compare the final hash to the supplied root.
            isValid := eq(computedHash, root)
        }
        // Revert if computed hash does not equal supplied root.
        if (!isValid) {
            _revertInvalidProof();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    AmountDerivationErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/AmountDerivationErrors.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    InexactFraction_error_length,
    InexactFraction_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title AmountDeriver
 * @author 0age
 * @notice AmountDeriver contains view and pure functions related to deriving
 *         item amounts based on partial fill quantity and on linear
 *         interpolation based on current time when the start amount and end
 *         amount differ.
 */
contract AmountDeriver is AmountDerivationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the current amount of a given item
     *      based on the current price, the starting price, and the ending
     *      price. If the start and end prices differ, the current price will be
     *      interpolated on a linear basis. Note that this function expects that
     *      the startTime parameter of orderParameters is not greater than the
     *      current block timestamp and that the endTime parameter is greater
     *      than the current block timestamp. If this condition is not upheld,
     *      duration / elapsed / remaining variables will underflow.
     *
     * @param startAmount The starting amount of the item.
     * @param endAmount   The ending amount of the item.
     * @param startTime   The starting time of the order.
     * @param endTime     The end time of the order.
     * @param roundUp     A boolean indicating whether the resultant amount
     *                    should be rounded up or down.
     *
     * @return amount The current amount.
     */
    function _locateCurrentAmount(
        uint256 startAmount,
        uint256 endAmount,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal view returns (uint256 amount) {
        // Only modify end amount if it doesn't already equal start amount.
        if (startAmount != endAmount) {
            // Declare variables to derive in the subsequent unchecked scope.
            uint256 duration;
            uint256 elapsed;
            uint256 remaining;
            // Skip underflow checks as startTime <= block.timestamp < endTime.
            unchecked {
                // Derive the duration for the order and place it on the stack.
                duration = endTime - startTime;
                // Derive time elapsed since the order started & place on stack.
                elapsed = block.timestamp - startTime;
                // Derive time remaining until order expires and place on stack.
                remaining = duration - elapsed;
            }
            // Aggregate new amounts weighted by time with rounding factor.
            uint256 totalBeforeDivision = ((startAmount * remaining) +
                (endAmount * elapsed));
            // Use assembly to combine operations and skip divide-by-zero check.
            assembly {
                // Multiply by iszero(iszero(totalBeforeDivision)) to ensure
                // amount is set to zero if totalBeforeDivision is zero,
                // as intermediate overflow can occur if it is zero.
                amount := mul(
                    iszero(iszero(totalBeforeDivision)),
                    // Subtract 1 from the numerator and add 1 to the result
                    // if roundUp is true to get proper rounding direction.
                    // Division is performed with no zero check as duration
                    // cannot be zero as long as startTime < endTime.
                    add(
                        div(sub(totalBeforeDivision, roundUp), duration),
                        roundUp
                    )
                )
            }
            // Return the current amount.
            return amount;
        }
        // Return the original amount as startAmount == endAmount.
        return endAmount;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to return a fraction of a given value and to
     *      ensure the resultant value does not have any fractional component.
     *      Note that this function assumes that zero will never be supplied as
     *      the denominator parameter; invalid / undefined behavior will result
     *      should a denominator of zero be provided.
     *
     * @param numerator   A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                    should be filled.
     * @param denominator A value indicating the total size of the order. Note
     *                    that this value cannot be equal to zero.
     * @param value       The value for which to compute the fraction.
     *
     * @return newValue The value after applying the fraction.
     */
    function _getFraction(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 value
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 newValue) {
        // Return value early in cases where the fraction resolves to 1.
        if (numerator == denominator) {
            return value;
        }
        // Ensure fraction can be applied to the value with no remainder. Note
        // that the denominator cannot be zero.
        assembly {
            // Ensure new value contains no remainder via mulmod operator.
            // Credit to @hrkrshnn + @axic for proposing this optimal solution.
            if mulmod(value, numerator, denominator) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, InexactFraction_error_selector)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InexactFraction()"))
                revert(Error_selector_offset, InexactFraction_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Multiply the numerator by the value and ensure no overflow occurs.
        uint256 valueTimesNumerator = value * numerator;
        // Divide by the denominator (note that denominator cannot be zero).
        assembly {
            // Perform division without zero check.
            newValue := div(valueTimesNumerator, denominator)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to apply a fraction to a consideration
     * or offer item.
     *
     * @param startAmount     The starting amount of the item.
     * @param endAmount       The ending amount of the item.
     * @param numerator       A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                        should be filled.
     * @param denominator     A value indicating the total size of the order.
     * @param startTime       The starting time of the order.
     * @param endTime         The end time of the order.
     * @param roundUp         A boolean indicating whether the resultant
     *                        amount should be rounded up or down.
     *
     * @return amount The received item to transfer with the final amount.
     */
    function _applyFraction(
        uint256 startAmount,
        uint256 endAmount,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal view returns (uint256 amount) {
        // If start amount equals end amount, apply fraction to end amount.
        if (startAmount == endAmount) {
            // Apply fraction to end amount.
            amount = _getFraction(numerator, denominator, endAmount);
        } else {
            // Otherwise, apply fraction to both and interpolated final amount.
            amount = _locateCurrentAmount(
                _getFraction(numerator, denominator, startAmount),
                _getFraction(numerator, denominator, endAmount),
                startTime,
                endTime,
                roundUp
            );
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import { Side } from "../lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
/**
 * @title FulfillmentApplicationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice FulfillmentApplicationErrors contains errors related to fulfillment
 *         application and aggregation.
 */
interface FulfillmentApplicationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a fulfillment is provided that does not
     *      declare at least one component as part of a call to fulfill
     *      available orders.
     */
    error MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(Side side);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a fulfillment is provided that does not
     *      declare at least one offer component and at least one consideration
     *      component.
     */
    error OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the initial offer item named by a
     *      fulfillment component does not match the type, token, identifier,
     *      or conduit preference of the initial consideration item.
     *
     * @param fulfillmentIndex The index of the fulfillment component that
     *                         does not match the initial offer item.
     */
    error MismatchedFulfillmentOfferAndConsiderationComponents(
        uint256 fulfillmentIndex
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order or item index are out of range
     *      or a fulfillment component does not match the type, token,
     *      identifier, or conduit preference of the initial consideration item.
     */
    error InvalidFulfillmentComponentData();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import { OrderType } from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    ConsiderationItem,
    OfferItem,
    Order,
    OrderComponents,
    OrderParameters,
    OrderStatus
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {
    _revertBadFraction,
    _revertCannotCancelOrder,
    _revertConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal,
    _revertInvalidContractOrder,
    _revertPartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import { Executor } from "./Executor.sol";
import { ZoneInteraction } from "./ZoneInteraction.sol";
import { MemoryPointer } from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder_denominator_offset,
    AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset,
    BasicOrder_basicOrderParameters_cd_offset,
    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr,
    Common_amount_offset,
    Common_endAmount_offset,
    Common_identifier_offset,
    Common_token_offset,
    ConsiderItem_recipient_offset,
    ContractOrder_orderHash_offerer_shift,
    MaxUint120,
    OrderStatus_filledDenominator_offset,
    OrderStatus_filledNumerator_offset,
    OrderStatus_ValidatedAndNotCancelled,
    OrderStatus_ValidatedAndNotCancelledAndFullyFilled,
    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    Panic_arithmetic,
    Panic_error_code_ptr,
    Panic_error_length,
    Panic_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
import {
    CalldataPointer
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
/**
 * @title OrderValidator
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderValidator contains functionality related to validating orders
 *         and updating their status.
 */
contract OrderValidator is Executor, ZoneInteraction {
    // Track status of each order (validated, cancelled, and fraction filled).
    mapping(bytes32 => OrderStatus) private _orderStatus;
    // Track nonces for contract offerers.
    mapping(address => uint256) internal _contractNonces;
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Executor(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to verify the status of a basic order.
     *      Note that this function may only be safely called as part of basic
     *      orders, as it assumes a specific calldata encoding structure that
     *      must first be validated.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the order.
     */
    function _validateBasicOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash
    ) internal view returns (OrderStatus storage orderStatus) {
        // Retrieve offerer directly using fixed calldata offset based on strict
        // basic parameter encoding.
        address offerer;
        assembly {
            offerer := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
        }
        // Retrieve the order status for the given order hash.
        orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        // Ensure order is fillable and is not cancelled.
        _verifyOrderStatus(
            orderHash,
            orderStatus,
            true, // Only allow unused orders when fulfilling basic orders.
            _runTimeConstantTrue() // Signifies to revert if order is invalid.
        );
        unchecked {
            // If the order is not already validated, verify supplied signature.
            if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
                _verifySignature(
                    offerer,
                    orderHash,
                    _toBytesReturnType(_decodeBytes)(
                        // Wrap the absolute pointer to the order signature as a
                        // CalldataPointer.
                        CalldataPointer.wrap(
                            // Read the relative pointer to the order signature.
                            CalldataPointer
                                .wrap(BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr)
                                .readMaskedUint256() +
                                // Add the BasicOrderParameters struct offset to
                                // the relative pointer.
                                BasicOrder_basicOrderParameters_cd_offset
                        )
                    )
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to update the status of a basic order, assuming
     *      all validation has already been performed.
     *
     * @param orderStatus A storage pointer referencing the order status.
     */
    function _updateBasicOrderStatus(OrderStatus storage orderStatus) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to efficiently update the order status.
        assembly {
            // Update order status as validated, not cancelled, & fully filled.
            sstore(
                orderStatus.slot,
                OrderStatus_ValidatedAndNotCancelledAndFullyFilled
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an order, determine what portion to
     *      fill, and update its status. The desired fill amount is supplied as
     *      a fraction, as is the returned amount to fill.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder     The order to fulfill as well as the fraction to
     *                          fill. Note that all offer and consideration
     *                          amounts must divide with no remainder in order
     *                          for a partial fill to be valid.
     * @param revertOnInvalid   A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                          order is invalid due to the time or status.
     *
     * @return orderHash      The order hash.
     * @return numerator      A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                        will be filled.
     * @return denominator    A value indicating the total size of the order.
     */
    function _validateOrder(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    )
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes32 orderHash, uint256 numerator, uint256 denominator)
    {
        // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
        // Ensure current timestamp falls between order start time and end time.
        if (
            !_verifyTime(
                orderParameters.startTime,
                orderParameters.endTime,
                revertOnInvalid
            )
        ) {
            // Assuming an invalid time and no revert, return zeroed out values.
            return (bytes32(0), 0, 0);
        }
        // Read numerator and denominator from memory and place on the stack.
        // Note that overflowed values are masked.
        assembly {
            numerator := and(
                mload(add(advancedOrder, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)),
                MaxUint120
            )
            denominator := and(
                mload(add(advancedOrder, AdvancedOrder_denominator_offset)),
                MaxUint120
            )
        }
        // Declare variable for tracking the validity of the supplied fraction.
        bool invalidFraction;
        // If the order is a contract order, return the generated order.
        if (orderParameters.orderType == OrderType.CONTRACT) {
            // Ensure that the numerator and denominator are both equal to 1.
            assembly {
                // (1 ^ nd =/= 0) => (nd =/= 1) => (n =/= 1) || (d =/= 1)
                // It's important that the values are 120-bit masked before
                // multiplication is applied. Otherwise, the last implication
                // above is not correct (mod 2^256).
                invalidFraction := xor(mul(numerator, denominator), 1)
            }
            // Revert if the supplied numerator and denominator are not valid.
            if (invalidFraction) {
                _revertBadFraction();
            }
            // Return a placeholder orderHash and a fill fraction of 1/1.
            // The real orderHash will be returned by _getGeneratedOrder.
            return (bytes32(uint256(1)), 1, 1);
        }
        // Ensure numerator does not exceed denominator and is not zero.
        assembly {
            invalidFraction := or(gt(numerator, denominator), iszero(numerator))
        }
        // Revert if the supplied numerator and denominator are not valid.
        if (invalidFraction) {
            _revertBadFraction();
        }
        // If attempting partial fill (n < d) check order type & ensure support.
        if (
            _doesNotSupportPartialFills(
                orderParameters.orderType,
                numerator,
                denominator
            )
        ) {
            // Revert if partial fill was attempted on an unsupported order.
            _revertPartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder();
        }
        // Retrieve current counter & use it w/ parameters to derive order hash.
        orderHash = _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(orderParameters);
        // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        // Ensure order is fillable and is not cancelled.
        if (
            // Allow partially used orders to be filled.
            !_verifyOrderStatus(orderHash, orderStatus, false, revertOnInvalid)
        ) {
            // Assuming an invalid order status and no revert, return zero fill.
            return (orderHash, 0, 0);
        }
        // If the order is not already validated, verify the supplied signature.
        if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
            _verifySignature(
                orderParameters.offerer,
                orderHash,
                advancedOrder.signature
            );
        }
        // Utilize assembly to determine the fraction to fill and update status.
        assembly {
            let orderStatusSlot := orderStatus.slot
            // Read filled amount as numerator and denominator and put on stack.
            let filledNumerator := sload(orderStatusSlot)
            let filledDenominator := shr(
                OrderStatus_filledDenominator_offset,
                filledNumerator
            )
            // "Loop" until the appropriate fill fraction has been determined.
            for {
            } 1 {
            } {
                // If no portion of the order has been filled yet...
                if iszero(filledDenominator) {
                    // fill the full supplied fraction.
                    filledNumerator := numerator
                    // Exit the "loop" early.
                    break
                }
                // Shift and mask to calculate the current filled numerator.
                filledNumerator := and(
                    shr(OrderStatus_filledNumerator_offset, filledNumerator),
                    MaxUint120
                )
                // If denominator of 1 supplied, fill entire remaining amount.
                if eq(denominator, 1) {
                    // Set the amount to fill to the remaining amount.
                    numerator := sub(filledDenominator, filledNumerator)
                    // Set the fill size to the current size.
                    denominator := filledDenominator
                    // Exit the "loop" early.
                    break
                }
                // If supplied denominator is equal to the current one:
                if eq(denominator, filledDenominator) {
                    // Increment the filled numerator by the new numerator.
                    filledNumerator := add(numerator, filledNumerator)
                    // Once adjusted, if current + supplied numerator exceeds
                    // the denominator:
                    let carry := mul(
                        sub(filledNumerator, denominator),
                        gt(filledNumerator, denominator)
                    )
                    // reduce the amount to fill by the excess.
                    numerator := sub(numerator, carry)
                    // Exit the "loop" early.
                    break
                }
                // Otherwise, if supplied denominator differs from current one:
                // Scale the filled amount up by the supplied size.
                filledNumerator := mul(filledNumerator, denominator)
                // Scale the supplied amount and size up by the current size.
                numerator := mul(numerator, filledDenominator)
                denominator := mul(denominator, filledDenominator)
                // Increment the filled numerator by the new numerator.
                filledNumerator := add(numerator, filledNumerator)
                // Once adjusted, if current + supplied numerator exceeds
                // denominator:
                let carry := mul(
                    sub(filledNumerator, denominator),
                    gt(filledNumerator, denominator)
                )
                // reduce the amount to fill by the excess.
                numerator := sub(numerator, carry)
                // Reduce the filled amount by the excess as well.
                filledNumerator := sub(filledNumerator, carry)
                // Check denominator for uint120 overflow.
                if gt(denominator, MaxUint120) {
                    // Derive greatest common divisor using euclidean algorithm.
                    function gcd(_a, _b) -> out {
                        // "Loop" until only one non-zero value remains.
                        for {
                        } _b {
                        } {
                            // Assign the second value to a temporary variable.
                            let _c := _b
                            // Derive the modulus of the two values.
                            _b := mod(_a, _c)
                            // Set the first value to the temporary value.
                            _a := _c
                        }
                        // Return the remaining non-zero value.
                        out := _a
                    }
                    // Determine the amount to scale down the fill fractions.
                    let scaleDown := gcd(
                        numerator,
                        gcd(filledNumerator, denominator)
                    )
                    // Ensure that the divisor is at least one.
                    let safeScaleDown := add(scaleDown, iszero(scaleDown))
                    // Scale fractional values down by gcd.
                    numerator := div(numerator, safeScaleDown)
                    denominator := div(denominator, safeScaleDown)
                    // Perform the overflow check a second time.
                    if gt(denominator, MaxUint120) {
                        // Store the Panic error signature.
                        mstore(0, Panic_error_selector)
                        // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code.
                        mstore(Panic_error_code_ptr, Panic_arithmetic)
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                        //     "Panic(uint256)", 0x11
                        // ))
                        revert(Error_selector_offset, Panic_error_length)
                    }
                }
                // Exit the "loop" now that all evaluation is complete.
                break
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to update the status of an order by applying the
     *      supplied fill fraction to the remaining order fraction. If
     *      revertOnInvalid is true, the function will revert if the order is
     *      unavailable or if it is not possible to apply the supplied fill
     *      fraction to the remaining amount (e.g., if there is not enough
     *      of the order remaining to fill the supplied fraction, or if the
     *      fractions cannot be represented by two uint120 values).
     *
     * @param orderHash       The hash of the order.
     * @param numerator       The numerator of the fraction filled to write to
     *                        the order status.
     * @param denominator     The denominator of the fraction filled to write to
     *                        the order status.
     * @param revertOnInvalid Whether to revert if an order is already filled.
     */
    function _updateStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        bool hasCarry = false;
        uint256 orderStatusSlot;
        uint256 filledNumerator;
        // Utilize assembly to determine the fraction to fill and update status.
        assembly {
            orderStatusSlot := orderStatus.slot
            // Read filled amount as numerator and denominator and put on stack.
            filledNumerator := sload(orderStatusSlot)
            let filledDenominator := shr(
                OrderStatus_filledDenominator_offset,
                filledNumerator
            )
            // "Loop" until the appropriate fill fraction has been determined.
            for {
            } 1 {
            } {
                // If no portion of the order has been filled yet...
                if iszero(filledDenominator) {
                    // fill the full supplied fraction.
                    filledNumerator := numerator
                    // Exit the "loop" early.
                    break
                }
                // Shift and mask to calculate the current filled numerator.
                filledNumerator := and(
                    shr(OrderStatus_filledNumerator_offset, filledNumerator),
                    MaxUint120
                )
                // If supplied denominator is equal to the current one:
                if eq(denominator, filledDenominator) {
                    // Increment the filled numerator by the new numerator.
                    filledNumerator := add(numerator, filledNumerator)
                    hasCarry := gt(filledNumerator, denominator)
                    // Exit the "loop" early.
                    break
                }
                // Otherwise, if supplied denominator differs from current one:
                // Scale the filled amount up by the supplied size.
                filledNumerator := mul(filledNumerator, denominator)
                // Scale the supplied amount and size up by the current size.
                numerator := mul(numerator, filledDenominator)
                denominator := mul(denominator, filledDenominator)
                // Increment the filled numerator by the new numerator.
                filledNumerator := add(numerator, filledNumerator)
                hasCarry := gt(filledNumerator, denominator)
                // Check filledNumerator and denominator for uint120 overflow.
                if or(
                    gt(filledNumerator, MaxUint120),
                    gt(denominator, MaxUint120)
                ) {
                    // Derive greatest common divisor using euclidean algorithm.
                    function gcd(_a, _b) -> out {
                        // "Loop" until only one non-zero value remains.
                        for {
                        } _b {
                        } {
                            // Assign the second value to a temporary variable.
                            let _c := _b
                            // Derive the modulus of the two values.
                            _b := mod(_a, _c)
                            // Set the first value to the temporary value.
                            _a := _c
                        }
                        // Return the remaining non-zero value.
                        out := _a
                    }
                    // Determine amount to scale down the new filled fraction.
                    let scaleDown := gcd(filledNumerator, denominator)
                    // Ensure that the divisor is at least one.
                    let safeScaleDown := add(scaleDown, iszero(scaleDown))
                    // Scale new filled fractional values down by gcd.
                    filledNumerator := div(filledNumerator, safeScaleDown)
                    denominator := div(denominator, safeScaleDown)
                    // Perform the overflow check a second time.
                    if or(
                        gt(filledNumerator, MaxUint120),
                        gt(denominator, MaxUint120)
                    ) {
                        // Store the Panic error signature.
                        mstore(0, Panic_error_selector)
                        // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code.
                        mstore(Panic_error_code_ptr, Panic_arithmetic)
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                        //     "Panic(uint256)", 0x11
                        // ))
                        revert(Error_selector_offset, Panic_error_length)
                    }
                }
                // Exit the "loop" now that all evaluation is complete.
                break
            }
        }
        if (hasCarry) {
            if (revertOnInvalid) {
                revert OrderAlreadyFilled(orderHash);
            } else {
                return false;
            }
        }
        assembly {
            // Update order status and fill amount, packing struct values.
            // [denominator: 15 bytes] [numerator: 15 bytes]
            // [isCancelled: 1 byte] [isValidated: 1 byte]
            sstore(
                orderStatusSlot,
                or(
                    OrderStatus_ValidatedAndNotCancelled,
                    or(
                        shl(
                            OrderStatus_filledNumerator_offset,
                            filledNumerator
                        ),
                        shl(OrderStatus_filledDenominator_offset, denominator)
                    )
                )
            )
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to generate a contract order. When a
     *      collection-wide criteria-based item (criteria = 0) is provided as an
     *      input to a contract order, the contract offerer has full latitude to
     *      choose any identifier it wants mid-flight, which differs from the
     *      usual behavior.  For regular criteria-based orders with
     *      identifierOrCriteria = 0, the fulfiller can pick which identifier to
     *      receive by providing a CriteriaResolver. For contract offers with
     *      identifierOrCriteria = 0, Seaport does not expect a corresponding
     *      CriteriaResolver, and will revert if one is provided.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters for the order.
     * @param context         The context for generating the order.
     * @param revertOnInvalid Whether to revert on invalid input.
     *
     * @return orderHash   The order hash.
     */
    function _getGeneratedOrder(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        bytes memory context,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal returns (bytes32 orderHash) {
        // Ensure that consideration array length is equal to the total original
        // consideration items value.
        if (
            orderParameters.consideration.length !=
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        ) {
            _revertConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal();
        }
        {
            address offerer = orderParameters.offerer;
            bool success;
            (MemoryPointer cdPtr, uint256 size) = _encodeGenerateOrder(
                orderParameters,
                context
            );
            assembly {
                success := call(gas(), offerer, 0, cdPtr, size, 0, 0)
            }
            {
                // Note: overflow impossible; nonce can't increment that high.
                uint256 contractNonce;
                unchecked {
                    // Note: nonce will be incremented even for skipped orders,
                    // and even if generateOrder's return data does not satisfy
                    // all the constraints. This is the case when errorBuffer
                    // != 0 and revertOnInvalid == false.
                    contractNonce = _contractNonces[offerer]++;
                }
                assembly {
                    // Shift offerer address up 96 bytes and combine with nonce.
                    orderHash := xor(
                        contractNonce,
                        shl(ContractOrder_orderHash_offerer_shift, offerer)
                    )
                }
            }
            // Revert or skip if the call to generate the contract order failed.
            if (!success) {
                if (revertOnInvalid) {
                    _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
                    _revertInvalidContractOrder(orderHash);
                }
                return bytes32(0);
            }
        }
        // From this point onward, do not allow for skipping orders as the
        // contract offerer may have modified state in expectation of any named
        // consideration items being sent to their designated recipients.
        // Decode the returned contract order and/or update the error buffer.
        (
            uint256 errorBuffer,
            OfferItem[] memory offer,
            ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration
        ) = _convertGetGeneratedOrderResult(_decodeGenerateOrderReturndata)(
                orderParameters.offer,
                orderParameters.consideration
            );
        // Revert if the returndata could not be decoded correctly.
        if (errorBuffer != 0) {
            _revertInvalidContractOrder(orderHash);
        }
        // Assign the returned offer item in place of the original item.
        orderParameters.offer = offer;
        // Assign returned consideration item in place of the original item.
        orderParameters.consideration = consideration;
        // Return the order hash.
        return orderHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that
     *      only the offerer or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers
     *      should ensure that the intended order was cancelled by calling
     *      `getOrderStatus` and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *      Also note that contract orders are not cancellable.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders were
     *                   successfully cancelled.
     */
    function _cancel(
        OrderComponents[] calldata orders
    ) internal returns (bool cancelled) {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Declare variables outside of the loop.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus;
        // Declare a variable for tracking invariants in the loop.
        bool anyInvalidCallerOrContractOrder;
        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the orders array from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ) {
                // Retrieve the order.
                OrderComponents calldata order = orders[i];
                address offerer = order.offerer;
                address zone = order.zone;
                OrderType orderType = order.orderType;
                assembly {
                    // If caller is neither the offerer nor zone, or a contract
                    // order is present, flag anyInvalidCallerOrContractOrder.
                    anyInvalidCallerOrContractOrder := or(
                        anyInvalidCallerOrContractOrder,
                        // orderType == CONTRACT ||
                        // !(caller == offerer || caller == zone)
                        or(
                            eq(orderType, 4),
                            iszero(
                                or(eq(caller(), offerer), eq(caller(), zone))
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }
                bytes32 orderHash = _deriveOrderHash(
                    _toOrderParametersReturnType(
                        _decodeOrderComponentsAsOrderParameters
                    )(order.toCalldataPointer()),
                    order.counter
                );
                // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
                orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
                // Update the order status as not valid and cancelled.
                orderStatus.isValidated = false;
                orderStatus.isCancelled = true;
                // Emit an event signifying that the order has been cancelled.
                emit OrderCancelled(orderHash, offerer, zone);
                // Increment counter inside body of loop for gas efficiency.
                ++i;
            }
        }
        if (anyInvalidCallerOrContractOrder) {
            _revertCannotCancelOrder();
        }
        // Return a boolean indicating that orders were successfully cancelled.
        cancelled = true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby
     *      registering their signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to
     *      skip signature verification on fulfillment. Note that validated
     *      orders may still be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or
     *      other factors; callers should determine whether validated orders are
     *      fulfillable by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution.
     *      Also note that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the
     *      offerer can validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders were
     *                   successfully validated.
     */
    function _validate(
        Order[] memory orders
    ) internal returns (bool validated) {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Declare variables outside of the loop.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus;
        bytes32 orderHash;
        address offerer;
        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the orders array from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the order.
                Order memory order = orders[i];
                // Retrieve the order parameters.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = order.parameters;
                // Skip contract orders.
                if (orderParameters.orderType == OrderType.CONTRACT) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Move offerer from memory to the stack.
                offerer = orderParameters.offerer;
                // Get current counter & use it w/ params to derive order hash.
                orderHash = _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(
                    orderParameters
                );
                // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
                orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
                // Ensure order is fillable and retrieve the filled amount.
                _verifyOrderStatus(
                    orderHash,
                    orderStatus,
                    false, // Signifies that partially filled orders are valid.
                    _runTimeConstantTrue() // Revert if order is invalid.
                );
                // If the order has not already been validated...
                if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
                    // Ensure that consideration array length is equal to the
                    // total original consideration items value.
                    if (
                        orderParameters.consideration.length !=
                        orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
                    ) {
                        _revertConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal();
                    }
                    // Verify the supplied signature.
                    _verifySignature(offerer, orderHash, order.signature);
                    // Update order status to mark the order as valid.
                    orderStatus.isValidated = true;
                    // Emit an event signifying the order has been validated.
                    emit OrderValidated(orderHash, orderParameters);
                }
            }
        }
        // Return a boolean indicating that orders were successfully validated.
        validated = true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve the status of a given order by
     *      hash, including whether the order has been cancelled or validated
     *      and the fraction of the order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function _getOrderStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash
    )
        internal
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the order status using the order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        // Return the fields on the order status.
        return (
            orderStatus.isValidated,
            orderStatus.isCancelled,
            orderStatus.numerator,
            orderStatus.denominator
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to check whether a given order type indicates
     *      that partial fills are not supported (e.g. only "full fills" are
     *      allowed for the order in question).
     *
     * @param orderType   The order type in question.
     * @param numerator   The numerator in question.
     * @param denominator The denominator in question.
     *
     * @return isFullOrder A boolean indicating whether the order type only
     *                     supports full fills.
     */
    function _doesNotSupportPartialFills(
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (bool isFullOrder) {
        // The "full" order types are even, while "partial" order types are odd.
        // Bitwise and by 1 is equivalent to modulo by 2, but 2 gas cheaper. The
        // check is only necessary if numerator is less than denominator.
        assembly {
            // Equivalent to `uint256(orderType) & 1 == 0`.
            isFullOrder := and(
                lt(numerator, denominator),
                iszero(and(orderType, 1))
            )
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import { Side } from "../lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
/**
 * @title CriteriaResolutionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CriteriaResolutionErrors contains all errors related to criteria
 *         resolution.
 */
interface CriteriaResolutionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order that has not been supplied.
     *
     * @param side The side of the order that was not supplied.
     */
    error OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange(Side side);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if an offer item still has unresolved criteria
     *      after applying all criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param orderIndex The index of the order that contains the offer item.
     * @param offerIndex The index of the offer item that still has unresolved
     *                   criteria.
     */
    error UnresolvedOfferCriteria(uint256 orderIndex, uint256 offerIndex);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if a consideration item still has unresolved
     *      criteria after applying all criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param orderIndex         The index of the order that contains the
     *                           consideration item.
     * @param considerationIndex The index of the consideration item that still
     *                           has unresolved criteria.
     */
    error UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria(
        uint256 orderIndex,
        uint256 considerationIndex
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with an offer item that has not been supplied.
     */
    error OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with a consideration item that has not been supplied.
     */
    error ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with an item that does not expect a criteria to be
     *      resolved.
     */
    error CriteriaNotEnabledForItem();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that
     *      contains an invalid proof with respect to the given item and
     *      chosen identifier.
     */
    error InvalidProof();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title AmountDerivationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice AmountDerivationErrors contains errors related to amount derivation.
 */
interface AmountDerivationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to apply a fraction as part of
     *      a partial fill that does not divide the target amount cleanly.
     */
    error InexactFraction();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ConduitInterface
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import {
    ConduitItemType
} from "seaport-types/src/conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { ItemType } from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import { ReceivedItem } from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { Verifiers } from "./Verifiers.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "./TokenTransferrer.sol";
import {
    Accumulator_array_length_ptr,
    Accumulator_array_offset_ptr,
    Accumulator_array_offset,
    Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr,
    Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference,
    Accumulator_selector_ptr,
    AccumulatorArmed,
    AccumulatorDisarmed,
    Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr,
    Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr,
    Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr,
    Conduit_transferItem_size,
    Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr,
    Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    OneWord,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_account_ptr,
    NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
    NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length,
    NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
import {
    _revertInvalidCallToConduit,
    _revertInvalidConduit,
    _revertInvalidERC721TransferAmount,
    _revertUnusedItemParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
/**
 * @title Executor
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Executor contains functions related to processing executions (i.e.
 *         transferring items, either directly or via conduits).
 */
contract Executor is Verifiers, TokenTransferrer {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Verifiers(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given item, either directly or via
     *      a corresponding conduit.
     *
     * @param item        The item to transfer, including an amount and a
     *                    recipient.
     * @param from        The account supplying the item.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transfer(
        ReceivedItem memory item,
        address from,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // If the item type indicates Ether or a native token...
        if (item.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
            // Ensure neither the token nor the identifier parameters are set.
            if ((uint160(item.token) | item.identifier) != 0) {
                _revertUnusedItemParameters();
            }
            // transfer the native tokens to the recipient.
            _transferNativeTokens(item.recipient, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ItemType.ERC20) {
            // Ensure that no identifier is supplied.
            if (item.identifier != 0) {
                _revertUnusedItemParameters();
            }
            // Transfer ERC20 tokens from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC20(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ItemType.ERC721) {
            // Transfer ERC721 token from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC721(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        } else {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC1155(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer Ether or other native tokens to a
     *      given recipient.
     *
     * @param to     The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _transferNativeTokens(
        address payable to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
        // Declare a variable indicating whether the call was successful or not.
        bool success;
        assembly {
            // Transfer the native token and store if it succeeded or not.
            success := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        // If the call fails...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass the revert reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error message.
            assembly {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector)
                // Write `to` and `amount` arguments.
                mstore(NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_account_ptr, to)
                mstore(
                    NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                    amount
                )
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure(address,uint256)",
                //     to,
                //     amount
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient using a given conduit if applicable. Sufficient
     *      approvals must be set on this contract or on a respective conduit.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC20(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);
        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Perform the token transfer directly.
            _performERC20Transfer(token, from, to, amount);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC20,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                uint256(0),
                amount
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a single ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set,
     *      either on the respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The tokenId to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer (must be 1 for ERC721).
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC721(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);
        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (amount != 1) {
                _revertInvalidERC721TransferAmount(amount);
            }
            // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
            _performERC721Transfer(token, from, to, identifier);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC721,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                identifier,
                amount
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set, either on
     *      the respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The id to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC1155(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);
        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
            _performERC1155Transfer(token, from, to, identifier, amount);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC1155,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                identifier,
                amount
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit currently held by
     *      the accumulator if the accumulator contains item transfers (i.e. it
     *      is "armed") and the supplied conduit key does not match the key held
     *      by the accumulator.
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     */
    function _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(
        bytes memory accumulator,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey = _getAccumulatorConduitKey(accumulator);
        // Perform conduit call if the set key does not match the supplied key.
        if (accumulatorConduitKey != conduitKey) {
            _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit currently held by
     *      the accumulator if the accumulator contains item transfers (i.e. it
     *      is "armed").
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _triggerIfArmed(bytes memory accumulator) internal {
        // Exit if the accumulator is not "armed".
        if (accumulator.length != AccumulatorArmed) {
            return;
        }
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey = _getAccumulatorConduitKey(accumulator);
        // Perform conduit call.
        _trigger(accumulatorConduitKey, accumulator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit corresponding to
     *      a given conduit key, supplying all accumulated item transfers. The
     *      accumulator will be "disarmed" and reset in the process.
     *
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _trigger(bytes32 conduitKey, bytes memory accumulator) internal {
        // Declare variables for offset in memory & size of calldata to conduit.
        uint256 callDataOffset;
        uint256 callDataSize;
        // Call the conduit with all the accumulated transfers.
        assembly {
            // Call begins at third word; the first is length or "armed" status,
            // and the second is the current conduit key.
            callDataOffset := add(accumulator, TwoWords)
            // 68 + items * 192
            callDataSize := add(
                Accumulator_array_offset_ptr,
                mul(
                    mload(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr)),
                    Conduit_transferItem_size
                )
            )
        }
        // Call conduit derived from conduit key & supply accumulated transfers.
        _callConduitUsingOffsets(conduitKey, callDataOffset, callDataSize);
        // Reset accumulator length to signal that it is now "disarmed".
        assembly {
            mstore(accumulator, AccumulatorDisarmed)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a call to the conduit corresponding to
     *      a given conduit key based on the offset and size of the calldata in
     *      question in memory.
     *
     * @param conduitKey     A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding
     *                       conduit, if any, to source token approvals from.
     *                       The zero hash signifies that no conduit should be
     *                       used, with direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param callDataOffset The memory pointer where calldata is contained.
     * @param callDataSize   The size of calldata in memory.
     */
    function _callConduitUsingOffsets(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        uint256 callDataOffset,
        uint256 callDataSize
    ) internal {
        // Derive the address of the conduit using the conduit key.
        address conduit = _deriveConduit(conduitKey);
        bool success;
        bytes4 result;
        // call the conduit.
        assembly {
            // Ensure first word of scratch space is empty.
            mstore(0, 0)
            // Perform call, placing first word of return data in scratch space.
            success := call(
                gas(),
                conduit,
                0,
                callDataOffset,
                callDataSize,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Take value from scratch space and place it on the stack.
            result := mload(0)
        }
        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Pass along whatever revert reason was given by the conduit.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error.
            _revertInvalidCallToConduit(conduit);
        }
        // Ensure result was extracted and matches magic value.
        if (result != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
            _revertInvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the current conduit key set for
     *      the accumulator.
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     *
     * @return accumulatorConduitKey The conduit key currently set for the
     *                               accumulator.
     */
    function _getAccumulatorConduitKey(
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey) {
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        assembly {
            accumulatorConduitKey := mload(
                add(accumulator, Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr)
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to place an item transfer into an accumulator
     *      that collects a series of transfers to execute against a given
     *      conduit in a single call.
     *
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     * @param itemType    The type of the item to transfer.
     * @param token       The token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The tokenId to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _insert(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator,
        ConduitItemType itemType,
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 elements;
        // "Arm" and prime accumulator if it's not already armed. The sentinel
        // value is held in the length of the accumulator array.
        if (accumulator.length == AccumulatorDisarmed) {
            elements = 1;
            bytes4 selector = ConduitInterface.execute.selector;
            assembly {
                mstore(accumulator, AccumulatorArmed) // "arm" the accumulator.
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr), conduitKey)
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_selector_ptr), selector)
                mstore(
                    add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_offset_ptr),
                    Accumulator_array_offset
                )
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr), elements)
            }
        } else {
            // Otherwise, increase the number of elements by one.
            assembly {
                elements := add(
                    mload(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr)),
                    1
                )
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr), elements)
            }
        }
        // Insert the item.
        assembly {
            let itemPointer := sub(
                add(accumulator, mul(elements, Conduit_transferItem_size)),
                Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference
            )
            mstore(itemPointer, itemType)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr), token)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr), from)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr), to)
            mstore(
                add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr),
                identifier
            )
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr), amount)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import { OrderType } from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {
    ZoneInteractionErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ZoneInteractionErrors.sol";
import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";
import { ConsiderationEncoder } from "./ConsiderationEncoder.sol";
import {
    CalldataPointer,
    MemoryPointer,
    OffsetOrLengthMask,
    ZeroSlotPtr
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
import {
    authorizeOrder_selector_offset,
    BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr,
    ContractOrder_orderHash_offerer_shift,
    MaskOverFirstFourBytes,
    OneWord,
    OrderParameters_salt_offset,
    OrderParameters_zone_offset,
    validateOrder_selector_offset
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    InvalidContractOrder_error_selector,
    InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_length,
    InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_orderHash_ptr,
    InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title ZoneInteraction
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteraction contains logic related to interacting with zones.
 */
contract ZoneInteraction is
    ConsiderationEncoder,
    ZoneInteractionErrors,
    LowLevelHelpers
{
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to determine if an order has a restricted order
     *      type and, if so, to ensure that either the zone is the caller or
     *      that a call to `validateOrder` on the zone returns a magic value
     *      indicating that the order is currently valid. Note that contract
     *      orders are not accessible via the basic fulfillment method.
     *
     * @param orderHash  The hash of the order.
     * @param orderType  The order type.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedBasicOrderAuthorization(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal returns (uint256 callDataPointer) {
        // Order type 2-3 require zone be caller or zone to approve.
        // Note that in cases where fulfiller == zone, the restricted order
        // validation will be skipped.
        if (
            _isRestrictedAndCallerNotZone(
                orderType,
                CalldataPointer.wrap(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr).readAddress()
            )
        ) {
            // Encode the `authorizeOrder` call in memory.
            (
                MemoryPointer callData,
                uint256 size,
                uint256 memoryLocationForOrderHashes
            ) = _encodeAuthorizeBasicOrder(orderHash);
            // Write the error selector to memory at the zero slot where it can
            // be used to revert with a specific error message.
            ZeroSlotPtr.write(InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector);
            // Perform `authorizeOrder` call & ensure magic value was returned.
            _callAndCheckStatus(
                CalldataPointer.wrap(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr).readAddress(),
                orderHash,
                callData.offset(authorizeOrder_selector_offset),
                size
            );
            // Restore the zero slot.
            ZeroSlotPtr.write(0);
            // Register the calldata pointer for the encoded calldata.
            callDataPointer = MemoryPointer.unwrap(callData);
            // Utilize unchecked logic as size value cannot be so large as to
            // cause an overflow.
            unchecked {
                // Write the packed encoding of size and memory location for
                // order hashes to memory at the head of the encoded calldata.
                callData.write(
                    ((size + OneWord) << 128) | memoryLocationForOrderHashes
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to determine if an order has a restricted order
     *      type and, if so, to ensure that either the zone is the caller or
     *      that a call to `validateOrder` on the zone returns a magic value
     *      indicating that the order is currently valid. Note that contract
     *      orders are not accessible via the basic fulfillment method.
     *
     * @param orderHash   The hash of the order.
     * @param orderType   The order type.
     * @param callDataPtr The pointer to the call data for the basic order.
     *                    Note that the initial value will contain the size
     *                    and the memory location for order hashes length.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedBasicOrderValidity(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 callDataPtr
    ) internal {
        // Order type 2-3 require zone be caller or zone to approve.
        // Note that in cases where fulfiller == zone, the restricted order
        // validation will be skipped.
        if (
            _isRestrictedAndCallerNotZone(
                orderType,
                CalldataPointer.wrap(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr).readAddress()
            )
        ) {
            // Cast the call data pointer to a memory pointer.
            MemoryPointer callData = MemoryPointer.wrap(callDataPtr);
            // Retrieve the size and memory location for order hashes from the
            // head of the encoded calldata where it was previously written.
            uint256 sizeAndMemoryLocationForOrderHashes = (
                callData.readUint256()
            );
            // Split the packed encoding to retrieve size and memory location.
            uint256 size = sizeAndMemoryLocationForOrderHashes >> 128;
            uint256 memoryLocationForOrderHashes = (
                sizeAndMemoryLocationForOrderHashes & OffsetOrLengthMask
            );
            // Encode the `validateOrder` call in memory.
            _encodeValidateBasicOrder(callData, memoryLocationForOrderHashes);
            // Account for the offset of the selector in the encoded call data.
            callData = callData.offset(validateOrder_selector_offset);
            // Write the error selector to memory at the zero slot where it can
            // be used to revert with a specific error message.
            ZeroSlotPtr.write(InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector);
            // Perform `validateOrder` call and ensure magic value was returned.
            _callAndCheckStatus(
                CalldataPointer.wrap(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr).readAddress(),
                orderHash,
                callData,
                size
            );
            // Restore the zero slot.
            ZeroSlotPtr.write(0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to determine the pre-execution validity of
     *      restricted orders, signaling whether or not the order is valid.
     *      Restricted orders where the caller is not the zone must
     *      successfully call `authorizeOrder` with the correct magic value
     *      returned.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder   The advanced order in question.
     * @param orderHashes     The order hashes of each order included as part
     *                        of the current fulfillment.
     * @param orderHash       The hash of the order.
     * @param orderIndex      The index of the order.
     * @param revertOnInvalid Whether to revert if the call is invalid.
     *
     * @return isValid True if the order is valid, false otherwise (unless
     *                 revertOnInvalid is true, in which case this function
     *                 will revert).
     */
    function _checkRestrictedAdvancedOrderAuthorization(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 orderIndex,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal returns (bool isValid) {
        // Retrieve the parameters of the order in question.
        OrderParameters memory parameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
        // OrderType 2-3 require zone to be caller or approve via validateOrder.
        if (
            _isRestrictedAndCallerNotZone(parameters.orderType, parameters.zone)
        ) {
            // Encode the `validateOrder` call in memory.
            (MemoryPointer callData, uint256 size) = _encodeAuthorizeOrder(
                orderHash,
                parameters,
                advancedOrder.extraData,
                orderHashes,
                orderIndex
            );
            // Perform call and ensure a corresponding magic value was returned.
            return
                _callAndCheckStatusWithSkip(
                    parameters.zone,
                    orderHash,
                    callData,
                    size,
                    InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector,
                    revertOnInvalid
                );
        }
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to determine the pre-execution validity of
     *      restricted orders and to revert if the order is invalid.
     *      Restricted orders where the caller is not the zone must
     *      successfully call `authorizeOrder` with the correct magic value
     *      returned.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder   The advanced order in question.
     * @param orderHashes     The order hashes of each order included as part
     *                        of the current fulfillment.
     * @param orderHash       The hash of the order.
     * @param orderIndex      The index of the order.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderAuthorization(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 orderIndex
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the parameters of the order in question.
        OrderParameters memory parameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
        // OrderType 2-3 requires zone to call or approve via authorizeOrder.
        if (
            _isRestrictedAndCallerNotZone(parameters.orderType, parameters.zone)
        ) {
            // Encode the `authorizeOrder` call in memory.
            (MemoryPointer callData, uint256 size) = _encodeAuthorizeOrder(
                orderHash,
                parameters,
                advancedOrder.extraData,
                orderHashes,
                orderIndex
            );
            // Write the error selector to memory at the zero slot where it can
            // be used to revert with a specific error message.
            ZeroSlotPtr.write(InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector);
            // Perform call and ensure a corresponding magic value was returned.
            _callAndCheckStatus(parameters.zone, orderHash, callData, size);
            // Restore the zero slot.
            ZeroSlotPtr.write(0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to determine the post-execution validity of
     *      restricted and contract orders. Restricted orders where the caller
     *      is not the zone must successfully call `validateOrder` with the
     *      correct magic value returned. Contract orders must successfully call
     *      `ratifyOrder` with the correct magic value returned.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder The advanced order in question.
     * @param orderHashes   The order hashes of each order included as part of
     *                      the current fulfillment.
     * @param orderHash     The hash of the order.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        bytes32 orderHash
    ) internal {
        // Declare variables that will be assigned based on the order type.
        address target;
        uint256 errorSelector;
        MemoryPointer callData;
        uint256 size;
        // Retrieve the parameters of the order in question.
        OrderParameters memory parameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
        // OrderType 2-3 require zone to be caller or approve via validateOrder.
        if (
            _isRestrictedAndCallerNotZone(parameters.orderType, parameters.zone)
        ) {
            // Encode the `validateOrder` call in memory.
            (callData, size) = _encodeValidateOrder(
                parameters
                    .toMemoryPointer()
                    .offset(OrderParameters_salt_offset)
                    .readUint256(),
                orderHashes
            );
            // Set the target to the zone.
            target = (
                parameters
                    .toMemoryPointer()
                    .offset(OrderParameters_zone_offset)
                    .readAddress()
            );
            // Set the restricted-order-specific error selector.
            errorSelector = InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_selector;
        } else if (parameters.orderType == OrderType.CONTRACT) {
            // Set the target to the offerer (note the offerer has no offset).
            target = parameters.toMemoryPointer().readAddress();
            // Shift the target 96 bits to the left.
            uint256 shiftedOfferer;
            assembly {
                shiftedOfferer := shl(
                    ContractOrder_orderHash_offerer_shift,
                    target
                )
            }
            // Encode the `ratifyOrder` call in memory.
            (callData, size) = _encodeRatifyOrder(
                orderHash,
                parameters,
                advancedOrder.extraData,
                orderHashes,
                shiftedOfferer
            );
            // Set the contract-order-specific error selector.
            errorSelector = InvalidContractOrder_error_selector;
        } else {
            return;
        }
        // Write the error selector to memory at the zero slot where it can be
        // used to revert with a specific error message.
        ZeroSlotPtr.write(errorSelector);
        // Perform call and ensure a corresponding magic value was returned.
        _callAndCheckStatus(target, orderHash, callData, size);
        // Restore the zero slot.
        ZeroSlotPtr.write(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Determines whether the specified order type is restricted and the
     *      caller is not the specified zone.
     *
     * @param orderType     The type of the order to check.
     * @param zone          The address of the zone to check against.
     *
     * @return mustValidate True if the order type is restricted and the caller
     *                      is not the specified zone, false otherwise.
     */
    function _isRestrictedAndCallerNotZone(
        OrderType orderType,
        address zone
    ) internal view returns (bool mustValidate) {
        // Utilize assembly to efficiently perform the check.
        assembly {
            mustValidate := and(
                // Note that this check requires that there are no order
                // types beyond the current set (0-4).  It will need to be
                // modified if more order types are added.
                and(lt(orderType, 4), gt(orderType, 1)),
                iszero(eq(caller(), zone))
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calls the specified target with the given data and checks the status
     *      of the call. Revert reasons will be "bubbled up" if one is returned,
     *      otherwise reverting calls will throw a generic error based on the
     *      supplied error handler. Note that the custom error selector must
     *      already be in memory at the zero slot when this function is called.
     *
     * @param target        The address of the contract to call.
     * @param orderHash     The hash of the order associated with the call.
     * @param callData      The data to pass to the contract call.
     * @param size          The size of calldata.
     */
    function _callAndCheckStatus(
        address target,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        MemoryPointer callData,
        uint256 size
    ) internal {
        bool success;
        bool magicMatch;
        assembly {
            // Get magic value from the selector at start of provided calldata.
            let magic := and(mload(callData), MaskOverFirstFourBytes)
            // Clear the start of scratch space.
            mstore(0, 0)
            // Perform call, placing result in the first word of scratch space.
            success := call(gas(), target, 0, callData, size, 0, OneWord)
            // Determine if returned magic value matches the calldata selector.
            magicMatch := eq(magic, mload(0))
        }
        // Revert if the call was not successful.
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // If no reason was returned, revert with supplied error selector.
            assembly {
                // The error selector is already in memory at the zero slot.
                mstore(0x80, orderHash)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSelector(
                //     "InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32)",
                //     orderHash
                // ))
                revert(0x7c, InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Revert if the correct magic value was not returned.
        if (!magicMatch) {
            // Revert with a generic error message.
            assembly {
                // The error selector is already in memory at the zero slot.
                mstore(0x80, orderHash)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSelector(
                //     "InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32)",
                //     orderHash
                // ))
                revert(0x7c, InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calls the specified target with the given data and checks the status
     *      of the call. Revert reasons will be "bubbled up" if one is returned,
     *      otherwise reverting calls will throw a generic error based on the
     *      supplied error handler.
     *
     * @param target          The address of the contract to call.
     * @param orderHash       The hash of the order associated with the call.
     * @param callData        The data to pass to the contract call.
     * @param size            The size of calldata.
     * @param errorSelector   The error handling function to call if the call
     *                        fails or the magic value does not match.
     * @param revertOnInvalid Whether to revert if the call is invalid. Must
     *                        still revert if the call returns invalid data.
     */
    function _callAndCheckStatusWithSkip(
        address target,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        MemoryPointer callData,
        uint256 size,
        uint256 errorSelector,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        bool success;
        bool magicMatch;
        assembly {
            // Get magic value from the selector at start of provided calldata.
            let magic := and(mload(callData), MaskOverFirstFourBytes)
            // Clear the start of scratch space.
            mstore(0, 0)
            // Perform call, placing result in the first word of scratch space.
            success := call(gas(), target, 0, callData, size, 0, OneWord)
            // Determine if returned magic value matches the calldata selector.
            magicMatch := eq(magic, mload(0))
        }
        // Revert or return false if the call was not successful.
        if (!success) {
            if (!revertOnInvalid) {
                return false;
            }
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // If no reason was returned, revert with supplied error selector.
            assembly {
                mstore(0, errorSelector)
                mstore(InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSelector(
                //     "InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32)",
                //     orderHash
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_length
                )
            }
        }
        // Revert if the correct magic value was not returned.
        if (!magicMatch) {
            // Revert with a generic error message.
            assembly {
                mstore(0, errorSelector)
                mstore(InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSelector(
                //     "InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32)",
                //     orderHash
                // ))
                revert(
                    Error_selector_offset,
                    InvalidRestrictedOrder_error_length
                )
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer,
    ConduitTransfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import { OrderStatus } from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { Assertions } from "./Assertions.sol";
import { SignatureVerification } from "./SignatureVerification.sol";
import {
    _revertInvalidTime,
    _revertOrderAlreadyFilled,
    _revertOrderIsCancelled,
    _revertOrderPartiallyFilled
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    BulkOrderProof_keyShift,
    BulkOrderProof_keySize,
    BulkOrderProof_lengthAdjustmentBeforeMask,
    BulkOrderProof_lengthRangeAfterMask,
    BulkOrderProof_minSize,
    BulkOrderProof_rangeSize,
    ECDSA_MaxLength,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    ThirtyOneBytes,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Verifiers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Verifiers contains functions for performing verifications.
 */
contract Verifiers is Assertions, SignatureVerification {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Assertions(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the current time falls within
     *      an order's valid timespan.
     *
     * @param startTime       The time at which the order becomes active.
     * @param endTime         The time at which the order becomes inactive.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                        order is not active.
     *
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the order is active.
     */
    function _verifyTime(
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool valid) {
        // Mark as valid if order has started and has not already ended.
        assembly {
            valid := and(
                iszero(gt(startTime, timestamp())),
                gt(endTime, timestamp())
            )
        }
        // Only revert on invalid if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
        if (revertOnInvalid && !valid) {
            _revertInvalidTime(startTime, endTime);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to verify the signature of an order. An
     *      ERC-1271 fallback will be attempted if either the signature length
     *      is not 64 or 65 bytes or if the recovered signer does not match the
     *      supplied offerer. Note that in cases where a 64 or 65 byte signature
     *      is supplied, only standard ECDSA signatures that recover to a
     *      non-zero address are supported.
     *
     * @param offerer   The offerer for the order.
     * @param orderHash The order hash.
     * @param signature A signature from the offerer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _verifySignature(
        address offerer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view {
        // Determine whether the offerer is the caller.
        bool offererIsCaller;
        assembly {
            offererIsCaller := eq(offerer, caller())
        }
        // Skip signature verification if the offerer is the caller.
        if (offererIsCaller) {
            return;
        }
        // Derive the EIP-712 domain separator.
        bytes32 domainSeparator = _domainSeparator();
        // Derive original EIP-712 digest using domain separator and order hash.
        bytes32 originalDigest = _deriveEIP712Digest(
            domainSeparator,
            orderHash
        );
        // Read the length of the signature from memory and place on the stack.
        uint256 originalSignatureLength = signature.length;
        // Determine effective digest if signature has a valid bulk order size.
        bytes32 digest;
        if (_isValidBulkOrderSize(originalSignatureLength)) {
            // Rederive order hash and digest using bulk order proof.
            (orderHash) = _computeBulkOrderProof(signature, orderHash);
            digest = _deriveEIP712Digest(domainSeparator, orderHash);
        } else {
            // Supply the original digest as the effective digest.
            digest = originalDigest;
        }
        // Ensure that the signature for the digest is valid for the offerer.
        _assertValidSignature(
            offerer,
            digest,
            originalDigest,
            originalSignatureLength,
            signature
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Determines whether the specified bulk order size is valid.
     *
     * @param signatureLength The signature length of the bulk order to check.
     *
     * @return validLength True if bulk order size is valid, false otherwise.
     */
    function _isValidBulkOrderSize(
        uint256 signatureLength
    ) internal pure returns (bool validLength) {
        // Utilize assembly to validate the length; the equivalent logic is
        // (64 + x) + 3 + 32y where (0 <= x <= 1) and (1 <= y <= 24).
        assembly {
            validLength := and(
                lt(
                    sub(signatureLength, BulkOrderProof_minSize),
                    BulkOrderProof_rangeSize
                ),
                lt(
                    and(
                        add(
                            signatureLength,
                            BulkOrderProof_lengthAdjustmentBeforeMask
                        ),
                        ThirtyOneBytes
                    ),
                    BulkOrderProof_lengthRangeAfterMask
                )
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Computes the bulk order hash for the specified proof and leaf. Note
     *      that if an index that exceeds the number of orders in the bulk order
     *      payload will instead "wrap around" and refer to an earlier index.
     *
     * @param proofAndSignature The proof and signature of the bulk order.
     * @param leaf              The leaf of the bulk order tree.
     *
     * @return bulkOrderHash The bulk order hash.
     */
    function _computeBulkOrderProof(
        bytes memory proofAndSignature,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 bulkOrderHash) {
        // Declare arguments for the root hash and the height of the proof.
        bytes32 root;
        uint256 height;
        // Utilize assembly to efficiently derive the root hash using the proof.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the length of the proof, key, and signature combined.
            let fullLength := mload(proofAndSignature)
            // If proofAndSignature has odd length, it is a compact signature
            // with 64 bytes.
            let signatureLength := sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, and(fullLength, 1))
            // Derive height (or depth of tree) with signature and proof length.
            height := shr(OneWordShift, sub(fullLength, signatureLength))
            // Update the length in memory to only include the signature.
            mstore(proofAndSignature, signatureLength)
            // Derive the pointer for the key using the signature length.
            let keyPtr := add(proofAndSignature, add(OneWord, signatureLength))
            // Retrieve the three-byte key using the derived pointer.
            let key := shr(BulkOrderProof_keyShift, mload(keyPtr))
            /// Retrieve pointer to first proof element by applying a constant
            // for the key size to the derived key pointer.
            let proof := add(keyPtr, BulkOrderProof_keySize)
            // Compute level 1.
            let scratchPtr1 := shl(OneWordShift, and(key, 1))
            mstore(scratchPtr1, leaf)
            mstore(xor(scratchPtr1, OneWord), mload(proof))
            // Compute remaining proofs.
            for {
                let i := 1
            } lt(i, height) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                proof := add(proof, OneWord)
                let scratchPtr := shl(OneWordShift, and(shr(i, key), 1))
                mstore(scratchPtr, keccak256(0, TwoWords))
                mstore(xor(scratchPtr, OneWord), mload(proof))
            }
            // Compute root hash.
            root := keccak256(0, TwoWords)
        }
        // Retrieve appropriate typehash constant based on height.
        bytes32 rootTypeHash = _lookupBulkOrderTypehash(height);
        // Use the typehash and the root hash to derive final bulk order hash.
        assembly {
            mstore(0, rootTypeHash)
            mstore(OneWord, root)
            bulkOrderHash := keccak256(0, TwoWords)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to validate that a given order is fillable
     *      and not cancelled based on the order status.
     *
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     * @param orderStatus     The status of the order, including whether it has
     *                        been cancelled and the fraction filled.
     * @param onlyAllowUnused A boolean flag indicating whether partial fills
     *                        are supported by the calling function.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                        order has been cancelled or filled beyond the
     *                        allowable amount.
     *
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the order is valid.
     */
    function _verifyOrderStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus,
        bool onlyAllowUnused,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool valid) {
        // Ensure that the order has not been cancelled.
        if (orderStatus.isCancelled) {
            // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
            if (revertOnInvalid) {
                _revertOrderIsCancelled(orderHash);
            }
            // Return false as the order status is invalid.
            return false;
        }
        // Read order status numerator from storage and place on stack.
        uint256 orderStatusNumerator = orderStatus.numerator;
        // If the order is not entirely unused...
        if (orderStatusNumerator != 0) {
            // ensure the order has not been partially filled when not allowed.
            if (onlyAllowUnused) {
                // Always revert on partial fills when onlyAllowUnused is true.
                _revertOrderPartiallyFilled(orderHash);
            }
            // Otherwise, ensure that order has not been entirely filled.
            else if (orderStatusNumerator >= orderStatus.denominator) {
                // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
                if (revertOnInvalid) {
                    _revertOrderAlreadyFilled(orderHash);
                }
                // Return false as the order status is invalid.
                return false;
            }
        }
        // Return true as the order status is valid.
        valid = true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.14;
import {
    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length,
    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_selector,
    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
    BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size,
    ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset,
    CostPerWord,
    DefaultFreeMemoryPointer,
    ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature,
    ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr,
    ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature,
    ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset,
    ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr,
    ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr,
    ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr,
    ERC20_transferFrom_length,
    ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
    ERC20_transferFrom_signature,
    ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr,
    ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr,
    ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr,
    ERC721_transferFrom_length,
    ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
    ERC721_transferFrom_signature,
    ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr,
    ExtraGasBuffer,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    Generic_error_selector_offset,
    Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length,
    Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
    Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector,
    MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
    NoContract_error_account_ptr,
    NoContract_error_length,
    NoContract_error_selector,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    Slot0x80,
    Slot0xA0,
    Slot0xC0,
    ThirtyOneBytes,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_err_identifier_ptr,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_identifier_ptr,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr,
    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
    TwoWords,
    TwoWordsShift,
    ZeroSlot
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import {
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "seaport-types/src/conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data),
                // or had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )
            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := shr(
                                    OneWordShift,
                                    add(returndatasize(), ThirtyOneBytes)
                                )
                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := shr(OneWordShift, memPointer)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            shr(
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                )
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                            mstore(
                                0,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_err_identifier_ptr,
                                0
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(
                            //         address,address,address,uint256,uint256
                            //     )", token, from, to, identifier, amount
                            // ))
                            revert(
                                Generic_error_selector_offset,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                        mstore(
                            0,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_selector
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                        //     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
                        //         address,address,address,uint256
                        //     )", token, from, to, amount
                        // ))
                        revert(
                            Generic_error_selector_offset,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                    mstore(0, NoContract_error_selector)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_account_ptr, token)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    //      "NoContract(address)", account
                    // ))
                    revert(
                        Generic_error_selector_offset,
                        NoContract_error_length
                    )
                }
                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, NoContract_error_selector)
                mstore(NoContract_error_account_ptr, token)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "NoContract(address)", account
                // ))
                revert(Generic_error_selector_offset, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := shr(
                        OneWordShift,
                        add(returndatasize(), ThirtyOneBytes)
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := shr(OneWordShift, memPointer)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                shr(
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_identifier_ptr,
                    identifier
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(
                //         address,address,address,uint256,uint256
                //     )", token, from, to, identifier, amount
                // ))
                revert(
                    Generic_error_selector_offset,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, NoContract_error_selector)
                mstore(NoContract_error_account_ptr, token)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "NoContract(address)", account
                // ))
                revert(Generic_error_selector_offset, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := shr(
                        OneWordShift,
                        add(returndatasize(), ThirtyOneBytes)
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := shr(OneWordShift, memPointer)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                shr(
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_identifier_ptr,
                    identifier
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                //     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(
                //         address,address,address,uint256,uint256
                //     )", token, from, to, identifier, amount
                // ))
                revert(
                    Generic_error_selector_offset,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )
            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )
                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                    mstore(0, NoContract_error_selector)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_account_ptr, token)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    //     "NoContract(address)", account
                    // ))
                    revert(
                        Generic_error_selector_offset,
                        NoContract_error_length
                    )
                }
                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )
                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    shl(OneWordShift, idsLength)
                )
                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    //     "Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding()"
                    // ))
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }
                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )
                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(
                    TwoWords,
                    shl(TwoWordsShift, idsLength)
                )
                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )
                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )
                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := shr(
                            OneWordShift,
                            add(returndatasize(), ThirtyOneBytes)
                        )
                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := shr(OneWordShift, transferDataSize)
                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    shr(
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        )
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }
                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )
                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )
                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )
                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }
            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title ZoneInteractionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteractionErrors contains errors related to zone interaction.
 */
interface ZoneInteractionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that specifies
     *      a restricted submitter as its order type when not submitted by
     *      either the offerer or the order's zone or approved as valid by the
     *      zone in question via a call to `isValidOrder`.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash for the invalid restricted order.
     */
    error InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a contract order that
     *      fails to generate an order successfully, that does not adhere to the
     *      requirements for minimum spent or maximum received supplied by the
     *      fulfiller, or that fails the post-execution `ratifyOrder` check..
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash for the invalid contract order.
     */
    error InvalidContractOrder(bytes32 orderHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    CostPerWord,
    ExtraGasBuffer,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    ThirtyOneBytes
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    MemoryPointer,
    MemoryPointerLib
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    Execution
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title LowLevelHelpers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice LowLevelHelpers contains logic for performing various low-level
 *         operations.
 */
contract LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to revert and pass along the revert reason if
     *      data was returned by the last call and that the size of that data
     *      does not exceed the currently allocated memory size.
     */
    function _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned() internal view {
        assembly {
            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient gas
            // remains to do so:
            if returndatasize() {
                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy returndata
                // while expanding memory where necessary. Start by computing
                // the word size of returndata and allocated memory.
                let returnDataWords := shr(
                    OneWordShift,
                    add(returndatasize(), ThirtyOneBytes)
                )
                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to work
                // around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize directly
                // when the IR pipeline is activated.
                let msizeWords := shr(
                    OneWordShift,
                    mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                )
                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                    cost := add(
                        cost,
                        add(
                            mul(sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords), CostPerWord),
                            shr(
                                MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift,
                                sub(
                                    mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }
                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas remaining;
                // bubble up the revert data if enough gas is still available.
                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                    // Revert, specifying memory region with copied returndata.
                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to branchlessly select either the caller (if
     *      a supplied recipient is equal to zero) or the supplied recipient (if
     *      that recipient is a nonzero value).
     *
     * @param recipient The supplied recipient.
     *
     * @return updatedRecipient The updated recipient.
     */
    function _substituteCallerForEmptyRecipient(
        address recipient
    ) internal view returns (address updatedRecipient) {
        // Utilize assembly to perform a branchless operation on the recipient.
        assembly {
            // Add caller to recipient if recipient equals 0; otherwise add 0.
            updatedRecipient := add(recipient, mul(iszero(recipient), caller()))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to cast a `bool` value to a `uint256` value.
     *
     * @param b The `bool` value to cast.
     *
     * @return u The `uint256` value.
     */
    function _cast(bool b) internal pure returns (uint256 u) {
        assembly {
            u := b
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to cast the `pptrOffset` function from
     *      `MemoryPointerLib` to a function that takes a memory array of
     *      `AdvancedOrder` and an offset in memory and returns the
     *      `AdvancedOrder` whose pointer is stored at that offset from the
     *      array length.
     */
    function _getReadAdvancedOrderByOffset()
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(AdvancedOrder[] memory, uint256)
                internal
                pure
                returns (AdvancedOrder memory) fn2
        )
    {
        function(MemoryPointer, uint256)
            internal
            pure
            returns (MemoryPointer) fn1 = MemoryPointerLib.pptrOffset;
        assembly {
            fn2 := fn1
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to cast the `pptrOffset` function from
     *      `MemoryPointerLib` to a function that takes a memory array of
     *      `Execution` and an offset in memory and returns the
     *      `Execution` whose pointer is stored at that offset from the
     *      array length.
     */
    function _getReadExecutionByOffset()
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(Execution[] memory, uint256)
                internal
                pure
                returns (Execution memory) fn2
        )
    {
        function(MemoryPointer, uint256)
            internal
            pure
            returns (MemoryPointer) fn1 = MemoryPointerLib.pptrOffset;
        assembly {
            fn2 := fn1
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to return a `true` value that solc
     *      will not recognize as a compile time constant.
     *
     *      This function is used to bypass function specialization for
     *      functions which take a constant boolean as an input parameter.
     *
     *      This should only be used in cases where specialization has a
     *      negligible impact on the gas cost of the function.
     *
     *      Note: assumes the calldatasize is non-zero.
     */
    function _runTimeConstantTrue() internal pure returns (bool) {
        return msg.data.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to return a `false` value that solc
     *      will not recognize as a compile time constant.
     *
     *      This function is used to bypass function specialization for
     *      functions which take a constant boolean as an input parameter.
     *
     *      This should only be used in cases where specialization has a
     *      negligible impact on the gas cost of the function.
     *
     *      Note: assumes the calldatasize is non-zero.
     */
    function _runTimeConstantFalse() internal pure returns (bool) {
        return msg.data.length == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    authorizeOrder_calldata_baseOffset,
    authorizeOrder_head_offset,
    authorizeOrder_selector_offset,
    authorizeOrder_selector,
    authorizeOrder_zoneParameters_offset,
    BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_common_params_size,
    BasicOrder_consideration_offset_from_offer,
    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_startTimeThroughZoneHash_size,
    BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr,
    Common_amount_offset,
    Common_identifier_offset,
    Common_token_offset,
    generateOrder_base_tail_offset,
    generateOrder_context_head_offset,
    generateOrder_head_offset,
    generateOrder_maximumSpent_head_offset,
    generateOrder_minimumReceived_head_offset,
    generateOrder_selector_offset,
    generateOrder_selector,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OnlyFullWordMask,
    OrderFulfilled_baseDataSize,
    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset,
    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset,
    OrderParameters_endTime_offset,
    OrderParameters_offer_head_offset,
    OrderParameters_startTime_offset,
    OrderParameters_zoneHash_offset,
    ratifyOrder_base_tail_offset,
    ratifyOrder_consideration_head_offset,
    ratifyOrder_context_head_offset,
    ratifyOrder_contractNonce_offset,
    ratifyOrder_head_offset,
    ratifyOrder_orderHashes_head_offset,
    ratifyOrder_selector_offset,
    ratifyOrder_selector,
    ReceivedItem_size,
    Selector_length,
    SixtyThreeBytes,
    SpentItem_size_shift,
    SpentItem_size,
    validateOrder_selector,
    validateOrder_selector_offset,
    ZoneParameters_base_tail_offset,
    ZoneParameters_basicOrderFixedElements_length,
    ZoneParameters_consideration_head_offset,
    ZoneParameters_endTime_offset,
    ZoneParameters_extraData_head_offset,
    ZoneParameters_fulfiller_offset,
    ZoneParameters_offer_head_offset,
    ZoneParameters_offerer_offset,
    ZoneParameters_orderHashes_head_offset,
    ZoneParameters_selectorAndPointer_length,
    ZoneParameters_startTime_offset,
    ZoneParameters_zoneHash_offset
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {
    CalldataPointer,
    getFreeMemoryPointer,
    setFreeMemoryPointer,
    MemoryPointer,
    OffsetOrLengthMask
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
contract ConsiderationEncoder {
    /**
     * @dev Takes a bytes array and casts it to a memory pointer.
     *
     * @param obj A bytes array in memory.
     *
     * @return ptr A memory pointer to the start of the bytes array in memory.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        bytes memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an array of bytes32 types and casts it to a memory pointer.
     *
     * @param obj An array of bytes32 types in memory.
     *
     * @return ptr A memory pointer to the start of the array of bytes32 types
     *             in memory.
     */
    function toMemoryPointer(
        bytes32[] memory obj
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer ptr) {
        assembly {
            ptr := obj
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a bytes array in memory and copies it to a new location in
     *      memory.
     *
     * @param src A memory pointer referencing the bytes array to be copied (and
     *            pointing to the length of the bytes array).
     * @param src A memory pointer referencing the location in memory to copy
     *            the bytes array to (and pointing to the length of the copied
     *            bytes array).
     *
     * @return size The size of the bytes array.
     */
    function _encodeBytes(
        MemoryPointer src,
        MemoryPointer dst
    ) internal view returns (uint256 size) {
        unchecked {
            // Mask the length of the bytes array to protect against overflow
            // and round up to the nearest word.
            // Note: `size` also includes the 1 word that stores the length.
            size = (src.readUint256() + SixtyThreeBytes) & OnlyFullWordMask;
            // Copy the bytes array to the new memory location.
            src.copy(dst, size);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an OrderParameters struct and a context bytes array in memory
     *      and encodes it as `generateOrder` calldata.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The OrderParameters struct used to construct the
     *                        encoded `generateOrder` calldata.
     * @param context         The context bytes array used to construct the
     *                        encoded `generateOrder` calldata.
     *
     * @return dst  A memory pointer referencing the encoded `generateOrder`
     *              calldata.
     * @return size The size of the bytes array.
     */
    function _encodeGenerateOrder(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        bytes memory context
    ) internal view returns (MemoryPointer dst, uint256 size) {
        // Get the memory pointer for the OrderParameters struct.
        MemoryPointer src = orderParameters.toMemoryPointer();
        // Get free memory pointer to write calldata to.
        dst = getFreeMemoryPointer();
        // Write generateOrder selector and get pointer to start of calldata.
        dst.write(generateOrder_selector);
        dst = dst.offset(generateOrder_selector_offset);
        // Get pointer to the beginning of the encoded data.
        MemoryPointer dstHead = dst.offset(generateOrder_head_offset);
        // Write `fulfiller` to calldata.
        dstHead.write(msg.sender);
        // Initialize tail offset, used to populate the minimumReceived array.
        uint256 tailOffset = generateOrder_base_tail_offset;
        // Write offset to minimumReceived.
        dstHead.offset(generateOrder_minimumReceived_head_offset).write(
            tailOffset
        );
        // Get memory pointer to `orderParameters.offer.length`.
        MemoryPointer srcOfferPointer = src
            .offset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            .readMemoryPointer();
        // Encode the offer array as a `SpentItem[]`.
        uint256 minimumReceivedSize = _encodeSpentItems(
            srcOfferPointer,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate maximumSpent array.
            tailOffset += minimumReceivedSize;
        }
        // Write offset to maximumSpent.
        dstHead.offset(generateOrder_maximumSpent_head_offset).write(
            tailOffset
        );
        // Get memory pointer to `orderParameters.consideration.length`.
        MemoryPointer srcConsiderationPointer = src
            .offset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset)
            .readMemoryPointer();
        // Encode the consideration array as a `SpentItem[]`.
        uint256 maximumSpentSize = _encodeSpentItems(
            srcConsiderationPointer,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate context array.
            tailOffset += maximumSpentSize;
        }
        // Write offset to context.
        dstHead.offset(generateOrder_context_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        // Get memory pointer to context.
        MemoryPointer srcContext = toMemoryPointer(context);
        // Encode context as a bytes array.
        uint256 contextSize = _encodeBytes(
            srcContext,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment the tail offset, now used to determine final size.
            tailOffset += contextSize;
            // Derive the final size by including the selector.
            size = Selector_length + tailOffset;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an order hash (e.g. offerer shifted 96 bits to the left XOR'd
     *      with the contract nonce in the case of contract orders), an
     *      OrderParameters struct, context bytes array, and an array of order
     *      hashes for each order included as part of the current fulfillment
     *      and encodes it as `ratifyOrder` calldata.
     *
     * @param orderHash       The order hash (e.g. shl(0x60, offerer) ^ nonce).
     * @param orderParameters The OrderParameters struct used to construct the
     *                        encoded `ratifyOrder` calldata.
     * @param context         The context bytes array used to construct the
     *                        encoded `ratifyOrder` calldata.
     * @param orderHashes     An array of bytes32 values representing the order
     *                        hashes of all orders included as part of the
     *                        current fulfillment.
     * @param shiftedOfferer  The offerer for the order, shifted 96 bits to the
     *                        left.
     *
     * @return dst  A memory pointer referencing the encoded `ratifyOrder`
     *              calldata.
     * @return size The size of the bytes array.
     */
    function _encodeRatifyOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash, // e.g. shl(0x60, offerer) ^ contract nonce
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        bytes memory context, // encoded based on the schemaID
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        uint256 shiftedOfferer
    ) internal view returns (MemoryPointer dst, uint256 size) {
        // Get free memory pointer to write calldata to. This isn't allocated as
        // it is only used for a single function call.
        dst = getFreeMemoryPointer();
        // Write ratifyOrder selector and get pointer to start of calldata.
        dst.write(ratifyOrder_selector);
        dst = dst.offset(ratifyOrder_selector_offset);
        // Get pointer to the beginning of the encoded data.
        MemoryPointer dstHead = dst.offset(ratifyOrder_head_offset);
        // Write contractNonce to calldata via xor(orderHash, shiftedOfferer).
        dstHead.offset(ratifyOrder_contractNonce_offset).write(
            uint256(orderHash) ^ shiftedOfferer
        );
        // Initialize tail offset, used to populate the offer array.
        uint256 tailOffset = ratifyOrder_base_tail_offset;
        MemoryPointer src = orderParameters.toMemoryPointer();
        // Write offset to `offer`.
        dstHead.write(tailOffset);
        // Get memory pointer to `orderParameters.offer.length`.
        MemoryPointer srcOfferPointer = src
            .offset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            .readMemoryPointer();
        // Encode the offer array as a `SpentItem[]`.
        uint256 offerSize = _encodeSpentItems(
            srcOfferPointer,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate consideration array.
            tailOffset += offerSize;
        }
        // Write offset to consideration.
        dstHead.offset(ratifyOrder_consideration_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        // Get pointer to `orderParameters.consideration.length`.
        MemoryPointer srcConsiderationPointer = src
            .offset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset)
            .readMemoryPointer();
        // Encode the consideration array as a `ReceivedItem[]`.
        uint256 considerationSize = _encodeConsiderationAsReceivedItems(
            srcConsiderationPointer,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate context array.
            tailOffset += considerationSize;
        }
        // Write offset to context.
        dstHead.offset(ratifyOrder_context_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        // Encode context.
        uint256 contextSize = _encodeBytes(
            toMemoryPointer(context),
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate orderHashes array.
            tailOffset += contextSize;
        }
        // Write offset to orderHashes.
        dstHead.offset(ratifyOrder_orderHashes_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        // Encode orderHashes.
        uint256 orderHashesSize = _encodeOrderHashes(
            toMemoryPointer(orderHashes),
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment the tail offset, now used to determine final size.
            tailOffset += orderHashesSize;
            // Derive the final size by including the selector.
            size = Selector_length + tailOffset;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an order hash, OrderParameters struct, extraData bytes array,
     *      and array of order hashes for each order included as part of the
     *      current fulfillment and encodes it as `authorizeOrder` calldata.
     *      Note that future, new versions of this contract may end up writing
     *      to a memory region that might have been potentially dirtied by the
     *      accumulator. Since the book-keeping for the accumulator does not
     *      update the free memory pointer, it will be necessary to ensure that
     *      all bytes in the memory in the range [dst, dst+size) are fully
     *      updated/written to in this function.
     *
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     * @param orderParameters The OrderParameters struct used to construct the
     *                        encoded `authorizeOrder` calldata.
     * @param extraData       The extraData bytes array used to construct the
     *                        encoded `authorizeOrder` calldata.
     * @param orderHashes     An array of bytes32 values representing the order
     *                        hashes of all available orders validated thus far
     *                        as part of current fulfillment.
     *                        Note that this differs from the orderHashes array
     *                        passed to `validateOrder` in that the latter
     *                        includes *all* available and validated orders
     *                        in the final fulfillment, as it is only a subset
     *                        of the final fulfilled orderHashes.
     *
     * @return dst  A memory pointer referencing the encoded `authorizeOrder`
     *              calldata.
     * @return size The size of the bytes array.
     */
    function _encodeAuthorizeOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        bytes memory extraData,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes,
        uint256 orderIndex
    ) internal view returns (MemoryPointer dst, uint256 size) {
        // Get free memory pointer to write calldata to.
        MemoryPointer ptr = getFreeMemoryPointer();
        dst = ptr;
        // Write authorizeOrder selector and get pointer to start of calldata.
        dst.write(authorizeOrder_selector);
        dst = dst.offset(authorizeOrder_selector_offset);
        // Get pointer to the beginning of the encoded data.
        MemoryPointer dstHead = dst.offset(authorizeOrder_head_offset);
        // Write offset to zoneParameters to start of calldata.
        dstHead.write(authorizeOrder_zoneParameters_offset);
        // Reuse `dstHead` as pointer to zoneParameters.
        dstHead = dstHead.offset(authorizeOrder_zoneParameters_offset);
        // Write orderHash and fulfiller to zoneParameters.
        dstHead.writeBytes32(orderHash);
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_fulfiller_offset).write(msg.sender);
        // Get the memory pointer to the order parameters struct.
        MemoryPointer src = orderParameters.toMemoryPointer();
        // Copy offerer, startTime, endTime and zoneHash to zoneParameters.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_offerer_offset).write(src.readUint256());
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_startTime_offset).write(
            src.offset(OrderParameters_startTime_offset).readUint256()
        );
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_endTime_offset).write(
            src.offset(OrderParameters_endTime_offset).readUint256()
        );
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_zoneHash_offset).write(
            src.offset(OrderParameters_zoneHash_offset).readUint256()
        );
        // Initialize tail offset, used to populate the offer array.
        uint256 tailOffset = ZoneParameters_base_tail_offset;
        // Write offset to `offer`.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_offer_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        // Get pointer to `orderParameters.offer.length`.
        MemoryPointer srcOfferPointer = src
            .offset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            .readMemoryPointer();
        // Encode the offer array as a `SpentItem[]`.
        uint256 offerSize = _encodeSpentItems(
            srcOfferPointer,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate consideration array.
            tailOffset += offerSize;
        }
        // Write offset to consideration.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_consideration_head_offset).write(
            tailOffset
        );
        // Get pointer to `orderParameters.consideration.length`.
        MemoryPointer srcConsiderationPointer = src
            .offset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset)
            .readMemoryPointer();
        // Encode the consideration array as a `ReceivedItem[]`.
        uint256 considerationSize = _encodeConsiderationAsReceivedItems(
            srcConsiderationPointer,
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate extraData array.
            tailOffset += considerationSize;
        }
        // Write offset to extraData.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_extraData_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        unchecked {
            // Copy extraData.
            uint256 extraDataSize = _encodeBytes(
                toMemoryPointer(extraData),
                dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
            );
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate orderHashes array.
            tailOffset += extraDataSize;
        }
        // Write offset to orderHashes.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_orderHashes_head_offset).write(
            tailOffset
        );
        // Encode the order hashes array.
        MemoryPointer orderHashesLengthLocation = dstHead.offset(tailOffset);
        unchecked {
            uint256 orderHashesSize = _encodeOrderHashes(
                toMemoryPointer(orderHashes),
                orderHashesLengthLocation
            );
            // Increment the tail offset, now used to determine final size.
            tailOffset += orderHashesSize;
            // Derive final size including selector and ZoneParameters pointer.
            size = ZoneParameters_selectorAndPointer_length + tailOffset;
        }
        // Update the free memory pointer.
        setFreeMemoryPointer(dst.offset(size));
        // Track the pointer, size (when performing validateOrder) and pointer
        // to orderHashes length by overriding the salt value on the order.
        orderParameters.salt = ((MemoryPointer.unwrap(ptr) << 128) |
            (size << 64) |
            MemoryPointer.unwrap(orderHashesLengthLocation));
        // Write the shortened orderHashes array length.
        orderHashesLengthLocation.write(orderIndex);
        // Modify encoding size to account for the shorter orderHashes array.
        size -= (orderHashes.length - orderIndex) << OneWordShift;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an order hash, OrderParameters struct, extraData bytes array,
     *      and array of order hashes for each order included as part of the
     *      current fulfillment and encodes it as `validateOrder` calldata.
     *      Note that future, new versions of this contract may end up writing
     *      to a memory region that might have been potentially dirtied by the
     *      accumulator. Since the book-keeping for the accumulator does not
     *      update the free memory pointer, it will be necessary to ensure that
     *      all bytes in the memory in the range [dst, dst+size) are fully
     *      updated/written to in this function.
     *
     * @param salt            The salt on the order, which has been repurposed
     *                        to contain relevant pointers and encoding size.
     * @param orderHashes     An array of bytes32 values representing the order
     *                        hashes of all orders included as part of the
     *                        current fulfillment.
     *
     * @return dst  A memory pointer referencing the encoded `validateOrder`
     *              calldata.
     * @return size The size of the bytes array.
     */
    function _encodeValidateOrder(
        uint256 salt,
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes
    ) internal view returns (MemoryPointer dst, uint256 size) {
        dst = MemoryPointer.wrap(salt >> 128);
        size = (salt >> 64) & OffsetOrLengthMask;
        MemoryPointer orderHashesLengthLocation = MemoryPointer.wrap(
            salt & OffsetOrLengthMask
        );
        // Write validateOrder selector.
        dst.write(validateOrder_selector);
        dst = dst.offset(validateOrder_selector_offset);
        // Encode the order hashes array. Note that this currently modifies
        // order hashes that are known to be properly encoded already and could
        // therefore be skipped.
        _encodeOrderHashes(
            toMemoryPointer(orderHashes),
            orderHashesLengthLocation
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an order hash and BasicOrderParameters struct (from calldata)
     *      and encodes it as `authorizeOrder` calldata. Note that memory data
     *      is reused from `OrderFulfilled` event data, and the rest of the
     *      calldata is prefixed and postfixed to this memory region. Note that
     *      the memory region before the spent and received items on the
     *      `OrderFulfilled` event are overwritten, which implies that this
     *      function will need to be modified should the layout of that event
     *      data change in the future.
     *
     * @param orderHash  The order hash.
     *
     * @return ptr  A memory pointer referencing the encoded `authorizeOrder`
     *              calldata with extra padding at the start to word align.
     * @return size The size of the bytes array.
     */
    function _encodeAuthorizeBasicOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash
    )
        internal
        view
        returns (
            MemoryPointer ptr,
            uint256 size,
            uint256 memoryLocationForOrderHashes
        )
    {
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to pre `OrderFulfilled`'s spent item event data
            // using base offset & total original recipients.
            ptr = MemoryPointer.wrap(
                authorizeOrder_calldata_baseOffset +
                    (CalldataPointer
                        .wrap(
                            BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr
                        )
                        .readUint256() << OneWordShift)
            );
        }
        MemoryPointer dst = ptr;
        // Write authorizeOrder selector and get pointer to start of calldata.
        dst.write(authorizeOrder_selector);
        dst = dst.offset(authorizeOrder_selector_offset);
        // Get pointer to the beginning of the encoded data.
        MemoryPointer dstHead = dst.offset(authorizeOrder_head_offset);
        // Write offset to zoneParameters to start of calldata.
        dstHead.write(authorizeOrder_zoneParameters_offset);
        // Reuse `dstHead` as pointer to zoneParameters.
        dstHead = dstHead.offset(authorizeOrder_zoneParameters_offset);
        // Write offerer, orderHash and fulfiller to zoneParameters.
        dstHead.writeBytes32(orderHash);
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_fulfiller_offset).write(msg.sender);
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_offerer_offset).write(
            CalldataPointer.wrap(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr).readAddress()
        );
        // Copy startTime, endTime and zoneHash to zoneParameters.
        CalldataPointer.wrap(BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr).copy(
            dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_startTime_offset),
            BasicOrder_startTimeThroughZoneHash_size
        );
        // Initialize tail offset, used for the offer + consideration arrays.
        uint256 tailOffset = ZoneParameters_base_tail_offset;
        // Write offset to offer from event data into target calldata.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_offer_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        unchecked {
            // Write consideration offset next (located 5 words after offer).
            dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_consideration_head_offset).write(
                tailOffset + BasicOrder_consideration_offset_from_offer
            );
            // Retrieve the length of additional recipients.
            uint256 additionalRecipientsLength = CalldataPointer
                .wrap(BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr)
                .readUint256();
            // Derive size of offer and consideration data.
            // 2 words (lengths) + 4 (offer data) + 5 (consideration 1) + 5 * ar
            uint256 offerAndConsiderationSize = OrderFulfilled_baseDataSize +
                (additionalRecipientsLength * ReceivedItem_size);
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate extraData array.
            tailOffset += offerAndConsiderationSize;
        }
        // Write empty bytes for extraData.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_extraData_head_offset).write(tailOffset);
        dstHead.offset(tailOffset).write(0);
        unchecked {
            // Increment tail offset, now used to populate orderHashes array.
            tailOffset += OneWord;
        }
        // Write offset to orderHashes.
        dstHead.offset(ZoneParameters_orderHashes_head_offset).write(
            tailOffset
        );
        memoryLocationForOrderHashes = MemoryPointer.unwrap(
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset)
        );
        // Write length = 0 to the orderHashes array.
        dstHead.offset(tailOffset).write(0);
        unchecked {
            // Write the single order hash to the orderHashes array.
            dstHead.offset(tailOffset + OneWord).writeBytes32(orderHash);
            // Final size: selector, ZoneParameters pointer, orderHashes & tail.
            size = ZoneParameters_basicOrderFixedElements_length + tailOffset;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes pointers to already-encoded data and modifies it so that
     *      it is properly formatted for a `validateOrder` call.
     *
     * @param dst                          A memory pointer referencing the
     *                                     encoded `validateOrder` calldata.
     * @param memoryLocationForOrderHashes A memory pointer referencing where
     *                                     to encode orderHashes length of 1.
     */
    function _encodeValidateBasicOrder(
        MemoryPointer dst,
        uint256 memoryLocationForOrderHashes
    ) internal pure {
        // Write validateOrder selector and get pointer to start of calldata.
        dst.write(validateOrder_selector);
        // Write length = 1 to the orderHashes array. Note that size should now
        // be one word larger than the provided size.
        MemoryPointer.wrap(memoryLocationForOrderHashes).write(1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a memory pointer to an array of bytes32 values representing
     *      the order hashes included as part of the fulfillment and a memory
     *      pointer to a location to copy it to, and copies the source data to
     *      the destination in memory.
     *
     * @param srcLength A memory pointer referencing the order hashes array to
     *                  be copied (and pointing to the length of the array).
     * @param dstLength A memory pointer referencing the location in memory to
     *                  copy the orderHashes array to (and pointing to the
     *                  length of the copied array).
     *
     * @return size The size of the order hashes array (including the length).
     */
    function _encodeOrderHashes(
        MemoryPointer srcLength,
        MemoryPointer dstLength
    ) internal view returns (uint256 size) {
        // Read length of the array from source and write to destination.
        uint256 length = srcLength.readUint256();
        dstLength.write(length);
        unchecked {
            // Determine head & tail size as one word per element in the array.
            uint256 headAndTailSize = length << OneWordShift;
            // Copy the tail starting from the next element of the source to the
            // next element of the destination.
            srcLength.next().copy(dstLength.next(), headAndTailSize);
            // Set size to the length of the tail plus one word for length.
            size = headAndTailSize + OneWord;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a memory pointer to an offer or consideration array and a
     *      memory pointer to a location to copy it to, and copies the source
     *      data to the destination in memory as a SpentItem array.
     *
     * @param srcLength A memory pointer referencing the offer or consideration
     *                  array to be copied as a SpentItem array (and pointing to
     *                  the length of the original array).
     * @param dstLength A memory pointer referencing the location in memory to
     *                  copy the offer array to (and pointing to the length of
     *                  the copied array).
     *
     * @return size The size of the SpentItem array (including the length).
     */
    function _encodeSpentItems(
        MemoryPointer srcLength,
        MemoryPointer dstLength
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 size) {
        assembly {
            // Read length of the array from source and write to destination.
            let length := mload(srcLength)
            mstore(dstLength, length)
            // Get pointer to first item's head position in the array,
            // containing the item's pointer in memory. The head pointer will be
            // incremented until it reaches the tail position (start of the
            // array data).
            let mPtrHead := add(srcLength, OneWord)
            // Position in memory to write next item for calldata. Since
            // SpentItem has a fixed length, the array elements do not contain
            // head elements in calldata, they are concatenated together after
            // the array length.
            let cdPtrData := add(dstLength, OneWord)
            // Pointer to end of array head in memory.
            let mPtrHeadEnd := add(mPtrHead, shl(OneWordShift, length))
            for {
            } lt(mPtrHead, mPtrHeadEnd) {
            } {
                // Read pointer to data for array element from head position.
                let mPtrTail := mload(mPtrHead)
                // Copy itemType, token, identifier, amount to calldata.
                mstore(cdPtrData, mload(mPtrTail))
                mstore(
                    add(cdPtrData, Common_token_offset),
                    mload(add(mPtrTail, Common_token_offset))
                )
                mstore(
                    add(cdPtrData, Common_identifier_offset),
                    mload(add(mPtrTail, Common_identifier_offset))
                )
                mstore(
                    add(cdPtrData, Common_amount_offset),
                    mload(add(mPtrTail, Common_amount_offset))
                )
                mPtrHead := add(mPtrHead, OneWord)
                cdPtrData := add(cdPtrData, SpentItem_size)
            }
            size := add(OneWord, shl(SpentItem_size_shift, length))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a memory pointer to an consideration array and a memory
     *      pointer to a location to copy it to, and copies the source data to
     *      the destination in memory as a ReceivedItem array.
     *
     * @param srcLength A memory pointer referencing the consideration array to
     *                  be copied as a ReceivedItem array (and pointing to the
     *                  length of the original array).
     * @param dstLength A memory pointer referencing the location in memory to
     *                  copy the consideration array to as a ReceivedItem array
     *                  (and pointing to the length of the new array).
     *
     * @return size The size of the ReceivedItem array (including the length).
     */
    function _encodeConsiderationAsReceivedItems(
        MemoryPointer srcLength,
        MemoryPointer dstLength
    ) internal view returns (uint256 size) {
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the array from source and write to destination.
            uint256 length = srcLength.readUint256();
            dstLength.write(length);
            // Get pointer to first item's head position in the array,
            // containing the item's pointer in memory. The head pointer will be
            // incremented until it reaches the tail position (start of the
            // array data).
            MemoryPointer srcHead = srcLength.next();
            MemoryPointer srcHeadEnd = srcHead.offset(length << OneWordShift);
            // Position in memory to write next item for calldata. Since
            // ReceivedItem has a fixed length, the array elements do not
            // contain offsets in calldata, they are concatenated together after
            // the array length.
            MemoryPointer dstHead = dstLength.next();
            while (srcHead.lt(srcHeadEnd)) {
                MemoryPointer srcTail = srcHead.pptr();
                srcTail.copy(dstHead, ReceivedItem_size);
                srcHead = srcHead.next();
                dstHead = dstHead.offset(ReceivedItem_size);
            }
            size = OneWord + (length * ReceivedItem_size);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
/**
 * @dev A ConduitTransfer is a struct that contains the information needed for a
 *      conduit to transfer an item from one address to another.
 */
struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
/**
 * @dev A ConduitBatch1155Transfer is a struct that contains the information
 *      needed for a conduit to transfer a batch of ERC-1155 tokens from one
 *      address to another.
 */
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    OrderParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { GettersAndDerivers } from "./GettersAndDerivers.sol";
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { CounterManager } from "./CounterManager.sol";
import {
    AdditionalRecipient_size_shift,
    AddressDirtyUpperBitThreshold,
    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr,
    BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range,
    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_parameters_ptr,
    BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr,
    BasicOrder_signature_ptr,
    BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    Error_selector_offset,
    MissingItemAmount_error_length,
    MissingItemAmount_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
import {
    _revertInvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding,
    _revertMissingOriginalConsiderationItems
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
/**
 * @title Assertions
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Assertions contains logic for making various assertions that do not
 *         fit neatly within a dedicated semantic scope.
 */
contract Assertions is
    GettersAndDerivers,
    CounterManager,
    TokenTransferrerErrors
{
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(
        address conduitController
    ) GettersAndDerivers(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the supplied consideration
     *      array length on a given set of order parameters is not less than the
     *      original consideration array length for that order and to retrieve
     *      the current counter for a given order's offerer and zone and use it
     *      to derive the order hash.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters of the order to hash.
     *
     * @return The hash.
     */
    function _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters
    ) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
            orderParameters.consideration.length,
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        );
        // Derive and return order hash using current counter for the offerer.
        return
            _deriveOrderHash(
                orderParameters,
                _getCounter(orderParameters.offerer)
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that the supplied consideration
     *      array length for an order to be fulfilled is not less than the
     *      original consideration array length for that order.
     *
     * @param suppliedConsiderationItemTotal The number of consideration items
     *                                       supplied when fulfilling the order.
     * @param originalConsiderationItemTotal The number of consideration items
     *                                       supplied on initial order creation.
     */
    function _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
        uint256 suppliedConsiderationItemTotal,
        uint256 originalConsiderationItemTotal
    ) internal pure {
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        if (suppliedConsiderationItemTotal < originalConsiderationItemTotal) {
            _revertMissingOriginalConsiderationItems();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that a given item amount is not
     *      zero.
     *
     * @param amount The amount to check.
     */
    function _assertNonZeroAmount(uint256 amount) internal pure {
        assembly {
            if iszero(amount) {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_selector)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("MissingItemAmount()"))
                revert(Error_selector_offset, MissingItemAmount_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to validate calldata offsets for dynamic
     *      types in BasicOrderParameters and other parameters. This ensures
     *      that functions using the calldata object normally will be using the
     *      same data as the assembly functions and that values that are bound
     *      to a given range are within that range. Note that no parameters are
     *      supplied as all basic order functions use the same calldata
     *      encoding.
     */
    function _assertValidBasicOrderParameters() internal pure {
        // Declare a boolean designating basic order parameter offset validity.
        bool validOffsets;
        // Utilize assembly in order to read offset data directly from calldata.
        assembly {
            /*
             * Checks:
             * 1. Order parameters struct offset == 0x20
             * 2. Additional recipients arr offset == 0x240
             * 3. Signature offset == 0x260 + (recipients.length * 0x40)
             * 4. BasicOrderType between 0 and 23 (i.e. < 24)
             * 5. Offerer, zone, offer token, and consideration token have no
             *    upper dirty bits — each argument is type(uint160).max or less
             */
            validOffsets := and(
                and(
                    and(
                        // Order parameters at cd 0x04 offset = 0x20.
                        eq(
                            calldataload(BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr),
                            BasicOrder_parameters_ptr
                        ),
                        // Additional recipients at cd 0x224 offset = 0x240.
                        eq(
                            calldataload(
                                BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr
                            ),
                            BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr
                        )
                    ),
                    // Signature offset = 0x260 + recipients.length * 0x40.
                    eq(
                        // Load signature offset from calldata 0x244.
                        calldataload(BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr),
                        // Expected offset = start of recipients + len * 64.
                        add(
                            BasicOrder_signature_ptr,
                            shl(
                                // Each additional recipient length = 0x40.
                                AdditionalRecipient_size_shift,
                                // Additional recipients length at cd 0x264.
                                calldataload(
                                    BasicOrder_addlRecipients_length_cdPtr
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    )
                ),
                and(
                    // Ensure BasicOrderType parameter is less than 0x18.
                    lt(
                        // BasicOrderType parameter = calldata offset 0x124.
                        calldataload(BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr),
                        // Value should be less than 24.
                        BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range
                    ),
                    // Ensure no dirty upper bits are present on offerer,
                    // zone, offer token, or consideration token.
                    lt(
                        or(
                            or(
                                // Offerer parameter = calldata offset 0x84.
                                calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr),
                                // Zone parameter = calldata offset 0xa4.
                                calldataload(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr)
                            ),
                            or(
                                // Offer token parameter = cd offset 0xc4.
                                calldataload(BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr),
                                // Consideration parameter = offset 0x24.
                                calldataload(
                                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr
                                )
                            )
                        ),
                        AddressDirtyUpperBitThreshold
                    )
                )
            )
        }
        // Revert with an error if basic order parameter offsets are invalid.
        if (!validOffsets) {
            _revertInvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    SignatureVerificationErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/SignatureVerificationErrors.sol";
import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";
import {
    ECDSA_MaxLength,
    ECDSA_signature_s_offset,
    ECDSA_signature_v_offset,
    ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet,
    Ecrecover_args_size,
    Ecrecover_precompile,
    EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength,
    EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset,
    EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset,
    EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector,
    EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset,
    EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask,
    MaxUint8,
    OneWord,
    Signature_lower_v
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    BadContractSignature_error_length,
    BadContractSignature_error_selector,
    BadSignatureV_error_length,
    BadSignatureV_error_selector,
    BadSignatureV_error_v_ptr,
    Error_selector_offset,
    InvalidSignature_error_length,
    InvalidSignature_error_selector,
    InvalidSigner_error_length,
    InvalidSigner_error_selector
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title SignatureVerification
 * @author 0age
 * @notice SignatureVerification contains logic for verifying signatures.
 */
contract SignatureVerification is SignatureVerificationErrors, LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to verify the signature of an order. An
     *      ERC-1271 fallback will be attempted if either the signature length
     *      is not 64 or 65 bytes or if the recovered signer does not match the
     *      supplied signer.
     *
     * @param signer                  The signer for the order.
     * @param digest                  The digest to verify signature against.
     * @param originalDigest          The original digest to verify signature
     *                                against.
     * @param originalSignatureLength The original signature length.
     * @param signature               A signature from the signer indicating
     *                                that the order has been approved.
     */
    function _assertValidSignature(
        address signer,
        bytes32 digest,
        bytes32 originalDigest,
        uint256 originalSignatureLength,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view {
        // Declare value for ecrecover equality or 1271 call success status.
        bool success;
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized signature verification check.
        assembly {
            // Ensure that first word of scratch space is empty.
            mstore(0, 0)
            // Get the length of the signature.
            let signatureLength := mload(signature)
            // Get the pointer to the value preceding the signature length.
            // This will be used for temporary memory overrides - either the
            // signature head for isValidSignature or the digest for ecrecover.
            let wordBeforeSignaturePtr := sub(signature, OneWord)
            // Cache the current value behind the signature to restore it later.
            let cachedWordBeforeSignature := mload(wordBeforeSignaturePtr)
            // Declare lenDiff + recoveredSigner scope to manage stack pressure.
            {
                // Take the difference between the max ECDSA signature length
                // and the actual signature length. Overflow desired for any
                // values > 65. If the diff is not 0 or 1, it is not a valid
                // ECDSA signature - move on to EIP1271 check.
                let lenDiff := sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength)
                // Declare variable for recovered signer.
                let recoveredSigner
                // If diff is 0 or 1, it may be an ECDSA signature.
                // Try to recover signer.
                if iszero(gt(lenDiff, 1)) {
                    // Read the signature `s` value.
                    let originalSignatureS := mload(
                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset)
                    )
                    // Read the first byte of the word after `s`. If the
                    // signature is 65 bytes, this will be the real `v` value.
                    // If not, it will need to be modified - doing it this way
                    // saves an extra condition.
                    let v := byte(
                        0,
                        mload(add(signature, ECDSA_signature_v_offset))
                    )
                    // If lenDiff is 1, parse 64-byte signature as ECDSA.
                    if lenDiff {
                        // Extract yParity from highest bit of vs and add 27 to
                        // get v.
                        v := add(
                            shr(MaxUint8, originalSignatureS),
                            Signature_lower_v
                        )
                        // Extract canonical s from vs, all but the highest bit.
                        // Temporarily overwrite the original `s` value in the
                        // signature.
                        mstore(
                            add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
                            and(
                                originalSignatureS,
                                EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Temporarily overwrite the signature length with `v` to
                    // conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
                    mstore(signature, v)
                    // Temporarily overwrite the word before the length with
                    // `digest` to conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
                    mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, digest)
                    // Attempt to recover the signer for the given signature. Do
                    // not check the call status as ecrecover will return a null
                    // address if the signature is invalid.
                    pop(
                        staticcall(
                            gas(),
                            Ecrecover_precompile, // Call ecrecover precompile.
                            wordBeforeSignaturePtr, // Use data memory location.
                            Ecrecover_args_size, // Size of digest, v, r, and s.
                            0, // Write result to scratch space.
                            OneWord // Provide size of returned result.
                        )
                    )
                    // Restore cached word before signature.
                    mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
                    // Restore cached signature length.
                    mstore(signature, signatureLength)
                    // Restore cached signature `s` value.
                    mstore(
                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
                        originalSignatureS
                    )
                    // Read the recovered signer from the buffer given as return
                    // space for ecrecover.
                    recoveredSigner := mload(0)
                }
                // Set success to true if the signature provided was a valid
                // ECDSA signature and the signer is not the null address. Use
                // gt instead of direct as success is used outside of assembly.
                success := and(eq(signer, recoveredSigner), gt(signer, 0))
            }
            // If the signature was not verified with ecrecover, try EIP1271.
            if iszero(success) {
                // Reset the original signature length.
                mstore(signature, originalSignatureLength)
                // Temporarily overwrite the word before the signature length
                // and use it as the head of the signature input to
                // `isValidSignature`, which has a value of 64.
                mstore(
                    wordBeforeSignaturePtr,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset
                )
                // Get pointer to use for the selector of `isValidSignature`.
                let selectorPtr := sub(
                    signature,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset
                )
                // Cache the value currently stored at the selector pointer.
                let cachedWordOverwrittenBySelector := mload(selectorPtr)
                // Cache the value currently stored at the digest pointer.
                let cachedWordOverwrittenByDigest := mload(
                    sub(
                        signature,
                        EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset
                    )
                )
                // Write the selector first, since it overlaps the digest.
                mstore(selectorPtr, EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector)
                // Next, write the original digest.
                mstore(
                    sub(
                        signature,
                        EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset
                    ),
                    originalDigest
                )
                // Call signer with `isValidSignature` to validate signature.
                success := staticcall(
                    gas(),
                    signer,
                    selectorPtr,
                    add(
                        originalSignatureLength,
                        EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength
                    ),
                    0,
                    OneWord
                )
                // Determine if the signature is valid on successful calls.
                if success {
                    // If first word of scratch space does not contain EIP-1271
                    // signature selector, revert.
                    if iszero(eq(mload(0), EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector)) {
                        // Revert with bad 1271 signature if signer has code.
                        if extcodesize(signer) {
                            // Bad contract signature.
                            // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                            mstore(0, BadContractSignature_error_selector)
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //     "BadContractSignature()"
                            // ))
                            revert(
                                Error_selector_offset,
                                BadContractSignature_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Check if signature length was invalid.
                        if gt(sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength), 1) {
                            // Revert with generic invalid signature error.
                            // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                            mstore(0, InvalidSignature_error_selector)
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //     "InvalidSignature()"
                            // ))
                            revert(
                                Error_selector_offset,
                                InvalidSignature_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Check if v was invalid.
                        if and(
                            eq(signatureLength, ECDSA_MaxLength),
                            iszero(
                                byte(
                                    byte(
                                        0,
                                        mload(
                                            add(
                                                signature,
                                                ECDSA_signature_v_offset
                                            )
                                        )
                                    ),
                                    ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet
                                )
                            )
                        ) {
                            // Revert with invalid v value.
                            // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                            mstore(0, BadSignatureV_error_selector)
                            mstore(
                                BadSignatureV_error_v_ptr,
                                byte(
                                    0,
                                    mload(
                                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_v_offset)
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                            // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                            //     "BadSignatureV(uint8)", v
                            // ))
                            revert(
                                Error_selector_offset,
                                BadSignatureV_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Revert with generic invalid signer error message.
                        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32]
                        mstore(0, InvalidSigner_error_selector)
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InvalidSigner()"))
                        revert(
                            Error_selector_offset,
                            InvalidSigner_error_length
                        )
                    }
                }
                // Restore the cached values overwritten by selector, digest and
                // signature head.
                mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
                mstore(selectorPtr, cachedWordOverwrittenBySelector)
                mstore(
                    sub(
                        signature,
                        EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset
                    ),
                    cachedWordOverwrittenByDigest
                )
            }
        }
        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with error indicating bad contract signature.
            assembly {
                // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
                mstore(0, BadContractSignature_error_selector)
                // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("BadContractSignature()"))
                revert(Error_selector_offset, BadContractSignature_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.17/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
uint256 constant ThirtyOneBytes = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant OneWordShift = 0x5;
uint256 constant TwoWordsShift = 0x6;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Generic_error_selector_offset = 0x1c;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
// bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
//     bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
// );
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
/*
 *  error NoContract(address account)
 *    - Defined in TokenTransferrerErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x00: account
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant NoContract_error_selector = 0x5f15d672;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_account_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
 *      address token,
 *      address from,
 *      address to,
 *      uint256 identifier,
 *      uint256 amount
 *  )
 *    - Defined in TokenTransferrerErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: token
 *    - 0x40: from
 *    - 0x60: to
 *    - 0x80: identifier
 *    - 0xa0: amount
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0xc0]
 */
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_selector = 0xf486bc87;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_identifier_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_err_identifier_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 0x3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficientShift = 0x9;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
// uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
// uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
// uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
// uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
/*
 *  error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
 *      address token, address from, address to, uint256 amount
 *  )
 *    - Defined in TokenTransferrerErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x00: token
 *    - 0x20: from
 *    - 0x40: to
 *    - 0x60: amount
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0xa0]
 */
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_selector = 0x98891923;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     *
     * @param amount The amount of the ERC721 tokens to transfer.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount(uint256 amount);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    OrderParameters
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { ConsiderationBase } from "./ConsiderationBase.sol";
import {
    Create2AddressDerivation_length,
    Create2AddressDerivation_ptr,
    EIP_712_PREFIX,
    EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size,
    EIP712_DigestPayload_size,
    EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset,
    EIP712_OfferItem_size,
    EIP712_Order_size,
    EIP712_OrderHash_offset,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    information_conduitController_offset,
    information_domainSeparator_offset,
    information_length,
    information_version_cd_offset,
    information_version_offset,
    information_versionLengthPtr,
    information_versionWithLength,
    MaskOverByteTwelve,
    MaskOverLastTwentyBytes,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset,
    OrderParameters_counter_offset,
    OrderParameters_offer_head_offset,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title GettersAndDerivers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationInternal contains pure and internal view functions
 *         related to getting or deriving various values.
 */
contract GettersAndDerivers is ConsiderationBase {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(
        address conduitController
    ) ConsiderationBase(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the order hash for a given order.
     *      Note that only the original consideration items are included in the
     *      order hash, as additional consideration items may be supplied by the
     *      caller.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters of the order to hash.
     * @param counter         The counter of the order to hash.
     *
     * @return orderHash The hash.
     */
    function _deriveOrderHash(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        uint256 counter
    ) internal view returns (bytes32 orderHash) {
        // Get length of original consideration array and place it on the stack.
        uint256 originalConsiderationLength = (
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        );
        /*
         * Memory layout for an array of structs (dynamic or not) is similar
         * to ABI encoding of dynamic types, with a head segment followed by
         * a data segment. The main difference is that the head of an element
         * is a memory pointer rather than an offset.
         */
        // Declare a variable for the derived hash of the offer array.
        bytes32 offerHash;
        // Read offer item EIP-712 typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        bytes32 typeHash = _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
        // Utilize assembly so that memory regions can be reused across hashes.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer and place on the stack.
            let hashArrPtr := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Get the pointer to the offers array.
            let offerArrPtr := mload(
                add(orderParameters, OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            )
            // Load the length.
            let offerLength := mload(offerArrPtr)
            // Set the pointer to the first offer's head.
            offerArrPtr := add(offerArrPtr, OneWord)
            // Iterate over the offer items.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, offerLength) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the pointer to the offer data and subtract one word
                // to get typeHash pointer.
                let ptr := sub(mload(offerArrPtr), OneWord)
                // Read the current value before the offer data.
                let value := mload(ptr)
                // Write the type hash to the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, typeHash)
                // Take the EIP712 hash and store it in the hash array.
                mstore(hashArrPtr, keccak256(ptr, EIP712_OfferItem_size))
                // Restore the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, value)
                // Increment the array pointers by one word.
                offerArrPtr := add(offerArrPtr, OneWord)
                hashArrPtr := add(hashArrPtr, OneWord)
            }
            // Derive the offer hash using the hashes of each item.
            offerHash := keccak256(
                mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot),
                shl(OneWordShift, offerLength)
            )
        }
        // Declare a variable for the derived hash of the consideration array.
        bytes32 considerationHash;
        // Read consideration item typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        typeHash = _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
        // Utilize assembly so that memory regions can be reused across hashes.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer and place on the stack.
            let hashArrPtr := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Get the pointer to the consideration array.
            let considerationArrPtr := add(
                mload(
                    add(
                        orderParameters,
                        OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                    )
                ),
                OneWord
            )
            // Iterate over the consideration items (not including tips).
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, originalConsiderationLength) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the pointer to the consideration data and subtract one
                // word to get typeHash pointer.
                let ptr := sub(mload(considerationArrPtr), OneWord)
                // Read the current value before the consideration data.
                let value := mload(ptr)
                // Write the type hash to the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, typeHash)
                // Take the EIP712 hash and store it in the hash array.
                mstore(
                    hashArrPtr,
                    keccak256(ptr, EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size)
                )
                // Restore the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, value)
                // Increment the array pointers by one word.
                considerationArrPtr := add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord)
                hashArrPtr := add(hashArrPtr, OneWord)
            }
            // Derive the consideration hash using the hashes of each item.
            considerationHash := keccak256(
                mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot),
                shl(OneWordShift, originalConsiderationLength)
            )
        }
        // Read order item EIP-712 typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        typeHash = _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
        // Utilize assembly to access derived hashes & other arguments directly.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve pointer to the region located just behind parameters.
            let typeHashPtr := sub(orderParameters, OneWord)
            // Store the value at that pointer location to restore later.
            let previousValue := mload(typeHashPtr)
            // Store the order item EIP-712 typehash at the typehash location.
            mstore(typeHashPtr, typeHash)
            // Retrieve the pointer for the offer array head.
            let offerHeadPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_offer_head_offset
            )
            // Retrieve the data pointer referenced by the offer head.
            let offerDataPtr := mload(offerHeadPtr)
            // Store the offer hash at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(offerHeadPtr, offerHash)
            // Retrieve the pointer for the consideration array head.
            let considerationHeadPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
            )
            // Retrieve the data pointer referenced by the consideration head.
            let considerationDataPtr := mload(considerationHeadPtr)
            // Store the consideration hash at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(considerationHeadPtr, considerationHash)
            // Retrieve the pointer for the counter.
            let counterPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_counter_offset
            )
            // Store the counter at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(counterPtr, counter)
            // Derive the order hash using the full range of order parameters.
            orderHash := keccak256(typeHashPtr, EIP712_Order_size)
            // Restore the value previously held at typehash pointer location.
            mstore(typeHashPtr, previousValue)
            // Restore offer data pointer at the offer head pointer location.
            mstore(offerHeadPtr, offerDataPtr)
            // Restore consideration data pointer at the consideration head ptr.
            mstore(considerationHeadPtr, considerationDataPtr)
            // Restore consideration item length at the counter pointer.
            mstore(counterPtr, originalConsiderationLength)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the address of a given conduit
     *      using a corresponding conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                   if any, to source token approvals from. This value is
     *                   the "salt" parameter supplied by the deployer (i.e. the
     *                   conduit controller) when deploying the given conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the conduit associated with the given
     *                 conduit key.
     */
    function _deriveConduit(
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal view returns (address conduit) {
        // Read conduit controller address from runtime and place on the stack.
        address conduitController = address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER);
        // Read conduit creation code hash from runtime and place on the stack.
        bytes32 conduitCreationCodeHash = _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
        // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer; it will be replaced afterwards.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Place the control character and the conduit controller in scratch
            // space; note that eleven bytes at the beginning are left unused.
            mstore(0, or(MaskOverByteTwelve, conduitController))
            // Place the conduit key in the next region of scratch space.
            mstore(OneWord, conduitKey)
            // Place conduit creation code hash in free memory pointer location.
            mstore(TwoWords, conduitCreationCodeHash)
            // Derive conduit by hashing and applying a mask over last 20 bytes.
            conduit := and(
                // Hash the relevant region.
                keccak256(
                    // The region starts at memory pointer 11.
                    Create2AddressDerivation_ptr,
                    // The region is 85 bytes long (1 + 20 + 32 + 32).
                    Create2AddressDerivation_length
                ),
                // The address equals the last twenty bytes of the hash.
                MaskOverLastTwentyBytes
            )
            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, freeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to get the EIP-712 domain separator. If the
     *      chainId matches the chainId set on deployment, the cached domain
     *      separator will be returned; otherwise, it will be derived from
     *      scratch.
     *
     * @return The domain separator.
     */
    function _domainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return
            block.chainid == _CHAIN_ID
                ? _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                : _deriveDomainSeparator();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve configuration information for
     *      this contract.
     *
     * @return The contract version.
     * @return The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function _information()
        internal
        view
        returns (
            string memory /* version */,
            bytes32 /* domainSeparator */,
            address /* conduitController */
        )
    {
        // Derive the domain separator.
        bytes32 domainSeparator = _domainSeparator();
        // Declare variable as immutables cannot be accessed within assembly.
        address conduitController = address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER);
        // Return the version, domain separator, and conduit controller.
        assembly {
            mstore(information_version_offset, information_version_cd_offset)
            mstore(information_domainSeparator_offset, domainSeparator)
            mstore(information_conduitController_offset, conduitController)
            mstore(information_versionLengthPtr, information_versionWithLength)
            return(information_version_offset, information_length)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to efficiently derive an digest to sign for
     *      an order in accordance with EIP-712.
     *
     * @param domainSeparator The domain separator.
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     *
     * @return value The hash.
     */
    function _deriveEIP712Digest(
        bytes32 domainSeparator,
        bytes32 orderHash
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Place the EIP-712 prefix at the start of scratch space.
            mstore(0, EIP_712_PREFIX)
            // Place the domain separator in the next region of scratch space.
            mstore(EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset, domainSeparator)
            // Place the order hash in scratch space, spilling into the first
            // two bytes of the free memory pointer — this should never be set
            // as memory cannot be expanded to that size, and will be zeroed out
            // after the hash is performed.
            mstore(EIP712_OrderHash_offset, orderHash)
            // Hash the relevant region (65 bytes).
            value := keccak256(0, EIP712_DigestPayload_size)
            // Clear out the dirtied bits in the memory pointer.
            mstore(EIP712_OrderHash_offset, 0)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol";
import { ReentrancyGuard } from "./ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {
    Counter_blockhash_shift,
    OneWord,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title CounterManager
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CounterManager contains a storage mapping and related functionality
 *         for retrieving and incrementing a per-offerer counter.
 */
contract CounterManager is ConsiderationEventsAndErrors, ReentrancyGuard {
    // Only orders signed using an offerer's current counter are fulfillable.
    mapping(address => uint256) private _counters;
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to cancel all orders from a given offerer in bulk
     *      by incrementing a counter by a large, quasi-random interval. Note
     *      that only the offerer may increment the counter. Note that the
     *      counter is incremented by a large, quasi-random interval, which
     *      makes it infeasible to "activate" signed orders by incrementing the
     *      counter.  This activation functionality can be achieved instead with
     *      restricted orders or contract orders.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function _incrementCounter() internal returns (uint256 newCounter) {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Utilize assembly to access counters storage mapping directly. Skip
        // overflow check as counter cannot be incremented that far.
        assembly {
            // Use second half of previous block hash as a quasi-random number.
            let quasiRandomNumber := shr(
                Counter_blockhash_shift,
                blockhash(sub(number(), 1))
            )
            // Write the caller to scratch space.
            mstore(0, caller())
            // Write the storage slot for _counters to scratch space.
            mstore(OneWord, _counters.slot)
            // Derive the storage pointer for the counter value.
            let storagePointer := keccak256(0, TwoWords)
            // Derive new counter value using random number and original value.
            newCounter := add(quasiRandomNumber, sload(storagePointer))
            // Store the updated counter value.
            sstore(storagePointer, newCounter)
        }
        // Emit an event containing the new counter.
        emit CounterIncremented(newCounter, msg.sender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve the current counter for a given
     *      offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return currentCounter The current counter.
     */
    function _getCounter(
        address offerer
    ) internal view returns (uint256 currentCounter) {
        // Return the counter for the supplied offerer.
        currentCounter = _counters[offerer];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title SignatureVerificationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice SignatureVerificationErrors contains all errors related to signature
 *         verification.
 */
interface SignatureVerificationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a signature that does not contain a v
     *      value of 27 or 28 has been supplied.
     *
     * @param v The invalid v value.
     */
    error BadSignatureV(uint8 v);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the signer recovered by the supplied
     *      signature does not match the offerer or an allowed EIP-1271 signer
     *      as specified by the offerer in the event they are a contract.
     */
    error InvalidSigner();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a signer cannot be recovered from the
     *      supplied signature.
     */
    error InvalidSignature();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an EIP-1271 call to an account fails.
     */
    error BadContractSignature();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ConduitControllerInterface
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
import {
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol";
import {
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_One,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Two,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Three,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Four,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Five,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Six,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Seven,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eight,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Nine,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Ten,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eleven,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Twelve,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Thirteen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Fourteen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Fifteen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Sixteen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Seventeen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eighteen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Nineteen,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Twenty,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyOne,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyTwo,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyThree,
    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyFour,
    EIP712_domainData_chainId_offset,
    EIP712_domainData_nameHash_offset,
    EIP712_domainData_size,
    EIP712_domainData_verifyingContract_offset,
    EIP712_domainData_versionHash_offset,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    NameLengthPtr,
    NameWithLength,
    OneWord,
    Slot0x80,
    ThreeWords,
    ZeroSlot
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import { ConsiderationDecoder } from "./ConsiderationDecoder.sol";
import { ConsiderationEncoder } from "./ConsiderationEncoder.sol";
/**
 * @title ConsiderationBase
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationBase contains immutable constants and constructor logic.
 */
contract ConsiderationBase is
    ConsiderationDecoder,
    ConsiderationEncoder,
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
{
    // Precompute hashes, original chainId, and domain separator on deployment.
    bytes32 internal immutable _NAME_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _VERSION_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
    uint256 internal immutable _CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    // Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
    ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
    // Cache the conduit creation code hash used by the conduit controller.
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) {
        // Derive name and version hashes alongside required EIP-712 typehashes.
        (
            _NAME_HASH,
            _VERSION_HASH,
            _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH,
            _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH,
            _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH,
            _ORDER_TYPEHASH
        ) = _deriveTypehashes();
        // Store the current chainId and derive the current domain separator.
        _CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = _deriveDomainSeparator();
        // Set the supplied conduit controller.
        _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = ConduitControllerInterface(conduitController);
        // Retrieve the conduit creation code hash from the supplied controller.
        (_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, ) = (
            _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER.getConduitCodeHashes()
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the EIP-712 domain separator.
     *
     * @return domainSeparator The derived domain separator.
     */
    function _deriveDomainSeparator()
        internal
        view
        returns (bytes32 domainSeparator)
    {
        bytes32 typehash = _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH;
        bytes32 nameHash = _NAME_HASH;
        bytes32 versionHash = _VERSION_HASH;
        // Leverage scratch space and other memory to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer; it will be replaced afterwards.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Retrieve value at 0x80; it will also be replaced afterwards.
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            // Place typehash, name hash, and version hash at start of memory.
            mstore(0, typehash)
            mstore(EIP712_domainData_nameHash_offset, nameHash)
            mstore(EIP712_domainData_versionHash_offset, versionHash)
            // Place chainId in the next memory location.
            mstore(EIP712_domainData_chainId_offset, chainid())
            // Place the address of this contract in the next memory location.
            mstore(EIP712_domainData_verifyingContract_offset, address())
            // Hash relevant region of memory to derive the domain separator.
            domainSeparator := keccak256(0, EIP712_domainData_size)
            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, freeMemoryPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
            // Restore the value at 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the default name of this
     *      contract and return.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _name() internal pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        assembly {
            // First element is the offset for the returned string. Offset the
            // value in memory by one word so that the free memory pointer will
            // be overwritten by the next write.
            mstore(OneWord, OneWord)
            // Name is right padded, so it touches the length which is left
            // padded. This enables writing both values at once. The free memory
            // pointer will be overwritten in the process.
            mstore(NameLengthPtr, NameWithLength)
            // Standard ABI encoding pads returned data to the nearest word. Use
            // the already empty zero slot memory region for this purpose and
            // return the final name string, offset by the original single word.
            return(OneWord, ThreeWords)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the default name of this contract
     *      as a string that can be used internally.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _nameString() internal pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        return "Consideration";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to derive required EIP-712 typehashes and
     *      other hashes during contract creation.
     *
     * @return nameHash                  The hash of the name of the contract.
     * @return versionHash               The hash of the version string of the
     *                                   contract.
     * @return eip712DomainTypehash      The primary EIP-712 domain typehash.
     * @return offerItemTypehash         The EIP-712 typehash for OfferItem
     *                                   types.
     * @return considerationItemTypehash The EIP-712 typehash for
     *                                   ConsiderationItem types.
     * @return orderTypehash             The EIP-712 typehash for Order types.
     */
    function _deriveTypehashes()
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            bytes32 nameHash,
            bytes32 versionHash,
            bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash,
            bytes32 offerItemTypehash,
            bytes32 considerationItemTypehash,
            bytes32 orderTypehash
        )
    {
        // Derive hash of the name of the contract.
        nameHash = keccak256(bytes(_nameString()));
        // Derive hash of the version string of the contract.
        versionHash = keccak256(bytes("1.6"));
        // Construct the OfferItem type string.
        bytes memory offerItemTypeString = bytes(
            "OfferItem("
            "uint8 itemType,"
            "address token,"
            "uint256 identifierOrCriteria,"
            "uint256 startAmount,"
            "uint256 endAmount"
            ")"
        );
        // Construct the ConsiderationItem type string.
        bytes memory considerationItemTypeString = bytes(
            "ConsiderationItem("
            "uint8 itemType,"
            "address token,"
            "uint256 identifierOrCriteria,"
            "uint256 startAmount,"
            "uint256 endAmount,"
            "address recipient"
            ")"
        );
        // Construct the OrderComponents type string, not including the above.
        bytes memory orderComponentsPartialTypeString = bytes(
            "OrderComponents("
            "address offerer,"
            "address zone,"
            "OfferItem[] offer,"
            "ConsiderationItem[] consideration,"
            "uint8 orderType,"
            "uint256 startTime,"
            "uint256 endTime,"
            "bytes32 zoneHash,"
            "uint256 salt,"
            "bytes32 conduitKey,"
            "uint256 counter"
            ")"
        );
        // Construct the primary EIP-712 domain type string.
        eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes(
                "EIP712Domain("
                "string name,"
                "string version,"
                "uint256 chainId,"
                "address verifyingContract"
                ")"
            )
        );
        // Derive the OfferItem type hash using the corresponding type string.
        offerItemTypehash = keccak256(offerItemTypeString);
        // Derive ConsiderationItem type hash using corresponding type string.
        considerationItemTypehash = keccak256(considerationItemTypeString);
        bytes memory orderTypeString = bytes.concat(
            orderComponentsPartialTypeString,
            considerationItemTypeString,
            offerItemTypeString
        );
        // Derive OrderItem type hash via combination of relevant type strings.
        orderTypehash = keccak256(orderTypeString);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to look up one of twenty-four potential bulk
     *      order typehash constants based on the height of the bulk order tree.
     *      Note that values between one and twenty-four are supported, which is
     *      enforced by _isValidBulkOrderSize.
     *
     * @param _treeHeight The height of the bulk order tree. The value must be
     *                    between one and twenty-four.
     *
     * @return _typeHash The EIP-712 typehash for the bulk order type with the
     *                   given height.
     */
    function _lookupBulkOrderTypehash(
        uint256 _treeHeight
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 _typeHash) {
        // Utilize assembly to efficiently retrieve correct bulk order typehash.
        assembly {
            // Use a Yul function to enable use of the `leave` keyword
            // to stop searching once the appropriate type hash is found.
            function lookupTypeHash(treeHeight) -> typeHash {
                // Handle tree heights one through eight.
                if lt(treeHeight, 9) {
                    // Handle tree heights one through four.
                    if lt(treeHeight, 5) {
                        // Handle tree heights one and two.
                        if lt(treeHeight, 3) {
                            // Utilize branchless logic to determine typehash.
                            typeHash := ternary(
                                eq(treeHeight, 1),
                                BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_One,
                                BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Two
                            )
                            // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                            leave
                        }
                        // Handle height three and four via branchless logic.
                        typeHash := ternary(
                            eq(treeHeight, 3),
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Three,
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Four
                        )
                        // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                        leave
                    }
                    // Handle tree height five and six.
                    if lt(treeHeight, 7) {
                        // Utilize branchless logic to determine typehash.
                        typeHash := ternary(
                            eq(treeHeight, 5),
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Five,
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Six
                        )
                        // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                        leave
                    }
                    // Handle height seven and eight via branchless logic.
                    typeHash := ternary(
                        eq(treeHeight, 7),
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Seven,
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eight
                    )
                    // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                    leave
                }
                // Handle tree height nine through sixteen.
                if lt(treeHeight, 17) {
                    // Handle tree height nine through twelve.
                    if lt(treeHeight, 13) {
                        // Handle tree height nine and ten.
                        if lt(treeHeight, 11) {
                            // Utilize branchless logic to determine typehash.
                            typeHash := ternary(
                                eq(treeHeight, 9),
                                BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Nine,
                                BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Ten
                            )
                            // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                            leave
                        }
                        // Handle height eleven and twelve via branchless logic.
                        typeHash := ternary(
                            eq(treeHeight, 11),
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eleven,
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Twelve
                        )
                        // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                        leave
                    }
                    // Handle tree height thirteen and fourteen.
                    if lt(treeHeight, 15) {
                        // Utilize branchless logic to determine typehash.
                        typeHash := ternary(
                            eq(treeHeight, 13),
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Thirteen,
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Fourteen
                        )
                        // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                        leave
                    }
                    // Handle height fifteen and sixteen via branchless logic.
                    typeHash := ternary(
                        eq(treeHeight, 15),
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Fifteen,
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Sixteen
                    )
                    // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                    leave
                }
                // Handle tree height seventeen through twenty.
                if lt(treeHeight, 21) {
                    // Handle tree height seventeen and eighteen.
                    if lt(treeHeight, 19) {
                        // Utilize branchless logic to determine typehash.
                        typeHash := ternary(
                            eq(treeHeight, 17),
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Seventeen,
                            BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Eighteen
                        )
                        // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                        leave
                    }
                    // Handle height nineteen and twenty via branchless logic.
                    typeHash := ternary(
                        eq(treeHeight, 19),
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Nineteen,
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_Twenty
                    )
                    // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                    leave
                }
                // Handle tree height twenty-one and twenty-two.
                if lt(treeHeight, 23) {
                    // Utilize branchless logic to determine typehash.
                    typeHash := ternary(
                        eq(treeHeight, 21),
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyOne,
                        BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyTwo
                    )
                    // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                    leave
                }
                // Handle height twenty-three & twenty-four w/ branchless logic.
                typeHash := ternary(
                    eq(treeHeight, 23),
                    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyThree,
                    BulkOrder_Typehash_Height_TwentyFour
                )
                // Exit the function once typehash has been located.
                leave
            }
            // Implement ternary conditional using branchless logic.
            function ternary(cond, ifTrue, ifFalse) -> c {
                c := xor(ifFalse, mul(cond, xor(ifFalse, ifTrue)))
            }
            // Look up the typehash using the supplied tree height.
            _typeHash := lookupTypeHash(_treeHeight)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {
    OrderParameters,
    ReceivedItem,
    SpentItem
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationEventsAndErrors contains all events and errors.
 */
interface ConsiderationEventsAndErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is successfully fulfilled.
     *
     * @param orderHash     The hash of the fulfilled order.
     * @param offerer       The offerer of the fulfilled order.
     * @param zone          The zone of the fulfilled order.
     * @param recipient     The recipient of each spent item on the fulfilled
     *                      order, or the null address if there is no specific
     *                      fulfiller (i.e. the order is part of a group of
     *                      orders). Defaults to the caller unless explicitly
     *                      specified otherwise by the fulfiller.
     * @param offer         The offer items spent as part of the order.
     * @param consideration The consideration items received as part of the
     *                      order along with the recipients of each item.
     */
    event OrderFulfilled(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone,
        address recipient,
        SpentItem[] offer,
        ReceivedItem[] consideration
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is successfully cancelled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the cancelled order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the cancelled order.
     * @param zone      The zone of the cancelled order.
     */
    event OrderCancelled(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is explicitly validated. Note that
     *      this event will not be emitted on partial fills even though they do
     *      validate the order as part of partial fulfillment.
     *
     * @param orderHash        The hash of the validated order.
     * @param orderParameters  The parameters of the validated order.
     */
    event OrderValidated(bytes32 orderHash, OrderParameters orderParameters);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever one or more orders are matched using either
     *      matchOrders or matchAdvancedOrders.
     *
     * @param orderHashes The order hashes of the matched orders.
     */
    event OrdersMatched(bytes32[] orderHashes);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a counter for a given offerer is incremented.
     *
     * @param newCounter The new counter for the offerer.
     * @param offerer    The offerer in question.
     */
    event CounterIncremented(uint256 newCounter, address indexed offerer);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that has
     *      already been fully filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash on which a fill was attempted.
     */
    error OrderAlreadyFilled(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order outside the
     *      specified start time and end time.
     *
     * @param startTime The time at which the order becomes active.
     * @param endTime   The time at which the order becomes inactive.
     */
    error InvalidTime(uint256 startTime, uint256 endTime);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
     *      invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
     */
    error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order is supplied for fulfillment with
     *      a consideration array that is shorter than the original array.
     */
    error MissingOriginalConsiderationItems();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order is validated and the length of
     *      the consideration array is not equal to the supplied total original
     *      consideration items value. This error is also thrown when contract
     *      orders supply a total original consideration items value that does
     *      not match the supplied consideration array length.
     */
    error ConsiderationLengthNotEqualToTotalOriginal();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit fails with revert data
     *      that is too expensive to return.
     */
    error InvalidCallToConduit(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if a consideration amount has not been fully
     *      zeroed out after applying all fulfillments.
     *
     * @param orderIndex         The index of the order with the consideration
     *                           item with a shortfall.
     * @param considerationIndex The index of the consideration item on the
     *                           order.
     * @param shortfallAmount    The unfulfilled consideration amount.
     */
    error ConsiderationNotMet(
        uint256 orderIndex,
        uint256 considerationIndex,
        uint256 shortfallAmount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when insufficient native tokens are supplied as
     *      part of msg.value when fulfilling orders.
     */
    error InsufficientNativeTokensSupplied();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a native token transfer reverts.
     */
    error NativeTokenTransferGenericFailure(address account, uint256 amount);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a partial fill is attempted on an order
     *      that does not specify partial fill support in its order type.
     */
    error PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that has been
     *      cancelled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the cancelled order.
     */
    error OrderIsCancelled(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a basic order that has
     *      been partially filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the partially used order.
     */
    error OrderPartiallyFilled(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel an order as a caller
     *      other than the indicated offerer or zone or when attempting to
     *      cancel a contract order.
     */
    error CannotCancelOrder();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when supplying a fraction with a value of zero
     *      for the numerator or denominator, or one where the numerator exceeds
     *      the denominator.
     */
    error BadFraction();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a caller attempts to supply callvalue to a
     *      non-payable basic order route or does not supply any callvalue to a
     *      payable basic order route.
     */
    error InvalidMsgValue(uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a basic order using
     *      calldata not produced by default ABI encoding.
     */
    error InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill any number of
     *      available orders when none are fulfillable.
     */
    error NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order with an
     *      offer for a native token outside of matching orders.
     */
    error InvalidNativeOfferItem();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    ReentrancyErrors
} from "seaport-types/src/interfaces/ReentrancyErrors.sol";
import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";
import {
    _revertInvalidMsgValue,
    _revertNoReentrantCalls
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrors.sol";
import {
    _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_SSTORE,
    _ENTERED_SSTORE,
    _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE,
    _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_TSTORE,
    _ENTERED_TSTORE,
    _NOT_ENTERED_TSTORE,
    _TSTORE_ENABLED_SSTORE,
    _REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT,
    _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD,
    _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_OFFSET,
    _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_LENGTH
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    InvalidMsgValue_error_selector,
    InvalidMsgValue_error_length,
    InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr,
    NoReentrantCalls_error_selector,
    NoReentrantCalls_error_length,
    Error_selector_offset
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationErrorConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title ReentrancyGuard
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ReentrancyGuard contains a storage variable (or a transient storage
 *         variable in EVM environments that support it once activated) and
 *         related functionality for protecting against reentrancy.
 */
contract ReentrancyGuard is ReentrancyErrors, LowLevelHelpers {
    // Declare an immutable variable to store the initial TSTORE support status.
    bool private immutable _tstoreInitialSupport;
    // Declare an immutable variable to store the tstore test contract address.
    address private immutable _tloadTestContract;
    /**
     * @dev Initialize the reentrancy guard during deployment. This involves
     *      attempting to deploy a contract that utilizes TLOAD as part of the
     *      contract construction bytecode, and configuring initial support for
     *      using TSTORE in place of SSTORE for the reentrancy lock based on the
     *      result.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Deploy the contract testing TLOAD support and store the address.
        address tloadTestContract = _prepareTloadTest();
        // Ensure the deployment was successful.
        if (tloadTestContract == address(0)) {
            revert TloadTestContractDeploymentFailed();
        }
        // Determine if TSTORE is supported.
        bool tstoreInitialSupport = _testTload(tloadTestContract);
        // Store the result as an immutable.
        _tstoreInitialSupport = tstoreInitialSupport;
        // Set the address of the deployed TLOAD test contract as an immutable.
        _tloadTestContract = tloadTestContract;
        // If not using TSTORE (where _NOT_ENTERED_TSTORE = 0), set initial
        // sentinel value (where _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE = 1).
        if (!tstoreInitialSupport) {
            // Initialize storage for the reentrancy guard in a cleared state.
            assembly {
                sstore(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT, _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev External function to activate TSTORE usage for the reentrancy guard.
     *      Does not need to be called if TSTORE is supported from deployment,
     *      and only needs to be called once. Reverts if TSTORE has already been
     *      activated, if the opcode is not available, or if the reentrancy
     *      guard is currently set.
     */
    function __activateTstore() external {
        // Determine if TSTORE can potentially be activated. If it has already
        // been activated, or if the reentrancy guard is currently set, then
        // it cannot be activated.
        bool tstoreActivatable;
        assembly {
            tstoreActivatable := eq(
                sload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT),
                _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE
            )
        }
        // Revert if TSTORE is already activated or not activatable.
        if (_tstoreInitialSupport || !tstoreActivatable) {
            revert TStoreAlreadyActivated();
        }
        // Determine if TSTORE can be activated and revert if not.
        if (!_testTload(_tloadTestContract)) {
            revert TStoreNotSupported();
        }
        // Mark TSTORE as activated.
        assembly {
            sstore(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT, _TSTORE_ENABLED_SSTORE)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to ensure that a sentinel value for the reentrancy
     *      guard is not currently set and, if not, to set a sentinel value for
     *      the reentrancy guard based on whether or not native tokens may be
     *      received during execution or not.
     *
     * @param acceptNativeTokens A boolean indicating whether native tokens may
     *                           be received during execution or not.
     */
    function _setReentrancyGuard(bool acceptNativeTokens) internal {
        // Place immutable variable on the stack access within inline assembly.
        bool tstoreInitialSupport = _tstoreInitialSupport;
        // Utilize assembly to set the reentrancy guard based on tstore support.
        assembly {
            // "Loop" over three possible cases for setting the reentrancy guard
            // based on tstore support and state, exiting once the respective
            // state has been identified and a corresponding guard has been set.
            for {} 1 {} {
                // 1: handle case where tstore is supported from the start.
                if tstoreInitialSupport {
                    // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not already set.
                    if tload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT) {
                        // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                        // mem[28:32] = selector
                        mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
                        revert(
                            Error_selector_offset,
                            NoReentrantCalls_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Set the reentrancy guard. A value of 1 indicates that
                    // native tokens may not be accepted during execution,
                    // whereas a value of 2 indicates that they will be accepted
                    // (returning any remaining native tokens to the caller).
                    tstore(
                        _REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT,
                        add(_ENTERED_TSTORE, acceptNativeTokens)
                    )
                    // Exit the loop.
                    break
                }
                // Retrieve the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
                let reentrancyGuard := sload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT)
                // 2: handle tstore support that was activated post-deployment.
                if iszero(reentrancyGuard) {
                    // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not already set.
                    if tload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT) {
                        // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                        // mem[28:32] = selector
                        mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
                        revert(
                            Error_selector_offset,
                            NoReentrantCalls_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Set the reentrancy guard. A value of 1 indicates that
                    // native tokens may not be accepted during execution,
                    // whereas a value of 2 indicates that they will be accepted
                    // (returning any remaining native tokens to the caller).
                    tstore(
                        _REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT,
                        add(_ENTERED_TSTORE, acceptNativeTokens)
                    )
                    // Exit the loop.
                    break
                }
                // 3: handle case where tstore support has not been activated.
                // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not already set.
                if iszero(eq(reentrancyGuard, _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE)) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
                    revert(Error_selector_offset, NoReentrantCalls_error_length)
                }
                // Set the reentrancy guard. A value of 2 indicates that native
                // tokens may not be accepted during execution, whereas a value
                // of 3 indicates that they will be accepted (with any remaining
                // native tokens returned to the caller).
                sstore(
                    _REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT,
                    add(_ENTERED_SSTORE, acceptNativeTokens)
                )
                // Exit the loop.
                break
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to unset the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
     */
    function _clearReentrancyGuard() internal {
        // Place immutable variable on the stack access within inline assembly.
        bool tstoreInitialSupport = _tstoreInitialSupport;
        // Utilize assembly to clear reentrancy guard based on tstore support.
        assembly {
            // "Loop" over three possible cases for clearing reentrancy guard
            // based on tstore support and state, exiting once the respective
            // state has been identified and corresponding guard cleared.
            for {} 1 {} {
                // 1: handle case where tstore is supported from the start.
                if tstoreInitialSupport {
                    // Clear the reentrancy guard.
                    tstore(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT, _NOT_ENTERED_TSTORE)
                    // Exit the loop.
                    break
                }
                // Retrieve the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
                let reentrancyGuard := sload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT)
                // 2: handle tstore support that was activated post-deployment.
                if iszero(reentrancyGuard) {
                    // Clear the reentrancy guard.
                    tstore(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT, _NOT_ENTERED_TSTORE)
                    // Exit the loop.
                    break
                }
                // 3: handle case where tstore support has not been activated.
                // Clear the reentrancy guard.
                sstore(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT, _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE)
                // Exit the loop.
                break
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that a sentinel value for the
     *      reentrancy guard is not currently set.
     */
    function _assertNonReentrant() internal view {
        // Place immutable variable on the stack access within inline assembly.
        bool tstoreInitialSupport = _tstoreInitialSupport;
        // Utilize assembly to check reentrancy guard based on tstore support.
        assembly {
            // 1: handle case where tstore is supported from the start.
            if tstoreInitialSupport {
                // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
                if tload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
                    revert(Error_selector_offset, NoReentrantCalls_error_length)
                }
            }
            // Handle cases where tstore is not initially supported.
            if iszero(tstoreInitialSupport) {
                // Retrieve the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
                let reentrancyGuard := sload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT)
                // 2: handle tstore support that was activated post-deployment.
                if iszero(reentrancyGuard) {
                    // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
                    if tload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT) {
                        // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                        // mem[28:32] = selector
                        mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
                        revert(
                            Error_selector_offset,
                            NoReentrantCalls_error_length
                        )
                    }
                }
                // 3: handle case where tstore support has not been activated.
                // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
                if gt(reentrancyGuard, _NOT_ENTERED_SSTORE) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, NoReentrantCalls_error_selector)
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("NoReentrantCalls()"))
                    revert(Error_selector_offset, NoReentrantCalls_error_length)
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the sentinel value indicating
     *      native tokens may be received during execution is currently set.
     */
    function _assertAcceptingNativeTokens() internal view {
        // Place immutable variable on the stack access within inline assembly.
        bool tstoreInitialSupport = _tstoreInitialSupport;
        // Utilize assembly to check reentrancy guard based on tstore support.
        assembly {
            // 1: handle case where tstore is supported from the start.
            if tstoreInitialSupport {
                // Ensure reentrancy guard is set to accept native tokens.
                if iszero(
                    eq(
                        tload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT),
                        _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_TSTORE
                    )
                ) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, InvalidMsgValue_error_selector)
                    // Store argument.
                    mstore(InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr, callvalue())
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    //   "InvalidMsgValue(uint256)", value)
                    // )
                    revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidMsgValue_error_length)
                }
            }
            // Handle cases where tstore is not initially supported.
            if iszero(tstoreInitialSupport) {
                // Retrieve the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
                let reentrancyGuard := sload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT)
                // 2: handle tstore support that was activated post-deployment.
                if iszero(reentrancyGuard) {
                    // Ensure reentrancy guard is set to accept native tokens.
                    if iszero(
                        eq(
                            tload(_REENTRANCY_GUARD_SLOT),
                            _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_TSTORE
                        )
                    ) {
                        // Store left-padded selector with push4,
                        // mem[28:32] = selector
                        mstore(0, InvalidMsgValue_error_selector)
                        // Store argument.
                        mstore(InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr, callvalue())
                        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                        //   "InvalidMsgValue(uint256)", value)
                        // )
                        revert(
                            Error_selector_offset,
                            InvalidMsgValue_error_length
                        )
                    }
                }
                // 3: handle case where tstore support has not been activated.
                // Ensure reentrancy guard is set to accepting native tokens.
                if and(
                    iszero(iszero(reentrancyGuard)),
                    iszero(
                        eq(
                            reentrancyGuard,
                            _ENTERED_AND_ACCEPTING_NATIVE_TOKENS_SSTORE
                        )
                    )
                ) {
                    // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode),
                    // mem[28:32] = selector
                    mstore(0, InvalidMsgValue_error_selector)
                    // Store argument.
                    mstore(InvalidMsgValue_error_value_ptr, callvalue())
                    // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
                    //   "InvalidMsgValue(uint256)", value)
                    // )
                    revert(Error_selector_offset, InvalidMsgValue_error_length)
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to deploy a test contract that utilizes TLOAD as
     *      part of its fallback logic.
     */
    function _prepareTloadTest() private returns (address contractAddress) {
        // Utilize assembly to deploy a contract testing TLOAD support.
        assembly {
            // Write the contract deployment code payload to scratch space.
            mstore(0, _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD)
            // Deploy the contract.
            contractAddress := create(
                0,
                _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_OFFSET,
                _TLOAD_TEST_PAYLOAD_LENGTH
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private view function to determine if TSTORE/TLOAD are supported by
     *      the current EVM implementation by attempting to call the test
     *      contract, which utilizes TLOAD as part of its fallback logic.
     */
    function _testTload(
        address tloadTestContract
    ) private view returns (bool ok) {
        // Call the test contract, which will perform a TLOAD test. If the call
        // does not revert, then TLOAD/TSTORE is supported. Do not forward all
        // available gas, as all forwarded gas will be consumed on revert.
        (ok, ) = tloadTestContract.staticcall{ gas: gasleft() / 10 }("");
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title ConduitControllerInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
 *         structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
 */
interface ConduitControllerInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
     *      channels for each deployed conduit.
     */
    struct ConduitProperties {
        bytes32 key;
        address owner;
        address potentialOwner;
        address[] channels;
        mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
     *
     * @param conduit    The newly created conduit.
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
     */
    event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
     *
     * @param conduit       The conduit for which ownership has been
     *                      transferred.
     * @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
     * @param newOwner      The new owner of the conduit.
     */
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed conduit,
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
     *      owner for that conduit.
     *
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
     *      conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
     *      address of the caller.
     */
    error InvalidCreator();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
     *      initial owner address is supplied.
     */
    error InvalidInitialOwner();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
     *      that is already set.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
        address conduit,
        address newPotentialOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
     *      when no new potential owner is currently set.
     */
    error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
     *      does not yet exist.
     */
    error NoConduit();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
     *      already exists.
     */
    error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
     *      ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
     *      owner and supplying the null address.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
     *      with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
     *      index that is out of range.
     */
    error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);
    /**
     * @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
     *         an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
     *         twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
     *         and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
     *         deployed using the same conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey   The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
     *                     the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
     *                     the caller of this contract.
     * @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
     */
    function createConduit(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        address initialOwner
    ) external returns (address conduit);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
     *         specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
     *         Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
     *         or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
     *         tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
     * @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
     * @param isOpen  A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
     */
    function updateChannel(
        address conduit,
        address channel,
        bool isOpen
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
     *         owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
     *         may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    function transferOwnership(
        address conduit,
        address newPotentialOwner
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
     */
    function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;
    /**
     * @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
     *         current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
     *         function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
     */
    function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
     *
     * @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
     */
    function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
     *         lookup.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
     *                key.
     *
     * @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
     */
    function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);
    /**
     * @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
     *         determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
     *         deployed).
     *
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
     * @return exists  A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
     *                 deployed or not.
     */
    function getConduit(
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) external view returns (address conduit, bool exists);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
     *         current owner may set a new potential owner via
     *         `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
     *         the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
     *
     * @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
     */
    function getPotentialOwner(
        address conduit
    ) external view returns (address potentialOwner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
     *         a conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
     * @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
     *
     * @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannelStatus(
        address conduit,
        address channel
    ) external view returns (bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
     *
     * @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
     */
    function getTotalChannels(
        address conduit
    ) external view returns (uint256 totalChannels);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
     *         Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
     *         channels being closed on the conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit      The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
     * @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
     *
     * @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
     */
    function getChannel(
        address conduit,
        uint256 channelIndex
    ) external view returns (address channel);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
     *         this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
     *         an out-of-gas error.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
     *
     * @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannels(
        address conduit
    ) external view returns (address[] memory channels);
    /**
     * @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
     */
    function getConduitCodeHashes()
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.24;
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    ConsiderationItem,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    OfferItem,
    Order,
    OrderParameters,
    ReceivedItem
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {
    AdvancedOrder_denominator_offset,
    AdvancedOrder_extraData_offset,
    AdvancedOrder_fixed_segment_0,
    AdvancedOrder_head_size,
    AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset,
    AdvancedOrder_signature_offset,
    AdvancedOrderPlusOrderParameters_head_size,
    Common_amount_offset,
    Common_endAmount_offset,
    Common_identifier_offset,
    Common_token_offset,
    ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset,
    ConsiderationItem_size_with_head_pointer,
    ConsiderationItem_size,
    CriteriaResolver_criteriaProof_offset,
    CriteriaResolver_fixed_segment_0,
    CriteriaResolver_head_size,
    ThreeWords,
    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
    Fulfillment_considerationComponents_offset,
    Fulfillment_head_size,
    FulfillmentComponent_mem_tail_size_shift,
    FulfillmentComponent_mem_tail_size,
    generateOrder_maximum_returned_array_length,
    OfferItem_size_with_head_pointer,
    OfferItem_size,
    OneWord,
    OneWordShift,
    OnlyFullWordMask,
    Order_head_size,
    Order_signature_offset,
    OrderComponents_OrderParameters_common_head_size,
    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset,
    OrderParameters_head_size,
    OrderParameters_offer_head_offset,
    OrderParameters_totalOriginalConsiderationItems_offset,
    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset,
    ReceivedItem_size,
    ReceivedItem_size_excluding_recipient,
    SpentItem_size_shift,
    SpentItem_size,
    ThirtyOneBytes,
    TwoWords
} from "seaport-types/src/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import {
    CalldataPointer,
    malloc,
    MemoryPointer,
    OffsetOrLengthMask
} from "seaport-types/src/helpers/PointerLibraries.sol";
contract ConsiderationDecoder {
    /**
     * @dev Takes a bytes array from calldata and copies it into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the bytes array in
     *                    calldata which contains the length of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the bytes array in
     *                    memory which contains the length of the array.
     */
    function _decodeBytes(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        assembly {
            // Get the current free memory pointer.
            mPtrLength := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Derive the size of the bytes array, rounding up to nearest word
            // and adding a word for the length field. Note: masking
            // `calldataload(cdPtrLength)` is redundant here.
            let size := add(
                and(
                    add(calldataload(cdPtrLength), ThirtyOneBytes),
                    OnlyFullWordMask
                ),
                OneWord
            )
            // Copy bytes from calldata into memory based on pointers and size.
            calldatacopy(mPtrLength, cdPtrLength, size)
            // Store the masked value in memory. Note: the value of `size` is at
            // least 32, meaning the calldatacopy above will at least write to
            // `[mPtrLength, mPtrLength + 32)`.
            mstore(
                mPtrLength,
                and(calldataload(cdPtrLength), OffsetOrLengthMask)
            )
            // Update free memory pointer based on the size of the bytes array.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, add(mPtrLength, size))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an offer array from calldata and copies it into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the offer array
     *                    in calldata which contains the length of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the offer array in
     *                    memory which contains the length of the array.
     */
    function _decodeOffer(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        assembly {
            // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
            let arrLength := and(calldataload(cdPtrLength), OffsetOrLengthMask)
            // Get the current free memory pointer.
            mPtrLength := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write the array length to memory.
            mstore(mPtrLength, arrLength)
            // Derive the head by adding one word to the length pointer.
            let mPtrHead := add(mPtrLength, OneWord)
            // Derive the tail by adding one word per element (note that structs
            // are written to memory with an offset per struct element).
            let mPtrTail := add(mPtrHead, shl(OneWordShift, arrLength))
            // Track the next tail, beginning with the initial tail value.
            let mPtrTailNext := mPtrTail
            // Copy all offer array data into memory at the tail pointer.
            calldatacopy(
                mPtrTail,
                add(cdPtrLength, OneWord),
                mul(arrLength, OfferItem_size)
            )
            // Track the next head pointer, starting with initial head value.
            let mPtrHeadNext := mPtrHead
            // Iterate over each head pointer until it reaches the tail.
            for {
            } lt(mPtrHeadNext, mPtrTail) {
            } {
                // Write the next tail pointer to next head pointer in memory.
                mstore(mPtrHeadNext, mPtrTailNext)
                // Increment the next head pointer by one word.
                mPtrHeadNext := add(mPtrHeadNext, OneWord)
                // Increment the next tail pointer by the size of an offer item.
                mPtrTailNext := add(mPtrTailNext, OfferItem_size)
            }
            // Update free memory pointer to allocate memory up to end of tail.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, mPtrTailNext)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a consideration array from calldata and copies it into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the consideration
     *                    array in calldata which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the consideration
     *                    array in memory which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     */
    function _decodeConsideration(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        assembly {
            // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
            let arrLength := and(calldataload(cdPtrLength), OffsetOrLengthMask)
            // Get the current free memory pointer.
            mPtrLength := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write the array length to memory.
            mstore(mPtrLength, arrLength)
            // Derive the head by adding one word to the length pointer.
            let mPtrHead := add(mPtrLength, OneWord)
            // Derive the tail by adding one word per element (note that structs
            // are written to memory with an offset per struct element).
            let mPtrTail := add(mPtrHead, shl(OneWordShift, arrLength))
            // Track the next tail, beginning with the initial tail value.
            let mPtrTailNext := mPtrTail
            // Copy all consideration array data into memory at tail pointer.
            calldatacopy(
                mPtrTail,
                add(cdPtrLength, OneWord),
                mul(arrLength, ConsiderationItem_size)
            )
            // Track the next head pointer, starting with initial head value.
            let mPtrHeadNext := mPtrHead
            // Iterate over each head pointer until it reaches the tail.
            for {
            } lt(mPtrHeadNext, mPtrTail) {
            } {
                // Write the next tail pointer to next head pointer in memory.
                mstore(mPtrHeadNext, mPtrTailNext)
                // Increment the next head pointer by one word.
                mPtrHeadNext := add(mPtrHeadNext, OneWord)
                // Increment next tail pointer by size of a consideration item.
                mPtrTailNext := add(mPtrTailNext, ConsiderationItem_size)
            }
            // Update free memory pointer to allocate memory up to end of tail.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, mPtrTailNext)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer and memory pointer and copies a referenced
     *      OrderParameters struct and associated offer and consideration data
     *      to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the OrderParameters struct.
     * @param mPtr A memory pointer to the OrderParameters struct head.
     */
    function _decodeOrderParametersTo(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr,
        MemoryPointer mPtr
    ) internal pure {
        // Copy the full OrderParameters head from calldata to memory.
        cdPtr.copy(mPtr, OrderParameters_head_size);
        // Resolve the offer calldata offset, use that to decode and copy offer
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset).write(
            _decodeOffer(cdPtr.pptrOffset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset))
        );
        // Resolve consideration calldata offset, use that to copy consideration
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset).write(
            _decodeConsideration(
                cdPtr.pptrOffset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset)
            )
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to an OrderParameters struct and copies the
     *      decoded struct to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the OrderParameters struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the OrderParameters struct head.
     */
    function _decodeOrderParameters(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate required memory for the OrderParameters head (offer and
        // consideration are allocated independently).
        mPtr = malloc(OrderParameters_head_size);
        // Decode and copy the order parameters to the newly allocated memory.
        _decodeOrderParametersTo(cdPtr, mPtr);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to an Order struct and copies the decoded
     *      struct to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the Order struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the Order struct head.
     */
    function _decodeOrder(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate required memory for the Order head (OrderParameters and
        // signature are allocated independently).
        mPtr = malloc(Order_head_size);
        // Resolve OrderParameters calldata offset, use it to decode and copy
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.write(_decodeOrderParameters(cdPtr.pptr()));
        // Resolve signature calldata offset, use that to decode and copy from
        // calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(Order_signature_offset).write(
            _decodeBytes(cdPtr.pptrOffset(Order_signature_offset))
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to an AdvancedOrder struct and copies the
     *      decoded struct to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the AdvancedOrder struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the AdvancedOrder struct head.
     */
    function _decodeAdvancedOrder(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate memory for AdvancedOrder head and OrderParameters head.
        mPtr = malloc(AdvancedOrderPlusOrderParameters_head_size);
        // Use numerator + denominator calldata offset to decode and copy
        // from calldata and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        cdPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset).copy(
            mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset),
            AdvancedOrder_fixed_segment_0
        );
        // Get pointer to memory immediately after advanced order.
        MemoryPointer mPtrParameters = mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_head_size);
        // Write pptr for advanced order parameters to memory.
        mPtr.write(mPtrParameters);
        // Resolve OrderParameters calldata pointer & write to allocated region.
        _decodeOrderParametersTo(cdPtr.pptr(), mPtrParameters);
        // Resolve signature calldata offset, use that to decode and copy from
        // calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_signature_offset).write(
            _decodeBytes(cdPtr.pptrOffset(AdvancedOrder_signature_offset))
        );
        // Resolve extraData calldata offset, use that to decode and copy from
        // calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_extraData_offset).write(
            _decodeBytes(cdPtr.pptrOffset(AdvancedOrder_extraData_offset))
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Allocates a single word of empty bytes in memory and returns the
     *      pointer to that memory region.
     *
     * @return mPtr The memory pointer to the new empty word in memory.
     */
    function _getEmptyBytesOrArray()
        internal
        pure
        returns (MemoryPointer mPtr)
    {
        mPtr = malloc(OneWord);
        mPtr.write(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to an Order struct and copies the decoded
     *      struct to memory as an AdvancedOrder.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the Order struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the AdvancedOrder struct head.
     */
    function _decodeOrderAsAdvancedOrder(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate memory for AdvancedOrder head and OrderParameters head.
        mPtr = malloc(AdvancedOrderPlusOrderParameters_head_size);
        // Get pointer to memory immediately after advanced order.
        MemoryPointer mPtrParameters = mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_head_size);
        // Write pptr for advanced order parameters.
        mPtr.write(mPtrParameters);
        // Resolve OrderParameters calldata pointer & write to allocated region.
        _decodeOrderParametersTo(cdPtr.pptr(), mPtrParameters);
        // Write default Order numerator and denominator values (i.e. 1/1).
        mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset).write(1);
        mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_denominator_offset).write(1);
        // Resolve signature calldata offset, use that to decode and copy from
        // calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_signature_offset).write(
            _decodeBytes(cdPtr.pptrOffset(Order_signature_offset))
        );
        // Resolve extraData calldata offset, use that to decode and copy from
        // calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(AdvancedOrder_extraData_offset).write(
            _getEmptyBytesOrArray()
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to an array of Order structs and copies the
     *      decoded array to memory as an array of AdvancedOrder structs.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the orders array in
     *                    calldata which contains the length of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the array of advanced
     *                    orders in memory which contains length of the array.
     */
    function _decodeOrdersAsAdvancedOrders(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to the tail based on one word per array element.
            uint256 tailOffset = arrLength << OneWordShift;
            // Add one additional word for the length and allocate memory.
            mPtrLength = malloc(tailOffset + OneWord);
            // Write the length of the array to memory.
            mPtrLength.write(arrLength);
            // Advance to first memory & calldata pointers (e.g. after length).
            MemoryPointer mPtrHead = mPtrLength.next();
            CalldataPointer cdPtrHead = cdPtrLength.next();
            // Iterate over each pointer, word by word, until tail is reached.
            for (uint256 offset = 0; offset < tailOffset; offset += OneWord) {
                // Resolve Order calldata offset, use it to decode and copy from
                // calldata, and write resultant AdvancedOrder offset to memory.
                mPtrHead.offset(offset).write(
                    _decodeOrderAsAdvancedOrder(cdPtrHead.pptrOffset(offset))
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to a criteria proof, or an array bytes32
     *      types, and copies the decoded proof to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the criteria proof
     *                    in calldata which contains the length of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the criteria proof
     *                    in memory which contains length of the array.
     */
    function _decodeCriteriaProof(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive array size based on one word per array element and length.
            uint256 arrSize = (arrLength + 1) << OneWordShift;
            // Allocate memory equal to the array size.
            mPtrLength = malloc(arrSize);
            // Copy the array from calldata into memory.
            cdPtrLength.copy(mPtrLength, arrSize);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to a CriteriaResolver struct and copies the
     *      decoded struct to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the CriteriaResolver struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the CriteriaResolver struct head.
     */
    function _decodeCriteriaResolver(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate required memory for the CriteriaResolver head (the criteria
        // proof bytes32 array is allocated independently).
        mPtr = malloc(CriteriaResolver_head_size);
        // Decode and copy order index, side, index, and identifier from
        // calldata and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        cdPtr.copy(mPtr, CriteriaResolver_fixed_segment_0);
        // Resolve criteria proof calldata offset, use it to decode and copy
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(CriteriaResolver_criteriaProof_offset).write(
            _decodeCriteriaProof(
                cdPtr.pptrOffset(CriteriaResolver_criteriaProof_offset)
            )
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an array of criteria resolvers from calldata and copies it
     *      into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the criteria
     *                    resolver array in calldata which contains the length
     *                    of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the criteria resolver
     *                    array in memory which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     */
    function _decodeCriteriaResolvers(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to the tail based on one word per array element.
            uint256 tailOffset = arrLength << OneWordShift;
            // Add one additional word for the length and allocate memory.
            mPtrLength = malloc(tailOffset + OneWord);
            // Write the length of the array to memory.
            mPtrLength.write(arrLength);
            // Advance to first memory & calldata pointers (e.g. after length).
            MemoryPointer mPtrHead = mPtrLength.next();
            CalldataPointer cdPtrHead = cdPtrLength.next();
            // Iterate over each pointer, word by word, until tail is reached.
            for (uint256 offset = 0; offset < tailOffset; offset += OneWord) {
                // Resolve CriteriaResolver calldata offset, use it to decode
                // and copy from calldata, and write resultant memory offset.
                mPtrHead.offset(offset).write(
                    _decodeCriteriaResolver(cdPtrHead.pptrOffset(offset))
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an array of orders from calldata and copies it into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the orders array in
     *                    calldata which contains the length of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the orders array
     *                    in memory which contains the length of the array.
     */
    function _decodeOrders(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to the tail based on one word per array element.
            uint256 tailOffset = arrLength << OneWordShift;
            // Add one additional word for the length and allocate memory.
            mPtrLength = malloc(tailOffset + OneWord);
            // Write the length of the array to memory.
            mPtrLength.write(arrLength);
            // Advance to first memory & calldata pointers (e.g. after length).
            MemoryPointer mPtrHead = mPtrLength.next();
            CalldataPointer cdPtrHead = cdPtrLength.next();
            // Iterate over each pointer, word by word, until tail is reached.
            for (uint256 offset = 0; offset < tailOffset; offset += OneWord) {
                // Resolve Order calldata offset, use it to decode and copy
                // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset.
                mPtrHead.offset(offset).write(
                    _decodeOrder(cdPtrHead.pptrOffset(offset))
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an array of fulfillment components from calldata and copies it
     *      into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the fulfillment
     *                    components array in calldata which contains the length
     *                    of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the fulfillment
     *                    components array in memory which contains the length
     *                    of the array.
     */
    function _decodeFulfillmentComponents(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        assembly {
            let arrLength := and(calldataload(cdPtrLength), OffsetOrLengthMask)
            // Get the current free memory pointer.
            mPtrLength := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            mstore(mPtrLength, arrLength)
            let mPtrHead := add(mPtrLength, OneWord)
            let mPtrTail := add(mPtrHead, shl(OneWordShift, arrLength))
            let mPtrTailNext := mPtrTail
            calldatacopy(
                mPtrTail,
                add(cdPtrLength, OneWord),
                shl(FulfillmentComponent_mem_tail_size_shift, arrLength)
            )
            let mPtrHeadNext := mPtrHead
            for {
            } lt(mPtrHeadNext, mPtrTail) {
            } {
                mstore(mPtrHeadNext, mPtrTailNext)
                mPtrHeadNext := add(mPtrHeadNext, OneWord)
                mPtrTailNext := add(
                    mPtrTailNext,
                    FulfillmentComponent_mem_tail_size
                )
            }
            // Update the free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, mPtrTailNext)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a nested array of fulfillment components from calldata and
     *      copies it into memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the nested
     *                    fulfillment components array in calldata which
     *                    contains the length of the array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the nested
     *                    fulfillment components array in memory which
     *                    contains the length of the array.
     */
    function _decodeNestedFulfillmentComponents(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to the tail based on one word per array element.
            uint256 tailOffset = arrLength << OneWordShift;
            // Add one additional word for the length and allocate memory.
            mPtrLength = malloc(tailOffset + OneWord);
            // Write the length of the array to memory.
            mPtrLength.write(arrLength);
            // Advance to first memory & calldata pointers (e.g. after length).
            MemoryPointer mPtrHead = mPtrLength.next();
            CalldataPointer cdPtrHead = cdPtrLength.next();
            // Iterate over each pointer, word by word, until tail is reached.
            for (uint256 offset = 0; offset < tailOffset; offset += OneWord) {
                // Resolve FulfillmentComponents array calldata offset, use it
                // to decode and copy from calldata, and write memory offset.
                mPtrHead.offset(offset).write(
                    _decodeFulfillmentComponents(cdPtrHead.pptrOffset(offset))
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an array of advanced orders from calldata and copies it into
     *      memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the advanced orders
     *                    array in calldata which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the advanced orders
     *                    array in memory which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     */
    function _decodeAdvancedOrders(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to the tail based on one word per array element.
            uint256 tailOffset = arrLength << OneWordShift;
            // Add one additional word for the length and allocate memory.
            mPtrLength = malloc(tailOffset + OneWord);
            // Write the length of the array to memory.
            mPtrLength.write(arrLength);
            // Advance to first memory & calldata pointers (e.g. after length).
            MemoryPointer mPtrHead = mPtrLength.next();
            CalldataPointer cdPtrHead = cdPtrLength.next();
            // Iterate over each pointer, word by word, until tail is reached.
            for (uint256 offset = 0; offset < tailOffset; offset += OneWord) {
                // Resolve AdvancedOrder calldata offset, use it to decode and
                // copy from calldata, and write resultant memory offset.
                mPtrHead.offset(offset).write(
                    _decodeAdvancedOrder(cdPtrHead.pptrOffset(offset))
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to a Fulfillment struct and copies the
     *      decoded struct to memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the Fulfillment struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the Fulfillment struct head.
     */
    function _decodeFulfillment(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate required memory for the Fulfillment head (the fulfillment
        // components arrays are allocated independently).
        mPtr = malloc(Fulfillment_head_size);
        // Resolve offerComponents calldata offset, use it to decode and copy
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.write(_decodeFulfillmentComponents(cdPtr.pptr()));
        // Resolve considerationComponents calldata offset, use it to decode and
        // copy from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to memory head.
        mPtr.offset(Fulfillment_considerationComponents_offset).write(
            _decodeFulfillmentComponents(
                cdPtr.pptrOffset(Fulfillment_considerationComponents_offset)
            )
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes an array of fulfillments from calldata and copies it into
     *      memory.
     *
     * @param cdPtrLength A calldata pointer to the start of the fulfillments
     *                    array in calldata which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     *
     * @return mPtrLength A memory pointer to the start of the fulfillments
     *                    array in memory which contains the length of the
     *                    array.
     */
    function _decodeFulfillments(
        CalldataPointer cdPtrLength
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtrLength) {
        // Retrieve length of array, masking to prevent potential overflow.
        uint256 arrLength = cdPtrLength.readMaskedUint256();
        unchecked {
            // Derive offset to the tail based on one word per array element.
            uint256 tailOffset = arrLength << OneWordShift;
            // Add one additional word for the length and allocate memory.
            mPtrLength = malloc(tailOffset + OneWord);
            // Write the length of the array to memory.
            mPtrLength.write(arrLength);
            // Advance to first memory & calldata pointers (e.g. after length).
            MemoryPointer mPtrHead = mPtrLength.next();
            CalldataPointer cdPtrHead = cdPtrLength.next();
            // Iterate over each pointer, word by word, until tail is reached.
            for (uint256 offset = 0; offset < tailOffset; offset += OneWord) {
                // Resolve Fulfillment calldata offset, use it to decode and
                // copy from calldata, and write resultant memory offset.
                mPtrHead.offset(offset).write(
                    _decodeFulfillment(cdPtrHead.pptrOffset(offset))
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Takes a calldata pointer to an OrderComponents struct and copies the
     *      decoded struct to memory as an OrderParameters struct (with the
     *      totalOriginalConsiderationItems value set equal to the length of the
     *      supplied consideration array).
     *
     * @param cdPtr A calldata pointer for the OrderComponents struct.
     *
     * @return mPtr A memory pointer to the OrderParameters struct head.
     */
    function _decodeOrderComponentsAsOrderParameters(
        CalldataPointer cdPtr
    ) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer mPtr) {
        // Allocate memory for the OrderParameters head.
        mPtr = malloc(OrderParameters_head_size);
        // Copy the full OrderComponents head from calldata to memory.
        cdPtr.copy(mPtr, OrderComponents_OrderParameters_common_head_size);
        // Resolve the offer calldata offset, use that to decode and copy offer
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        mPtr.offset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset).write(
            _decodeOffer(cdPtr.pptrOffset(OrderParameters_offer_head_offset))
        );
        // Resolve consideration calldata offset, use that to copy consideration
        // from calldata, and write resultant memory offset to head in memory.
        MemoryPointer consideration = _decodeConsideration(
            cdPtr.pptrOffset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset)
        );
        mPtr.offset(OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset).write(
            consideration
        );
        // Write masked consideration length to totalOriginalConsiderationItems.
        mPtr
            .offset(OrderParameters_totalOriginalConsiderationItems_offset)
            .write(consideration.readUint256());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Decodes the returndata from a call to generateOrder, or returns
     *      empty arrays and a boolean signifying that the returndata does not
     *      adhere to a valid encoding scheme if it cannot be decoded. Note
     *      that this function expects that original offer and consideration
     *      item arrays have been modified and repurposed to resemble spent
     *      and received item arrays; specifically, the recipient should be
     *      in the endAmount location on consideration items and the derived
     *      amount should be in the startAmount location for both item types.
     *
     * @return invalidEncoding A boolean signifying whether the returndata has
     *                         an invalid encoding.
     * @return offer           The decoded offer array.
     * @return consideration   The decoded consideration array.
     */
    function _decodeGenerateOrderReturndata(
        MemoryPointer originalOffer,
        MemoryPointer originalConsideration
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint256 invalidEncoding,
            MemoryPointer offer,
            MemoryPointer consideration
        )
    {
        assembly {
            // Check that returndatasize is at least three words:
            // 1. offerOffset
            // 2. considerationOffset
            // 3. offerLength & considerationLength might occupy just one word
            //    if offerOffset & considerationOffset would point to the same
            //    offset and the arrays have length 0.
            invalidEncoding := lt(returndatasize(), ThreeWords)
            let offsetOffer
            let offsetConsideration
            let offerLength
            let considerationLength
            // Proceed if enough returndata is present to continue evaluation.
            if iszero(invalidEncoding) {
                // Copy first two words of returndata (the offsets to offer and
                // consideration array lengths) to scratch space.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, TwoWords)
                offsetOffer := mload(0)
                offsetConsideration := mload(OneWord)
                // If valid length, check that offsets word boundaries are
                // within returndata.
                let invalidOfferOffset := gt(
                    add(offsetOffer, OneWord),
                    returndatasize()
                )
                let invalidConsiderationOffset := gt(
                    add(offsetConsideration, OneWord),
                    returndatasize()
                )
                // Only proceed if length (and thus encoding) is valid so far.
                invalidEncoding := or(
                    invalidOfferOffset,
                    invalidConsiderationOffset
                )
                if iszero(invalidEncoding) {
                    // Copy length of offer array to scratch space.
                    returndatacopy(0, offsetOffer, OneWord)
                    offerLength := mload(0)
                    // Copy length of consideration array to scratch space.
                    returndatacopy(OneWord, offsetConsideration, OneWord)
                    considerationLength := mload(OneWord)
                    {
                        // Derive end offsets for offer & consideration arrays.
                        let offerEndOffset := add(
                            add(offsetOffer, OneWord),
                            shl(SpentItem_size_shift, offerLength)
                        )
                        let considerationEndOffset := add(
                            add(offsetConsideration, OneWord),
                            mul(ReceivedItem_size, considerationLength)
                        )
                        // Don't continue if either offer or consideration
                        // length exceeds 65535 or if returndatasize is less
                        // than the end offsets.
                        invalidEncoding := or(
                            gt(
                                or(offerLength, considerationLength),
                                generateOrder_maximum_returned_array_length
                            ),
                            or(
                                lt(returndatasize(), offerEndOffset),
                                lt(returndatasize(), considerationEndOffset)
                            )
                        )
                        // Set first word of scratch space to 0 so length of
                        // offer/consideration are set to 0 on invalid encoding.
                        mstore(0, 0)
                    }
                }
            }
            if iszero(invalidEncoding) {
                let invalidSpentItems, invalidReceivedItems
                offer, invalidSpentItems := copySpentItemsAsOfferItems(
                    originalOffer,
                    add(offsetOffer, OneWord),
                    offerLength
                )
                consideration, invalidReceivedItems :=
                    copyReceivedItemsAsConsiderationItems(
                        originalConsideration,
                        add(offsetConsideration, OneWord),
                        considerationLength
                    )
                invalidEncoding := or(invalidSpentItems, invalidReceivedItems)
            }
            function copySpentItemsAsOfferItems(
                mPtrLengthOriginal,
                rdPtrHeadSpentItems,
                length
            ) -> mPtrLength, invalidSpentItems {
                // Retrieve the current free memory pointer.
                mPtrLength := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                // Cache the original offer array length
                let originalOfferLength := mload(mPtrLengthOriginal)
                // Allocate memory for the new array.
                mstore(
                    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
                    add(
                        mPtrLength,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mul(length, OfferItem_size_with_head_pointer)
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Write the length of the array to the start of free memory.
                mstore(mPtrLength, length)
                // Use offset from length to minimize stack depth.
                let headOffsetFromLength := OneWord
                let headSizeWithLength := shl(OneWordShift, add(1, length))
                let mPtrTailNext := add(mPtrLength, headSizeWithLength)
                let mPtrTailOriginalNext := add(
                    mPtrLengthOriginal,
                    shl(OneWordShift, add(1, originalOfferLength))
                )
                let headSizeToCompareWithLength := shl(
                    OneWordShift,
                    add(1, min(length, originalOfferLength))
                )
                // Iterate over each new element with a corresponding original
                // item. For each original offer item, check that:
                // - There is a corresponding new spent item.
                // - The original and new items match with compareItems.
                // - The new offer item amount >= original amount.
                invalidSpentItems := gt(originalOfferLength, length)
                for {
                } lt(headOffsetFromLength, headSizeToCompareWithLength) {
                } {
                    // Write the memory pointer to the accompanying head offset.
                    mstore(add(mPtrLength, headOffsetFromLength), mPtrTailNext)
                    // Copy itemType, token, identifier and amount.
                    returndatacopy(
                        mPtrTailNext,
                        rdPtrHeadSpentItems,
                        SpentItem_size
                    )
                    let newAmount := mload(
                        add(mPtrTailNext, Common_amount_offset)
                    )
                    // Copy amount to endAmount.
                    mstore(
                        add(mPtrTailNext, Common_endAmount_offset),
                        newAmount
                    )
                    let originalAmount := mload(
                        add(mPtrTailOriginalNext, Common_amount_offset)
                    )
                    invalidSpentItems := or(
                        invalidSpentItems,
                        or(
                            compareItems(mPtrTailOriginalNext, mPtrTailNext),
                            gt(originalAmount, newAmount)
                        )
                    )
                    // Update read pointer, next tail pointer for new and
                    // original, and head offset.
                    rdPtrHeadSpentItems := add(
                        rdPtrHeadSpentItems,
                        SpentItem_size
                    )
                    mPtrTailNext := add(mPtrTailNext, OfferItem_size)
                    mPtrTailOriginalNext := add(
                        mPtrTailOriginalNext,
                        OfferItem_size
                    )
                    headOffsetFromLength := add(headOffsetFromLength, OneWord)
                }
                // Iterate over each element without corresponding original item
                for {
                } lt(headOffsetFromLength, headSizeWithLength) {
                } {
                    // Write the memory pointer to the accompanying head offset.
                    mstore(add(mPtrLength, headOffsetFromLength), mPtrTailNext)
                    // Copy itemType, token, identifier and amount.
                    returndatacopy(
                        mPtrTailNext,
                        rdPtrHeadSpentItems,
                        SpentItem_size
                    )
                    // Copy amount to endAmount.
                    mstore(
                        add(mPtrTailNext, Common_endAmount_offset),
                        mload(add(mPtrTailNext, Common_amount_offset))
                    )
                    // Update read pointer, next tail pointer, and head offset.
                    rdPtrHeadSpentItems := add(
                        rdPtrHeadSpentItems,
                        SpentItem_size
                    )
                    mPtrTailNext := add(mPtrTailNext, OfferItem_size)
                    headOffsetFromLength := add(headOffsetFromLength, OneWord)
                }
            }
            function copyReceivedItemsAsConsiderationItems(
                mPtrLengthOriginal,
                rdPtrHeadReceivedItems,
                length
            ) -> mPtrLength, invalidReceivedItems {
                // Retrieve the current free memory pointer.
                mPtrLength := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                // Cache the original consideration array length
                let originalConsiderationLength := mload(mPtrLengthOriginal)
                // Ensure returned array length does not exceed original length.
                invalidReceivedItems := gt(length, originalConsiderationLength)
                // Derive the length of the new array in memory, capped by the
                // original consideration array length.
                let newLength := min(length, originalConsiderationLength)
                // Allocate memory for the array. Note that memory does not need
                // to be allocated for new elements without a corresponding
                // original item as the new array will be invalid if its length
                // exceeds the original array length.
                mstore(
                    FreeMemoryPointerSlot,
                    add(
                        mPtrLength,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mul(
                                newLength,
                                ConsiderationItem_size_with_head_pointer
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Write the length of the array to the start of free memory.
                mstore(mPtrLength, newLength)
                // Use offset from length to minimize stack depth.
                let headOffsetFromLength := OneWord
                let mPtrTailNext := add(
                    mPtrLength,
                    shl(OneWordShift, add(1, newLength))
                )
                let mPtrTailOriginalNext := add(
                    mPtrLengthOriginal,
                    shl(OneWordShift, add(1, originalConsiderationLength))
                )
                let headSizeToCompareWithLength := shl(
                    OneWordShift,
                    add(1, newLength)
                )
                // Iterate over each new element with a corresponding original
                // item. For each new received item, check that:
                // - The new & original items match according to compareItems.
                // - The new consideration item amount <= the original amount.
                // - The items have the same recipient if original != null.
                for {
                } lt(headOffsetFromLength, headSizeToCompareWithLength) {
                } {
                    // Write the memory pointer to the accompanying head offset.
                    mstore(add(mPtrLength, headOffsetFromLength), mPtrTailNext)
                    // Copy itemType, token, identifier, amount and recipient.
                    returndatacopy(
                        mPtrTailNext,
                        rdPtrHeadReceivedItems,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    // Copy amount to consideration item's recipient offset.
                    returndatacopy(
                        add(mPtrTailNext, ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset),
                        add(rdPtrHeadReceivedItems, Common_amount_offset),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Retrieve both the new and original item amounts.
                    let newAmount := mload(
                        add(mPtrTailNext, Common_amount_offset)
                    )
                    let originalAmount := mload(
                        add(mPtrTailOriginalNext, Common_amount_offset)
                    )
                    // Compare items' item type, token, and identifier, ensure
                    // they have the same recipient and that the new amount is
                    // less than or equal to the original amount. The original
                    // recipient must already be present at the ReceivedItem
                    // recipient offset rather than at the initial
                    // ConsiderationItem recipient offset.
                    invalidReceivedItems := or(
                        invalidReceivedItems,
                        or(
                            compareItems(mPtrTailOriginalNext, mPtrTailNext),
                            or(
                                gt(newAmount, originalAmount),
                                checkRecipients(
                                    mload(
                                        add(
                                            mPtrTailOriginalNext,
                                            ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                                        )
                                    ),
                                    mload(
                                        add(
                                            mPtrTailNext,
                                            ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                                        )
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    )
                    // Update read pointer, next tail pointer, and head offset.
                    rdPtrHeadReceivedItems := add(
                        rdPtrHeadReceivedItems,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    mPtrTailNext := add(mPtrTailNext, ConsiderationItem_size)
                    mPtrTailOriginalNext := add(
                        mPtrTailOriginalNext,
                        ConsiderationItem_size
                    )
                    headOffsetFromLength := add(headOffsetFromLength, OneWord)
                }
                // Note: skip copying new elements without a corresponding
                // original item as the new array will be invalid if its length
                // exceeds the original array length.
            }
            /**
             * @dev Yul function to check the compatibility of two offer or
             *      consideration items for contract orders.  Note that the
             *      itemType and identifier are reset in cases where criteria is
             *      equal to 0 (collection-wide or "wildcard" items), which
             *      means that a contract offerer has full latitude to choose
             *      any identifier it wants mid-flight, in contrast to the usual
             *      behavior, where the fulfiller can pick which identifier to
             *      receive by providing a CriteriaResolver.
             *
             * @param originalItem The original offer or consideration item.
             * @param newItem      The new offer or consideration item.
             *
             * @return isInvalid Error buffer indicating whether or not the
             *                   items are incompatible.
             */
            function compareItems(originalItem, newItem) -> isInvalid {
                let itemType := mload(originalItem)
                let identifier := mload(
                    add(originalItem, Common_identifier_offset)
                )
                // Use returned identifier for criteria-based items with a
                // criteria value of 0 (collection-wide or "wildcard" items).
                if and(gt(itemType, 3), iszero(identifier)) {
                    // Replace item type with non-criteria equivalent.
                    itemType := sub(itemType, 2)
                    // Replace identifier with the returned identifier.
                    identifier := mload(add(newItem, Common_identifier_offset))
                }
                isInvalid := iszero(
                    and(
                        // originalItem.token == newItem.token &&
                        // originalItem.itemType == newItem.itemType
                        and(
                            eq(
                                mload(add(originalItem, Common_token_offset)),
                                mload(add(newItem, Common_token_offset))
                            ),
                            eq(itemType, mload(newItem))
                        ),
                        // originalItem.identifier == newItem.identifier
                        eq(
                            identifier,
                            mload(add(newItem, Common_identifier_offset))
                        )
                    )
                )
            }
            /**
             * @dev Internal pure function to check the compatibility of two
             *      recipients on consideration items for contract orders. This
             *      check is skipped if no recipient is originally supplied.
             *
             * @param originalRecipient The original consideration item
             *                          recipient.
             * @param newRecipient      The new consideration item recipient.
             *
             * @return isInvalid Error buffer indicating whether or not the
             *                   two recipients are incompatible.
             */
            function checkRecipients(originalRecipient, newRecipient)
                -> isInvalid
            {
                isInvalid := iszero(
                    or(
                        iszero(originalRecipient),
                        eq(newRecipient, originalRecipient)
                    )
                )
            }
            function min(a, b) -> c {
                c := add(b, mul(lt(a, b), sub(a, b)))
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function returning _decodeGenerateOrderReturndata types
     *      into a function returning offer and consideration types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking no arguments and returning an
     *             error buffer, spent item array, and received item array.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking no arguments and returning an
     *               error buffer, offer array, and consideration array.
     */
    function _convertGetGeneratedOrderResult(
        function(MemoryPointer, MemoryPointer)
            internal
            pure
            returns (uint256, MemoryPointer, MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(OfferItem[] memory, ConsiderationItem[] memory)
                internal
                pure
                returns (
                    uint256,
                    OfferItem[] memory,
                    ConsiderationItem[] memory
                ) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking ReceivedItem, address, bytes32, and bytes
     *      types (e.g. the _transfer function) into a function taking
     *      OfferItem, address, bytes32, and bytes types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking ReceivedItem, address, bytes32,
     *             and bytes types (e.g. the _transfer function).
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking OfferItem, address, bytes32,
     *               and bytes types.
     */
    function _toOfferItemInput(
        function(ReceivedItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
            internal inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(OfferItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                internal outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking ReceivedItem, address, bytes32, and bytes
     *      types (e.g. the _transfer function) into a function taking
     *      ConsiderationItem, address, bytes32, and bytes types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking ReceivedItem, address, bytes32,
     *             and bytes types (e.g. the _transfer function).
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking ConsiderationItem, address,
     *               bytes32, and bytes types.
     */
    function _toConsiderationItemInput(
        function(ReceivedItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
            internal inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(ConsiderationItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                internal outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      a bytes type.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning a bytes type.
     */
    function _toBytesReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (bytes memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      an OrderParameters type.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning an OrderParameters type.
     */
    function _toOrderParametersReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (OrderParameters memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      an AdvancedOrder type.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning an AdvancedOrder type.
     */
    function _toAdvancedOrderReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (AdvancedOrder memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      a dynamic array of CriteriaResolver types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning a dynamic array of CriteriaResolver types.
     */
    function _toCriteriaResolversReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (CriteriaResolver[] memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      a dynamic array of Order types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning a dynamic array of Order types.
     */
    function _toOrdersReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (Order[] memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      a nested dynamic array of dynamic arrays of FulfillmentComponent
     *      types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning a nested dynamic array of dynamic arrays of
     *               FulfillmentComponent types.
     */
    function _toNestedFulfillmentComponentsReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (FulfillmentComponent[][] memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      a dynamic array of AdvancedOrder types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning a dynamic array of AdvancedOrder types.
     */
    function _toAdvancedOrdersReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (AdvancedOrder[] memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a function taking a calldata pointer and returning a memory
     *      pointer into a function taking that calldata pointer and returning
     *      a dynamic array of Fulfillment types.
     *
     * @param inFn The input function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer and
     *             returning an arbitrary memory pointer.
     *
     * @return outFn The output function, taking an arbitrary calldata pointer
     *               and returning a dynamic array of Fulfillment types.
     */
    function _toFulfillmentsReturnType(
        function(CalldataPointer) internal pure returns (MemoryPointer) inFn
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            function(CalldataPointer)
                internal
                pure
                returns (Fulfillment[] memory) outFn
        )
    {
        assembly {
            outFn := inFn
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Caches the endAmount in an offer item and replaces it with
     * a given recipient so that its memory may be reused as a temporary
     * ReceivedItem.
     *
     * @param offerItem The offer item.
     * @param recipient The recipient.
     *
     * @return originalEndAmount The original end amount.
     */
    function _replaceEndAmountWithRecipient(
        OfferItem memory offerItem,
        address recipient
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 originalEndAmount) {
        assembly {
            // Derive the pointer to the end amount on the offer item.
            let endAmountPtr := add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset)
            // Retrieve the value of the end amount on the offer item.
            originalEndAmount := mload(endAmountPtr)
            // Write recipient to received item at the offer end amount pointer.
            mstore(endAmountPtr, recipient)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title ReentrancyErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ReentrancyErrors contains errors related to reentrancy.
 */
interface ReentrancyErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a caller attempts to reenter a protected
     *      function.
     */
    error NoReentrantCalls();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to activate the TSTORE opcode
     *      when it is already active.
     */
    error TStoreAlreadyActivated();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to activate the TSTORE opcode
     *      in an EVM environment that does not support it.
     */
    error TStoreNotSupported();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when deployment of the contract for testing
     *      TSTORE support fails.
     */
    error TloadTestContractDeploymentFailed();
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @title Multicaller
 * @author vectorized.eth
 * @notice Contract that allows for efficient aggregation
 *         of multiple calls in a single transaction.
 */
contract Multicaller {
    // =============================================================
    //                            ERRORS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev The lengths of the input arrays are not the same.
     */
    error ArrayLengthsMismatch();
    // =============================================================
    //                    AGGREGATION OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Aggregates multiple calls in a single transaction.
     * @param targets  An array of addresses to call.
     * @param data     An array of calldata to forward to the targets.
     * @param values   How much ETH to forward to each target.
     * @param refundTo The address to transfer any remaining ETH in the contract after the calls.
     *                 If `address(0)`, remaining ETH will NOT be refunded.
     *                 If `address(1)`, remaining ETH will be refunded to `msg.sender`.
     *                 If anything else, remaining ETH will be refunded to `refundTo`.
     * @return An array of the returndata from each call.
     */
    function aggregate(
        address[] calldata targets,
        bytes[] calldata data,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        address refundTo
    ) external payable returns (bytes[] memory) {
        assembly {
            if iszero(and(eq(targets.length, data.length), eq(data.length, values.length))) {
                // Store the function selector of `ArrayLengthsMismatch()`.
                mstore(returndatasize(), 0x3b800a46)
                // Revert with (offset, size).
                revert(0x1c, 0x04)
            }
            let resultsSize := 0x40
            if data.length {
                let results := 0x40
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                data.length := shl(5, data.length)
                // Copy the offsets from calldata into memory.
                calldatacopy(results, data.offset, data.length)
                // Offset into `results`.
                let resultsOffset := data.length
                // Pointer to the end of `results`.
                let end := add(results, data.length)
                // For deriving the calldata offsets from the `results` pointer.
                let valuesOffsetDiff := sub(values.offset, results)
                let targetsOffsetDiff := sub(targets.offset, results)
                for {} 1 {} {
                    // The offset of the current bytes in the calldata.
                    let o := add(data.offset, mload(results))
                    let memPtr := add(resultsOffset, 0x40)
                    // Copy the current bytes from calldata to the memory.
                    calldatacopy(
                        memPtr,
                        add(o, 0x20), // The offset of the current bytes' bytes.
                        calldataload(o) // The length of the current bytes.
                    )
                    if iszero(
                        call(
                            gas(), // Remaining gas.
                            calldataload(add(targetsOffsetDiff, results)), // Address to call.
                            calldataload(add(valuesOffsetDiff, results)), // ETH to send.
                            memPtr, // Start of input calldata in memory.
                            calldataload(o), // Size of input calldata.
                            0x00, // We will use returndatacopy instead.
                            0x00 // We will use returndatacopy instead.
                        )
                    ) {
                        // Bubble up the revert if the call reverts.
                        returndatacopy(0x00, 0x00, returndatasize())
                        revert(0x00, returndatasize())
                    }
                    // Append the current `resultsOffset` into `results`.
                    mstore(results, resultsOffset)
                    // Append the returndatasize, and the returndata.
                    mstore(memPtr, returndatasize())
                    returndatacopy(add(memPtr, 0x20), 0x00, returndatasize())
                    // Advance the `resultsOffset` by `returndatasize() + 0x20`,
                    // rounded up to the next multiple of 0x20.
                    resultsOffset := and(add(add(resultsOffset, returndatasize()), 0x3f), not(0x1f))
                    // Advance the `results` pointer.
                    results := add(results, 0x20)
                    if eq(results, end) { break }
                }
                resultsSize := add(resultsOffset, 0x40)
            }
            if refundTo {
                // Force transfers all the remaining ETH in the contract to `refundTo`,
                // with a gas stipend of 100000, which should be enough for most use cases.
                // If sending via a regular call fails, force sends the ETH by
                // creating a temporary contract which uses `SELFDESTRUCT` to force send the ETH.
                if selfbalance() {
                    // If `refundTo` is `address(1)`, replace it with the `msg.sender`.
                    refundTo := xor(refundTo, mul(eq(refundTo, 1), xor(refundTo, caller())))
                    // Transfer the ETH and check if it succeeded or not.
                    if iszero(
                        call(100000, refundTo, selfbalance(), codesize(), 0x00, codesize(), 0x00)
                    ) {
                        mstore(0x00, refundTo) // Store the address in scratch space.
                        mstore8(0x0b, 0x73) // Opcode `PUSH20`.
                        mstore8(0x20, 0xff) // Opcode `SELFDESTRUCT`.
                        // We can directly use `SELFDESTRUCT` in the contract creation.
                        // Compatible with `SENDALL`: https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4758
                        if iszero(create(selfbalance(), 0x0b, 0x16)) {
                            // Coerce gas estimation to provide enough gas for the `create` above.
                            revert(codesize(), codesize())
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            mstore(0x00, 0x20) // Store the memory offset of the `results`.
            mstore(0x20, targets.length) // Store `targets.length` into `results`.
            // Direct return.
            return(0x00, resultsSize)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev For receiving ETH.
     *      Does nothing and returns nothing.
     *      Called instead of `fallback()` if the calldatasize is zero.
     */
    receive() external payable {}
    /**
     * @dev Decompresses the calldata and performs a delegatecall
     *      with the decompressed calldata to itself.
     *
     *      Accompanying JavaScript library to compress the calldata:
     *      https://github.com/vectorized/solady/blob/main/js/solady.js
     *      (See: `LibZip.cdCompress`)
     */
    fallback() external payable {
        assembly {
            // If the calldata starts with the bitwise negation of
            // `bytes4(keccak256("aggregate(address[],bytes[],uint256[],address)"))`.
            let s := calldataload(returndatasize())
            if eq(shr(224, s), 0x66e0daa0) {
                mstore(returndatasize(), not(s))
                let o := 4
                for { let i := o } lt(i, calldatasize()) {} {
                    let c := byte(returndatasize(), calldataload(i))
                    i := add(i, 1)
                    if iszero(c) {
                        let d := byte(returndatasize(), calldataload(i))
                        i := add(i, 1)
                        // Fill with either 0xff or 0x00.
                        mstore(o, not(returndatasize()))
                        if iszero(gt(d, 0x7f)) { codecopy(o, codesize(), add(d, 1)) }
                        o := add(o, add(and(d, 0x7f), 1))
                        continue
                    }
                    mstore8(o, c)
                    o := add(o, 1)
                }
                let success := delegatecall(gas(), address(), 0x00, o, 0x00, 0x00)
                returndatacopy(0x00, 0x00, returndatasize())
                if iszero(success) { revert(0x00, returndatasize()) }
                return(0x00, returndatasize())
            }
            revert(returndatasize(), returndatasize())
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity >=0.6.5 <0.9;
interface IERC20Token {
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /// @dev send `value` token to `to` from `msg.sender`
    /// @param to The address of the recipient
    /// @param value The amount of token to be transferred
    /// @return True if transfer was successful
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /// @dev send `value` token to `to` from `from` on the condition it is approved by `from`
    /// @param from The address of the sender
    /// @param to The address of the recipient
    /// @param value The amount of token to be transferred
    /// @return True if transfer was successful
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /// @dev `msg.sender` approves `spender` to spend `value` tokens
    /// @param spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @param value The amount of wei to be approved for transfer
    /// @return Always true if the call has enough gas to complete execution
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
    /// @dev Query total supply of token
    /// @return Total supply of token
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Get the balance of `owner`.
    /// @param owner The address from which the balance will be retrieved
    /// @return Balance of owner
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Get the allowance for `spender` to spend from `owner`.
    /// @param owner The address of the account owning tokens
    /// @param spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @return Amount of remaining tokens allowed to spent
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Get the number of decimals this token has.
    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./IERC20Token.sol";
interface IEtherToken is IERC20Token {
    /// @dev Wrap ether.
    function deposit() external payable;
    /// @dev Unwrap ether.
    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
import "./errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "./errors/LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.sol";
library LibSafeMathV06 {
    function safeMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        uint256 c = a * b;
        if (c / a != b) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.MULTIPLICATION_OVERFLOW,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        return c;
    }
    function safeDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (b == 0) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.DIVISION_BY_ZERO,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        uint256 c = a / b;
        return c;
    }
    function safeSub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (b > a) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.SUBTRACTION_UNDERFLOW,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        return a - b;
    }
    function safeAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        if (c < a) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.ADDITION_OVERFLOW,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        return c;
    }
    function max256(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }
    function min256(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    function safeMul128(uint128 a, uint128 b) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        uint128 c = a * b;
        if (c / a != b) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.MULTIPLICATION_OVERFLOW,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        return c;
    }
    function safeDiv128(uint128 a, uint128 b) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        if (b == 0) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.DIVISION_BY_ZERO,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        uint128 c = a / b;
        return c;
    }
    function safeSub128(uint128 a, uint128 b) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        if (b > a) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.SUBTRACTION_UNDERFLOW,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        return a - b;
    }
    function safeAdd128(uint128 a, uint128 b) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        uint128 c = a + b;
        if (c < a) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256BinOpError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.BinOpErrorCodes.ADDITION_OVERFLOW,
                    a,
                    b
                )
            );
        }
        return c;
    }
    function max128(uint128 a, uint128 b) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }
    function min128(uint128 a, uint128 b) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    function safeDowncastToUint128(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        if (a > type(uint128).max) {
            LibRichErrorsV06.rrevert(
                LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.Uint256DowncastError(
                    LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06.DowncastErrorCodes.VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT128,
                    a
                )
            );
        }
        return uint128(a);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("Error(string)"))
    bytes4 internal constant STANDARD_ERROR_SELECTOR = 0x08c379a0;
    /// @dev ABI encode a standard, string revert error payload.
    ///      This is the same payload that would be included by a `revert(string)`
    ///      solidity statement. It has the function signature `Error(string)`.
    /// @param message The error string.
    /// @return The ABI encoded error.
    function StandardError(string memory message) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(STANDARD_ERROR_SELECTOR, bytes(message));
    }
    /// @dev Reverts an encoded rich revert reason `errorData`.
    /// @param errorData ABI encoded error data.
    function rrevert(bytes memory errorData) internal pure {
        assembly {
            revert(add(errorData, 0x20), mload(errorData))
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibSafeMathRichErrorsV06 {
    // bytes4(keccak256("Uint256BinOpError(uint8,uint256,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant UINT256_BINOP_ERROR_SELECTOR = 0xe946c1bb;
    // bytes4(keccak256("Uint256DowncastError(uint8,uint256)"))
    bytes4 internal constant UINT256_DOWNCAST_ERROR_SELECTOR = 0xc996af7b;
    enum BinOpErrorCodes {
        ADDITION_OVERFLOW,
        MULTIPLICATION_OVERFLOW,
        SUBTRACTION_UNDERFLOW,
        DIVISION_BY_ZERO
    }
    enum DowncastErrorCodes {
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT32,
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT64,
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT96,
        VALUE_TOO_LARGE_TO_DOWNCAST_TO_UINT128
    }
    function Uint256BinOpError(BinOpErrorCodes errorCode, uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(UINT256_BINOP_ERROR_SELECTOR, errorCode, a, b);
    }
    function Uint256DowncastError(DowncastErrorCodes errorCode, uint256 a) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(UINT256_DOWNCAST_ERROR_SELECTOR, errorCode, a);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2020 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
interface IOwnableV06 {
    /// @dev Emitted by Ownable when ownership is transferred.
    /// @param previousOwner The previous owner of the contract.
    /// @param newOwner The new owner of the contract.
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new address.
    /// @param newOwner The address that will become the owner.
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external;
    /// @dev The owner of this contract.
    /// @return ownerAddress The owner address.
    function owner() external view returns (address ownerAddress);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibCommonRichErrors {
    function OnlyCallableBySelfError(address sender) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(bytes4(keccak256("OnlyCallableBySelfError(address)")), sender);
    }
    function IllegalReentrancyError(bytes4 selector, uint256 reentrancyFlags) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                bytes4(keccak256("IllegalReentrancyError(bytes4,uint256)")),
                selector,
                reentrancyFlags
            );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
library LibOwnableRichErrors {
    function OnlyOwnerError(address sender, address owner) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(bytes4(keccak256("OnlyOwnerError(address,address)")), sender, owner);
    }
    function TransferOwnerToZeroError() internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(bytes4(keccak256("TransferOwnerToZeroError()")));
    }
    function MigrateCallFailedError(address target, bytes memory resultData) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodeWithSelector(bytes4(keccak256("MigrateCallFailedError(address,bytes)")), target, resultData);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/src/IERC20Token.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/src/IEtherToken.sol";
import "../vendor/IUniswapV3Pool.sol";
import "../migrations/LibMigrate.sol";
import "../fixins/FixinCommon.sol";
import "../fixins/FixinTokenSpender.sol";
import "./interfaces/IFeature.sol";
import "./interfaces/IUniswapV3Feature.sol";
/// @dev VIP uniswap fill functions.
contract UniswapV3Feature is IFeature, IUniswapV3Feature, FixinCommon, FixinTokenSpender {
    /// @dev Name of this feature.
    string public constant override FEATURE_NAME = "UniswapV3Feature";
    /// @dev Version of this feature.
    uint256 public immutable override FEATURE_VERSION = _encodeVersion(1, 1, 0);
    /// @dev WETH contract.
    IEtherToken private immutable WETH;
    /// @dev UniswapV3 Factory contract address prepended with '0xff' and left-aligned.
    bytes32 private immutable UNI_FF_FACTORY_ADDRESS;
    /// @dev UniswapV3 pool init code hash.
    bytes32 private immutable UNI_POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH;
    /// @dev Minimum size of an encoded swap path:
    ///      sizeof(address(inputToken) | uint24(fee) | address(outputToken))
    uint256 private constant SINGLE_HOP_PATH_SIZE = 20 + 3 + 20;
    /// @dev How many bytes to skip ahead in an encoded path to start at the next hop:
    ///      sizeof(address(inputToken) | uint24(fee))
    uint256 private constant PATH_SKIP_HOP_SIZE = 20 + 3;
    /// @dev The size of the swap callback data.
    uint256 private constant SWAP_CALLBACK_DATA_SIZE = 128;
    /// @dev Minimum tick price sqrt ratio.
    uint160 internal constant MIN_PRICE_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
    /// @dev Minimum tick price sqrt ratio.
    uint160 internal constant MAX_PRICE_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
    /// @dev Mask of lower 20 bytes.
    uint256 private constant ADDRESS_MASK = 0x00ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
    /// @dev Mask of lower 3 bytes.
    uint256 private constant UINT24_MASK = 0xffffff;
    /// @dev Construct this contract.
    /// @param weth The WETH contract.
    /// @param uniFactory The UniswapV3 factory contract.
    /// @param poolInitCodeHash The UniswapV3 pool init code hash.
    constructor(IEtherToken weth, address uniFactory, bytes32 poolInitCodeHash) public {
        WETH = weth;
        UNI_FF_FACTORY_ADDRESS = bytes32((uint256(0xff) << 248) | (uint256(uniFactory) << 88));
        UNI_POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH = poolInitCodeHash;
    }
    /// @dev Initialize and register this feature.
    ///      Should be delegatecalled by `Migrate.migrate()`.
    /// @return success `LibMigrate.SUCCESS` on success.
    function migrate() external returns (bytes4 success) {
        _registerFeatureFunction(this.sellEthForTokenToUniswapV3.selector);
        _registerFeatureFunction(this.sellTokenForEthToUniswapV3.selector);
        _registerFeatureFunction(this.sellTokenForTokenToUniswapV3.selector);
        _registerFeatureFunction(this._sellTokenForTokenToUniswapV3.selector);
        _registerFeatureFunction(this._sellHeldTokenForTokenToUniswapV3.selector);
        _registerFeatureFunction(this.uniswapV3SwapCallback.selector);
        return LibMigrate.MIGRATE_SUCCESS;
    }
    /// @dev Sell attached ETH directly against uniswap v3.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path, where the first token is WETH.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function sellEthForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient
    ) public payable override returns (uint256 buyAmount) {
        // Wrap ETH.
        WETH.deposit{value: msg.value}();
        return
            _swap(
                encodedPath,
                msg.value,
                minBuyAmount,
                address(this), // we are payer because we hold the WETH
                _normalizeRecipient(recipient)
            );
    }
    /// @dev Sell a token for ETH directly against uniswap v3.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path, where the last token is WETH.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of ETH to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of ETH bought.
    function sellTokenForEthToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address payable recipient
    ) public override returns (uint256 buyAmount) {
        buyAmount = _swap(
            encodedPath,
            sellAmount,
            minBuyAmount,
            msg.sender,
            address(this) // we are recipient because we need to unwrap WETH
        );
        WETH.withdraw(buyAmount);
        // Transfer ETH to recipient.
        (bool success, bytes memory revertData) = _normalizeRecipient(recipient).call{value: buyAmount}("");
        if (!success) {
            revertData.rrevert();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Sell a token for another token directly against uniswap v3.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function sellTokenForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient
    ) public override returns (uint256 buyAmount) {
        buyAmount = _swap(encodedPath, sellAmount, minBuyAmount, msg.sender, _normalizeRecipient(recipient));
    }
    /// @dev Sell a token for another token directly against uniswap v3. Internal variant.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for payer.
    /// @param payer The address to pull the sold tokens from.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function _sellTokenForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient,
        address payer
    ) public override onlySelf returns (uint256 buyAmount) {
        buyAmount = _swap(encodedPath, sellAmount, minBuyAmount, payer, _normalizeRecipient(recipient, payer));
    }
    /// @dev Sell a token for another token directly against uniswap v3.
    ///      Private variant, uses tokens held by `address(this)`.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function _sellHeldTokenForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient
    ) public override onlySelf returns (uint256 buyAmount) {
        buyAmount = _swap(encodedPath, sellAmount, minBuyAmount, address(this), _normalizeRecipient(recipient));
    }
    /// @dev The UniswapV3 pool swap callback which pays the funds requested
    ///      by the caller/pool to the pool. Can only be called by a valid
    ///      UniswapV3 pool.
    /// @param amount0Delta Token0 amount owed.
    /// @param amount1Delta Token1 amount owed.
    /// @param data Arbitrary data forwarded from swap() caller. An ABI-encoded
    ///        struct of: inputToken, outputToken, fee, payer
    function uniswapV3SwapCallback(int256 amount0Delta, int256 amount1Delta, bytes calldata data) external override {
        IERC20Token token0;
        IERC20Token token1;
        address payer;
        {
            uint24 fee;
            // Decode the data.
            require(data.length == SWAP_CALLBACK_DATA_SIZE, "UniswapFeature/INVALID_SWAP_CALLBACK_DATA");
            assembly {
                let p := add(36, calldataload(68))
                token0 := calldataload(p)
                token1 := calldataload(add(p, 32))
                fee := calldataload(add(p, 64))
                payer := calldataload(add(p, 96))
            }
            (token0, token1) = token0 < token1 ? (token0, token1) : (token1, token0);
            // Only a valid pool contract can call this function.
            require(
                msg.sender == address(_toPool(token0, fee, token1)),
                "UniswapV3Feature/INVALID_SWAP_CALLBACK_CALLER"
            );
        }
        // Pay the amount owed to the pool.
        if (amount0Delta > 0) {
            _pay(token0, payer, msg.sender, uint256(amount0Delta));
        } else if (amount1Delta > 0) {
            _pay(token1, payer, msg.sender, uint256(amount1Delta));
        } else {
            revert("UniswapV3Feature/INVALID_SWAP_AMOUNTS");
        }
    }
    // Executes successive swaps along an encoded uniswap path.
    function _swap(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address payer,
        address recipient
    ) private returns (uint256 buyAmount) {
        if (sellAmount != 0) {
            require(sellAmount <= uint256(type(int256).max), "UniswapV3Feature/SELL_AMOUNT_OVERFLOW");
            // Perform a swap for each hop in the path.
            bytes memory swapCallbackData = new bytes(SWAP_CALLBACK_DATA_SIZE);
            while (true) {
                bool isPathMultiHop = _isPathMultiHop(encodedPath);
                bool zeroForOne;
                IUniswapV3Pool pool;
                {
                    (IERC20Token inputToken, uint24 fee, IERC20Token outputToken) = _decodeFirstPoolInfoFromPath(
                        encodedPath
                    );
                    pool = _toPool(inputToken, fee, outputToken);
                    zeroForOne = inputToken < outputToken;
                    _updateSwapCallbackData(swapCallbackData, inputToken, outputToken, fee, payer);
                }
                (int256 amount0, int256 amount1) = pool.swap(
                    // Intermediate tokens go to this contract.
                    isPathMultiHop ? address(this) : recipient,
                    zeroForOne,
                    int256(sellAmount),
                    zeroForOne ? MIN_PRICE_SQRT_RATIO + 1 : MAX_PRICE_SQRT_RATIO - 1,
                    swapCallbackData
                );
                {
                    int256 _buyAmount = -(zeroForOne ? amount1 : amount0);
                    require(_buyAmount >= 0, "UniswapV3Feature/INVALID_BUY_AMOUNT");
                    buyAmount = uint256(_buyAmount);
                }
                if (!isPathMultiHop) {
                    // Done.
                    break;
                }
                // Continue with next hop.
                payer = address(this); // Subsequent hops are paid for by us.
                sellAmount = buyAmount;
                // Skip to next hop along path.
                encodedPath = _shiftHopFromPathInPlace(encodedPath);
            }
        }
        require(minBuyAmount <= buyAmount, "UniswapV3Feature/UNDERBOUGHT");
    }
    // Pay tokens from `payer` to `to`, using `transferFrom()` if
    // `payer` != this contract.
    function _pay(IERC20Token token, address payer, address to, uint256 amount) private {
        if (payer != address(this)) {
            _transferERC20TokensFrom(token, payer, to, amount);
        } else {
            _transferERC20Tokens(token, to, amount);
        }
    }
    // Update `swapCallbackData` in place with new values.
    function _updateSwapCallbackData(
        bytes memory swapCallbackData,
        IERC20Token inputToken,
        IERC20Token outputToken,
        uint24 fee,
        address payer
    ) private pure {
        assembly {
            let p := add(swapCallbackData, 32)
            mstore(p, inputToken)
            mstore(add(p, 32), outputToken)
            mstore(add(p, 64), and(UINT24_MASK, fee))
            mstore(add(p, 96), and(ADDRESS_MASK, payer))
        }
    }
    // Compute the pool address given two tokens and a fee.
    function _toPool(
        IERC20Token inputToken,
        uint24 fee,
        IERC20Token outputToken
    ) private view returns (IUniswapV3Pool pool) {
        // address(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(
        //     hex"ff",
        //     UNI_FACTORY_ADDRESS,
        //     keccak256(abi.encode(inputToken, outputToken, fee)),
        //     UNI_POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH
        // )))
        bytes32 ffFactoryAddress = UNI_FF_FACTORY_ADDRESS;
        bytes32 poolInitCodeHash = UNI_POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH;
        (IERC20Token token0, IERC20Token token1) = inputToken < outputToken
            ? (inputToken, outputToken)
            : (outputToken, inputToken);
        assembly {
            let s := mload(0x40)
            let p := s
            mstore(p, ffFactoryAddress)
            p := add(p, 21)
            // Compute the inner hash in-place
            mstore(p, token0)
            mstore(add(p, 32), token1)
            mstore(add(p, 64), and(UINT24_MASK, fee))
            mstore(p, keccak256(p, 96))
            p := add(p, 32)
            mstore(p, poolInitCodeHash)
            pool := and(ADDRESS_MASK, keccak256(s, 85))
        }
    }
    // Return whether or not an encoded uniswap path contains more than one hop.
    function _isPathMultiHop(bytes memory encodedPath) private pure returns (bool isMultiHop) {
        return encodedPath.length > SINGLE_HOP_PATH_SIZE;
    }
    // Return the first input token, output token, and fee of an encoded uniswap path.
    function _decodeFirstPoolInfoFromPath(
        bytes memory encodedPath
    ) private pure returns (IERC20Token inputToken, uint24 fee, IERC20Token outputToken) {
        require(encodedPath.length >= SINGLE_HOP_PATH_SIZE, "UniswapV3Feature/BAD_PATH_ENCODING");
        assembly {
            let p := add(encodedPath, 32)
            inputToken := shr(96, mload(p))
            p := add(p, 20)
            fee := shr(232, mload(p))
            p := add(p, 3)
            outputToken := shr(96, mload(p))
        }
    }
    // Skip past the first hop of an encoded uniswap path in-place.
    function _shiftHopFromPathInPlace(bytes memory encodedPath) private pure returns (bytes memory shiftedEncodedPath) {
        require(encodedPath.length >= PATH_SKIP_HOP_SIZE, "UniswapV3Feature/BAD_PATH_ENCODING");
        uint256 shiftSize = PATH_SKIP_HOP_SIZE;
        uint256 newSize = encodedPath.length - shiftSize;
        assembly {
            shiftedEncodedPath := add(encodedPath, shiftSize)
            mstore(shiftedEncodedPath, newSize)
        }
    }
    // Convert null address values to alternative address.
    function _normalizeRecipient(
        address recipient,
        address alternative
    ) private pure returns (address payable normalizedRecipient) {
        return recipient == address(0) ? payable(alternative) : payable(recipient);
    }
    // Convert null address values to msg.sender.
    function _normalizeRecipient(address recipient) private view returns (address payable normalizedRecipient) {
        return _normalizeRecipient(recipient, msg.sender);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Basic interface for a feature contract.
interface IFeature {
    /// @dev The name of this feature set.
    function FEATURE_NAME() external view returns (string memory name);
    /// @dev The version of this feature set.
    function FEATURE_VERSION() external view returns (uint256 version);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/interfaces/IOwnableV06.sol";
/// @dev Owner management and migration features.
interface IOwnableFeature is IOwnableV06 {
    /// @dev Emitted when `migrate()` is called.
    /// @param caller The caller of `migrate()`.
    /// @param migrator The migration contract.
    /// @param newOwner The address of the new owner.
    event Migrated(address caller, address migrator, address newOwner);
    /// @dev Execute a migration function in the context of the ZeroEx contract.
    ///      The result of the function being called should be the magic bytes
    ///      0x2c64c5ef (`keccack('MIGRATE_SUCCESS')`). Only callable by the owner.
    ///      The owner will be temporarily set to `address(this)` inside the call.
    ///      Before returning, the owner will be set to `newOwner`.
    /// @param target The migrator contract address.
    /// @param newOwner The address of the new owner.
    /// @param data The call data.
    function migrate(address target, bytes calldata data, address newOwner) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev Basic registry management features.
interface ISimpleFunctionRegistryFeature {
    /// @dev A function implementation was updated via `extend()` or `rollback()`.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param oldImpl The implementation contract address being replaced.
    /// @param newImpl The replacement implementation contract address.
    event ProxyFunctionUpdated(bytes4 indexed selector, address oldImpl, address newImpl);
    /// @dev Roll back to a prior implementation of a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param targetImpl The address of an older implementation of the function.
    function rollback(bytes4 selector, address targetImpl) external;
    /// @dev Register or replace a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param impl The implementation contract for the function.
    function extend(bytes4 selector, address impl) external;
    /// @dev Retrieve the length of the rollback history for a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @return rollbackLength The number of items in the rollback history for
    ///         the function.
    function getRollbackLength(bytes4 selector) external view returns (uint256 rollbackLength);
    /// @dev Retrieve an entry in the rollback history for a function.
    /// @param selector The function selector.
    /// @param idx The index in the rollback history.
    /// @return impl An implementation address for the function at
    ///         index `idx`.
    function getRollbackEntryAtIndex(bytes4 selector, uint256 idx) external view returns (address impl);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
/// @dev VIP uniswap v3 fill functions.
interface IUniswapV3Feature {
    /// @dev Sell attached ETH directly against uniswap v3.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path, where the first token is WETH.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function sellEthForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (uint256 buyAmount);
    /// @dev Sell a token for ETH directly against uniswap v3.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path, where the last token is WETH.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of ETH to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of ETH bought.
    function sellTokenForEthToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address payable recipient
    ) external returns (uint256 buyAmount);
    /// @dev Sell a token for another token directly against uniswap v3.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function sellTokenForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient
    ) external returns (uint256 buyAmount);
    /// @dev Sell a token for another token directly against uniswap v3. Internal variant.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for payer.
    /// @param payer The address to pull the sold tokens from.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function _sellTokenForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient,
        address payer
    ) external returns (uint256 buyAmount);
    /// @dev Sell a token for another token directly against uniswap v3.
    ///      Private variant, uses tokens held by `address(this)`.
    /// @param encodedPath Uniswap-encoded path.
    /// @param sellAmount amount of the first token in the path to sell.
    /// @param minBuyAmount Minimum amount of the last token in the path to buy.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the bought tokens. Can be zero for sender.
    /// @return buyAmount Amount of the last token in the path bought.
    function _sellHeldTokenForTokenToUniswapV3(
        bytes memory encodedPath,
        uint256 sellAmount,
        uint256 minBuyAmount,
        address recipient
    ) external returns (uint256 buyAmount);
    /// @dev The UniswapV3 pool swap callback which pays the funds requested
    ///      by the caller/pool to the pool. Can only be called by a valid
    ///      UniswapV3 pool.
    /// @param amount0Delta Token0 amount owed.
    /// @param amount1Delta Token1 amount owed.
    /// @param data Arbitrary data forwarded from swap() caller. An ABI-encoded
    ///        struct of: inputToken, outputToken, fee, payer
    function uniswapV3SwapCallback(int256 amount0Delta, int256 amount1Delta, bytes calldata data) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibCommonRichErrors.sol";
import "../errors/LibOwnableRichErrors.sol";
import "../features/interfaces/IOwnableFeature.sol";
import "../features/interfaces/ISimpleFunctionRegistryFeature.sol";
/// @dev Common feature utilities.
abstract contract FixinCommon {
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev The implementation address of this feature.
    address internal immutable _implementation;
    /// @dev The caller must be this contract.
    modifier onlySelf() virtual {
        if (msg.sender != address(this)) {
            LibCommonRichErrors.OnlyCallableBySelfError(msg.sender).rrevert();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @dev The caller of this function must be the owner.
    modifier onlyOwner() virtual {
        {
            address owner = IOwnableFeature(address(this)).owner();
            if (msg.sender != owner) {
                LibOwnableRichErrors.OnlyOwnerError(msg.sender, owner).rrevert();
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    constructor() internal {
        // Remember this feature's original address.
        _implementation = address(this);
    }
    /// @dev Registers a function implemented by this feature at `_implementation`.
    ///      Can and should only be called within a `migrate()`.
    /// @param selector The selector of the function whose implementation
    ///        is at `_implementation`.
    function _registerFeatureFunction(bytes4 selector) internal {
        ISimpleFunctionRegistryFeature(address(this)).extend(selector, _implementation);
    }
    /// @dev Encode a feature version as a `uint256`.
    /// @param major The major version number of the feature.
    /// @param minor The minor version number of the feature.
    /// @param revision The revision number of the feature.
    /// @return encodedVersion The encoded version number.
    function _encodeVersion(
        uint32 major,
        uint32 minor,
        uint32 revision
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 encodedVersion) {
        return (uint256(major) << 64) | (uint256(minor) << 32) | uint256(revision);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-erc20/src/IERC20Token.sol";
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/LibSafeMathV06.sol";
/// @dev Helpers for moving tokens around.
abstract contract FixinTokenSpender {
    // Mask of the lower 20 bytes of a bytes32.
    uint256 private constant ADDRESS_MASK = 0x000000000000000000000000ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
    /// @dev Transfers ERC20 tokens from `owner` to `to`.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @param to The recipient of the tokens.
    /// @param amount The amount of `token` to transfer.
    function _transferERC20TokensFrom(IERC20Token token, address owner, address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(token) != address(this), "FixinTokenSpender/CANNOT_INVOKE_SELF");
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40) // free memory pointer
            // selector for transferFrom(address,address,uint256)
            mstore(ptr, 0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x04), and(owner, ADDRESS_MASK))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), and(to, ADDRESS_MASK))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x44), amount)
            let success := call(gas(), and(token, ADDRESS_MASK), 0, ptr, 0x64, ptr, 32)
            let rdsize := returndatasize()
            // Check for ERC20 success. ERC20 tokens should return a boolean,
            // but some don't. We accept 0-length return data as success, or at
            // least 32 bytes that starts with a 32-byte boolean true.
            success := and(
                success, // call itself succeeded
                or(
                    iszero(rdsize), // no return data, or
                    and(
                        iszero(lt(rdsize, 32)), // at least 32 bytes
                        eq(mload(ptr), 1) // starts with uint256(1)
                    )
                )
            )
            if iszero(success) {
                returndatacopy(ptr, 0, rdsize)
                revert(ptr, rdsize)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers ERC20 tokens from ourselves to `to`.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param to The recipient of the tokens.
    /// @param amount The amount of `token` to transfer.
    function _transferERC20Tokens(IERC20Token token, address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(token) != address(this), "FixinTokenSpender/CANNOT_INVOKE_SELF");
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40) // free memory pointer
            // selector for transfer(address,uint256)
            mstore(ptr, 0xa9059cbb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x04), and(to, ADDRESS_MASK))
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), amount)
            let success := call(gas(), and(token, ADDRESS_MASK), 0, ptr, 0x44, ptr, 32)
            let rdsize := returndatasize()
            // Check for ERC20 success. ERC20 tokens should return a boolean,
            // but some don't. We accept 0-length return data as success, or at
            // least 32 bytes that starts with a 32-byte boolean true.
            success := and(
                success, // call itself succeeded
                or(
                    iszero(rdsize), // no return data, or
                    and(
                        iszero(lt(rdsize, 32)), // at least 32 bytes
                        eq(mload(ptr), 1) // starts with uint256(1)
                    )
                )
            )
            if iszero(success) {
                returndatacopy(ptr, 0, rdsize)
                revert(ptr, rdsize)
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Transfers some amount of ETH to the given recipient and
    ///      reverts if the transfer fails.
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the ETH.
    /// @param amount The amount of ETH to transfer.
    function _transferEth(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (amount > 0) {
            (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
            require(success, "FixinTokenSpender::_transferEth/TRANSFER_FAILED");
        }
    }
    /// @dev Gets the maximum amount of an ERC20 token `token` that can be
    ///      pulled from `owner` by this address.
    /// @param token The token to spend.
    /// @param owner The owner of the tokens.
    /// @return amount The amount of tokens that can be pulled.
    function _getSpendableERC20BalanceOf(IERC20Token token, address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return LibSafeMathV06.min256(token.allowance(owner, address(this)), token.balanceOf(owner));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.5;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;
import "@0x/contracts-utils/contracts/src/v06/errors/LibRichErrorsV06.sol";
import "../errors/LibOwnableRichErrors.sol";
library LibMigrate {
    /// @dev Magic bytes returned by a migrator to indicate success.
    ///      This is `keccack('MIGRATE_SUCCESS')`.
    bytes4 internal constant MIGRATE_SUCCESS = 0x2c64c5ef;
    using LibRichErrorsV06 for bytes;
    /// @dev Perform a delegatecall and ensure it returns the magic bytes.
    /// @param target The call target.
    /// @param data The call data.
    function delegatecallMigrateFunction(address target, bytes memory data) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory resultData) = target.delegatecall(data);
        if (!success || resultData.length != 32 || abi.decode(resultData, (bytes4)) != MIGRATE_SUCCESS) {
            LibOwnableRichErrors.MigrateCallFailedError(target, resultData).rrevert();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
/*
  Copyright 2023 ZeroEx Intl.
  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
  you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
  You may obtain a copy of the License at
    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
  WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
  limitations under the License.
*/
pragma solidity ^0.6.12;
interface IUniswapV3Pool {
    /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3SwapCallback#uniswapV3SwapCallback
    /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
    /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
    /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive),
    /// or exact output (negative)
    /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
    /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {ZoneParameters, Schema} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
interface ZoneInterfaceV16 {
  function authorizeOrder(
    ZoneParameters calldata zoneParameters
  ) external returns (bytes4 authorizeOrderMagicValue);
  function validateOrder(
    ZoneParameters calldata zoneParameters
  ) external returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);
  function getSeaportMetadata()
    external
    view
    returns (
      string memory name,
      Schema[] memory schemas // map to Seaport Improvement Proposal IDs
    );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
// prettier-ignore
enum OrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 4: contract order type
    CONTRACT
}
// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 4: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 5: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 6: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 7: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 8: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 9: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 10: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 11: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 12: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 13: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 14: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 15: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 16: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 17: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 18: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 19: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 20: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 21: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 22: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 23: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}
// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderRouteType {
    // 0: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC721,
    // 1: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC1155,
    // 2: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC721,
    // 3: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155,
    // 4: provide ERC721 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC721_TO_ERC20,
    // 5: provide ERC1155 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20
}
// prettier-ignore
enum ItemType {
    // 0: ETH on mainnet, MATIC on polygon, etc.
    NATIVE,
    // 1: ERC20 items (ERC777 and ERC20 analogues could also technically work)
    ERC20,
    // 2: ERC721 items
    ERC721,
    // 3: ERC1155 items
    ERC1155,
    // 4: ERC721 items where a number of tokenIds are supported
    ERC721_WITH_CRITERIA,
    // 5: ERC1155 items where a number of ids are supported
    ERC1155_WITH_CRITERIA
}
// prettier-ignore
enum Side {
    // 0: Items that can be spent
    OFFER,
    // 1: Items that must be received
    CONSIDERATION
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import { OrderType, BasicOrderType, ItemType, Side } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
/**
 * @dev An order contains eleven components: an offerer, a zone (or account that
 *      can cancel the order or restrict who can fulfill the order depending on
 *      the type), the order type (specifying partial fill support as well as
 *      restricted order status), the start and end time, a hash that will be
 *      provided to the zone when validating restricted orders, a salt, a key
 *      corresponding to a given conduit, a counter, and an arbitrary number of
 *      offer items that can be spent along with consideration items that must
 *      be received by their respective recipient.
 */
struct OrderComponents {
    address offerer;
    address zone;
    OfferItem[] offer;
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration;
    OrderType orderType;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
    uint256 salt;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
    uint256 counter;
}
/**
 * @dev An offer item has five components: an item type (ETH or other native
 *      tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and ERC1155, as well as criteria-based ERC721 and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a dual-purpose "identifierOrCriteria"
 *      component that will either represent a tokenId or a merkle root
 *      depending on the item type, and a start and end amount that support
 *      increasing or decreasing amounts over the duration of the respective
 *      order.
 */
struct OfferItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
}
/**
 * @dev A consideration item has the same five components as an offer item and
 *      an additional sixth component designating the required recipient of the
 *      item.
 */
struct ConsiderationItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev A spent item is translated from a utilized offer item and has four
 *      components: an item type (ETH or other native tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a tokenId, and an amount.
 */
struct SpentItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
/**
 * @dev A received item is translated from a utilized consideration item and has
 *      the same four components as a spent item, as well as an additional fifth
 *      component designating the required recipient of the item.
 */
struct ReceivedItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev For basic orders involving ETH / native / ERC20 <=> ERC721 / ERC1155
 *      matching, a group of six functions may be called that only requires a
 *      subset of the usual order arguments. Note the use of a "basicOrderType"
 *      enum; this represents both the usual order type as well as the "route"
 *      of the basic order (a simple derivation function for the basic order
 *      type is `basicOrderType = orderType + (4 * basicOrderRoute)`.)
 */
struct BasicOrderParameters {
    // calldata offset
    address considerationToken; // 0x24
    uint256 considerationIdentifier; // 0x44
    uint256 considerationAmount; // 0x64
    address payable offerer; // 0x84
    address zone; // 0xa4
    address offerToken; // 0xc4
    uint256 offerIdentifier; // 0xe4
    uint256 offerAmount; // 0x104
    BasicOrderType basicOrderType; // 0x124
    uint256 startTime; // 0x144
    uint256 endTime; // 0x164
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0x184
    uint256 salt; // 0x1a4
    bytes32 offererConduitKey; // 0x1c4
    bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey; // 0x1e4
    uint256 totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients; // 0x204
    AdditionalRecipient[] additionalRecipients; // 0x224
    bytes signature; // 0x244
    // Total length, excluding dynamic array data: 0x264 (580)
}
/**
 * @dev Basic orders can supply any number of additional recipients, with the
 *      implied assumption that they are supplied from the offered ETH (or other
 *      native token) or ERC20 token for the order.
 */
struct AdditionalRecipient {
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev The full set of order components, with the exception of the counter,
 *      must be supplied when fulfilling more sophisticated orders or groups of
 *      orders. The total number of original consideration items must also be
 *      supplied, as the caller may specify additional consideration items.
 */
struct OrderParameters {
    address offerer; // 0x00
    address zone; // 0x20
    OfferItem[] offer; // 0x40
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration; // 0x60
    OrderType orderType; // 0x80
    uint256 startTime; // 0xa0
    uint256 endTime; // 0xc0
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0xe0
    uint256 salt; // 0x100
    bytes32 conduitKey; // 0x120
    uint256 totalOriginalConsiderationItems; // 0x140
    // offer.length                          // 0x160
}
/**
 * @dev Orders require a signature in addition to the other order parameters.
 */
struct Order {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    bytes signature;
}
/**
 * @dev Advanced orders include a numerator (i.e. a fraction to attempt to fill)
 *      and a denominator (the total size of the order) in addition to the
 *      signature and other order parameters. It also supports an optional field
 *      for supplying extra data; this data will be provided to the zone if the
 *      order type is restricted and the zone is not the caller, or will be
 *      provided to the offerer as context for contract order types.
 */
struct AdvancedOrder {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
    bytes signature;
    bytes extraData;
}
/**
 * @dev Orders can be validated (either explicitly via `validate`, or as a
 *      consequence of a full or partial fill), specifically cancelled (they can
 *      also be cancelled in bulk via incrementing a per-zone counter), and
 *      partially or fully filled (with the fraction filled represented by a
 *      numerator and denominator).
 */
struct OrderStatus {
    bool isValidated;
    bool isCancelled;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
}
/**
 * @dev A criteria resolver specifies an order, side (offer vs. consideration),
 *      and item index. It then provides a chosen identifier (i.e. tokenId)
 *      alongside a merkle proof demonstrating the identifier meets the required
 *      criteria.
 */
struct CriteriaResolver {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    Side side;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 identifier;
    bytes32[] criteriaProof;
}
/**
 * @dev A fulfillment is applied to a group of orders. It decrements a series of
 *      offer and consideration items, then generates a single execution
 *      element. A given fulfillment can be applied to as many offer and
 *      consideration items as desired, but must contain at least one offer and
 *      at least one consideration that match. The fulfillment must also remain
 *      consistent on all key parameters across all offer items (same offerer,
 *      token, type, tokenId, and conduit preference) as well as across all
 *      consideration items (token, type, tokenId, and recipient).
 */
struct Fulfillment {
    FulfillmentComponent[] offerComponents;
    FulfillmentComponent[] considerationComponents;
}
/**
 * @dev Each fulfillment component contains one index referencing a specific
 *      order and another referencing a specific offer or consideration item.
 */
struct FulfillmentComponent {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    uint256 itemIndex;
}
/**
 * @dev An execution is triggered once all consideration items have been zeroed
 *      out. It sends the item in question from the offerer to the item's
 *      recipient, optionally sourcing approvals from either this contract
 *      directly or from the offerer's chosen conduit if one is specified. An
 *      execution is not provided as an argument, but rather is derived via
 *      orders, criteria resolvers, and fulfillments (where the total number of
 *      executions will be less than or equal to the total number of indicated
 *      fulfillments) and returned as part of `matchOrders`.
 */
struct Execution {
    ReceivedItem item;
    address offerer;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
}
/**
 * @dev Restricted orders are validated post-execution by calling validateOrder
 *      on the zone. This struct provides context about the order fulfillment
 *      and any supplied extraData, as well as all order hashes fulfilled in a
 *      call to a match or fulfillAvailable method.
 */
struct ZoneParameters {
    bytes32 orderHash;
    address fulfiller;
    address offerer;
    SpentItem[] offer;
    ReceivedItem[] consideration;
    bytes extraData;
    bytes32[] orderHashes;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
}
/**
 * @dev Zones and contract offerers can communicate which schemas they implement
 *      along with any associated metadata related to each schema.
 */
struct Schema {
    uint256 id;
    bytes metadata;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @title  SignedZoneControllerInterface
 * @author BCLeFevre
 * @notice SignedZoneControllerInterface enables the deploying of SignedZones.
 *         SignedZones are an implementation of SIP-7 that requires orders
 *         to be signed by an approved signer.
 *         https://github.com/ProjectOpenSea/SIPs/blob/main/SIPS/sip-7.md
 *
 */
interface SignedZoneControllerInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Deploy a SignedZone to a precomputed address.
     *
     * @param zoneName    The name for the zone returned in
     *                    getSeaportMetadata().
     * @param apiEndpoint The API endpoint where orders for this zone can be
     *                    signed.
     * @param documentationURI The URI to the documentation describing the
     *                         behavior of the contract.
     *                    Request and response payloads are defined in SIP-7.
     * @param salt        The salt to be used to derive the zone address
     * @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new zone.
     *
     * @return derivedAddress The derived address for the zone.
     */
    function createZone(
        string memory zoneName,
        string memory apiEndpoint,
        string memory documentationURI,
        address initialOwner,
        bytes32 salt
    ) external returns (address derivedAddress);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the active signers for the zone.
     *
     * @param signedZone The signed zone to get the active signers for.
     *
     * @return signers The active signers.
     */
    function getActiveSigners(address signedZone)
        external
        view
        returns (address[] memory signers);
    /**
     * @notice Returns additional information about the zone.
     *
     * @param zone The zone to get the additional information for.
     *
     * @return domainSeparator  The domain separator used for signing.
     * @return zoneName         The name of the zone.
     * @return apiEndpoint      The API endpoint for the zone.
     * @return substandards     The substandards supported by the zone.
     * @return documentationURI The documentation URI for the zone.
     */
    function getAdditionalZoneInformation(address zone)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            string memory zoneName,
            string memory apiEndpoint,
            uint256[] memory substandards,
            string memory documentationURI
        );
    /**
     * @notice Update the API endpoint returned by the supplied zone.
     *         Only the owner or an active signer can call this function.
     *
     * @param signedZone    The signed zone to update the API endpoint for.
     * @param newApiEndpoint The new API endpoint.
     */
    function updateAPIEndpoint(
        address signedZone,
        string calldata newApiEndpoint
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update the signer for a given signed zone.
     *
     * @param signedZone The signed zone to update the signer for.
     * @param signer     The signer to update.
     * @param active     If the signer should be active or not.
     */
    function updateSigner(
        address signedZone,
        address signer,
        bool active
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Initiate zone ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
     *         owner for the given zone. Once set, the new potential owner
     *         may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the zone.
     *         Only the owner of the zone in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param zone The zone for which to initiate ownership transfer.
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the zone.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address zone, address newPotentialOwner)
        external;
    /**
     * @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a zone.
     *         Only the owner of the zone in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param zone The zone for which to cancel ownership transfer.
     */
    function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address zone) external;
    /**
     * @notice Accept ownership of a supplied zone. Only accounts that the
     *         current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
     *         function.
     *
     * @param zone The zone for which to accept ownership.
     */
    function acceptOwnership(address zone) external;
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed zone.
     *
     * @param zone The zone for which to retrieve the associated owner.
     *
     * @return owner The owner of the supplied zone.
     */
    function ownerOf(address zone) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given zone. The
     *         current owner may set a new potential owner via
     *         `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
     *         the zone in question via `acceptOwnership`.
     *
     * @param zone The zone for which to retrieve the potential owner.
     *
     * @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the zone.
     */
    function getPotentialOwner(address zone)
        external
        view
        returns (address potentialOwner);
    /**
     * @notice Derive the zone address associated with a salt.
     *
     * @param salt        The salt to be used to derive the zone address
     *
     * @return derivedAddress The derived address of the signed zone.
     */
    function getZone(bytes32 salt)
        external
        view
        returns (address derivedAddress);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/**
 * @notice SignedZoneEventsAndErrors contains errors and events
 *         related to zone interaction.
 */
interface SignedZoneEventsAndErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event when a new signer is added.
     */
    event SignerAdded(address signer);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event when a signer is removed.
     */
    event SignerRemoved(address signer);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if msg.sender is not the owner
     *      or an active signer.
     */
    error OnlyOwnerOrActiveSigner();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the signature has expired.
     */
    error SignatureExpired(uint256 expiration, bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the signers of a
     *      the zone from a caller that is not the zone's controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if supplied order extraData is an invalid
     *      length.
     */
    error InvalidExtraDataLength(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the supplied order extraData does not
     *      support the zone's SIP6 version.
     */
    error InvalidSIP6Version(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the supplied order extraData does not
     *      support the zone's substandard requirements.
     */
    error InvalidSubstandardSupport(
        string reason,
        uint256 substandardVersion,
        bytes32 orderHash
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the supplied order extraData does not
     *      support the zone's substandard version.
     */
    error InvalidSubstandardVersion(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the fulfiller does not match.
     */
    error InvalidFulfiller(
        address expectedFulfiller,
        address actualFulfiller,
        bytes32 orderHash
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the consideration does not match.
     */
    error InvalidConsideration(
        uint256 expectedConsiderationHash,
        uint256 actualConsiderationHash,
        bytes32 orderHash
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the zone parameter encoding is invalid.
     */
    error InvalidZoneParameterEncoding();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order is signed with a signer
     *      that is not active.
     */
    error SignerNotActive(address signer, bytes32 orderHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import { Schema } from "../../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @dev SIP-5: Contract Metadata Interface for Seaport Contracts
 *      https://github.com/ProjectOpenSea/SIPs/blob/main/SIPS/sip-5.md
 */
interface SIP5Interface {
    /**
     * @dev An event that is emitted when a SIP-5 compatible contract is deployed.
     */
    event SeaportCompatibleContractDeployed();
    /**
     * @dev Returns Seaport metadata for this contract, returning the
     *      contract name and supported schemas.
     *
     * @return name    The contract name
     * @return schemas The supported SIPs
     */
    function getSeaportMetadata()
        external
        view
        returns (string memory name, Schema[] memory schemas);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
/// @dev ECDSA signature offsets.
uint256 constant ECDSA_MaxLength = 65;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_s_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_v_offset = 0x60;
/// @dev Helpers for memory offsets.
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FourWords = 0x80;
uint256 constant FiveWords = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Signature_lower_v = 27;
uint256 constant MaxUint8 = 0xff;
bytes32 constant EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask = (
    0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
);
uint256 constant Ecrecover_precompile = 1;
uint256 constant Ecrecover_args_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
/// @dev The EIP-712 digest offsets.
uint256 constant EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset = 0x02;
uint256 constant EIP712_SignedOrderHash_offset = 0x22;
uint256 constant EIP712_DigestPayload_size = 0x42;
uint256 constant EIP_712_PREFIX = (
    0x1901000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
/*
 *  error InvalidController()
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidController_error_selector = 0x6d5769be;
uint256 constant InvalidController_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 *  error InvalidFulfiller(address expectedFulfiller, address actualFulfiller, bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: expectedFulfiller
 *    - 0x40: actualFullfiller
 *    - 0x60: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x80]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidFulfiller_error_selector = 0x1bcf9bb7;
uint256 constant InvalidFulfiller_error_expectedFulfiller_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidFulfiller_error_actualFulfiller_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant InvalidFulfiller_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant InvalidFulfiller_error_length = 0x64;
/*
 *  error InvalidConsideration(uint256 expectedConsideration, uint256 actualConsideration, bytes32 orderHash)
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: expectedConsideration
 *    - 0x40: actualConsideration
 *    - 0x60: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x80]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidConsideration_error_selector = 0x59cb96d1;
uint256 constant InvalidConsideration_error_expectedConsideration_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidConsideration_error_actualConsideration_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant InvalidConsideration_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant InvalidConsideration_error_length = 0x64;
/*
 *  error InvalidZoneParameterEncoding()
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x20]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidZoneParameterEncoding_error_selector = 0x46d5d895;
uint256 constant InvalidZoneParameterEncoding_error_length = 0x04;
/*
 * error InvalidExtraDataLength()
 *   - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 * Memory layout:
 *   - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *   - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidExtraDataLength_error_selector = 0xd232fd2c;
uint256 constant InvalidExtraDataLength_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidExtraDataLength_error_length = 0x24;
uint256 constant InvalidExtraDataLength_epected_length = 0x7e;
uint256 constant ExtraData_expiration_offset = 0x35;
uint256 constant ExtraData_substandard_version_byte_offset = 0x7d;
/*
 *  error InvalidSIP6Version()
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidSIP6Version_error_selector = 0x64115774;
uint256 constant InvalidSIP6Version_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidSIP6Version_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidSubstandardVersion()
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x40]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardVersion_error_selector = 0x26787999;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardVersion_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardVersion_error_length = 0x24;
/*
 *  error InvalidSubstandardSupport()
 *    - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 *  Memory layout:
 *    - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *    - 0x20: reason
 *    - 0x40: substandardVersion
 *    - 0x60: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0xe0]
 */
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_selector = 0x2be76224;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_reason_offset_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_substandard_version_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_reason_length_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_reason_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_reason_2_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant InvalidSubstandardSupport_error_length = 0xc4;
/*
 * error SignatureExpired()
 *   - Defined in SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol
 * Memory layout:
 *   - 0x00: Left-padded selector (data begins at 0x1c)
 *   - 0x20: expiration
 *   - 0x40: orderHash
 * Revert buffer is memory[0x1c:0x60]
 */
uint256 constant SignatureExpired_error_selector = 0x16546071;
uint256 constant SignatureExpired_error_expiration_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant SignatureExpired_error_orderHash_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant SignatureExpired_error_length = 0x44;
// Zone parameter calldata pointers
uint256 constant Zone_parameters_cdPtr = 0x04;
uint256 constant Zone_parameters_fulfiller_cdPtr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Zone_consideration_head_cdPtr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Zone_extraData_cdPtr = 0xc4;
// Zone parameter memory pointers
uint256 constant Zone_parameters_ptr = 0x20;
// Zone parameter offsets
uint256 constant Zone_parameters_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant expectedFulfiller_offset = 0x45;
uint256 constant actualConsideration_offset = 0x84;
uint256 constant expectedConsideration_offset = 0xa2;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {ZoneParameters, Schema, ReceivedItem} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {ZoneInterfaceV16} from "../interfaces/ZoneInterfaceV16.sol";
import {SignedZoneEventsAndErrors} from "./interfaces/SignedZoneEventsAndErrors.sol";
import {SIP5Interface} from "./interfaces/SIP5Interface.sol";
import {SignedZoneControllerInterface} from "./interfaces/SignedZoneControllerInterface.sol";
import "./lib/SignedZoneConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title  SignedZoneV16
 * @author ryanio, BCLeFevre
 * @custom:modifiedby Tony Snark
 * @notice SignedZoneV16 is an implementation of SIP-7 that requires orders
 *         to be signed by an approved signer.
 *         https://github.com/ProjectOpenSea/SIPs/blob/main/SIPS/sip-7.md
 *
 *         Modification:
 *         Removes support for SIP7 sub-standard 1.
 *         Adds support for SIP7 sub-standard 3.
 */
contract SignedZoneV16 is SignedZoneEventsAndErrors, ZoneInterfaceV16, SIP5Interface {
  /// @dev The zone's controller that is set during deployment.
  address private immutable _controller;
  /// @dev The authorized signers, and if they are active
  mapping(address => bool) private _signers;
  /// @dev The EIP-712 digest parameters.
  bytes32 internal immutable _NAME_HASH = keccak256(bytes("SignedZone"));
  bytes32 internal immutable _VERSION_HASH = keccak256(bytes("1.0.0"));
  // prettier-ignore
  bytes32 internal immutable _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH = keccak256(
          abi.encodePacked(
            "EIP712Domain(",
                "string name,",
                "string version,",
                "uint256 chainId,",
                "address verifyingContract",
            ")"
          )
        );
  // prettier-ignore
  bytes32 internal immutable _SIGNED_ORDER_TYPEHASH = keccak256(
          abi.encodePacked(
            "SignedOrder(",
                "address fulfiller,",
                "uint64 expiration,",
                "bytes32 orderHash,",
                "bytes context",
            ")"
          )
        );
  bytes public constant CONSIDERATION_BYTES =
    // prettier-ignore
    abi.encodePacked(
              "Consideration(",
                  "ReceivedItem[] consideration",
              ")"
        );
  bytes public constant RECEIVED_ITEM_BYTES =
    // prettier-ignore
    abi.encodePacked(
              "ReceivedItem(",
                  "uint8 itemType,",
                  "address token,",
                  "uint256 identifier,",
                  "uint256 amount,",
                  "address recipient",
              ")"
        );
  bytes32 public constant RECEIVED_ITEM_HASHTYPE = keccak256(RECEIVED_ITEM_BYTES);
  bytes32 public constant CONSIDERATION_HASHTYPE =
    keccak256(abi.encodePacked(CONSIDERATION_BYTES, RECEIVED_ITEM_BYTES));
  uint256 internal immutable _CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
  bytes32 internal immutable _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
  /**
   * @notice Constructor to deploy the contract.
   */
  constructor() {
    // Set the deployer as the controller.
    _controller = msg.sender;
    // Derive and set the domain separator.
    _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = _deriveDomainSeparator();
    // Emit an event to signal a SIP-5 contract has been deployed.
    emit SeaportCompatibleContractDeployed();
  }
  /**
   * @dev Authorizes an order before any token fulfillments from any order have been executed by Seaport.
   *
   * @return authorizedOrderMagicValue The magic value that indicates a valid
   *                              order.
   */
  function authorizeOrder(
    ZoneParameters calldata
  ) public view virtual override returns (bytes4 authorizedOrderMagicValue) {
    return this.authorizeOrder.selector;
  }
  /**
   * @notice Check if a given order including extraData is currently valid.
   *
   * @dev This function is called by Seaport whenever any extraData is
   *      provided by the caller.
   *
   * @return validOrderMagicValue A magic value indicating if the order is
   *                              currently valid.
   */
  function validateOrder(
    ZoneParameters calldata zoneParameters
  ) public view virtual override returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue) {
    // Check Zone parameters validity.
    _assertValidZoneParameters();
    // Put the extraData and orderHash on the stack for cheaper access.
    bytes calldata extraData = zoneParameters.extraData;
    bytes32 orderHash = zoneParameters.orderHash;
    uint256 considerationLength;
    // Declare a variable to hold the expiration.
    uint64 expiration;
    // Validate the extraData.
    assembly {
      // Get the length of the extraData.
      let extraDataPtr := add(0x24, calldataload(Zone_extraData_cdPtr))
      let extraDataLength := calldataload(extraDataPtr)
      if iszero(eq(extraDataLength, InvalidExtraDataLength_epected_length)) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidExtraDataLength_error_selector)
        mstore(InvalidExtraDataLength_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "InvalidExtraDataLength(bytes32)", orderHash)
        // )
        revert(0x1c, InvalidExtraDataLength_error_length)
      }
      // extraData bytes 0-1: SIP-6 version byte (MUST be 0x00)
      let versionByte := shr(248, calldataload(add(extraDataPtr, 0x20)))
      if iszero(eq(versionByte, 0x00)) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidSIP6Version_error_selector)
        mstore(InvalidSIP6Version_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "InvalidSIP6Version(bytes32)", orderHash)
        // )
        revert(0x1c, InvalidSIP6Version_error_length)
      }
      // extraData bytes 93-94: Substandard #1 (MUST be 0x00)
      let subStandardVersionByte := shr(
        248,
        calldataload(add(extraDataPtr, ExtraData_substandard_version_byte_offset))
      )
      if iszero(eq(subStandardVersionByte, 0x00)) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidSubstandardVersion_error_selector)
        mstore(InvalidSubstandardVersion_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "InvalidSubstandardVersion(bytes32)", orderHash)
        // )
        revert(0x1c, InvalidSubstandardVersion_error_length)
      }
      // extraData bytes 21-29: expiration timestamp (uint64)
      expiration := shr(192, calldataload(add(extraDataPtr, ExtraData_expiration_offset)))
      // Revert if expired.
      if lt(expiration, timestamp()) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, SignatureExpired_error_selector)
        mstore(SignatureExpired_error_expiration_ptr, expiration)
        mstore(SignatureExpired_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "SignatureExpired(uint256, bytes32)", expiration orderHash)
        // )
        revert(0x1c, SignatureExpired_error_length)
      }
      // // Get the length of the consideration array.
      considerationLength := calldataload(add(0x24, calldataload(Zone_consideration_head_cdPtr)))
    }
    // extraData bytes 29-93: signature
    // (strictly requires 64 byte compact sig, EIP-2098)
    bytes calldata signature = extraData[29:93];
    // extraData bytes 93-end: context (optional, variable length)
    bytes calldata context = extraData[93:];
    // Check the validity of the Substandard #1 extraData and get the
    // expected fulfiller address.
    address expectedFulfiller = _getExpectedFulfiller(orderHash);
    // Check the validity of the Substandard #1 extraData and get the
    // expected fulfiller address.
    if (considerationLength > 0) {
      _assertValidSubstandard(_deriveConsiderationHash(zoneParameters.consideration), orderHash);
    }
    // Derive the signedOrder hash.
    bytes32 signedOrderHash = _deriveSignedOrderHash(
      expectedFulfiller,
      expiration,
      orderHash,
      context
    );
    // Derive the EIP-712 digest using the domain separator and signedOrder
    // hash.
    bytes32 digest = _deriveEIP712Digest(_domainSeparator(), signedOrderHash);
    // Recover the signer address from the digest and signature.
    address recoveredSigner = _recoverSigner(digest, signature);
    // Revert if the signer is not active.
    if (!_signers[recoveredSigner]) {
      revert SignerNotActive(recoveredSigner, orderHash);
    }
    // Return the selector of validateOrder as the magic value.
    validOrderMagicValue = ZoneInterfaceV16.validateOrder.selector;
  }
  /**
   * @dev Returns Seaport metadata for this contract, returning the
   *      contract name and supported schemas.
   *
   * @return name The contract name
   * @return schemas  The supported SIPs
   */
  function getSeaportMetadata()
    external
    view
    override(SIP5Interface, ZoneInterfaceV16)
    returns (string memory name, Schema[] memory schemas)
  {
    // Return the supported SIPs.
    schemas = new Schema[](1);
    schemas[0].id = 7;
    // Get the SIP-7 information.
    (
      bytes32 domainSeparator,
      string memory zoneName,
      string memory apiEndpoint,
      uint256[] memory substandards,
      string memory documentationURI
    ) = _sip7Information();
    // Return the zone name.
    name = zoneName;
    // Encode the SIP-7 information.
    schemas[0].metadata = abi.encode(domainSeparator, apiEndpoint, substandards, documentationURI);
  }
  /**
   * @notice The fallback function is used as a dispatcher for the
   *         `updateSigner`, `getActiveSigners` and `supportsInterface`
   *         functions.
   */
  // prettier-ignore
  fallback(bytes calldata) external payable returns (bytes memory output) {
        // Get the function selector.
        bytes4 selector = msg.sig;
        if (selector == 0xf460590b) {
            // updateSigner(address,bool)
            // Get the signer, and active status.
            address signer = abi.decode(msg.data[4:], (address));
            bool active = abi.decode(msg.data[36:], (bool));
            // Call to update the signer.
            _updateSigner(signer, active);
        } else if (selector == 0xa784b80c) {
            // getActiveSigners()
            // Call the internal function to get the active signers.
            return abi.encode(_getActiveSigners());
        } else if (selector == 0x01ffc9a7) {
            // supportsInterface(bytes4)
            // Get the interface ID.
            bytes4 interfaceId = abi.decode(msg.data[4:], (bytes4));
            // Call the internal function to determine if the interface is
            // supported.
            return abi.encode(_supportsInterface(interfaceId));
        }
    }
  /**
   * @notice Add or remove a signer to the zone.
   *         Only the controller can call this function.
   *
   * @param signer The signer address to add or remove.
   */
  function _updateSigner(address signer, bool active) internal {
    // Only the controller can call this function.
    _assertCallerIsController();
    // Add or remove the signer.
    active ? _addSigner(signer) : _removeSigner(signer);
  }
  /**
   * @notice Add a new signer to the zone.
   *         Only the controller or an active signer can call this function.
   *
   * @param signer The new signer address to add.
   */
  function _addSigner(address signer) internal {
    // Set the signer info.
    _signers[signer] = true;
    // Emit an event that the signer was added.
    emit SignerAdded(signer);
  }
  /**
   * @notice Remove an active signer from the zone.
   *         Only the controller or an active signer can call this function.
   *
   * @param signer The signer address to remove.
   */
  function _removeSigner(address signer) internal {
    // Set the signer's active status to false.
    _signers[signer] = false;
    // Emit an event that the signer was removed.
    emit SignerRemoved(signer);
  }
  /**
   * @notice Returns the active signers for the zone.
   *
   * @return signers The active signers.
   */
  function _getActiveSigners() internal view returns (address[] memory signers) {
    // Return the active signers for the zone by calling the controller.
    signers = SignedZoneControllerInterface(_controller).getActiveSigners(address(this));
  }
  /**
   * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported.
   *
   * @param interfaceId The interface id to check against.
   */
  function _supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) internal pure returns (bool supportsInterface) {
    // Determine if the interface is supported.
    supportsInterface =
      interfaceId == type(SIP5Interface).interfaceId || // SIP-5
      interfaceId == type(ZoneInterfaceV16).interfaceId || // ZoneInterface
      interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7; // ERC-165
  }
  /**
   * @notice Internal call to return the signing information, substandards,
   *         and documentation about the zone.
   *
   * @return domainSeparator  The domain separator used for signing.
   * @return zoneName         The zone name.
   * @return apiEndpoint      The API endpoint for the zone.
   * @return substandards     The substandards supported by the zone.
   * @return documentationURI The documentation URI for the zone.
   */
  function _sip7Information()
    internal
    view
    returns (
      bytes32 domainSeparator,
      string memory zoneName,
      string memory apiEndpoint,
      uint256[] memory substandards,
      string memory documentationURI
    )
  {
    // Return the SIP-7 information.
    domainSeparator = _domainSeparator();
    // Get the SIP-7 information from the controller.
    (, zoneName, apiEndpoint, substandards, documentationURI) = SignedZoneControllerInterface(
      _controller
    ).getAdditionalZoneInformation(address(this));
  }
  /**
   * @dev Derive the signedOrder hash from the orderHash and expiration.
   *
   * @param fulfiller  The expected fulfiller address.
   * @param expiration The signature expiration timestamp.
   * @param orderHash  The order hash.
   * @param context    The optional variable-length context.
   *
   * @return signedOrderHash The signedOrder hash.
   *
   */
  function _deriveSignedOrderHash(
    address fulfiller,
    uint64 expiration,
    bytes32 orderHash,
    bytes calldata context
  ) internal view returns (bytes32 signedOrderHash) {
    // Derive the signed order hash.
    signedOrderHash = keccak256(
      abi.encode(_SIGNED_ORDER_TYPEHASH, fulfiller, expiration, orderHash, keccak256(context))
    );
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal view function to return the signer of a signature.
   *
   * @param digest    The digest to verify the signature against.
   * @param signature A signature from the signer indicating that the order
   *                  has been approved.
   *
   * @return recoveredSigner The recovered signer.
   */
  function _recoverSigner(
    bytes32 digest,
    bytes memory signature
  ) internal view returns (address recoveredSigner) {
    // Utilize assembly to perform optimized signature verification check.
    assembly {
      // Ensure that first word of scratch space is empty.
      mstore(0, 0)
      // Declare value for v signature parameter.
      let v
      // Get the length of the signature.
      let signatureLength := mload(signature)
      // Get the pointer to the value preceding the signature length.
      // This will be used for temporary memory overrides - either the
      // signature head for isValidSignature or the digest for ecrecover.
      let wordBeforeSignaturePtr := sub(signature, OneWord)
      // Cache the current value behind the signature to restore it later.
      let cachedWordBeforeSignature := mload(wordBeforeSignaturePtr)
      // Declare lenDiff + recoveredSigner scope to manage stack pressure.
      {
        // Take the difference between the max ECDSA signature length
        // and the actual signature length. Overflow desired for any
        // values > 65. If the diff is not 0 or 1, it is not a valid
        // ECDSA signature - move on to EIP1271 check.
        let lenDiff := sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength)
        // If diff is 0 or 1, it may be an ECDSA signature.
        // Try to recover signer.
        if iszero(gt(lenDiff, 1)) {
          // Read the signature `s` value.
          let originalSignatureS := mload(add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset))
          // Read the first byte of the word after `s`. If the
          // signature is 65 bytes, this will be the real `v` value.
          // If not, it will need to be modified - doing it this way
          // saves an extra condition.
          v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, ECDSA_signature_v_offset)))
          // If lenDiff is 1, parse 64-byte signature as ECDSA.
          if lenDiff {
            // Extract yParity from highest bit of vs and add 27 to
            // get v.
            v := add(shr(MaxUint8, originalSignatureS), Signature_lower_v)
            // Extract canonical s from vs, all but the highest bit.
            // Temporarily overwrite the original `s` value in the
            // signature.
            mstore(
              add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
              and(originalSignatureS, EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask)
            )
          }
          // Temporarily overwrite the signature length with `v` to
          // conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
          mstore(signature, v)
          // Temporarily overwrite the word before the length with
          // `digest` to conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
          mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, digest)
          // Attempt to recover the signer for the given signature. Do
          // not check the call status as ecrecover will return a null
          // address if the signature is invalid.
          pop(
            staticcall(
              gas(),
              Ecrecover_precompile, // Call ecrecover precompile.
              wordBeforeSignaturePtr, // Use data memory location.
              Ecrecover_args_size, // Size of digest, v, r, and s.
              0, // Write result to scratch space.
              OneWord // Provide size of returned result.
            )
          )
          // Restore cached word before signature.
          mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
          // Restore cached signature length.
          mstore(signature, signatureLength)
          // Restore cached signature `s` value.
          mstore(add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset), originalSignatureS)
          // Read the recovered signer from the buffer given as return
          // space for ecrecover.
          recoveredSigner := mload(0)
        }
      }
      // Restore the cached values overwritten by selector, digest and
      // signature head.
      mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
    }
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal view function to get the EIP-712 domain separator. If the
   *      chainId matches the chainId set on deployment, the cached domain
   *      separator will be returned; otherwise, it will be derived from
   *      scratch.
   *
   * @return The domain separator.
   */
  function _domainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32) {
    // prettier-ignore
    return block.chainid == _CHAIN_ID
            ? _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
            : _deriveDomainSeparator();
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal view function to derive the EIP-712 domain separator.
   *
   * @return domainSeparator The derived domain separator.
   */
  function _deriveDomainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32 domainSeparator) {
    bytes32 typehash = _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 nameHash = _NAME_HASH;
    bytes32 versionHash = _VERSION_HASH;
    // Leverage scratch space and other memory to perform an efficient hash.
    assembly {
      // Retrieve the free memory pointer; it will be replaced afterwards.
      let freeMemoryPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
      // Retrieve value at 0x80; it will also be replaced afterwards.
      let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
      // Place typehash, name hash, and version hash at start of memory.
      mstore(0, typehash)
      mstore(OneWord, nameHash)
      mstore(TwoWords, versionHash)
      // Place chainId in the next memory location.
      mstore(ThreeWords, chainid())
      // Place the address of this contract in the next memory location.
      mstore(FourWords, address())
      // Hash relevant region of memory to derive the domain separator.
      domainSeparator := keccak256(0, FiveWords)
      // Restore the free memory pointer.
      mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, freeMemoryPointer)
      // Restore the zero slot to zero.
      mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
      // Restore the value at 0x80.
      mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80)
    }
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal pure function to efficiently derive an digest to sign for
   *      an order in accordance with EIP-712.
   *
   * @param domainSeparator The domain separator.
   * @param signedOrderHash The signedOrder hash.
   *
   * @return digest The digest hash.
   */
  function _deriveEIP712Digest(
    bytes32 domainSeparator,
    bytes32 signedOrderHash
  ) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
    // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
    assembly {
      // Place the EIP-712 prefix at the start of scratch space.
      mstore(0, EIP_712_PREFIX)
      // Place the domain separator in the next region of scratch space.
      mstore(EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset, domainSeparator)
      // Place the signed order hash in scratch space, spilling into the
      // first two bytes of the free memory pointer — this should never be
      // set as memory cannot be expanded to that size, and will be
      // zeroed out after the hash is performed.
      mstore(EIP712_SignedOrderHash_offset, signedOrderHash)
      // Hash the relevant region
      digest := keccak256(0, EIP712_DigestPayload_size)
      // Clear out the dirtied bits in the memory pointer.
      mstore(EIP712_SignedOrderHash_offset, 0)
    }
  }
  /**
   * @dev Private view function to revert if the caller is not the
   *      controller.
   */
  function _assertCallerIsController() internal view {
    // Get the controller address to use in the assembly block.
    address controller = _controller;
    assembly {
      // Revert if the caller is not the controller.
      if iszero(eq(caller(), controller)) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidController_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "InvalidController()")
        // )
        revert(0x1c, InvalidController_error_length)
      }
    }
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal pure function to validate calldata offsets for the
   *      dyanamic type in ZoneParameters. This ensures that functions using
   *      the calldata object normally will be using the same data as the
   *      assembly functions and that values that are bound to a given range
   *      are within that range.
   */
  function _assertValidZoneParameters() internal pure {
    // Utilize assembly in order to read offset data directly from calldata.
    assembly {
      /*
       * Checks:
       * 1. Zone parameters struct offset == 0x20
       */
      // Zone parameters at calldata 0x04 must have offset of 0x20.
      if iszero(eq(calldataload(Zone_parameters_cdPtr), Zone_parameters_ptr)) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4 (reduces bytecode), mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidZoneParameterEncoding_error_selector)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature("InvalidZoneParameterEncoding()"))
        revert(0x1c, InvalidZoneParameterEncoding_error_length)
      }
    }
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that the context argument for the
   *      supplied extra data follows the substandard #1 format. Returns the
   *      expected fulfiller of the order for deriving the signed order hash.
   *
   * @param orderHash The order hash.
   *
   * @return expectedFulfiller The expected fulfiller of the order.
   */
  function _getExpectedFulfiller(
    bytes32 orderHash
  ) internal pure returns (address expectedFulfiller) {
    // Revert if the expected fulfiller is not the zero address and does
    // not match the actual fulfiller
    assembly {
      // Get the actual fulfiller.
      let actualFulfiller := calldataload(Zone_parameters_fulfiller_cdPtr)
      let extraDataPtr := calldataload(Zone_extraData_cdPtr)
      // Get the expected fulfiller.
      expectedFulfiller := shr(96, calldataload(add(expectedFulfiller_offset, extraDataPtr)))
      // Revert if expected fulfiller is not the zero address and does
      // not match the actual fulfiller.
      if and(iszero(iszero(expectedFulfiller)), iszero(eq(expectedFulfiller, actualFulfiller))) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidFulfiller_error_selector)
        mstore(InvalidFulfiller_error_expectedFulfiller_ptr, expectedFulfiller)
        mstore(InvalidFulfiller_error_actualFulfiller_ptr, actualFulfiller)
        mstore(InvalidFulfiller_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "InvalidFulfiller(address,address,bytes32)", expectedFulfiller, actualFulfiller, orderHash)
        // )
        revert(0x1c, InvalidFulfiller_error_length)
      }
    }
  }
  /**
   * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that the context argument for the
   *      supplied extra data follows the substandard #1 format. Returns the
   *      expected fulfiller of the order for deriving the signed order hash.
   *
   */
  function _assertValidSubstandard(bytes32 considerationHash, bytes32 orderHash) internal pure {
    // identifier does not match the actual consideration.
    assembly {
      let extraDataPtr := calldataload(Zone_extraData_cdPtr)
      let considerationPtr := calldataload(Zone_consideration_head_cdPtr)
      // Get the actual consideration.
      let actualConsideration := calldataload(add(actualConsideration_offset, considerationPtr))
      // Get the expected consideration.
      let expectedConsiderationHash := calldataload(
        add(expectedConsideration_offset, extraDataPtr) //TODO rename
      )
      // Revert if expected consideration item does not match the actual
      // consideration item.
      if iszero(eq(considerationHash, expectedConsiderationHash)) {
        // Store left-padded selector with push4, mem[28:32] = selector
        mstore(0, InvalidConsideration_error_selector)
        mstore(InvalidConsideration_error_expectedConsideration_ptr, expectedConsiderationHash)
        mstore(InvalidConsideration_error_actualConsideration_ptr, actualConsideration)
        mstore(InvalidConsideration_error_orderHash_ptr, orderHash)
        // revert(abi.encodeWithSignature(
        //   "InvalidConsideration(uint256,uint256,bytes32)", expectedConsideration, actualConsideration, orderHash)
        // )
        revert(0x1c, InvalidConsideration_error_length)
      }
    }
  }
  /// @dev Calculates consideration hash
  function _deriveConsiderationHash(
    ReceivedItem[] calldata consideration
  ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
    uint256 numberOfItems = consideration.length;
    bytes32[] memory considerationHashes = new bytes32[](numberOfItems);
    for (uint256 i; i < numberOfItems; ) {
      considerationHashes[i] = _deriveReceivedItemHash(consideration[i]);
      unchecked {
        ++i;
      }
    }
    return
      keccak256(
        abi.encode(CONSIDERATION_HASHTYPE, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes)))
      );
  }
  /// @dev Calculates consideration item hash
  function _deriveReceivedItemHash(
    ReceivedItem calldata receivedItem
  ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
    return
      keccak256(
        abi.encode(
          RECEIVED_ITEM_HASHTYPE,
          receivedItem.itemType,
          receivedItem.token,
          receivedItem.identifier,
          receivedItem.amount,
          receivedItem.recipient
        )
      );
  }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Conduit
 * @author 0age
 * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
 *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
 *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
 *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
 *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
 *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
 *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
 *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
 */
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
    // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
    address private immutable _controller;
    // Track the status of each channel.
    mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
    /**
     * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
     *         on the conduit.
     */
    modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
        // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
        assembly {
            // Write the caller to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
            // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
            // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
            // and check if the stored value is zero.
            if iszero(
                sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
            ) {
                // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Set the deployer as the controller.
        _controller = msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        override
        onlyOpenChannel
        returns (bytes4 magicValue)
    {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
        // Iterate over each transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(transfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.execute.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
     *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
     * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
        // Iterate over each standard transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
        // pointer having the default value.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
        // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
        if (msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidController();
        }
        // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
        if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
            revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
        }
        // Update the status of the channel.
        _channels[channel] = isOpen;
        // Emit a corresponding event.
        emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
     *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
     *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
     */
    function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
        // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
        if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
            // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
            // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
            // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
            // on item malleability is desired.
            _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (item.amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }
            // Transfer ERC721 token.
            _performERC721Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token.
            _performERC1155Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount
            );
        } else {
            // Throw with an error.
            revert InvalidItemType();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                // had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )
            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            revert(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        revert(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )
            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )
                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )
                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                )
                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }
                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )
                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )
                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )
                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := div(
                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                            OneWord
                        )
                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    div(
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        ),
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }
                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )
                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )
                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )
                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }
            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
    0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
    bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
    0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.14;
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}